These pages document the rules and procedures for cataloging music at Yale.
To search the library catalog, please click on Quicksearch [1] or Orbis [2].
Call numbers [3] | General music cataloging resources [4] | Biographical sources: on the web [5] | in print [6]
RDA [7] | Preferred titles [8] ♪ List of types of compositions [9] | MARC tagging [10]
Subject cataloging [11] | Sound recording cataloging [12]
Authority control and NACO [13] | ORBIS and OCLC [14] | Language tools [15]
Online catalogs [16] | WorldCat [17] | MOUG [18] | [19] | MLA Cataloging and Metadata Committee [20]
Russian transliteration table [21] (cursive [22]) | Roman numeral converter [23]
About Music Cataloging at Yale [24] | Cataloging at Yale [25]
Local documentation:
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100/M1200, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | Instrumental MT [43]
Cutter-Sanborn number generator [44]
Cutter numbers for composers: A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
Cutter numbers for titles [68] | publisher [69] | ML class numbers subarranged by local cutter number [70]
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale was created in 1996 by Michelle (Mickey) Koth, Catalog Librarian at the Irving S. Gilmore Music Library [72] at Yale University. She has maintained and updated the site since then. In 2015, the site was converted to Drupal.
Please send questions, comments, or suggestions and report broken links to michelle.koth at yale.edu (change "at" to @ and remove the spaces before sending).
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
RDA
Yale documentation |
From LC:
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Authority control and NACO [13]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
For elements of name authority records, see Elements of name authority records [76]
OCLC name authority record fixed field:
Personal name and name/title authority records |
||||
position | OCLC | definition | code | information |
(00-05) | Entered | Date entered on file | ||
(06) | Geo subd | Direct or indirect geographic subdivision | n | = Not applicable |
(07) | Roman | Romanization scheme | ![]() |
= No attempt to code |
(08) | Language of catalog | _ | = No information provided | |
(09) | Auth/Ref | Kind of record | a | = Established heading |
(10) | Rules | Descriptive cataloging rules | b | = AACR1 |
c | = AACR2 | |||
d | = AACR2 compatible heading | |||
z | = RDA | |||
(11) | Subj | Subject heading system/thesaurus | a | = Library of Congress Subject Headings |
(12) | Series | Type of series | n | = Not applicable |
(13) | Ser num | Numbered or unnumbered series | n | = Not applicable |
(14) | Name use | Heading use-main or added entry | a | = Appropriate |
(15) | Subj use | Heading use-subject added entry | a | = Appropriate |
(16) | Ser use | Heading use-series added entry | b | = Not appropriate |
(17) | Subd type | Type of subject subdivision | _ | = Undefined (obsolete) |
(28) | Govt agn | Type of government agency | ![]() |
= No attempt to code |
(29) | Ref status | Reference evaluation | a | = Tracings are consistent with the heading |
b | = Tracings are not necessarily consistent with the heading (found in old records) | |||
n | = not applicable (no references) | |||
(31) | Upd status | Record update in process | a | = Record can be used |
(32) | Name | Undifferentiated personal name | a | = Differentiated personal name (the name in the 1XX is a unique personal name) |
b | = Undifferentiated personal name (the name in the 1XX is used by two or more persons) | |||
(33) | Auth status | Level of establishment | a | = Fully established |
c | = Provisional (the heading cannot be formulated satisfactorily because of inadequate information; code c may be changed to code a when the needed information is available) | |||
d | = Preliminary (the heading is taken from a bibliographic record; the bibliographic item was not in hand at the time the heading was established; code d may be changed to code a when the item is in hand) | |||
(38) | Mod rec | Modified record | _ | = Not modified |
(39) | Source | Cataloging source | _ c |
= National bibliographic = Cooperative cataloging program agency |
NACO-Music Project [89] | PCC/NACO: General FAQs [83] | FAQs on the 670 [84] | Normalization rules [82] | NACO Participant's Manual [90], 3rd ed. | FAQs for non-Latin script data in NARs [91]
670 field, ‡a
670 field, ‡b
Other:
This handbook is a compilation of examples with explanations for creating citations for sources of information in the authority record. It does not encompass establishing the heading itself; only how to cite the sources in which information necessary to create the heading was found. The examples are not to be regarded as "rules." The fields that are affected are:
670: Source data found: includes information about the name or title represented in the 1XX field, including facts that contribute to the identification of the heading and that justify the choice of the form used as the 1XX heading and references to it.
667: Non-public general note: gives information of permanent value and general interest that is not necessarily taken from the item being cataloged.
675: Source data not found: lists consulted sources in which information about the 1XX heading might be expected to be found, but was not.
Generally, only the NAR number, 1XX field, and 670 field appropriate to the example are included, even if the authority record has cross references and multiple 670 fields. When needed to illustrate a point, cross references and multiple 670 fields are included.
This handbook was compiled in 1992, with the assistance of Jeffrey Earnest, and revised in 1994. Several people's contributions need to be acknowledged. Ralph Papakhian and Sue Stancu at Indiana University, Linda Barnhart at University of California, San Diego, Mark Scharff at Washington University in St. Louis, and Harry Price and the late Virginia Gifford at the Library of Congress, contributed and commented on the first and revised drafts. Jennifer Bowen and Laura Snyder at the Eastman School of Music, Sibley Music Library, provided examples for the first version. It was completely revised in 1998 and continues to be updated as needed.
The NACO Music Project's (NMP) goal is the cooperative contribution of music name and name/uniform title authority records to the LC Name Authority File as part of the national NACO project. All music headings should be contributed as part of the NACO Music Project. NMP is administered through a funnel configuration under the purview of the Music Library Association's Cataloging and Metadata Committee, coordinated by Mark Scharff, at Washington University in St. Louis. Utilizing e-mail, the NMP coordinator and independent NMP participants review the headings of new participants until they become independent. Those independent participants then review new participants' headings until they too become independent. Independent status is defined as having the authority to contribute name and/or name/uniform title authority records without review. A participant can become independent in stages, with names first, then name/uniform titles, or both at once. Although participation in NMP is granted to the combined individual and institution, independent status for an NMP participant is achieved through the NMP review and testing process, not through the status of the home institution.
NMP has established a number of ways of training and communicating with its members. First, this handbook provides instructions for formulating the 670 fields in the authority record. Second, NMP has a e-mail list used for various purposes: to ask general questions concerning establishing a heading or citing information in the authority record, to make announcements of interest to all NMP participants, and to announce new developments or revised documentation. Third, while still administered under the Music OCLC Users Group, during the annual MOUG meeting, which usually precedes the annual Music Library Association meeting, the NMP participants meet to discuss new developments and air concerns.
Currently, the project comprises more than 60 music libraries or collections in various stages of training, at university, college, conservatory, and public libraries. New libraries can be added in several different ways:
For more information about the NACO Music Project, contact Mark Scharff, NMP Coordinator, Gaylord Music Library, Washington University, Box 1032, St Louis, MO 63130, (314) 935-5560 (e-mail: mscharff@wustl.edu [92])
The handbook does not replace any other related documents, such as RDA, Z1, etc. It is not an official publication of NACO, LC, or PCC. It is revised following the release of any related Library of Congress revisions. The handbook is meant to be an aid to creating authority records, and not necessarily to be considered written in stone. Current changes in LC documentation, such as Z1, now allow for considerable cataloger judgment in many areas of the authority record.
When establishing headings for persons, corporate bodies, or name/title combinations, the first 670 field should represent the work being cataloged. If the item used to establish the heading is not a book, score, or serial, use an abbreviated general material designator in brackets before the date, e.g. [SR], [VR], [MI].
Main entry is the person or corporate body in the 1XX field:
For personal name headings, use the last name and initials (with no spaces) for forenames for the person considered the main entry for that work.
nr 94008904
100 1_ Rosenlöcher, Christine, ‡d 1964- 670 __ Rosenlöcher, C. Rudolf Walther Hirschberg, c1993: ‡b t.p. (Christine Rosenlöcher) p. 4 of cover (b. 1964, Berlin) |
When the main entry is a forename with subfield c following it, include the information in subfield c in the 670 field:
no919344
100 0_ Josquin, ‡c des Prez, ‡d -1521. ‡t Missa La sol fa re mi 670 __ Josquin, des Prez. Missa Pange lingua [SR] p1986: ‡b label (Missa La sol fa re mi) |
nr9519224
100 1_ Valdivia, Hector 670 __ Beach, H.H.A., Mrs. Barcarolle, c1994: ‡b t.p. (Hector Valdivia) |
nr92984
100 1_ Victoria, Tomás Luis de, ‡d approximately 1548-1611. ‡t Masses ‡n (1592). ‡p Missa Vidi speciosam 670 __ Victoria, T.L. de. Missa Vidi speciosam [SR] p1988: ‡b label (Missa Vidi speciosam) |
n87887393
100 1_ Menezes Filho, Florivaldo, ‡d 1962- 670 __ Menezes Filho, F. Apoteose de Schoenberg, 1987: ‡b t.p. (Florivaldo Menezes Filho) front flap (b. Apr. 18, 1962 em São Paulo) |
For corporate name headings, give the heading abbreviated as much as possible within the limits of intelligibility when the corporate body is considered the main entry for that work:
nr9416247
110 2_ Boston Baroque Ensemble 670 __ Boston Baroque Ensemble. Dinner music of the 1740's [SR] 1966: ‡b label (Boston Baroque Ensemble) |
Main entry is not the person or corporate body in the 1XX field:
When the person or corporate body in the heading is not the main entry for the work being cited, use either person/body followed by a title or a title only. If the work is entered under a personal or corporate heading, give the heading abbreviated as much as possible within the limits of intelligibility. Use initials (with no spaces) for forenames of authors entered under surname.
Main entry is the composer:
nr9218498
110 2_ Carmina Mundi (Musical group) 670 __ Distler, H. Morike-Chorliederbuch [SR] 1991?: ‡b label (Carmina Mundi) |
Performer is main entry:
nr929111
100 1_ Caccini, Francesca, ‡d 1587-approximately 1640. ‡t Musiche. ‡p O che nuovo stupor 670 __ Bott, C. Virtuoso Italian vocal music [SR] 1988: ‡b container (O che nuovo stupor) insert (O che nuovo stupor; from Primo libro delle musiche) |
Main entry is title:
no9116071
100 1_ Bunjes, Paul George, ‡d 1914-1998 670 __ The Praetorius organ, 1966: ‡b t.p. (Paul George Bunjes) |
Performing group is main entry:
nr9115327
100 1_ Dupree, Jillon Stoppels 670 __ Music's Recreation (Musical group). Récréation de musique [SR] p1987: ‡b insert (Jillon Stoppels Dupree, harpsichord) |
The name of a conference is main entry:
nr9240246
100 1_ Jutten, Odile 670 __ Congrès international Cavaillé-Coll (1st : 1987 : Epernay, France). Cavaillé-Coll, 1992: ‡b t.p. (Odile Jutten) |
When the main entry doesn't represent the person responsible for the title being established in a name/title authority record, it is an option, for the purposes of clarity, to include to the statement of responsibility for the person represented in the heading:
no2001002686
100 1_ Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da, ‡d 1525?-1594. ‡t Motets ‡n (1584 : Voices (4)). ‡p Ad Dominum cum tribularer 670 __ Hilliard Ensemble. In paradisum [SR] p2000: ‡b insert (Ad Dominum cum tribularer clamavi / Giovanni Pierluigi da Palestrina) |
no2007015446
100 1_ Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da,‡d 1525?-1594.‡t Motets‡n (1583).‡p Introduxit me rex 670 __ Victoria, T.L. de. O Domine Jesu [SR] 1936:‡b label (Introduxit me / Palestrina) |
It is not necessary to do so, however:
no2002041437
100 1_ Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da,‡d 1525?-1594.‡t Motets‡n (1563).‡p Hodie Beata Virgo 670 __ Allegri, G. Miserere [SR] 1999:‡b container (Hodie Beata Virgo Maria) |
These are some of the most commonly used references and one or two standard ways of citing them in 670 fields.
When a print source is arranged alphabetically, do not cite page number. When an entry appears in a location other than where it would be found alphabetically, cite volume and/or page number. When citing a location within a source, use a colon before the indication of location, e.g. [Title of source]: ‡b p. 35 [data]
When establishing name/title headings, check existing authority records for similar name/title headings for that composers. Often, LC uses a brief citation, such as "Schmieder, 2. Ausg." and using this abbreviated form can save time and keystrokes.
Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b ___. T.
Anderson, E.R. Contemporary Amer. composers, 2nd ed.
ASCAP, 4th ed.
Baker, 8th ed.
Baker, centennial ed.
BSB-Musik [also cited as Bayerische Staatsbibliothek. Katalog der Musikdrucke]
Ceskoslovenský hudební slovník
Claghorn, C.E. Biog. dict. of Amer. mus.
Cohen, A.I. Int'l. enc. of women composers, 2nd ed.
Compositores de América: ‡b v. ___
CPM to 1980
Dicc. de la mús. española e hispanoamericana
Diz. enc. universale della mus. e dei musicisti
Eitner. Quellen-Lexikon
Enc. della mus., 1972
Grove, ___ ed. [any edition other than New Grove or New Grove, 2nd ed.]
Also used: Grove's dict. of mus. and musicians, ___ ed.
Guinness enc. of popular mus.
Honegger, M. Dict. de la mus., 1986
Int. ww in mus., ___ ed. [for 1st-14th eds.]
Int. ww in mus., classical, __ ed. [for 15th ed. on]
Int. ww in mus., popular, __ ed. [for all eds.]
Journal title, Month abbrev. year: ‡b p. ___
Ki kiscoda magyar zeneéletben
Kutsch, K.J. Unvergängliche Stimmen, 2. Aufl.
1987 ed. cited as Kutsch/Riemens, 1987-
MGG
MGG Suppl.
MGG, 2.[, neubearb.] Ausg.
Mus. index, [year] cumulation
Muz. ents.
Muz. ents.: ‡b v. 6, dop. ___
New Grove
New Grove, 2nd ed.
Grove music online, [date of search] ‡b ([data]) [For more information, see Grove music online below.]
New Grove dict. of Amer. mus.
Norton/Grove dict. of women composers
NYPL. Dict. cat. of the mus. coll. ‡b (hdg.: __________ ; usage: [if different from hdg.] ; variants: __________)
OCLC, [date of search given in this form: Feb. 2, 1997] ‡b (hdg.: __________ ; usage: [if different from hdg.])
Pazdírek
Riemann Musik Lexikon, 12. Aufl.
Riemann Musik Lexikon, 12. Aufl. Suppl.
Sohlmans musiklexikon, 2nd ed.
Stieger, F. Opernlexikon: ‡b ___. T.
1. T. = Title Katalog
2. T. = Komponisten
3. T. = Librettisten
Ww in Amer. mus., classical, 2nd ed.
Zenei lexikon
When a print source is arranged alphabetically, do not cite page number. When an entry appears in a location other than where it would be found alphabetically, cite volume and/or page number.
There are two instances of prescribed punctuation. When citing a location within a source, use a colon before the indication of location (e.g.: New Grove: ‡b v. 16, p. 742). When citing headings found in bibliographic sources, specific punctuation is prescribed: [Source] ‡b (hdg.: [data])
This is a straight forward example of citing an encyclopedia in which the entries are arranged alphabetically:
nr9140037
100 1_ Lemlin, Lorenz, ‡d approximately 1495- 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Lemlin (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. ca. 1495, Eichstätt, d. after 1549) |
Both the volume and page of New Grove are cited because the entry for Johann Ernst Bach is included in the article on the entire Bach family, not under Bach, Johann Ernst. The name is cited in direct rather than inverted order, as that is how it appears in the source:
no9014009
100 1_ Bach, Johann Ernst, ‡d 1722-1777 670 __ New Grove: ‡b v. 1, p. 863 (Johann Ernst Bach; b. Jan. 30, 1722, Eisenach; d. Sept. 1, 1777, Eisenach) |
Another form that seems to be accepted is:
670 __ New Grove ‡b (under Bach: Johann Ernst Bach... ) |
In this citation also, the name is also cited in directed order.
This form of citation is also useful for citing information from articles not about the person or corporate body being established:
670 __ New Grove ‡b (under Chicago: Opera of Chicago... ) |
The volume and page of New Grove American are cited because the entry is under an entry for the entire family:
nr9145292
100 1_ Damrosch, Frank, ‡d 1859-1937 670 __ New Grove dict. of Amer. mus.: ‡b v. 1, p. 565 (Frank (Heino) Damrosch; b. June 22, 1859, Breslau, Germany (now Wroclaw, Poland), d. Oct. 22, 1937, New York; conductor and teacher; came to New York in 1871) |
Indicate edition if other than the first:
no9012924
100 1_ Cassler, G. Winston ‡q (Glenn Winston), ‡d 1906-1990 670 __ Anderson, E.R. Contemporary Amer. composers, 2nd ed. ‡b (Cassler, G. Winston; b. Sept. 3, 1906, Moundridge, Kans.) |
nr9229805
100 1_ Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Wir Christenleut, ‡n BWV 710 670 __ Schmieder, 2. Ausg. ‡b (690-713a, Choralbearbeitungen in der Kirnergerschen Sammlung. 710, Wir Christenleut) |
no9014525
100 1_ Hellmesberger, Joseph, ‡d 1855-1907 670 __ MGG: ‡b v. 6, column 113 (Hellmesberger, Söhne Josephs: Joseph; b. Apr. 9, 1855, d. Apr. 26, 1907, Wien) |
There are two parts to this source, so the Teil must be indicated:
nr9145304
100 1_ Rellstab, Johann Friedrich, ‡d 1759-1813 670 __ Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b 1. T. (Rellstab, Friedr.; b. Feb. 27, 1759, Berlin, d. Aug. 19, 1813, Berlin) |
In this case, the page was also cited because the information was in an entry for the entire family:
nr924795
100 1_ Schuberth, Carl, ‡d 1811-1863 670 __ Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b 1. T., p. 562 (Schubert, Karl; b. Nov. 25, 1811, Magdeburg, d. July 22, 1863, Zurich) |
When citing information from this set (Compositores de América), cite only the volume when the articles are in alphabetical order by composer in that volume. In some early volumes entries are not in alphabetical order, so for these, page numbers would also have to be given, as in the next example:
nr9135296
100 1_ Broque, Alfonso, ‡d 1876-1946. ‡t Cantos uruguayos 670 __ Compositores de América: ‡b v. 6 (Tres cantos uruguayos) |
In volume three of this set, the composers are not given in alphabetical order, thus the page must be cited as well:
no883169
100 1_ Villa-Lobos, Heitor. ‡t Carnaval das criancas. ‡p Guizos do dominozinho 670 __ Compositores de América: ‡b v. 3, p. 24 (Carnaval das criancas brasileiras. 3, Os guizos do dominozinho) |
n0063145
100 1_ Bononcini, Giovanni Maria, ‡d 1642-1678. ‡t Arie, correnti, sarabande, gighe & allemande, ‡m violin, continuo, ‡n op. 4. ‡n No. 25-27 670 __ RISM A.I.1, B3628 ‡b (op. 4 Arie, correnti, sarabande, gighe, & allemande a violino, e violone, over spinetta, con alcune intavolate per diverse accordature... 1671) |
This is cited from an LC card, as a bibliographic source rather than as a reference source. Usage is cited because it is different from the heading found in the source:
nr9212642
100 1_ Pickett, A. G. ‡q (Andrew G.) 670 __ LCCN 59-61290 ‡b (hdg.: Pickett, Andrew G.; usage: A.G. Pickett) |
NUC pre-56 cited as a bibliographic source rather than as a reference source, hence the construction (hdg.: ______________ ; usage: ___________)
nr916899
100 1_ Rickaby, Franz, ‡d 1889-1925 670 __ NUC pre-56 ‡b (hdg.: Rickaby, Franz Lee, d. 1925; usage: Franz Rickaby) |
It could also have been cited as a reference source. In this case, however, the usage (without the middle name) could not have been indicated:
670 __ NUC pre-56 ‡b (Rickaby, Franz Lee, d. 1925) |
The New York Public catalog cited as a bibliographic source rather than as a reference source. Also an example of multiple usage in one source:
nr9131821
100 1_ Lahoz, F. ‡q (Florencio), ‡d 1815-1868 670 __ NYPL. Dict. cat. of the mus. coll., 2nd ed. ‡b (hdg.: Lahoz, Florencio, 1815-1868; usage: F. Lahoz; Florencio Lahoz) |
When citing the date of search in a database, cite the month, day, and year, in any form (e.g. March 6, 1992 or 6 March 1992) as long is cited in full:
nr9217472
100 1_ Falla, Manuel de, ‡d 1876-1946. ‡t Retablo de Maese Pedro 670 __ LC in RLIN, May 6, 1992 ‡b (hdg.: Falla, Manuel de, 1876-1946. Retablo de Maese Pedro) |
Cite only the part pertaining to the heading in the 100 field of the authority record being established. The actual title portion heading in the LC record was:
‡t Pièces, ‡m organ ‡n (1862). ‡p Grande pièce symphonique. ‡p Allegro non troppo e maestoso.
nr9138558
100 1_ Franck, César, ‡d 1822-1890. ‡t Pièces, ‡m organ ‡n (1862). ‡p Grande pièce symphonique 670 __ LC in RLIN, Oct. 22, 1991 ‡b (hdg.: Franck, César, 1822-1890. Pièces, organ (1862). Grande pièce symphonique) |
The LC record has a typographical error. The heading was: Galpin, Francis Williams, 1858-1945. Errors such as this should be cited in the correct form, and notification of the error should be sent to LC.
nr9215778
100 1_ Galpin, Francis W. ‡q (Francis William), ‡d 1858-1945 670 __ LC in RLIN, May 4, 1992 ‡b (hdg.: Galpin, Francis William, 1858-1945; usage: Francis W. Galpin) |
Citing UK MARC records:
The date of birth was found in a UKM record. It could not be verified elsewhere and was needed to resolve a conflict.
From Richard Hunter at LC: "I have recorded two decisions from Desc Pol (1987 and 1988): one to the effect that UKM records should be treated like member contributed records in OCLC, the other to the effect that there was no problem with citing a specific heading in the "Serial Record way (see example at the bottom of DCM Z1, p. 29), which would end up with a citation like "UK MARC xxxxxxx." While the variation you ask about is a variation, I do not see a problem with it. Of course it could also be cited as 'OCLC (followed by date).'"
Citing dates from an order slip:
MCD 22.17: When an item being cataloged is accompanied by a dealer's order slip that gives a date for the composer, and the date does not appear in the item itself and has not otherwise come to light, record the date in the composer's name authority record in the 670 "Sources found" field for the item being cataloged, giving "Harrassowitz slip," [Blackwell slip, etc.] as the location. Do not include in the heading for a composer a date whose only source is a dealer's slip, unless the date is needed to resolve a conflict and an unsuccessful attempt has been made to find confirmation of the date in reference sources.
n88630844
100 1_ Zieritz, Grete von 670 __ Zieritz, G. Triptychon, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Grete von Zieritz) Harrassowitz slip (b. 1899) |
This information is sometimes given in a separate 670 field in both new and changed records:
670 __ Zieritz, G. Triptychon, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Grete von Zieritz) 670 __ Harrassowitz slip ‡b (b. 1899) |
Books and scores | Sound recordings | Video recordings | Multi-volume items
Include a colon before the indication of location (e.g.: [Title]: ‡b t.p. [data])
nr9214750
100 1_ Leersnyder, Brigitte de 670 __ Charles Tournemire (1870-1939), 1989: ‡b t.p. verso (Brigitte de Leersnyder) |
nr977030
100 1_ Glazunov, Aleksandr Konstantinovich, ‡d 1865-1936. ‡t Preliudiia i mazurki, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 25 670 __ Glazunov, A. Präludium und 2 Mazurken für Klavier, Opus 25, c1995: ‡b t.p. (Präludium und 2 Mazurken für Klavier, Opus 25) added t.p. (Preliudiia i 2 mazurki) |
n89637693
100 1_ Labitzky, Joseph, ‡d 1802-1881 670 __ Oesten, T. Joyous sound. no. 9, Leinate's Klänge waltz, 185-?: ‡b list t.p. (Labitzky) |
n0077331
100 1_ Ansink, Caroline. ‡t IJssel 670 __ Ansink, C. IJssel, c1999: ‡b t.p. (IJssel) running title (Yssel) |
nr9144709
100 1_ Rozengauz, Bronislava 670 __ Shostakovich, D.D. Izbrannye netrudnye p'esy dlia fortepiano, 1990: ‡b t.p. (B. Rozengauz) colophon (Bronislava Moissevna Rozengauz) |
nr9534147
100 1_ Kulenkampff, Georg, ‡d 1898-1948 670 __ Dvorák, A. Concerto in A minor, op. 53, for violin with orchestral accompaniment, 19--: ‡b caption of violin part (Georg Kulenkampff) |
The titles given in the 670 were taken from individual captions within the item:
no9620525
100 1_ Rheinberger, Josef, ‡d 1839-1901. ‡t Praeludien und Fugen, ‡m organ 670 __ Rheinberger, J. Drei Praeludien und Fugen für die Orgel, 1993: ‡b captions (JWV 16, C minor; JWV 10, D minor; JWV 13, E minor) pref. (3 preludes and fugues conceived as a unit) |
nr9314122
100 1_ Heinemann, Michael, ‡d 1959- 670 __ Heinemann, M. Heinrich Schütz und seine Zeit, c1993: ‡b t.p. (Michael Heinemann) jkt. (b. 1959, Bergisch-Gladbach) |
nr9214151
100 1_ Pogue, Samuel F. ‡q (Samuel Franklin), ‡d 1919-1994 670 __ Musique de joye, 1991: ‡b superius part t.p. (Samuel F. Pogue) |
nr9211577
100 1_ Hume, Tobias, ‡d -1645. ‡t Poeticall musicke. ‡p Sweet musicke 670 __ English lute songs, 1969: ‡b leaf H2 (Poeticall musicke. Sweet musicke) leaf H verso (Sweete musicke) |
n0077766
100 1_ Coll, Xavier 670 __ Granados, Enrique. Valsos poètics, c1999: ‡b t.p. (Xavier Coll; guitarist) copyright statement (Xavier Coll Quetglàs) |
The preliminary pages in this item are not numbered:
nr9231190
110 2_ Société française d'ethnomusicologie 670 __ L'ethnomusicologie en Europe, 1992: ‡b t.p. (Société française d'ethnomusicologie) prelim. p. vii (French Society of Ethnomusicology) |
The information in the 670 is taken from at least three different locations in the score. Follow Z1 (19): Generally use "etc." to avoid giving more than two locations or a sequence of locations:
nr922996
100 1_ Grenser, Johan Fredrik, ‡d -1795 670 __ Grenser, J.F. Six trio sonatas op. 1, 1987: ‡b t.p. (Johan Fredrik Grenser, d. 1795) p. i, etc. (J.F. Grenser; Swedish flutist, oboist, and composer; originally from the German city of Dresden; active in Stockholm from 1773 until his death in 1795) |
More than two locations can be cited if the cataloger feels it is important:
n85283448
100 1_ Mahaut, Antoine 670 __ Mahaut, A. VI sonata a flauto traversiere solo col basso continuo, 1983: ‡b t.p. (Antoine Mahaut) p. 1 (Antonio Mahaut) p. 11, 2nd group (Antonio Maho) |
n87887393
100 1_ Menezes Filho, Florivaldo, ‡d 1962- 670 __ Menezes Filho, F. Apoteose de Schoenberg, 1987: ‡b t.p. (Florivaldo Menezes Filho) front flap (b. Apr. 18, 1962 em São Paulo) |
n9588356
100 1_ Minozzo, Raffaella, ‡d 1958- 670 __ Campane e campanari nel Biellese, 1994: ‡b t.p. (Raffaella Minozzo) flap on p. 3 of cover (b. 1958) |
This item is a UMI photocopy of a dissertation. The fuller name information is taken from the half title, which was added by UMI:
nr931209
100 1_ Jones, Daniel C. L. ‡q (Daniel Charles Lloyd) 670 __ Jones, D.C.L. Elias Mann (1750-1825), 1991: ‡b t.p. (Daniel C.L. Jones) half title (Jones, Daniel Charles Lloyd) |
Either style may be used: "p. 4 of cover" or "back cover":
nr9143670 100 1_ D'Amore, Giulio, ‡d 1961- 670 __ D'Amore, G. Le opere pianistiche di Luigi Dallapiccola, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Giulio D'Amore) p. 4 of cover (b. 1961, Rome) nr916904 100 1_ Wettig, Karin, ‡d 1952- 670 __ Wettig, K. Satztechnische Studien in der Madrigalen Carlo Gesualdos, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Karin Wettig) back cover (Anna Sophia Karin Wettig; b. 1952, Köln) |
n944244
100 1_ Lorenz, Ricardo 670 __ Scores and recordings at the Indiana University Latin American Music Center, c1995: ‡b CIP t.p. (Ricardo Lorenz) CIP forward (Ricardo Lorenz-Abreu) pub. info. (composer; native of Venezuela; resides in Chicago) published book, p. 434 (b. 1961) |
"The new Z1 deliberately does not mention the use of GMDs as LC was asked to discontinue this practice ... LC does not require catalogers to include the GMD nor has it made any restrictions on [its] use."
NMP encourages the use of the GMD. If you choose to use it, include the GMD in abbreviated form: [SR]. Do not precede or follow it with any punctuation.
Use "label" at all times, even if the information appears on both sides of an LP or on each CD in a multi-disc set. For CDs, which have no label per se, consider the information appearing on the disc itself to be the "label."
nr927498
100 1_ Proud, Malcolm 670 __ Handel, G.F. Italian solo cantatas and instrumental works [SR] p1990: ‡b label (Malcolm Proud, harpsichord) |
nr9223903
100 1_ Kitchen, Linda 670 __ Meyerbeer, G. Il crociato in Egitto [SR] 1991: ‡b label (Linda Kitchen; singer) |
The following examples illustrate how the NACO Music Project has interpreted LC's guidelines in the past. Harry Price has said, "As long as it's clear where the information comes from, specific wording doesn't need to be prescribed." Options for citing locations other than the sound disc itself are "notes," "container," "container notes," "liner notes," "insert," and "program." None are prescribed.
Use "container" for information such as performer or title statements taken from the front, back, or spine of the container. For CDs, consider any information on the insert that can be seen through the jewel case to be on the container.
nr9217448
100 1_ Seiler, Erich 670 __ Rosbaud, H. Hans Rosbaud conducts three masterpieces of 20th century [SR] p1990: ‡b container (Erich Seiler, percussion) |
Use "container notes" for information taken from program notes printed on the container:
nr9244711
100 1_ Sibelius, Jean, ‡d 1865-1957. ‡t Kappaletta, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 85 670 __ Sibelius, J. Pianoävellysten, osa 5 [SR] p1985: ‡b label (Five pieces, op. 85 : the flowers) container notes (Five flower pieces = Fem blomsterstyckena = Fünf Blumenstücke = Cinq morceaux de fleur) |
Use "insert" for notes that are physically separable and inserted into a single or multiple LP container, or single or multiple CD jewel box. Generally do not indicate page numbers in the insert, unless the insert is extensive:
nr929111
100 1_ Caccini, Francesca, ‡d 1587-approximately 1640. ‡t Musiche. ‡p O che nuovo stupor 670 __ Bott, C. Virtuoso Italian vocal music [SR] p1988: ‡b container (O che nuovo stupor) insert (O che nuovo stupor; from Primo libro delle musiche) |
When the cataloger listens to a recording to determine an element of the uniform title, that is indicated in the 670 field. LC has used "audition" to indicate this:
n 2008074562
100 1_ Zarębski, Juliusz, ‡d 1854-1885. ‡t Berceuse, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 22, ‡r A♭ major 670 __ Zarębski, J. Piano works, p2006: ‡b container (Berceuse op. 22) audition (in A♭ major) |
n 81031370
100 1_ Debussy, Claude, ‡d 1862-1918. ‡t Page d'album 670 __ Debussy, Claude. Devoted to Debussy [SR] c2007: ‡b container (Pièce sans titre (Piece without title); identified by audition as Page d'album) |
"The new Z1 deliberately does not mention the use of GMDs as LC was asked to discontinue this practice ... LC does not require catalogers to include the GMD nor has it made any restrictions on [its] use."
NMP encourages the use of the GMD. If you choose to use it, include the GMD in abbreviated form: [VR]. Do not precede or follow it with any punctuation.
nr9110201
100 1_ Hampe, Michael, ‡d 1935- 670 __ Andrea Chenier [VR] c1985: ‡b title frames (producer Michael Hampe) |
Cite the volume and the location within that volume:
no937977
100 1_ Frobenius, Wolf 670 __ Koenig, G.M. Ästhetische Praxis, c1991: ‡b Bd. 1, t.p. (Wolf Frobenius) |
When the information occurs on one container of a multiple LP or CD set, indicate the volume from which the information is taken, and then the source within that volume:
no8921086
100 1_ Chipp, Edmund Thomas, ‡d 1823-1886 670 __ Hobson, I. The London piano school [SR] p1988: ‡b v. 3, container (Edmund Thomas Chipp, 1823-1886) |
If the item is the first volume of a multi-volume item, record the date of publication as an open date, leaving a space between the open date and colon preceding the location of information:
nr9336172
100 1_ Mlakar, Pia 670 __ Mlakar, P. Unsterblicher Theatertanz, c1992- : ‡b v. 1, t.p. (Pia Mlakar) spine (P. Mlakar) |
If the entire set is in hand, record beginning and ending dates:
nr9313110
100 1_ Sadanowsky, Michel 670 __ Bach, J.S. Oeuvres complètes pour luth, c1988-c1990: ‡b v. 1, t.p. (Michel Sadanowsky) |
There is no prescribed manner of citing information. For consistency's sake, NMP encourages the following. Transcribe name and/or title information as it appears in the reference source. Date, place and other data can be translated, summarized, and abbreviated. Using semi-colons to separate the elements of name, date/place, and other information, follow this standard form: (Lastname, Firstname; born date, place, died date, place; other data)
Cite dates in full: February 2, 1997.
nr9241556
100 1_ Attey, John, ‡d -1640 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Attey, John; fl. 1622, d. 1640, Ross, Herfordshire; English lutenist and composer) |
no9012360
100 1_ Arkwright, G. E. P. ‡q (Godfrey Edward Pellew), ‡d 1864-1944 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Arkwright, Godfrey Edward Pellew; b. Apr. 4, 1864, Norwich, d. Aug. 16, 1944, Highclere Hants.; music scholar) |
no9011219
100 1_ Clark, Scotson, ‡d 1840-1893 670 __ Baker, 7th ed. ‡b (Clark, Frederick Scotson; b. Nov. 16, 1840, London, d. July, 5. 1883, London; clergyman, organist, and composer) |
nr9237395
100 1_ Gramont, Louis de, ‡d 1854-1912 670 __ Altmann, W. Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon, 15. Aufl.: ‡b 1. T. (Gramont, Louis; b. 1854, d. Dec., 1912, Paris; librettist) |
The name is given in full regardless of identical consequent citations of the name. Brackets in New Grove are transcribed as parentheses in the 670.
nr9140037
100 1_ Lemlin, Lorenz, ‡d approximately 1495- 670 __ MGG ‡b (Lemlin, (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. probably around 1495, Eichstätt, date and place of death not established) 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Lemlin (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. ca. 1495, Eichstätt, d. after 1549) |
The ultimate example of citing the name in full regardless of repetition of information:
no88433
100 0_ Mana-Zucca 400 0_ Manna-Zucca 400 1_ Zucca, Mana 400 1_ Zuckermann, Augusta 400 1_ Zuckermann, Gussie 400 1_ Zuccamana, Gizella 400 1_ Zuccamana, Augusta 400 1_ Della, Ella 400 1_ Zuchermann, Augusta 400 1_ Cassel, Irwin, ‡c Mrs. 670 __ Mana-Zucca. Jocosity, c1972: ‡b cover (Mana-Zucca) 670 __ Mana-Zucca. Valse brillante, c1916: ‡b cover (Mana Zucca) 670 __ Mana-Zucca. I love life [SR] 194-?: ‡b label (Manna-Zucca) 670 __ New Grove dict. of Amer. mus. ‡b (Mana Zucca (Zuckermann, Augusta; Zuckermann, Gussie); b. Dec. 15, 1885, New York, d. Mar. 8, 1981, Miami; changed her name to Mana Zucca in her teens) 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Mana-Zucca (Zuccamana, Gizella (Augusta)); b. Dec. 25, 1894; altered her name in 1916; composed under some pseuds., including Ella Della) 670 __ Baker, 7th ed. ‡b (Mana-Zucca (real name, Augusta Zuckermann); b. Dec. 25, 1887, d. Mar. 8, 1981) 670 __ NYPL. Ref. Dept. Dict. cat. of the mus. coll.‡b (Zuckermann, Augusta, 1888- ; Zuchermann, Augusta, 1888- ) 670 __ Cohen, I. Int. enc. of women composers ‡b (Mana-Zucca (Augusta Zuckermann); b. Dec. 25, 1894? (1897? 1891?)) 670 __ Hixon, D. Women in music ‡b (Mana-Zucca (real name Augusta Zuckermann); b. Dec. 25, 1890) 670 __ Stern, S. Women composers ‡b (Mana-Zucca (née Augusta Zuckermann, Mrs. Irwin Cassel); b. Dec. 25, 1887) 670 __ Int ww mus, 8th ed. ‡b (Mana-Zucca; b. Dec. 25, 1894; married Irwin M. Cassel) |
The multiple biographical sources were included to demonstrate the uncertainty of the year of her birth. In each citation, the name is cited in full even though the name may have been cited in that form in a previous citation.
Transcribe both non-Gregorian or old style/new style dates when they both appear in the source. Except for names and titles, generally translate data in foreign languages into English, paraphrasing or summarizing where possible:
nr9142210
100 1_ Mil'man, M. ‡q (Mark), ‡d 1910-1995 670 __ Muz. ents. ‡b (Mil'man, Mark Vladimirovich; b. Apr. 20 (May 5), 1910, Moskva; composer, pianist, and pedagogue) |
The information has been translated into English:
nr9140037
100 1_ Lemlin, Lorenz, ‡d approximately 1495- 670 __ MGG ‡b (Lemlin (Lemblin, Lemlein), Lorenz; b. probably around 1495, Eichstätt, date and place of death not established) |
Performing groups:
Include information on the foundation date, place of foundation, performers' names and instruments, and anything else that might be used to distinguish the performing group from another with the same name. LC has said that including information such as this is optional; NMP encourages such additions.
nr919862
110 2_ Aurora (Musical group) 670 __ Handel, G.F. Handel in Italy [SR] p1988: ‡b label (Aurora) insert (Aurora, a Baroque quartet of period instruments founded in 1979) |
"Choral ensemble" was included to distinguish this group from several other performing groups of different types which have similar names:
nr945457
110 2_ Convivium Musicum 670 __ Catan, D. Homenaje a Octavio Paz [SR] p1991: ‡b insert (Convivium Musicum; choral ensemble) |
names | title information | bracketed information in the bibliographic record
With headings for editors or arrangers of scores, NMP now has the option of indicating function (editor, arranger, etc.) of the person in subfield b of 670.
The title page has "Herausgegeben von Leo Kappel." An option would have been to cite the name this way: (Leo Kappel; editor)
nr9234402
100 1_ Kappel, Leo 670 __ Burger, J. 24 Trompetenduette, c1991: ‡b t.p. (Leo Kappel) |
Even though the name appears on the title page as "Pia und Pino Mlakar" and on the spine as "P. und P. Mlakar," record only the name being established:
nr9336172
100 1_ Mlakar, Pia 670 __ Mlakar, P. Unsterblicher Theatertanz, c1992- : ‡b v. 1, t.p. (Pia Mlakar) spine (P. Mlakar) |
If the name cited is not in the nominative case, do not amplify the citation to "explain" this, though ellipses may be used to show that surrounding words have been omitted. They indicate that words preceding the name cause the name not to be in the nominative. The title page has "sostavlanie i pedagogicheskaia redaktsiia Bronislavy Rozengauz."
nr9144709
100 1_ Rozengauz, Bronislava 670 __ Shostakovich, D.D. Izbrannye p'esy dlia fortepiano, 1987: ‡b t.p. (... Bronislavy Rozengauz) |
Optionally, include the words that indicate the action or function of the person:
no2012089231
100 1_ Fiedler, H. ‡q (Hynek), ‡d 1836-1870 670 __ Smetana, B. Dalibor, 1945: ‡b colophon (z atelieru H. Fiedlera) |
A person's name used in the title of a book is considered to be usage and does not need to be repeated in subfield b if it is the only significant usage in the item.
nr928424
100 1_ Moreschi, Alessandro, ‡d 1858-1922 670 __ Buning, R.A. Alessandro Moreschi and the castrato voice, 1990. |
When a person's name is used in the title of a book and is considered usage, repeat it in subfield b when subfield b is needed to record additional information:
nr935980
100 1_ Pace, Carmelo, ‡d 1906-1993 670 __ De Gabriele, M. Carmelo Pace, a Maltese composer, c1992: ‡b t.p. (Carmelo Pace) p. xv (Carmelo Pace, b. Aug. 17, 1906, Vallette, Malta) |
nr9138556
100 1_ Cross, Richard, ‡d 1955- 670 __ Cross, R. Richard Cross présente La voix dévoilée, c1991: ‡b t.p. (Richard Cross) p. 8 (b. 1955, Bordeaux) |
Consider a person's name used in the title of a sound recording to be usage and do not repeat it in subfield b unless recording other information.
nr9229841
100 1_ Rider, Rhonda 670 __ Rider, R. Rhonda Rider, violoncello [SR] p1988. |
When a person's name is used in the title of a sound recording and is considered usage, it should be repeated in subfield b only when subfield b is being used to record additional information:
nr9125373
100 1_ Watters, Clarence, ‡d 1902-1986 670 __ Watters, C. Clarence Watters [SR] p1989: ‡b label (Clarence Watters, organ) insert (1902-1986) |
For headings for performers on sound recordings, indicate the instrument, vocal range, etc. in subfield b. LC has said that including information such as this is optional; NMP encourages such additions.
nr9217448
100 1_ Seiler, Erich 670 __ Rosbaud, H. Hans Rosbaud conducts three masterpieces of 20th century [SR] p1990: ‡b container (Erich Seiler, percussion) |
nr9244234
100 1_ Rolston, Shauna 670 __ Rolston, R. Cello sonatas [SR] p1989: ‡b label (Shauna Rolston, cello) |
Use English unless the word does not have an English equivalent. The container had "Flöte":
nr943144
100 1_ Hülschoff, Cordula 670 __ Mozart, W.A. Klavierkonzert D-Dur, KV 451 [SR] 1983?: ‡b container (Cordula Hülschoff, flute) |
Singers with no designation of vocal range:
LC used to include a 678 field with the function, such as "Singer." They no longer use this field, although it is still found in older authority records. There are two options now.
nr9223903
100 1_ Kitchen, Linda 670 __ Meyerbeer, G. Il crociato in Egitto [SR] 1991: ‡b label (Linda Kitchen) container (sings role of Dinorah) |
OR
670 __ Meyerbeer, G. Il crociato in Egitto [SR] 1991: ‡b label (Linda Kitchen; singer) |
LC suggests the latter option when it is obvious the person is singing. At Indiana, the designation "singer" is used only when neither the voice range nor the role is known.
The first 670 field is always for the item in hand. For titles, include only one 670 field, for the item in hand, unless information from another source provides helpful information not found on the item in hand. If the form used in the 1XX field is not generated from or does not appear on the item cited in the first 670, include a second 670 field citing the source for the form of title used in the heading. If references are generated from other forms found on the item in hand, include that information in the 670. When references are taken from other items or reference sources, do not cite the sources from which the references are taken, unless the sources provide helpful information not found on the item in hand. Additional 670 fields for reference sources considered necessary to clarify the title may also be added.
The title cited in subfield a of the 670 is not repeated in subfield b because no additional information or other forms of the title to justify the chosen uniform title were found on the item. The second 670 was added since the uniform title was not established from the item in hand.
nr9222382
100 1_ Bizet, Georges, ‡d 1838-1875. ‡t Chants du Rhin 400 1_ Bizet, Georges, ‡d 1838-1875. ‡t Bilder vom Rhein 400 1_ Bizet, Georges, ‡d 1838-1875. ‡t Songs of the Rhine 670 __ Bizet, G. Bilder vom Rhein, 19--. 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Chants du Rhin, 1865) |
The title cited in subfield a of the 670 is repeated in subfield b The reference was generated from a form found later in the item. Since additional information following the title proper was recorded, it was necessary to repeat the title proper in subfield b.
nr941620
100 1_ Strauss, Johann, ‡d 1825-1899. ‡t Camelien-Polka 400 1_ Strauss, Johann, ‡d 1825-1899. ‡t Camellia polka 670 __ Strauss, J. Camelien-Polka, c1993: ‡b t.p. (Camelien-Polka : op. 248) p. 4 (Camellia polka) |
Since the established uniform title was not generated from the item itself, the source of the established title must be indicated.
nr941929
100 1_ Tausig, Carl,‡d 1841-1871. ‡t Tägliche Studien 670 __ Tausig, C. Esercizi giornalieri, 1991: ‡b t.p. (Esercizi giornalieri : per pianoforte = Exercices journaliers : pour piano = Daily exercises : for piano = Tägliche Übungen : für Klavier = Ejercicios diarios : para piano) 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Tägliche Studien) |
Include all of the title proper, including alternative titles, in the 670 field:
no893045
100 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruinen von Athen 670 __ Beethoven, L. Ruines d'Athènes ; et, Le roi Estienne, 1846? |
nr935495
100 1_ Philips, Peter, ‡d 1561-1628. ‡t Cantiones sacrae, ‡m voices (8). ‡p Ecce vicit Leo 670 __ Philips, P. Ave Jesu Christe ; & Ecce vicit Leo, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Ecce vicit Leo) p. 2 (from the Cantiones sacrae, 1613, double choir motet) |
nr9210685
100 1_ Sibelius, Jean, ‡d 1865-1957. ‡t Trios, ‡m piano, strings, ‡r C major 670 __ Sibelius, J. Trio in C major for violin, cello and piano, 1991, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Trio in C major for violin, cello and piano : Lovisa trio) |
nr9218689
100 1_ Persichetti, Vincent, ‡d 1915-1987. ‡t Parable, ‡n no. 25 670 __ Persichetti, V. Parable for two trumpets, c1991: ‡b caption (Parable : for two trumpets : (Parable XXV) : op. 164) |
nr9214739
100 1_ Heinrich, Anthony Philip, ‡d 1781-1861. ‡t Indian fanfares 670 __ Heinrich, A.P. Indian fanfares, c1987: ‡b cover (Indian fanfares = Indianerfanfaren) |
nr9212657
100 1_ Schaffer, Bogslaw. ‡t Monolog 670 __ Schaffer, B. Monolog, c1980: ‡b t.p. (Monolog : Bass-Klarinette solo) caption (Monologue : for bass clarinet solo = Monolog : na klarnet basowy solo) |
no9214518
100 1_ Villa-Lobos, Heitor. ‡t Histórias da carochinha 670 __ Villa-Lobos, H. Histórias da carochinha, c1990: ‡b t.p. (Histórias da carochinha = Nanny's tales = Ammenmarchen : para piano) |
The second 670 was added to justify the chosen uniform title:
nr922055
100 1_ Ferrabosco, Alfonso, ‡d approximately 1575-1628. ‡t Ayres. ‡p Come my Celia, let us prove 670 __ Baird, J. The English lute song [SR] p1988: ‡b container (Come my Celia) insert (Come my Celia = Venez, ma Celia = Komm, meine Celia) 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Ayres: Come my Celia, let us prove) |
New Grove has "Beato mi direi, 4vv, 155724. M iv, 64." 155724 is Il secondo libro de madregali, 4vv (155724) There is a Secondo libro de madregali for five voices; "4vv" here is necessary to distinguish the two:
nr9144718
100 1_ Rore, Cipriano de, ‡d 1515 or 1516-1565. ‡t Madrigals, ‡m voices (4), ‡n book 2. ‡p Beato mi direi 670 __ Bott, C. Virtuoso Italian vocal music [SR] p1988: ‡b container (Beato me direi) 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Beato mi direi, 4vv; from his Il secondo libro de madregali, 4vv) |
nr9233455
100 1_ Handel, George Frideric, ‡d 1685-1759. ‡t Quel fior che all'alba ride, ‡n HWV 154 670 __ Handel, G.F. Italian solo cantatas and instrumental works [SR] p1990: ‡b label (Quel fior che all'alba ride) insert (solo cantata) 670 __ Händel-Handbuch ‡b (154, Quel fior che all'alba ride; Cantata a voce sola, Sopr., Basso continuo; 2 other cantatas with this text, HWV 192 for 2 sopranos and continuo, HWV 200 for 2 sopranos, bass, and continuo) |
An example of information in New Grove that is not phrased in this exact way, but rather summarized for brevity's sake:
nr9125469
100 1_ Fibich, Zdenek, ‡d 1850-1900. ‡t Nálady, dojmy a upomínky, ‡n op. 41 670 __ New Grove ‡b ((376) Nálady, dojmy a upomínky (Moods, impressions and reminiscences), 1892-9; four sets as op. 41, 44, 47, and 57) |
n95111432
100 1_ Uspenskiĭ, Vladislav, ‡d 1937-2004. ‡t Temperamenty 670 __ His Temperaments, c1994: ‡b cover (Temperaments = Temperamenty [in Cyrillic]) |
An example showing how LC indicated that one title on the chief source was more prominent than another, affecting the choice of uniform title (i.e., "Sonata in two movements" vs. "Sonatas, cello, piano"):
nr200128990
100 1_ Schonthal, Ruth. ‡t Sonata in two movements 670 __ Schonthal, R. Sonata in two movements for cello and piano (1989), c2000: ‡b t.p. (Sonata in two movements [in bold]; bottom of p.: Sonata in two movements (1989)) caption (Sonata for cello & piano in two movements) |
nr9218973
100 1_ Halffter, Rodolfo, ‡d 1900-1987. ‡t --Huésped de las nieblas-- 670 __ Halffter, R. --Huésped de las nieblas--, c1981: ‡b t.p. (--Huésped de las nieblas-- = --Guest from the mists--) |
Use ellipses with no punctuation before the date of publication when shortening a long title proper.
nr931670
100 1_ Wubbenhorst, Thomas Martin, ‡d 1952- 670 __ Wubbenhorst, T.M. Personality characteristics of music educators and performers ... 1992: ‡b t.p. (Thomas Martin Wubbenhorst) leaf 99 (b. Aug. 9, 1952, Greenwich, Conn.) |
The title proper of this recording was "Concerto grosso no. 1 ; Concerto grosso no. 2 ; Schelomo," three titles proper in actuality. In a case like this, the second and third titles can be left out without using ellipses:
nr9140031
100 1_ Miquelle, Georges, ‡d 1894-1977 670 __ Bloch, E. Concerto grosso no. 1 [SR] p1991: ‡b container (Georges Miquelle) insert (b. 1894, Lille, France, d. 1977; came to U.S. in 1918) |
"Title not given": This is not a typical citation, so an example of it may be useful. There is no colon before the subfield b since a location within the item is not being cited:
nr9135296
100 1_ Broque, Alfonso, ‡d 1876-1946. ‡t Cantos uruguayos 670 __ Slonimsky, N. History making premieres [SR] 1972 ‡b (title not given) |
This is an exception to the practice of not repeating the title proper unless recording other forms of the title. Normally, the subtitle information would not be required in this 670, and so there would be no subfield b at all. However, the references from Petites pièces and Piccoli pezzi need the opus number in order to distinguish them from his Petites pièces and Piccoli pezzi op. 3. The subtitle was given in the 670 in order to identify this set as op. 11:
nr9131842
100 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Recueil de petites pieces 400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Petites pièces, ‡n op. 11 400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t 10 petites pièces, ‡n op. 11 400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Dix petites pièces, ‡n op. 11 400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Piccoli pezzi, ‡n op. 11 400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t Diece piccoli pezzi, ‡n op. 11 400 1_ Carcassi, Matteo, ‡d 1792-1853. ‡t 10 piccoli pezzi, ‡n op. 11 670 __ Carcassi, M. 10 piccoli pezzi, 1988: ‡b t.p. (10 piccoli pezzi : op. 11 : per chitarra) |
Citing parts of larger works:
LC tends to use the following style:
(Work no., Title of the whole work. No. of the part if needed, Title of the part), as shown in the next three examples:
no884209
100 1_ Ives, Charles, ‡d 1874-1954. ‡t Contemplations. ‡p Central Park in the dark 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Two contemplations. 2, Central Park in the dark) |
nr9110853
100 1_ Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Choräle von verschiedener Art, ‡n BWV 651-668. ‡p Allein Gott in der Höh' sei Ehr', ‡n BWV 662 670 __ Schmieder ‡b (651-668, Achtzehn Choräle von verschiedener Art. 662, Allein Gott in der Höh' sei Ehr') |
n9298675
100 1_ Haydn, Joseph, ‡d 1732-1809. ‡t Quartets, ‡m strings, ‡n H. III, 79, ‡r D major. ‡p Largo cantabile e mesto 670 __ Hoboken ‡b (Gruppe III, Streichquartette 75-80 known as op. 76. No. 5. II, Largo cantabile e mesto) |
Bracketed information in the bibliographic record
Dates from the 260 field in the bibliographic record:
Do not enclose the date of publication in brackets, even when brackets are used in the 260 subfield c of the bibliographic record.
nr9211920
100 1_ Rollet, Nicole 670 __ Rollet, N. Analyse graphologique de Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart, 1990?: ‡b t.p. (Nicole Rollet) |
nr9244246
100 1_ Mignone, Francisco, ‡d 1897-1986. ‡t Cânticos de Obaluayê 670 __ Mignone, F. Canticos de Obaluayê, between 1934 and 1942. |
Unnumbered pages:
In the item, p. 3 is not numbered. In a bibliographic record, it would be indicated as "p. [3]"; in this case, brackets are not used:
nr9143665
100 1_ Leistritz, Helmut, ‡d 1934- 670 __ Leistritz, H. Sonate in B für zwei Trompeten und Posaune, c1989: ‡b t.p. (Helmut Leistritz) p. 3 (b. 1934, Wustewaltersdorf/Schlesien) |
Do not use "p. [4] of cover" even though there is no page number on the back cover:
nr9143670
100 1_ D'Amore, Giulio, ‡d 1961- 670 __ D'Amore, G. Le opere pianistiche di Luigi Dallapiccola, c1987: ‡b t.p. (Giulio D'Amore) p. 4 of cover (b. 1961, Rome) |
Bracketed information from the 245 in the bibliographic record:
Sonatas is incorrectly spelled "sonats" on the label. The bib record has "Horn sonat[a]s":
nr9222802
100 1_ James, Ifor 670 __ Beethoven, L. Horn sonatas [SR] 1988?: ‡b container (Ifor James, horn) |
The word "Untiteled" is a misspelling; the bib record has "Morton Feldmans Untiteled [sic] Composition für Cello und Klavier":
nr9233567
100 1_ Staub, Volker 670 __ Staub, V. Morton Feldmans Untiteled Composition für Cello und Klavier, 1992: ‡b t.p. (Volker Staub) |
The examples below are for informational purposes only. They do not indicate any prescriptive practice.
Contributors to this section of the NMP Handbook are Chuck Herrold, Mickey Koth, Mark Scharff, Sarah Shaw, and Terry Simkins.
See also Princeton's documentation [93]
Citing a web site by name: Grove music online | Wikipedia | Virtual international authority file | Google books | academic sites | other examples | Citing multiple web sites | online library catalogs | genealogy and death indexes
Citing a web site by URL
Citing a location within a web site: Grove music online | academic sites | commercial sites | online journals and periodicals | other examples
Citing information found: citing variant forms | citing pages in parallel language versions | other examples
Generally, cite web pages by giving the name of the page and the date it was consulted. The date is important, since web page contents can change from day to day. When citing the URL, follow the instructions given in the LC Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Section Z1, explained below.
The following construction is generally used to cite web pages:
__________ WWW site, [date of search] ‡b ([data])"
Note: It is not necessary to include the word "accessed" or the phrase "viewed on" before the date of search.
If the information is found on a subpage, cite the location:
__________ WWW site, [date of search] :‡b [location] ([data])"
Adding "WWW site" to a citation for a resource that has the word "online" in its title or is known to be available only on the Web is unnecessary. However, using "WWW site" (_____________ WWW site ...) is generally preferred to "WWW page," "home page," or "homepage." Examples using this form, reflecting past practice, appear in this document.
no2008028859
100 1_ Herschkowitz, Philip, ‡d 1906-1989. ‡t Vesennie tsvety 670 __ Grove music online, Feb. 22, 2008 ‡b (Vesenniy tsvetï; (Spring flowers), pf, 1947) |
When adding information to an authority record that cites Grove music online (or any Internet source), either add a second 670 field:
n85367781
100 1_ Dolukhanova, Zara, ‡d 1918-2007 670 __ Grove music online, Feb. 10, 2006 ‡b (Dolukhanova, Zara (Zarui) (Agas'yevna); b. Mar. 15, 1918, Moscow; Russian mezzo-soprano) 670 __ Grove music online, June 12, 2009 ‡b (Dolukhanova, Zara (Zarui) (Agas'yevna); b. Mar. 15, 1918, Moscow, d. Dec. 4, 2007, Moscow; Russian mezzo-soprano) |
or add to the existing 670 field, with the date of the most recent viewing of the source:
Grove music online ‡b (accessed Mar. 7, 2003: [info]; accessed Nov. 21, 2008: [additional info])
Grove music online includes the full text of The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, 2nd ed., The New Grove Dictionary of Opera, and The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz. To cite information found in entries marked with the word "opera" or "jazz", the following pattern may be used:
670 __ Grove music online, [date of search]: ‡b Opera ([data])
n 95078997
100 1_ Rovère, Gilbert, ‡d 1939-2007 670 __ Grove music online, Jan. 3, 2008: ‡b Jazz (Rovère, Gilbert (Bibi); b. Aug. 29, 1939, Toulon, France; French double bass player) |
Wikipedia is a source that is known to be available only on the Web, and thus using "WWW site" in a citation for it is unnecessary.
n 2007082096
100 1_ Rose, Axl, ‡d 1962- 670 __ Wikipedia, Nov. 15, 2007 ‡b (Axl Rose, W. Axl Rose, William Axl Rose, singer-songwriter, frontman of Guns n' Roses; b. Feb. 26, 1962, Lafayette, IN) |
no2005105684
100 1_ Butler, John, ‡d 1975- 670 __ Wikipedia, Mar. 21, 2008 ‡b (John Butler; b. Apr. 1, 1975, Torrance, Calif.; Australian musician having moved to Australia on 26 January 1986; leader of the John Butler Trio) |
When the data is taken from a Wikipedia site in another language, that language precedes the name "Wikipedia":
n 85184925
100 1_ Hübner, Wilhelm, ‡d 1915-2004 670 __ German Wikipedia, Apr. 7, 2008 ‡b (Wilhelm Hübner; b. Nov. 12, 1915, Prag; d. Jan. 30, 2004; German composer, conductor, and writer) |
When the information is found within an article about a topic other than the heading being established or updated, cite the name of the article:
no20080502121
100 1_ Berthold, Henry, ‡d 1933-1987 670 __ Wikipedia, Mar. 28, 2008: ‡b List of classical composers in East Germany (Henry Berthold; 1933-1987) |
Virtual international authority file
n 2011026232
100 1_ Günther, Ulrich, ‡d 1923- 670 __ VIAF, viewed Apr. 19, 2011 ‡b (hdg. in Deutsche Nationalbibliothek: Günther, Ulrich, 1923-) |
no2002112706
100 1_ Svéd, Sándor, ‡d 1906-1979 670 __ Virtual international authority file, June 1, 2011 ‡b (hdgs.: Svéd, Alexander, 1906-1979, Svéd, Alexander, 1904-1979, Svéd, Alexander, 1906- ; variant forms: Svéd, Alessandro, Svéd, Sándor, Svéd, Alessandro de) |
There is no consensus about citing books viewed via Google books. A conversation via the PCC list considered whether or not it was even necessary to indicate that the book was not in hand but was viewed online.
This format, citing Google books first and then the book, has been used:
670 Google book search, [date of search]: ‡b [title proper of book], [date of publication]: p. ([data])
nr2007003858
110 2_ New York Academy of Sacred Music 670 __ Google Book Search, via WWW, Feb. 23, 2007: ‡b Williams, H. Thomas Hastings, 2005, p. 100 (New York Academy of Sacred Music; choral soc. for the cultivation of sacred music; est. 1835, in NYC, by Thomas Hastings, et al.; gave concerts at the Broadway Tabernacle Church) |
This format, citing the book first and then indicating that it was viewed online was used in a majority of authority records cited in an e-mail from Gary Strawn on Nov. 11, 2007:
670 [Title proper of book], [date of publication], via Google book search, [date of search]: ‡b ([data])
no2010021130
100 1_ Panthès, Marie, ‡d 1871-1955 670 __ Boston Symphony Orchestra. Programme, v. 1907-1908, viewed on Google Books, Feb. 5, 2010: ‡b p. 1666 (Marie Panthès (Mrs. Kutner); b. Nov. 3, 1871, Odessa) |
no9962921
100 1_ Nussbaum, Frederick, ‡c Mrs., ‡d 1887-1973 670 __ Gaylord Music Library WWW site, July 29, 1997 ‡b (Anna May Loewenstein Nussbaum; b. 1882?; d. Feb. 23, 1973; at least one item in library's collection of mss. and other materials shows usage: Anna May Loewenstein) |
The Google knowledge panel includes the information that appears on the right side of the first screen of google search results.
no2017089020
100 1_ Spanjers, Roel, ‡d 1969- 670 __ Google knowledge panel, July 7, 2017 ‡b (Roel Spanjers; born October 21, 1969; singer; member of Normaal since 2003) |
nr200128397
100 1_ Kollavik-Jensen, Curt 670 __ Ensemble Nord WWW site, July 17, 2001 ‡b (Curt Kollavik-Jensen, guitar; Curt Kollavik) |
nr200145509
100 1_ Leighton, Kenneth, ‡d 1929-1988. ‡t Sonatinas, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 1, op. 1a 670 __ Kenneth Leighton (1929-1988) WWW site, Nov. 2, 2001 ‡b (Sonatina 1 opus 1a (1946)) |
The citation for the Internet movie database. Note that "WWW site" is not included:
no9822892
130 _0 Cleopatra (Motion picture : 1963) 670 __ IMDb, Aug. 24, 2001 ‡b (Cleopatra (1963); also Cleopatra (1917), Cleopatra (1920), Cleopatra (1912), Cleopatra (1934)) |
The name of the web site includes "online" and thus "WWW site" in not included:
n2002067229
130 _0 Concertino, ‡m harpsichords (2), ‡r G major 670 __ RISM A/II online ‡b (400014085, Concertino à due cembali)) |
no2001090755
100 1_ Rautavaara, Einojuhani, ‡d 1928- ‡t Säännöllisiä yksikköjaksoja puolis äännöllisessä tilanteessa 670 __ Finnish Music Information Centre WWW site, Nov. 12, 2001 ‡b (Säännöllisiä yksikköjaksoja puolis äännöllisessä tilanteessa = Regular sets of elements in a semi-regular situation; orchestra, 1971) |
no2001095894
110 2_ Alien Ant Farm (Musical group) 670 __ All music guide WWW site, Dec. 4, 2001 ‡b (Alien Ant Farm; southern California alt-metal rock group, formed 1996) |
no2011178553
All music guide changed its name to AllMusic:
110 2_ Hurray for the Riff Raff (Musical group) 670 __ AllMusic WWW site, Nov. 17, 2011‡b (Hurray for the Riff Raff; New Orleans-based, indie folk band) |
no9744270: from Princeton: "The formal presentation of the name of a corporate body on the body's own home page (i.e. at a Web site created or sponsored by that body), is tantamount to formal presentation on the chief source of one of the body's own publications."
110 2_ Texas Music Educators Association 670 __ Texas Music Educators Association WWW Home page, Sept. 23, 1996 ‡b (Texas Music Educators Association; TMEA; est. 1920 as the Texas Band Teachers Association [no publ.]) |
no2001095933
110 2_ York Theatre Company 670 __ York Theatre Company WWW site, Nov. 16, 2001 ‡b (York Theatre Company, New York, N.Y.; non-profit off-Broadway company dedicated to new musicals) |
nr0023020
100 1_ Freihofner, Philip 670 __ Philip Freihofner WWW site, July 17, 2000 ‡b (Philip Freihofner; oboist, composer, and music publisher) |
no200118279
100 0_ Mac Daddy, ‡d 1978- 670 __ Celebrity birthdays A2Z WWW site, Mar. 7, 2001 ‡b (Mac Daddy; real name: James Christopher Kelly; b. Aug. 11, 1978) |
no2001072098
100 1_ Mattson, Donald E., ‡d 1929- 670 __ California Military Museum WWW site, Sept. 10, 2001 ‡b (director, Brig. Gen. Donald E. Mattson) |
no2014014751
110 2_ Golinski Brothers 670 __ YouTube, January 17, 2014: ‡b Golinski Brothers, Bloody (audio only) (Golinski Brothers; Bob Golinski, guitar; Dave Harries, vocals; Will Gibbs and Alan Bines, saxophone; Ollie Crook, bass; part of the Brighton punk scene) ‡u https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i4l_SnqZ5FE [94] |
Examples from blogs
no2012135322
100 1_ Bennett, Ruth ‡c (Harpist) 670 __ Writing from Merida, WWW site, October 15, 2012: ‡b Guest bloggers (Blog entry, May 10, 2010: Ruth Bennett, harpist; born in Whitstable, Britain; moved to United States at age 9; now lives full time in Merida [Mexico]) |
no 95046363
100 1_ Velu, Charles ‡d1920-2004 670 __ Seventh heaven blog, Sept. 24, 2012 ‡b (Christopher Charles Velu; b. Aug. 18, 1920, d. Sept. 10, 2004; organist and choirmaster at St. Thomas Cathedral, 1948-1970) |
no200191418
100 1_ Forsman, Alf 670 __ Cunniform Records WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Affe Forsman) 670 __ Krakatau WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Affe Forsman, drummer (of Sielun Veliet)) 670 __ ECM WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Alf Forsman, drums) 670 __ Suomijazz WWW site, Nov. 8, 2001 ‡b (Alf Forsman, drums) |
A general phrase, such as "Internet, [date of search]" or "Google search, [date of search]" has been used to record various forms of usage across a number of web sites:
no2006121832
100 1_ Enăchescu, Voicu, ‡d 1943- 670 __ Internet, Feb. 1, 2008 ‡b (surname principally spelled Enăchescu in Romanian language pages) |
n 96063061
110 2_ Moskovskaia khorovaia akademiia 670 __ Internet, Apr. 9, 2008: ‡b Russian language pages (Moskovskaia khorovaia akademiia; Moskovskaia khorovaia akademiia imeni A.V. Sveshnikova) |
The search results from multiple web sites are included in a 667 field in this authority record. This specific search is also included:
no2005092492
100 1_ Karthäuser, Sophie 667 Google search on "Sophie Karthauser," Feb. 15, 2006, yielded ca. 406 results; "Sophie Kartauser" yielded only 12, all referring to the Capriccio recording of the Myslivecek Passione di nostro Signore Gesu Christo cited as source for the Kartäuser spelling |
The search results from multiple web sites are included in a 670 field in this authority record:
no2008080552
110 2_ Z-kvartetten 670 __ Google search, May 30, 2008 ‡b (Z-kvartetten predominates as form of name on Swedish-language pages) |
nr20022633
100 1_ Munzinger, Eduard, ‡d 1831-1899 670 __ Swiss National Library catalog WWW site, Jan. 17, 2002 ‡b (hdgs.: Munzinger, Edouard; Munzinger, Eduard; usage: Edouard Munzinger, Eduard Munzinger, Ed. Munzinger, E. Munzinger) |
nr0029156
100 1_ Le Dhuy, Adolphe 670 __ Bibliothèque nationale de France WWW catalog, Sept. 12, 2000 ‡b (hdgs.: Le Dhuy, Adolphe; Ledhuy, Adolphe; predominant usage: Adolphe Le Dhuy; other usage: Adolphe Ledhuy; A. Le Dhuy) |
no9928910
100 1_ Connor, William H., ‡d 1917-1993 670 __ Social Security death index WWW site, Apr. 24, 1999 ‡b (William Connor; b. July 27, 1917; d. July 23, 1993) |
no9987575
100 1_ Lawrence, Mike, ‡d 1945-1983 670 __ Ancestry.com WWW site, Dec. 7, 1999: ‡b Social Security death index (Michael Lawrence; b. Dec. 3, 1945; d. Jan. 1983) |
no9987016
100 1_ Rohland, Cora D. 670 __ FamilySearch int. geneal. index WWW site, Apr. 2, 2001 ‡b (Cora Dolbee; b. Oct. 23, 1856, Sagadahoc, Me.; m. Charles B. Rohland, Jul. 9, 1879, St. Louis) |
The February 2008 revision of the LC Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Section Z1, p. 6 of the 670 section) includes the following:
"Catalogers may optionally provide a uniform resource identifier (URI) in the 670 citation to link to the cited resource if it contains significant information related to the established heading that cannot be cited succinctly in the authority record. Note that use of a URI in the 670 ‡u does not take the place of the requirement to cite relevant data in subfields ‡a and ‡b of the 670 field needed to support the heading or references (this information will continue to be available if the site changes or disappears). ... If a URI is included, it must be given in subfield ‡u."
no2006015137
100 1_ Boccherini, Luigi, ‡d 1743-1805. ‡t Works. ‡f 2005 670 __ Luigi Boccherini. Opera omnia, WWW site, Feb. 10, 2006 ‡b (Opera omnia. 45 volumes projected) ‡u http://www.luigiboccherini.com/ [95] |
no2005092492
100 1_ Karthäuser, Sophie 670 __ WWW page of artist management firm Pelléas Artists, viewed Feb. 15, 2006 ‡b (Sophie Karthäuser, soprano) ‡u http://www.pelleas-artists.com/artistes/karthauser.htm [96] |
When the only source of the information is in the HTML coding <title> field, it can be cited as:
no2008107141
100 1_ Musselman, Daniel 670 __ Music of Daniel Musselman WWW site, July 24, 2008 ‡b (Daniel Musselman) HTML header (Daniel Musselman, composer, doctoral candidate at the University of Kansas) |
Other locations within the header tags may also be cited:
no2005076405
110 2_ Rutgers University. ‡b Wind Ensemble 670 __ The Rutgers Wind Ensemble WWW page, Aug. 17, 2005: ‡b HTML meta name (Rutgers University Wind Ensemble) HTML title (Rutgers University Wind Ensemble) |
Generally include indication of subpage only when it would not be obvious where the information would be found.
nr200131703
100 1_ Robinson, John H. ‡q (John Henry), ‡d 1945- 670 __ The Lute Society WWW site, Aug. 7, 2001: ‡b Publications and other services (John Robinson; John H. Robinson) |
When citing subsequent subpages, capitalize the first word of the title of each subpage and separate the titles with a semicolon:
__________ WWW site, [date of search] :‡b [Title of subpage]; [Title of subpage]; [Title of subpage] ([data])"
nr200128928
100 1_ Brouwer, Leo, ‡d 1939- ‡t Concertos, ‡m guitar, orchestra, ‡n no. 1 670 __ Classical Music on the Web WWW site, July 20, 2001: ‡b Composer profiles; Non-British Composer pages (Leo Brouwer; Concerto no. 1 for guitar and orchestra) |
When information about a composer's work found on the composer's web site in included in a subpage which is linked to with a label such as "works" or "compositions," it is not necessary to cite that location. Citing the information found is sufficient:
Even though the information is found on the subpage
Citing the subpage's title
670 __ [Name of composer's web site] WWW site, [date of search]: ‡b Works ([data])
670 __ [Name of composer's web site] WWW site, [date of search] ‡b ([data])
nr200145509
100 1_ Leighton, Kenneth, ‡d 1929-1988. ‡t Sonatinas, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 1, op. 1a 670 __ Kenneth Leighton (1929-1988) WWW site, Nov. 2, 2001: ‡b This is sufficient for indicating the information: 670 __ Kenneth Leighton (1929-1988) WWW site, Nov. 2, 2001 ‡b (Sonatina 1 opus 1a (1946)) |
When it is not possible for a page from which the information is cited to be retrieved easily by others, either because there is no search function for the site or because there is no navigational means of finding the page, include the URL in ‡u following the information cited:
no2005084810
100 1_ Pichierri, Louis, ‡d 1917-1972 670 __ Rhode Island Civic Chorale and Orchestra WWW site, Apr. 5, 2011: ‡b (Louis Pichierri; b. Sept. 17, 1917, Burlington, Vt., d. July 12, 1972) ‡u http://www.ricco.org/Our_Founder.htm [97] |
Locations within Grove music online
Citing a location within Grove music online is required only when the information is not found where one would expect to find it. These examples are similar to the second example in the section on citing reference sources and databases where the information about a composer is found in an article for the entire family.
n7972787
100 1_ Lully, Jean-Baptiste, ‡d 1632-1687 670 __ Grove music online WWW site, Feb. 22, 2001 ‡b (under Lully: Jean-Baptiste Lully (Lulli, Giovanni Battista); b. Nov. 29, 1632, Florence, d. Mar. 22, 1687, Paris; composer, dancer and instrumentalist of Italian birth) |
n8015507
100 1_ Stamitz, Karl, ‡d 1745-1801 670 __ Grove music online WWW site, Aug. 1, 2001 ‡b (under Stamitz: Carl (Philipp) Stamitz; b. Mannheim, bapt. May 8, 1745, d. Nov. 9, 1801, Jena; composer and violinist, viola player and viola d'amore player) |
Locations within academic sites
nr2001026660
100 1_ Bosch, Ben van den. ‡t Entstehung und Entwicklung der Posaunenarbeit der Brüdergemeinen in Deutschland und in aller Welt. ‡l English 670 __ William and Gayle Cook Music Library WWW site, July 6, 2001: ‡b Historic brass bibliography, 1988-96: letters R-S (Die Entstehung und Entwicklung der Posaunenarbeit der Brüdergemeinen in Deutschland und in aller Welt) |
n87903526
100 1_ Palm-Beulich, Helga-Maria 670 __ University of Music and Dramatic Arts Mozarteum Salzburg WWW site, Feb. 12, 1999: ‡b Hochschullehrer; Gesamtübersicht (Palm-Beulich, Helga-Maria; b. Mar. 16, 1954, Nürnberg) |
no20010901
100 1_ Baldassarre, Antonio 670 __ Universität Zürich, Musikwissenschaftliches Institut WWW page, Jan. 4, 2001: ‡b Mitarbeiter (lic. phil. Antonio Baldassarre, Assistent) |
nr200139796
100 1_ Taylor, Jeffrey James 670 __ The Conservatory of Music of Brooklyn College WWW site, Oct. 1, 2001: ‡b Faculty & staff (Jeffrey Taylor, professor, history, musicology; BA Carleton College, MA, Ph. D., University of Michigan; published books and articles on jazz of 1920s-30s and transcriptions of jazz piano performances) |
nr0019506
100 1_ Myers, Richard, ‡d 1929- 670 __ University at Buffalo, Department of Music WWW site, June 13, 2000: ‡b Faculty and staff (Richard Myers; lecturer, trombone) |
nr0034857
100 1_ Gresham, W. Jonathan 670 __ Northern Kentucky University Music Department WWW site, Nov. 3, 2000: ‡b Faculty (W. Jonathan Gresham; Jon Gresham) |
Locations within commercial sites
no200191590
130 0 Références (EMI Classics (Firm)) 670 __ EMI Classics WWW homepage, Nov. 5, 2001: ‡b Catalogue (series: Références) |
nr200126125
100 1_ Zácek, Jan, ‡d 1957- 670 __ Fermate WWW site, July 3, 2001: ‡b New CDs (Jan Zacek, guitar; b. 1957, Prague) |
nr200127642
100 1_ Grisoni, Renato. ‡t Preludes, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 1 670 __ Pizzicato Edizioni Musicali WWW site, July 12, 2001: ‡b Katalog, Klavier (Grisoni Renato, 24 preludi op. 1) |
n83162782
100 1_ Allen, Betty, ‡d1927-2009 670 __ New York times WWW site, June 26, 2009, ‡b(in obituary published June 25: Betty Allen; b. Elizabeth Louise Allen, Mar. 17, 1927, Campbell, Ohio; known as Betty Lou; d. Monday [June 22, 2009], Valhalla, N.Y., aged 82) |
nr200143678
100 1_ Ballabeni, Franco, ‡d 1957- 670 __ Harrassowitz WWW site, Oct. 24, 2001: ‡b New classical music title index (Ballabeni, Franco, 1957-) |
nr200149448
100 1_ Vítores, José, ‡d 1962- 670 __ Verlag Neue Musik/Edition Margaux WWW site, Nov. 29, 2001: ‡b Autorenverzeichnis (Vítores, José; b. 1962) |
nr0035343
100 1_ Procaccioli, Stefano, ‡d 1960- 670 __ TauKay Edizioni Musicali WWW site, Nov. 8, 2000: ‡b Compositori (Stefano Procaccioli; b. 1960, Treviso) |
nr0035994
100 1_ Battistoni, Enrico 670 __ Clivis Publicacions WWW site, Nov. 14, 2000: ‡b Cataleg; Instruments de tecla (BATTISTONI, Enrico) |
nr0027034
100 1_ Manduca, Mark 670 __ Manduca Music Publications WWW site, Aug. 23, 2000: ‡b Brass (Mark Manduca; trombonist-composer) |
no9983112
100 1_ Zimmermann, Ewald, ‡d 1910-1998 670 __ Henle-Verlag WWW Site, Nov. 16, 1999: ‡b Informationen (Ewald Zimmermann; d. 1998) |
no9849786
100 1_ Kilby, Cody 670 __ Rebel Records WWW home page, Jan. 28, 1998 ‡b (under New releases: Cody Kilby; 16-year-old guitar, mandolin, and banjo player from Cowan, TN) |
no9921606
100 1_ Cardoso, Berta, ‡d 1911-1997 670 __ Discoteca do Carmo WWW home page, Mar. 26, 1999: ‡b Artistas (Berta Cardoso; fadista) |
Locations within online journals and periodicals
no9877783
100 1_ Knouse, Nola Reed 670 __ Current musicology WWW site, July 6, 2001: ‡b Tables of contents from past issues (Nola Reed Knouse; Joseph Riepel and the emerging theory of form in the eighteenth century) |
no0077234
100 1_ Heyer, Hermann, ‡d 1898-1982 670 __ Hochschule für Musik und Theater "Felix Mendelssohn Bartholdy" Leipzig WWW site, Sept. 21, 2000: ‡b MT-Journal, Nr. 5, article 3 (Hermann Heyer; b. July 17, 1898, Leipzig; d. Dec. 11, 1982, Wangen (Allgau); professor of musicology) |
no9926256
100 1_ Davis, Vest, ‡d 1890-1988 670 __ St. Louis Post-Dispatch Postnet WWW site, Apr. 14, 1999: ‡b Archives, Jan. 23, 1988 (Vest Davis; b. Mar. 15, 1890, Hornersville, Mo.; d. Thursday, [Jan. 21, 1988], Springfield, Mo., at age of 97; retired English teacher, author) |
no0052753
100 1_ Brink, Guido, ‡d 1968- 670 __ European music journal WWW site, July 25, 2000: ‡b Musikunterricht, Brink/Kopiez, Autoren (Guido Brink; b. 1968) |
n89625050
100 1_ Berger, Michel, ‡d 1947-1992 670 __ Lexis-Nexis database, Apr. 3, 2001: ‡b The independent [London], Aug. 10, 1992, p. 21 (Michel Hamburger (Michel Berger); b. 1947, Paris, d. Aug. 3, 1992, Saint Tropez, France; singer, songwriter) |
nr200150885
100 1_ Kennedy, Martin, ‡d 1978- 670 __ ASCAP WWW site, Dec. 7, 2001: ‡b Winners of The ASCAP Foundation Morton Gould Young Composers Awards for 1998 (Martin Kennedy; b. 1978, Wakefield, England; graduated from Central High School in Tuscaloosa, AL; student at Indiana University) |
no9876066
100 1_ Lyons, George ‡c (Harpist) 670 __ Ragtime WWW Home page, Apr. 1, 1998: ‡b Sheet music covers page (George Lyons; harpist, composer; part of vaudeville duo Lyons & Yosco) |
no9884941
100 1_ Delchevalerie, Charles, ‡d 1872-1950 670 __ Wallonie en ligne WWW Homepage, May 12, 1998: ‡b Carlier, P. La Wallonie à la recherche d'une féte nationale, footnote 18 (Charles Delchevalerie; b. 1872, Couillet; d. Liège, 1950; Belgian journalist) |
n85116935
100 1_ Saary, Margareta 670 __ Netscape People finder WWW site, Feb. 15, 2000: ‡b Austria (Saary Margareta Dr., Wien; search on "Margarete Saary" yielded no hits) |
nr005035
130 _0 Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt. ‡t Kataloge der Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt. ‡n X, ‡p Historischen Tonträger 670 __ Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt WWW site, Mar. 1, 2000: ‡b Veröffentlichungen der UBEI (A, Kataloge der Universitätsbibliothek Eichstätt. X, Die historischen Tonträger; the work cat is listed as "Band 1"). |
no2001018601
100 0_ Chops ‡c (Rapper) 670 __ Asiatic theory online WWW site, Mar. 8, 2001: ‡b Mountain Brothers (Chops (Scott Jung); rapper) |
n8365283
100 1_ Lyons, Graham, ‡d 1936- 670 __ Classical music on the Web WWW site, July 24, 2001: ‡b Composer profiles; British light music composers; Garland 55 (Graham Lyons; born 1936; composes works for students learning wind instruments, primarily clarinet pieces) |
n85161543
100 1_ Barnes, Milton 670 __ Canadian Music Centre WWW site, Mar. 23, 2001: ‡b Directory of associate composers (Milton Barnes; 1931-2001; d. Toronto; Feb. 27, 2001) |
nr944785
110 2_ Anonymous 4 (Musical group) 670 __ AMG all classical guide WWW site, May 21, 2001 ‡b (under Anonymous 4: female vocal quartet; formed in 1986; members, Marsha Genensky, Susan Hellauer, Jacqueline Horner, Johanna Maria Rose) |
no9440278
100 1 Dijk, Pieter van, ‡d 1958- 670 __ Organfestival Holland WWW homepage, July 30, 2001 ‡b (under People: Pieter van Dijk, b. 1958; professor for organ at the Conservatory of Amsterdam and at the Hamburg "Hochschule für Musik und Theater") |
no9876778
100 1_ Campbell, William, ‡d 1926-2011 670 __ Internet Movie Database WWW site, Apr. 3, 1998 ‡b (under Cast/crew name search: William Campbell (I); b. Oct. 30, 1926, Newark, NJ; film and television actor) |
no0025908
100 1_ Fernandez, Jose, ‡d 1948-1994 670 __ Fame, the musical WWW site, Apr. 12, 2000: ‡b Biographies (Jose Fernandez; b. Aug. 19, 1948, Havana, Cuba; d. Jan. 8, 1994; actor, writer) |
nr9924929
100 1_ Rudolph, Glenn L., ‡d 1951- 670 __ Glenn L. Rudolph WWW site, Aug. 5, 1999: ‡b Biography (Glenn Rudolph; b. 1951, Miami, Fla.) |
nr200118864
100 1_ Weiner, Howard, ‡d 1952- 670 __ Harp events WWW site, May 17, 2001: ‡b Authorized bibliographies (Howard Weiner; b. 1952, Chicago; trombonist) |
n99272311
100 1_ Sørensen, Bent, ‡d 1958- ‡t Sirenengesang 670 __ Danish Music Information Centre WWW site, Dec. 4, 2001: ‡b Composers and works; Sørensen, Bent (Chamber ensemble. Sirenengesang (1994-1994)) |
nr0034857
100 1_ Gresham, W. Jonathan 670 __ Northern Kentucky University Music Department WWW site, Nov. 3, 2000: ‡b faculty (W. Jonathan Gresham; Jon Gresham) |
Citing pages in parallel language versions
The Dutch version is the front page of this site; the English version is a link from the front page. Thus only the location of the English language information is given.
no200338000
110 2_ Nederlands Concertkoor 670 __ Nederlands Concertkoor WWW site, Apr. 15, 2003 ‡b (Nederlands Concertkoor (NCK)) English version (Netherlands Concert Choir; founded 1987) |
Neither Chinese nor English are the front page of this site; both are links from the front page, thus the location of both Chinese and English information is given.
no200335521
110 2_ Shanghai guan buo jiao xiang yue tuan 670 __ Shanghai Broadcasting Symphony Orchestra WWW site, Apr. 8, 2003: ‡b English version (Shanghai Broadcasting Symphony Orchestra) Chinese version (Shanghai guan buo jiao xiang yue tuan) |
no976558
110 2_ Sankt-Peterburgskaia gosudarstvennaia konservatoriia im. N.A. Rimskogo-Korsakova. ‡b Chamber Orchestra 675 __ Sankt-Peterburgskaia gosudarstvennaia konservatoriia imeni N.A. Rimskogo-Korsakova WWW site, Mar. 9, 2001 ‡b (Russian version "under construction"; no specific citation for the chamber orchestra in English site) |
no9962921
100 1_ Nussbaum, Frederick, ‡c Mrs., ‡d 1887-1973 670 __ Gaylord Music Library WWW Home page, July 29, 1997 ‡b (Anna May Loewenstein Nussbaum; b. 1882?; d. Feb. 23, 1973; at least one item in library's collection of mss. and other materials shows usage: Anna May Loewenstein) |
no9843128
100 1_ Werner Josten Library 670 __ Werner Josten Library WWW home page, Jan. 26, 1998 ‡b (title: Werner Josten Library; variant forms: Werner Josten Library for the Performing Arts; Josten Library) |
nr200132197
100 1_ Bazzotti, Marco, ‡d 1964- 670 __ Marco Bazzotti WWW homepage, Aug. 9, 2001 ‡b (b. 1964, Milan, Italy; guitarist; also studied physics) |
Key:
In German, D in Dur and M in Moll are capitalized. In major, the key is capitalized: D-Dur, but not in minor: a-Moll. In English, the key is capitalized, but not the mode: A major, D minor. In other languages, neither is capitalized: fa majeur, sol mineur.
nr9227273
100 1_ Schumann, Robert, ‡d 1810-1856. ‡t Concertos, ‡m cello, orchestra, ‡n op. 129, ‡r A minor 670 __ Schumann, R. Symphonie Nr. 2 C-Dur op. 61 [SR] p1986: ‡b label (Konzert für Violoncello und Orchester a-Moll, op. 129) |
nr9312085
100 1_ Rheinberger, Josef, ‡d 1839-1901. ‡t Masses, ‡n op. 155, ‡r E♭ major 670 __ Rheinberger, J. Messe in Es op. 155, 1989: ‡b t.p. (Messe in Es op. 155 : Reginae St. i Rosarii) |
D in dur is not capitalized because it is not in German:
nr9237824
100 1_ Drápela, Emil 670 __ Neruda, J.B.G. Koncert C dur pro fagot a smycce, 1990: ‡b t.p. (Emil Drápela) |
nr9341925
100 1_ Leisinger, Ulrich 670 __ Bach, C.P.E. Concerto in A minor (Wq 166, H 431) for flute, strings and basso continuo, c1992: ‡b caption (Ulrich Leisinger) |
nr9131807
100 1_ Vento, Mattia, ‡d 1735-1776 670 __ Vento, M. Sonata per cembalo in sol maggiore, 1973?: ‡b cover (M. Vento) |
Opus:
In German, opus is capitalized when spelled out, but not when abbreviated: Opus, op. In other languages, neither is capitalized.
nr9224585
100 1_ Schumann, Robert, ‡d 1810-1856. ‡t Fugues, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 72 670 __ Schumann, R. Vier Fugen Opus 72, c1984. |
nr9324025
100 1_ Schoenberg, Arnold, ‡d 1874-1951. ‡t Trio, ‡m strings, ‡n op. 45 670 __ Schoenberg, A. String trio opus 45, 1988. |
nr9227273
100 1_ Schumann, Robert, ‡d 1810-1856. ‡t Concertos, ‡m cello, orchestra, ‡n op. 129, ‡r A minor 670 __ Schumann, R. Symphonies Nr. 2 C-Dur op. 61 [SR] p1986: ‡b label (Konzert für Violoncello und Orchester a-Moll, op. 129) |
Number:
In German, number and its abbreviations are capitalized: Number, Nr., No. In other languages, it is not: number, no., nr.
nr9226876
100 1_ Kaiser, Norbert 670 __ Bambaro, V. Duo concertant für zwei Klarinetten op. 3, Nr. 1, c1991: ‡b t.p. (Norbert Kaiser) |
nr924795
100 1_ Schuberth, Carl, ‡d 1811-1863 670 __ Schuberth, C. Quartet No. IV für 2 Violinen, Viola & Violoncello, op. 40, 1863: ‡b cover (Carl Schuberth) |
nr932564
100 1_ Blavet, Michel, ‡d 1700-1768. ‡t Sonates mélées de pièces. ‡p Chauvet 670 __ Blavet, M. Sonata in D major op. 2 no. 2, c1991. |
Conversations in person:
nr9144619
100 1_ Earnest, Jeffrey, ‡d 1944- 670 __ Conversation with author, Dec. 12, 1991 ‡b (Jeffrey Earnest; b. 1944) |
nr9227264
100 1_ Slocum, Brad, ‡d 1947- 670 __ Slocum, B. Improvisation for oboe and piano, 1991: ‡b caption (Brad Slocum) 670 __ Conversation with composer, July 21, 1992 ‡b (Brad Slocum; b. 1947) |
no882134
100 1_ Elliott, Richard, ‡d 1957- 670 __ Craigheadisms, 1988: ‡b t.p. (Rick Elliott) 670 __ Conversation with R. Elliott, Aug. 2, 1988 ‡b (Richard Elliott is full and preferred form of name; b. Feb. 8, 1957) |
Telephone calls:
nr9217438
100 1_ Kramer, Karl, ‡d 1957- 670 __ Eval'd, V.V. Quintet #4 in A-flat major, opus 8, c1990: ‡b p. 2 of cover (Karl Kramer) 670 __ Phone call to K. Kramer, May 5, 1992 ‡b (Karl Kramer; b. Mar. 14, 1957; tuba player, arranger, and teacher; member of Brass Ring) |
nr925557
100 1_ Frohnmayer, Ellen Phillips 670 __ The flowering of English song [SR] p1990: ‡b label (Ellen Phillips, soprano) container (Ellen Frohnmayer, soprano) 670 __ Phone call to E. Frohnmayer, June 13, 1991 ‡b (Stage name is Ellen Phillips Frohnmayer; Ellen Phillips is a variant name) |
E-mail correspondence:
no913426
100 1_ Kosovsky, Robert 670 __ Electronic communication, Sept. 20, 1991 ‡b (Bob Kosovsky, New York Public Library, Music Division) |
nr925559
110 2_ Music Guild at Stanford 670 __ Communication from the Director of the Music Guild, Apr. 7, 1992 ‡b (Properly called the Music Guild at Stanford) |
The 663 field is for complex see also reference–name when the reference is more complex than can be conveyed solely through the contents of one or more 5XX fields.
no2003045319
100 1_ Lincoln, Harry J., ‡d 1878-1937 663 __ For works of this composer entered under other names, search also under: ‡b Jay, Harry, 1878-1937 ‡b Crosby, Ben E., 1878-1937 ‡b Losch, Abe, 1878-1937 ‡b Vandersloot, Carl D., 1878-1937. |
no 95022742
100 1_ Gobbaerts, L. ‡q (Louis), ‡d 1835-1886 663 __ For works of this author entered under other names, search also under ‡b Ludovic, G., 1835-1886 ‡a and ‡b Streabbog, L. (Louis), 1835-1886 |
no 98080965
100 1_ Streabbog, L. ‡q (Louis), ‡d 1835-1886 663 __ Works by this author are entered under the name used in the item. For a listing of other names used by this author, search also under ‡b Gobbaerts, L. (Louis), 1835-1886 |
no 98080974
100 1_ Ludovic, G., ‡d 1835-1886 663 __ Works by this author are entered under the name used in the item. For a listing of other names used by this author, search also under ‡b Gobbaerts, L. (Louis), 1835-1886 |
667 field: Non-public general note
Name NARs
n84800020
100 1_ Bosseur, Jean-Yves 667 __ Old catalog heading: Bosseur, Jean Yves |
The 667 field was added to the existing LC record to correspond to the 667 field included in the new NACO record:
n83178669
100 1_ Haas, Karl 667 __ Do not confuse with the conductor and musicologist: Haas, Karl, 1900-1970 |
no885907
100 1_ Haas, Karl, ‡d 1900-1970 667 __ Do not confuse with the radio personality and writer on music: Haas, Karl |
The 667 fields were added to point out a possible confusion between the father and son, both of whom wrote and edited music:
no9014707
100 1_ Hellmesberger, Joseph, ‡d 1828-1893 667 __ Do not confuse with: Hellmesberger, Joseph, 1855-1907 |
no9014525
100 1_ Hellmesberger, Joseph, ‡d 1855-1907 667 __ Do not confuse with: Hellmesberger, Joseph, 1828-1893 |
no2005092492
100 1_ Karthäuser, Sophie 667 __ Google search on "Sophie Karthauser," Feb. 15, 2006, yielded ca. 406 results; "Sophie Kartauser" yielded only 12, all referring to the Capriccio recording of the Myslivecek Passione di nostro Signore Gesu Christo cited as source for the Kartäuser spelling. |
n83013643
100 1_ Hartke, Stephen, ‡d 1952- 667 __ Previous AACR2 hdg.: Hartke, Stephen Paul. Usage in composer's published scores is almost exclusively Stephen Hartke. |
n 2009023174
100 1_ Clark, Alan ‡q (N. Alan) 667 __ Previously entered under Clark, Alan, composer |
According to LC's FAQ [98] about non-Latin script data in name authority records, catalogers should add a 667 field stating "Non-Latin script reference(s) not evaluated."
n 94108681
100 1_ Zhou, Long, ‡d 1953- 400 1_ 周龍, ‡d 1953- 667 __ Non-Latin script references not evaluated. |
The policy concerning non-Latin script cross-references in NARs is changing. Until August 15, 2023, the practice was to code the MARC 008/29 (reference evaluation code) as "b" (Tracings are not necessarily consistent with heading) and include a 667 note indicating that the non-Latin script variant access points have not been evaluation.
Note: This date has been postponed. As of August 15, 2023, 008/29 code "b" will not be used in newly created NARs.
Code "b" may still be found in LC records created before the adoption of AACR 2 in Jan. 1981 and name and series authority records with non-Latin script references created before August 15, 2023, until those references have been evaluated and the authority record is updated.
When code "b" is found in existing NARs and the non-Latin script references are not evaluated, retain the 667 note with the statement indicating that the non-Latin script variant access points have not been evaluation (e.g., "Non-Latin script reference(s) not evaluated") or a statement indicating partial evaluation (e.g., "Greek and Cyrillic script references evaluated. Other non-Latin script references not evaluated.")
Change the 008/29 code from "b" to "a" and delete the associated field 667 notes about the references only after all non-Latin script variant access points have been evaluated.
For more information and evlauation guidelines, see SCS Policy Recommendations on Non-Latin Script Cross-Reference Special Coding Practice in the LC/NACO Name Authority File [99] (May 16, 2023)
Name-title NARs: form of heading
n7989415
100 1_ Gabrieli, Giovanni, ‡d approximately 1554-1612. ‡t Sacrae symphoniae 667 __ Use this uniform title for 1597 publication; use Symphoniae sacrae for 1616 publication. |
no9547068
100 1_ Copland, Aaron, ‡d 1900-1990. ‡t Red pony. ‡p Suite 667 __ Use for orchestral suite. |
no2008070344
100 1_ Binkerd, Gordon, ‡d 1916-2003. ‡t Memorial 667 __ Uniform title chosen as being better-known in the same language. |
no2006104190
130 _0 Mouvements du coeur 667 __ This is the heading for the complete cycle; enter individual songs under their respective composers |
no2007032509
100 1_ Harrison, Lou, ‡d 1917-2003. ‡t New first suite 667 __ Treated as independent work as per 25.25A, fn. 9 670 __ Alves, B. Works list of Lou Harrison, WWW site, Mar. 23, 2007 ‡b (1995. New first suite for strings, for string orchestra; rev. of First suite for strings (1947-48)) |
no2006090984
100 1_ Willaert, Adrian, ‡d 1490?-1562. ‡t In convertendo 667 __ Because the 1550 publication in which this motet appears is a collection and not a work, the motet is treated as an independent work |
no2006048498
100 1_ German, Edward, ‡d 1862-1936. ‡t Henry VIII. ‡p Shepherds' dance 667 __ Use [Henry VIII. Shepherds' dance] for the original incidental music (for orchestra), and [Henry VIII. Shepherds' dance; arr.] for partsong, organ arr., and other versions. |
Name-title NARs: initial title element
no2009160858
100 1_ Scherer, Sebastian Anton, ‡d 1631-1712. ‡t Intonations and toccatas, ‡m keyboard instrument, ‡n op. 2 667 __ Title formulated per 25.27C1b |
n94015772
100 1_ Roussel, Albert, ‡d 1869-1937. ‡t Concert 667 __ Since the French word "Concert" does not mean "Concerto," the title is considered distinctive. |
no2009019996
100 1_ Cage, John. ‡t Quartets, ‡m orchestra 667 __ Initial title element chosen according to LCRI 25.27A1, fn. 10; medium of performance is required to distinguish this work from the composer's quartets for various groups of 4 instruments, as per 25.35B1 |
Name-title NARs: medium of performance
n9733714
100 1_ Rubinstein, Anton, ‡d 1829-1894. ‡t Symphonies, ‡n no. 2, op. 42, ‡r C major ‡n (1880) 667 __ AACR2 25.27B1 applied. |
n89606949
100 1_ Harper, Edward, ‡d 1941-2009. ‡t Fantasias, ‡n no. 3 667 __ Fantasias are for different media; thus medium omitted from uniform title. |
no2009126356
100 1_ Durón, Sebastián,‡d 1660-1716.‡t Taedet animam meam,‡m voices, instrumental ensemble 667 __ Provisional; reference sources have conflicting information. If the 8 voice Taedet is a different work, possibly use [Taedet animam meam, voices, continuo] |
no2008074146
100 1_ Weber, Carl Maria von,‡d 1786-1826.‡t Se il mio ben,‡m altos (2), clarinet, horns (2), violins (2), viola, cello, double bass 667 __ For version with 2 sopranos and piano, use: Duets, sopranos, piano, op. 31. Se il mio ben |
Name-title NARs: key
This 670 cites the item being cataloged as giving the key, but it isn't used in the uniform title.
n2003085843
100 1_ Boughton, Rutland, ‡d 1878-1960. ‡t Concertos, ‡m flute, string orchestra 667 __ None of the printed eds. in OCLC state the key. |
Name-title NARs: numbering
nr9412871
100 1_ Hummel, Johann Nepomuk, ‡d 1778-1837. ‡t Sonatas, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 20, ‡r F minor 667 __ Serial numbering deferred. 670 __ Hummel, J.N. Sonate no. 2 pour le piano forte, oeuvre 20, 1824. |
n 94053153
100 1_ La Barre, Michel de, ‡d approximately 1675-1745. ‡t Suites, ‡m flutes (2) 667 __ The original serial numbering ends with the 11th suite (cf. New Grove and 89-754926). Higher numbers are editorial in origin. |
nr9233455
100 1_ Handel, George Frideric, ‡d 1685-1759. ‡t Quel fior che all'alba ride, ‡n HWV 154 667 __ Owing to complexity of mediums in cantata settings of this text, use only HWV nos. in uniform titles. |
no2007124541
100 1_ Lallouette, Jean François, ‡d 1651-1728. ‡t Motets, ‡n book 1 667 __ No other books pubd.; qualifier added to distinguish this set from 6 motets, 3vv, bc, in Bibliothèque nationale de France |
Numbering in a part of a larger work
n200522741
100 0_ Annibale, Padovano, ‡d 1527-1575. ‡t Ricercars, ‡m voices (4). ‡n No. 1-4 667 __ Authority record designated provisional because the particular problems of formulating the headings for the parts of this work are not specifically addressed in AACR2 |
Name-title NARs: Other
n82001178
100 1_ Liszt, Franz, ‡d 1811-1886. ‡t Episoden aus Lenau's Faust. ‡p Tanz in der Dorfschenke 667 __ Until the chronology is firmly established, consider the piano version to be an arrangement. |
675 field: Sources not found
nr9144763
100 1_ Herbert, J. B. ‡q (John Bunyan), ‡d 1852-1927 675 __ New Grove dict. of Amer. mus.; ‡a Grove's dict. of mus. and musicians, 3rd ed.; ‡a Baker, 7th ed.; ‡a Baker, 4th ed. |
In regard to editing existing 670 fields, Carolyn Sturtevant stated this in an e-mail to the PCC list on May 20, 2002: "It's valid to add more information to a 670 citation if you have the same item in hand."
The bolded areas represent the changes made to the existing records.
Personal name: 670 fields indicating the sources for references added to a personal name record must be included.
nr9118699
100 1_ Parsley, Osbert, ‡d 1511-1585 400 1_ Parsley, Osberto, ‡d 1511-1585 400 1_ Parslye, Osbert, ‡d 1511-1585 670 __ University of St. Andrews. Renaissance Group. Music of light and shadow [SR] p1982: ‡b container (Osbert Parsley, 1511-1585) 670 __ New Grove ‡b (Parsley, Osbert; b. 1511, d. 1585, Norwich; composer and singer; memorial tablet in Norwich Cathedral has Osberto Parsley) 670 __ The Oxford Music School collection at the Bodleian Library, Oxford, c1979: ‡b p. 35 (Parslye, Osbert) |
Corporate name: 670 fields indicating the sources for references added to a corporate name record must be included.
nr895035
110 2_ Niederaltaicher Scholaren 410 2_ Niederaltaich Scholars 670 __ Suddeutsche Mehrchorigkeit um 1600 [SR] p1980: ‡b label (Niederaltaicher Scholaren) container (instrumental early music group; mostly alumni of Gymnasium der Benediktiner, Niederaltaich) 670 __ Gastoldi, G.G. 5 balletti for singing, playing, and dancing [SR] 1987: ‡b label (Niederaltaich Scholars) |
Name/uniform title: 670 fields indicating the sources for references added to a name/title record are not included.
no893045
100 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruinen von Athen 400 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruines d'Athènes 400 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Ruins of Athens 670 __ Beethoven, L. Ruines d'Athènes ; et, Le roi Estienne, 1846? 670 __ LC database, Mar. 1, 1989 ‡b (hdg.: Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827. Ruinen von Athen) |
by Deta S. Davis, Library of Congress
Updated by Michelle Koth
When modifying machine-derived authority records (MDARs) treat them just like any other name authority record. Please observe the following points:
General
Incorrect headings and duplicate MDARs/NARs
by A. Ralph Papakhian
You may alter the NAR for the undifferentiated heading as necessary. In some cases, you will be changing the undifferentiated heading into a "differentiated" one. In other cases, the heading will remain undifferentiated, but you will delete information relative to someone who is now differentiated. So, for example, if a heading represents four different people and you want to remove the violinist from among them (either by providing a date or by utilizing the ‡c qualifier for violinist), then simply delete the fields in the NAR related to the violinist. Delete any information pertaining to the musician from the 675 note, if it is possible to determine which sources apply to the musician. If the heading represents only two people, and you are going to differentiate them, then you would delete the 670s from the existing heading and change the fixed field coding as necessary while also making the new NAR. In both situations, existing DLC/DLC bib records could be involved, so you must search for those and report them for BFM.
If a library is not yet independent, any change along the lines described above would be reported to the coordinator before contribution. Once independent, the library can make the necessary changes to the NARs and then report the change to LC at the following e-mail address: nacomus@loc.gov [100].
New procedure as of July 23, 2001 as per the revision of DCM Z1 (yellow pages):
When removing a name from an undifferentiated name record to create a new and unique record, include a 667 field saying "Formerly on undifferentiated name record:" and supply the LCCN of the record from which it was removed.
New procedures as of January 7, 2014 as per the revision of DCM 008/32 Undifferentiated personal name [101]:
To facilitate searching LCCNs in 667 fields in OCLC, format the LCCN following these guidelines from OCLC:
type of prefix: | type of year: | add space(s)? | examples: |
1 character prefix ("n") | 2 digit year | add 2 spaces | n_ _85204041 |
1 character prefix ("n") | 4 digit year | add 1 space | n_2005035179 |
2 character prefix ("nb," "no," "nr") | 2 digit year | add 1 space | nr_99012578 |
2 character prefix ("nb," "no," "nr") | 4 digit year | add no spaces | no2007016671 |
no2008061867
100 1_ Young, James, ‡d 1980- 667 __ Formerly on undifferentiated name record: no2006009312 |
n 2008015019
100 1_ Kirby, Paul H., ‡d 1946- 667 __ Formerly on undifferentiated name record: n_ _95114066 |
n 2008016439
100 1_ Golden, John, ‡d 1941- 667 __ Formerly on undifferentiated name record: no_98052776 |
Basic instructions | Other changes that may be made to headings when adding death dates
Updating a heading coded AACR2 | AACR2 compatible | Reporting headings with death dates added for inclusion in the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB)
These instructions derived from the LC guidelines Addition of dates to existing personal name headings [103], LC responses to questions raised by NMP members, and examination of LC practice in the lists of changed headings [104] reported on the OCLC site.
In a message to the PCC list [105], Antony Franks sent a reminder that all cross references must be reviewed for compliance with AACR2 26.1J when revising an established heading, even if only adding the death date.
100 1_ Di Stefano, Giuseppe, ‡d 1921-2008
400 1_ Stefano, Giuseppe di, ‡d 1921-2008
400 1_ Di Stefano, G. ‡q (Giuseppe), ‡d 1921-2008
Not:
100 1_ Di Stefano, Giuseppe, ‡d 1921-2008
400 1_ Stefano, Giuseppe di, ‡d 1921-
400 1_ Di Stefano, G. ‡q (Giuseppe), ‡d 1921-
Exception: A death date is not added to a linking reference (a pre-RDA form of a heading coded as ‡w nnaa)
Do not add the former heading as a 400 reference coded with subfield ‡w nne when the only difference is the addition of the death date. Reporting changes
NMP members who are not yet independent should report changed headings to their reviewers before contribution.
Report changes to LC for BFM when appropriate.
Report all changes for the Music Cataloging Bulletin (MCB).
Other changes that may be made to headings when adding death dates
Changes that reflect new practices:
For example, the 2001 Amendment to AACR2 provided for omitting British terms of honor ("Sir," "Dame," "Lord," "Lady") in new headings. These terms are removed when updating the heading for another reason, such as adding a death date:
Solti, Georg, ‡c Sir, ‡d 1912- to Solti, Georg, ‡d 1912-1997
Groves, Charles, ‡c Sir, ‡d 1915- to Groves, Charles, ‡d 1915-1992
Corrections:
Year of birth corrected
Horowitz, Vladimir, ‡d 1904- to Horowitz, Vladimir, ‡d 1903-1989
Milliet, Paul, ‡d 1858- to Milliet, Paul, ‡d 1848-1924
Andrassy, Gabor, ‡d 1951- to Andrasy, Gabor, ‡d 1943-2004
Michelin, Bernard, ‡d 1918- to Michelin, Bernard, ‡d 1915-2003
Cavaquinho, Nélson, ‡d 1911- to Cavaquinho, Nélson, ‡d 1910-1986
More definitive biographical information becomes available:
Year of birth no longer in question
Bach, J. M. (Johann Michael), ‡d b. 1754? to Bach, J. M. (Johann Michael), ‡d 1745-1820
Zimmermann, Frederick, ‡d 1906?-1967 to Zimmermann, Frederick, ‡d 1906-1967
Krismer, Giuseppe, ‡d b. 1878? to Krismer, Giuseppe, ‡d 1876-1946
Year of birth, still not completely certain, is more accurate
Lappi, Pietro, ‡d d. 1630? to Lappi, Pietro, ‡d approximately 1575-1630
Year of birth, not previously known, is now known
Sabater, Carles, ‡d d. 1999 to Sabater, Carles, ‡d 1962-1999
Koshetz, Nina, ‡d d. 1965 to Koshetz, Nina, ‡d 1894-1965
Year of birth, previously known, appeared in the heading as "‡d b."; year of death is now known Koff, Charles, ‡d b. 1909 to Koff, Charles, ‡d 1909-1977
Grossman, Bernie, ‡d b. 1885 to Grossman, Bernie, ‡d 1885-1951
Year of birth in heading is now either questioned or uncertain
Only the death date appears in the revised heading:
Dupree, Champion Jack, ‡d 1910- to Dupree, Champion Jack, ‡d -1992
When the day of birth was added to a heading to distinguish between persons with the same name born in the same year, retain the day of birth in the revised heading.
Shaw, Robert, ‡d 1908 August 9- to Shaw, Robert, ‡d 1908 August 9-1985
Ferris, William, ‡d 1937 February 26- to Ferris, William, ‡d 1937 February 26-2000
Mills, Charles, ‡d 1914 January 8- to Mills, Charles, ‡d 1914-1982
Updating a heading already coded AACR2 (rules c)
Do not add the former heading as a 400 reference coded with subfield ‡w nne when the only difference is the addition of the death date.
Updating a heading that is AACR2 compatible (rules d)
It is LC policy to fully upgrade an AACR2-compatible heading to the AACR2 form when revising the heading for any reason, including when adding a death date. Generally the AACR2-compatible form will include a middle name and the revised form will either omit the middle name or include the middle initial with a ‡q qualifier, depending on predominant usage.
Basner, Veniamin Efimovich, ‡d 1925- to Basner, V. ‡q (Veniamin), ‡d 1925-1996
Kondrashin, Kirill Petrovich, ‡d 1914- to Kondrashin, Kirill, ‡d 1914-1981
Bay, Melbourne Earl, ‡d 1913- to Bay, Mel, ‡d 1913-1997
Wright, Robert Craig, ‡d 1914- to Wright, Robert, ‡d 1914-2005
Albrecht, Otto Edwin, ‡d 1899- to Albrecht, Otto E. ‡q (Otto Edwin), ‡d 1899-1984
Boyden, David Dodge, ‡d 1910- to Boyden, David D. ‡q (David Dodge), ‡d 1910-1986
Simpson, Robert Wilfred Levick, ‡d 1921- to Simpson, Robert, ‡d 1921-1997
Frankenstein, Alfred Victor, ‡d 1906- to Frankenstein, Alfred V. (Alfred Victor), ‡d 1906-1981
Azpiazu Iriarte, José de, ‡d 1912- to Azpiazu, José de, ‡d 1912-1986
The difference between an AACR2-compatible and the revised form may be as minor as the addition or removal of a hyphen in the person's given name.
Martin, Henri Jean, ‡d 1924- to Martin, Henri-Jean, ‡d 1924-2007
Note: LC applies this guideline inconsistently. In an e-mail dialog on NMP-L in January 2009, Joe Bartl of LC said, "Because of automated matching processes (real and imagined) and because of the potential for complications down the line (real and easily imagined for a name like "John Williams") it would seem the path of least resistance to retain the Mar. 13 in the heading." In response to NMP members' question about this, Ana Cristán said, "To the question "what is the official LC policy" ... , the fact is that there is no LC/PCC policy. That being the case, the answer is that LC relies on cataloger's judgment to determine the best option. As Joe Bartl opined, the path of least resistance would be to simply add the death date and move on; however, some cataloger's will disagree, etc. and each is correct to do as his/her judgment dictates."
NMP participants occasionally make changes to existing headings in authority records. When these headings are represented in the Library of Congress catalog, LC should be notified in certain cases so that bibliographic file maintenance (BFM) can be done. Previously, all heading changes had to be reported. Because of new software that will inform LC when a 1XX field in an authority record has changed, it is no longer necessary to report "straightforward changes to 1XX headings," (which includes name/title heading changes).
Because the new software doesn't handle newly created authority records, it is still necessary to report the following changes:
° a new heading and authority record for a person removed an undifferentiated authority record
° a new authority record for a heading in the LC bibliographic file but not in the authority file, in which the heading in the new record differs from the form in the LC bibliographic file.
These types of changes and queries should be sent directly to the following e-mail address: nacomus@loc.gov [100]. This e-mail account was established specifically to handle this correspondence. Responsibility for responding to BFM requests and queries will rotate monthly among senior music catalogers at LC.
A list of the types of BFM that LC still needs to have us report is on the PCC website: http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/bfmguide.html [106]
Please send notification of all changed headings to the Editor [107] of the Music Cataloging Bulletin.
Multiple authority records that improperly represent the same person or work should be reported to LC. These may be records with duplicate headings or records with different headings that nonetheless identify the same person and that do not represent situations where "multiple bibliographic identities" are warranted.
A decision as to which authority record to retain and which to cancel should be made by the NMP participant. Unless there are other factors involved, the decision will generally be accepted by LC. Generally:
Transfer as much relevant and useful data, including varying forms of headings (references), from the record to be deleted to the record to be retained as the OCLC validation software will allow and then replace the record. (Only LC can add the LCCN of the record to be deleted to the 010 field of the record to be retained.)
Once you have replaced the authority record that is to be retained, do not report the duplicate record until the following work day, as the revised version of the record will not arrive at LC until then. This will ensure that when LC adds the cancelled LCCN to the record or makes any other changes, they will be working with the revised record and your changes will not be overlaid.
The validation software does not allow replacing a name record containing a 4XX field that normalizes to a form matching a 1XX in another authority record. If the 1XX in the record to be deleted would be a legitimate reference in the record to be retained, do not add it. Make all changes that can be done,replace the record to be retained, and wait one working day to notify LC. Then, when reporting the duplicate LCCN, request that the the 1XX in the duplicate record be added as a 4XX to the surviving record.
When reporting a duplicate record, the following information should be sent to the LC NACO-Music liaison (nacomus@loc.gov [100]):
Report all changes to 1XX fields music-related authority records to the MCB Editor [107].
Include the following information:
° the old form of the heading
° the new form of the heading
° the LCCN (not the OCLC ARN) (See the instructions above)
Remove delimiters and subfields.
If there are diacritics in the heading that have been removed, indicate so:
The name of the diacritic follows the letter to which it applies:
Donizetti, Gaetano, 1797-1848. Cre[acute]puscule
to
Donizetti, Gaetano, 1797-1848. Nuits d'e[acute]te]acute a[grave] Pausilippe. Cre[acute]puscule no2003074096
Studio for New Music (Moscow, Russia)
to
Studiia novoi muzyki (Moscow, Russia) (diacritics omitted)
When a heading with diacritics is pasted from OCLC or a Word document into an e-mail message, the result can be indecipherable:
Vostr?a´k, Zbyne?k,
Enăchescu, Voicu
Eben, Petr. PiÌsneÌŒ z TeÌŒsÌŒiÌŒnskaÂ
If it could be unclear how a record has been changed, indicate the change:
Say Hi (Musical group) (no2008050345) (removed extra space preceding qualifier)
When reporting the addition of a death date, cite the previous form and the new form:
Albert, Stephen, 1941- to Albert, Stephen, 1941-1992 (n 86143547)
If only the name portion of a composer's heading has been changed, it is not necessary to report the associated name/title heading changes or other associated NARs. Even though this name appears as a see also reference for Trio Pasquier (n 82217167), and the see also reference has had the death date added, report only the name record and not the associated record for the MCB.
Pasquier, Pierre, 1902- to Pasquier, Pierre, 1902-1986 (no 92024918)
When reporting changes for the MCB, report only name/title headings in which the title portion of the heading has been changed along with the name portion of the heading.
Presser, William, 1916- to Presser, William, 1916-2004 (n 81035966)
and
Presser, William, 1916- Quintets, trumpets, horn, trombone, tuba, no. 4
to
Presser, William, 1916-2004. Quintets, no. 4 (n 88617462)
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Authority control and NACO [13]
For fixed field elements of name authority records, see 008 field for name authority records [77]
Definitions | References (4XX/5XX fields) | Sources found (670 field) | Sources not found (675 field) | Non-public notes (667 field) | 663 field
AACR2-compatible: Denotes the coding on a name authority record (NAR) that was in the database before AACR2 rules came into effect, but was judged to be similar enough to accept in the online catalog without being converted to AACR2 rules. Fixed field: Rules (008/10) code is d.
Conflict: A condition in which certain variant access points match an authorized access point, jeopardizing its uniqueness within the database. Conflicts are to be avoided or resolved wherever possible.
Justification: The practice of giving a citation in the 670 field in an authority record for the forms of a name used as the authorized access point and for variant access points.
Non-unique name: A NAR with a 1XX heading that represents more than one person with the same name because there is insufficient information to make a unique AR for each. Also referred to as a consolidated AR. Synonymous with Undifferentiated personal name. Fixed field: Name (008/32) codes are a (unique) or b (non-unique)
Normalization: The automated process by which access points are compared for uniqueness to prevent duplicate access points and conflicts between records. Under the rules of normalization, all diacritics and punctuation marks (except for the first comma) are removed, all letters are converted to uppercase, and modified letters are converted to their unmodified forms. Subfield delimiters (but not subfield codes) are retained. Access pointsthat differ only in diacritics, marks of punctuation (except the first comma), or special characters normalize to the same form and are thus considered in conflict. Such access points need to be further differentiated.
Preliminary records: Authority records created without an item in-hand, usually created as part of a retrospective conversion project. Fixed field: Auth status (008/33) code is d.
Provisional records: Authority records created when there is not enough information to establish a full record (for example, the cataloger does not have the language expertise to establish the record in full or a subordinate body name is available only in a language that is different from the language of the parent body). Fixed field: Auth status (008/33) code is c.
Qualifier: An addition to an access point or variant access point to further clarify its identify or to make it unique in the database.
Usage: The form of name usually found in a statement of responsibility in the item-at-hand. Variant usages may also appear in other parts of the item, such as in the title proper or in a quoted note.
Variant: A form of the name not chosen as the authorized access point; generally appears in the AR as a variant access point.
References are added to the authority record, including tags, subfields, delimiters, and diacritics formulated according to RDA.
See references (4XX field)
4XXs should be justified by citation in the 670 field or as required by RDA.
Search all cross-references to insure they do not conflict with authorized access points (1XXs). Do not include a 4XX see reference that would normalize to the same form as the 1XX or 5XX in another authority record. 4XX references may conflict with 4XX in other records [except for name/title headings].
Includes a reference from each variant that affects the primary elements of the name. Generally, this means variations in all elements to the left of the comma and in the first element to the right of the comma.
Generally:
• make one reference from each possible entry element of the name chosen as the heading.
• make only one reference from each variant. Do not trace a reference that would normalize to the same form as the heading on the same record or to the same form as the heading on another record.
See also references (5XX field)
Make a see also reference when:
• a contemporary author uses one or more pseudonyms. Create name authority records for each name and link them with 500 see also references.
• the name of a performing or artistic group contains the name of one or more of its members. Make a see also reference from the heading for each person to the heading for the group and from that group heading to the heading for each individual.
5XX see also references will normalize to the same form as the established heading in another authority record.
A 670 is required to justify all elements of a authorized access point and variant access points. The first 670 in the record is normally for the work being cataloged.
It is not necessary to add 670 fields to justify references in the following cases:
• References justified by rules or rule interpretations only, usually because the reference is derived from inverting, shortening, etc., the heading or giving a substitute form in the heading.
• References made on the basis of the cataloger's awareness of different romanizations or orthographies.
• Name/title cross references derived from the work being cataloged, from other works cataloged under the same heading, or from information in standard reference sources.
Elements of the 670 field:
‡a
‡b
‡b immediately follows the date in ‡a
The 675 field a reasonable source where information about where the heading is not found. It is not necessary to include in the 675 for every reference source consulted or in every authority record.
Nonpublic general note (667 field)
The 667 field is used to give:
• information of permanent value and general interest to catalogers
• instructions on the subject usage of the heading
Complex see also reference–name (663 field)
The 663 field is used to give:
• See also references prepared by the cataloger when the reference is more complex than can be conveyed solely through the contents of one or more 5XX fields
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
S152 | Saint-Saëns, Camille, 1835-1921 | |
S165 | Salieri, Antonio, 1750-1825 | |
S168 | Sallinen, Aulis | |
S189 | Sammartini, Giovanni Battista, 1700 or 1701-1775 | |
S1895 | Sammartini, Giuseppe, 1695-1750 | S189 in M219.5, M289, M312.4, M317, M1123 |
S274 | Say, Fazil, 1970- | S2735 in M25 |
S253 | Satie, Erik, 1866-1925 | |
S255 | Sauguet, Henri, 1901-1989 | |
S286 | Scarlatti, Alessandro, 1660-1725 | |
S2862 | Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757 | |
S289 | Scelsi, Giacinto, 1905-1988 | |
S294 | Schäffer, Boguslaw (ä cuttered as "ae") | S293 in M221; S2935 in ML410; S296 in M62, M287, M1473, M1613.3; S297 in ML390; S294 and S296 in M289 |
S296 | Schafer, R. Murray | |
S318 | Scheidt, Samuel, 1587-1654 | |
S319 | Schein, Johann Hermann, 1586-1630 | |
S331 | Schickele, Peter | |
S334 | Schilling, Hans Ludwig | |
S347 | Schmelzer, Johann Heinrich, approximately 1623-1680 | |
S355 | Schmitt, Florent, 1870-1958 | |
S358 | Schneider, Georg Abraham, 1770-1839 | S3578 in M287; S358 and S359 in M289; S3585 in ML410 |
Schneider, Enjott, 1950- | S358 in M246, M342, M1560, M2013; S358 and S359 in M11; S3585 in M2092; S359 in M8.5, M184, M317, M1621, ML2075, ML3545 | |
S361 | Schnittke, Alfred, 1934-1998 | S558 in M220, M231.5, M286, M385, M447, M512, M1140, M2010 (incorrectly cuttered as Shnittke); S558 and S361 in M452 |
S364 | Schoeck, Othmar, 1886-1957 | |
S365 | Schoenberg, Arnold, 1874-1951 | |
S3657 | Schoenfield, Paul | S366 in M322, M342 |
S378 | Schreker, Franz, 1878-1934 | S377 in M1001, M1003, ML49, ML410, MT100 |
S381 | Schroeder, Hermann, 1904-1984 | S795 in M1621 |
S384 | Schubert, Franz, 1797-1828 | |
S386 | Schuller, Gunther | |
Schulhoff, Erv'in, 1894-1942 | S3855 in M362, M452, M1380; S3855 and S386 in ML410; S387 in M1613.3 | |
S385 | Schütz, Heinrich, 1585-1672 | |
S3915 | Schumann, Camillo, 1872-1946 | S3917 in M8, S3919 in M8 |
S3916 | Schumann, Georg, 1866-1952 | |
S3918 | Schuman, William, 1910-1992 | |
S3919 | Schumann, Clara, 1819-1896 | |
S392 | Schumann, Robert, 1810-1856 | |
S399 | Schwartz, Elliott, 1936- | |
S3995 | Schwartz, Stephen | S399 in M1503, M1508; S411 in M1507 |
S629 | Scriabin, Aleksandr Nikolayevich, 1872-1915; cutter as Skriabin | |
S437 | Sculthorpe, Peter, 1929- | |
S451 | Seeger, Ruth Crawford, 1901-1953 | |
S486 | Serocki, Kazimierz | |
S493 | Sessions, Roger, 1896-1985 | |
S529 | Shapey, Ralph, 1921-2002 | S528 in M233 |
S538 | Shchedrin, Rodion Konstantinovich, 1932- | S5385 in M1003, M1530, M1531, ML134; S561 in M261; S548 in M1523 |
S559 | Shostakovich, Dmitrii Dmitrievich, 1906-1975 | |
S563 | Sibelius, Jean, 1865-1957 | |
S5715 | Siegmeister, Elie, 1909-1991 | |
S572 | Sierra, Roberto | |
S623 | Sitsky, Larry | M6225 in M221, M312 |
Sitt, Hans, 1850-1922 | ||
S626 | Skalkottas, Nikos, 1904-1949 | |
S628 | Skolnik, Walter | |
S629 | Scriabin, Aleksandr Nikolayevich, 1872-1915 | |
S634 | Slonimskii, Sergei Mikhailovich | S633 in M25, M1500; S6335 in M221, M250, M1621, ML410; S634 in M117, M219.5, M226, M246, M312, M1001, M1010, M1011, M1016, M1105, M1045, M1503, M1620, M1624, M1624.7, M2021, M2103.3 |
Slonimsky, Nicolas, 1894-1995 | ||
S638 | Smetana, Bedrich, 1824-1884 | |
S684 | Soler, Antonio, 1729-1783 | |
S698 | Sondheim, Stephen | S6975 in M1500 |
S714 | Sor, Fernando, 1778-1839 | S713 in M125, MT582 |
S725 | Sousa, John Philip, 1854-1932 | |
S731 | Sowerby, Leo, 1895-1968 | |
S742 | Speer, Daniel, 1636-1707 | S698 and S742 in M557.4 |
S762 | Spohr, Louis, 1784-1859 | |
S783 | Stamitz, Anton, 1750- | |
S7835 | Stamitz, Johann, 1717-1757 | S783 in M1010, M1011, M1105, M1106 |
S7836 | Stamitz, Karl, 1745-1801 | |
S785 | Stanford, Charles Villiers, 1852-1924 | S784 in M1529.5 |
S788 | Stanley, John, 1712-1786 | |
S795 | Starer, Robert | S7953 and S7958 in M457.2; S7953 in M452, M557.4, M957.4, M1001, M1140, M1141, M1528; S7958 in M11, M146, M1041 |
S816 | Steffani, Agostino, 1654-1728 | |
S827 | Stepan, Josef Antonin, 1726-1797 | S816 M22, M25, M1010; S8271 in ML410 |
Stephan, Rudi, 1887-1915 | ||
S844 | Stevens, Halsey, 1908-1989 | |
S864 | Stock, David, 1939- | S863 in M175.X9, M298, M385, M557.4, M585, S8635 in M77, M452, M485, M1613.3 |
Stockhausen, Karlheinz, 1928-2007 | ||
S865 | Stockmeier, Wolfgang | |
S872 | Stölzel, Gottfried Heinrich, 1690-1749 (ö cuttered as "oe") | S876 in M2010 |
S889 | Stout, Gordon | |
S895 | Stradella, Alessandro, 1639-1682 | |
S911 | Straus, Oscar, 1870-1954 | |
S9111 | Strauss, Christoph, approximately 1575-1631 | |
S9113 | Strauss, Eduard, 1835-1916 | |
S9114 | Strauss, Franz, 1822-1905 | |
S9115 | Strauss, Johann, 1804-1849 | |
S9116 | Strauss, Johann, 1825-1899 | |
S9118 | Strauss, Josef, 1827-1870 | |
S912 | Strauss, Richard, 1864-1949 | |
S913 | Stravinsky, Igor, 1882-1971 | |
S9134 | Stravinsky, Soulima, 1910-1994 | S9131 in M312, M452; S9133 in M220, M221, M1380; S9134 in M25, M26.2, M204, M1621; S9135 in M231 |
S924 | Stroud, Richard, 1929-1997 | |
S9381 | Styne, Jule, 1905-1994 | |
S941 | Subotnick, Morton | |
S948 | Suk, Josef, 1874-1935 | |
S949 | Sullivan, Arthur, 1842-1900 | S95 in M22, ML96.5; S949 and S95 in M1503, M1507, ML410 |
S965 | Sutermeister, Heinrich, 1910-1995 | |
S974 | Sweelinck, Jan Pieterszoon, 1562-1621 | |
S982 | Sydeman, William, 1928- | |
S985 | Syl'vestrov, Valentyn Vasyl'ovych, 1937- | S5875 (Silʹvestrov) in M221 |
S997 | Szekely, Endre, 1912-1989 | |
S999 | Szymanowski, Karol, 1882-1937 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
This document explains the practices of assigning call numbers to books in the Yale University Music Library. These practices may or may not coincide with those of other libraries.
Class numbers
Cutter numbers: Author (100) as main entry | Title (245) as main entry | Cutter by subject (6XX)
Further elements needed to make the call number unique: Additional number added to final cutter number or additional cutter number | Date of publication
Reprints | Translations | Conference reports
Use class ML for items about a person, place, specific type of music, or instrument. Use MT for instructional items or books about music theory.
Books that contain mostly analysis of a composer's work(s) should be classed in MT rather than ML410.
The first line of the call number includes the class letter (ML or MT) and number.
The call numbers assigned to the same book by different units within the Yale Library may look very different. Call numbers for books cataloged in the main cataloging department using LC classification include "(LC)" at the end. This is to distinguish the LC classification numbers from the old Yale class numbers, which used an initial upper case letter followed by a second lower case letter. The old Yale class number generally will not be close alphabetically to the corresponding LC class number.
Mt10 = the old Yale class for folk songs and national songs
MT10 = the LC class number for teachers' and supervisors' manuals, etc. of printed pedagogical aids for music
SML call numbers may also include an upper case X or a date. These call numbers are for the same books held by different Yale libraries:
ML3800 B786 M9 (music library)
ML3800 B785X 2007 (LC) (SML)
ML3800 B816 M9 (music library)
ML3800 B796X 2008 (LC) (SML)
Cutter numbers for main entry or subject
For local practice in using cutter numbers, see Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112].
The second line of the call number is a cutter number for
See also Class numbers that are cuttered by person, instrument, place, or topic [114].
If the main entry is the author, use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to find the apropriate cutter number, e.g., Adorno = A241
Note: The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number: A241 not .A241
When there is a conflict with a cutter number (the cutter is the same as one assigned to another author), check the class number in which the item will go to determine if another cutter for the composer has been established in that class. If there is none, search the person's name in the catalog to see if a specific cutter is being used for that person in other class numbers. If there is none, add an additional number to the cutter. When possible, adjust the number to ensure that the composers' names are in alphabetical order within that class number. That may require adding an additional number to the cutter number preceding the number already established for the first composer.
ML3800 K62 M9 | = Kittler, Friedrich A. |
ML3800 K622 M9 | = Kivy, Peter |
ML3800 M216 M9 | = Mahrenholz, Simone |
ML3800 M2169 B3 | = Maier, Franz Michael |
ML3800 M385 Q1 | = Martinelli, Dario |
ML3800 M3852 F4 | = Martinelli, Riccardo |
This section intentionally blank; it is not yet written.
If the subject is a composer, use the cutter number already for this composer:
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
or the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to find the apropriate cutter number, e.g., Mozart = M939.
Note: The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number: M939 not .M939
Note: Local practice is to further divide the class number for individual composer biography and criticism and interpretation with the A___ numbers below. The number is added immediately following the cutter number for the individual, followed by any further cutter numbers needed for author, etc.:
A101 | = Writings, collected and selected |
A102 | = Correspondence |
A103 | = Autobiography |
A104 | = Single literary works |
A105 | = Anniversaries, festivals, congresses, etc. |
A106 | = Societies |
A107 | = Memorial volumes |
A109 | = Documents, interviews, etc. |
This section intentionally blank; it is not yet written.
Generally, when using a cutter number for place [114], a second cutter for main entry is added. This second cutter usually need be only the initial letter with one number:
class number | place cutter | main entry cutter |
ML275.8 | H465 | M9 |
ML275.8 | H465 | P5 |
ML275.8 | L531 | L2 |
ML275.8 | L531 | P9 |
If a cutter number not following these guidelines has already been established, follow the established pattern. It is better to have all books about the same place sit together on the shelf. In the call numbers below, Rome was set up as R76, even though the cutter number is R763 in Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table. The last entry uses the full cutter number, not following previously established practice:
ML290.8 R76 A1
ML290.8 R76 A16
ML290.8 R76 A6
ML290.8 R76 A8
ML290.8 R76 C3
ML290.8 R76 C91
ML290.8 R76 C91 17111
ML290.8 R76 K16
ML290.8 R76 L4
ML290.8 R76 M9
ML290.8 R76 M98
ML290.8 R76 R4
ML290.8 R763 S7
1For an explanation of the use of the date in this call number, see cuttering by date of publication.
In these examples, place (New York) is further divided by the institution, society, etc. (Philharmonic) that is the subject of the book. A third cutter number, when needed, is added for main entry:
class number | place cutter | institution cutter | main entry cutter |
ML200.8 | N532 | P5 | H8 = Horizons '83 (title main entry) |
ML200.8 | N532 | P5 | H9 = Huneke |
ML200.8 | N532 | P5 | K5 = King |
ML200.8 | N532 | P5 | K9 = Krehbie |
Although it is LC policy to limit a call number to two cutter numbers, it is Yale policy to use a third cutter number when deemed necessary.
Further elements needed to make the call number unique
Additional number added to final cutter number or additional cutter number | Date of publication
Additional number added to the final cutter number or an additional cutter number
In this example, the additional number added to the main entry cutter indicated two different authors for whom a single number cutter number would be the same:
class number | place cutter | main entry cutter |
ML270.8 | P23 | B8 = Brevan |
ML270.8 | P23 | B86 = Brody |
In this example, the additional number added to the main entry cutter indicated the same author, but a different title classed in the same class number as another book by that author:
class number | place cutter | main entry cutter |
ML290.8 | V459 | S4 = Selfridge-Field, Eleanor |
ML134 | R832 | S46 = Selfridge-Field, Eleanor; additional number "6" indicates that it is a different book |
In this example, a third cutter number was added for the titles of the second and third books by the same author:
class number | place cutter | main entry cutter | title cutter |
ML410 | B118 | S1 = Sackmann, Dominik | = Bach und Corelli; title of the first book received; no cutter number for title needed |
ML410 | B118 | S1 = Sackmann, Dominik | B1 = Bach und der Tanz; title of another book by the same author |
ML410 | B118 | S1 = Sackmann, Dominik | T8 = Triumph des Geistes über die Materie; title of another book by the same author |
This is an example of two ways to use cutter numbers to make a call number unique:
1. Add an additional cutter number.
2. Add an additional number to the last cutter number in the call number.
ML55 H685 H3 1 | Festschrift der Hochschule für Musik "Franz Liszt" Weimar |
ML55 H6853 2 | Festschrift zum zehnjährigen Bestand der Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst in Graz |
ML55 H6855 2 | Kirchenmusik als Erbe und Auftrag : Festschrift zum 50 jährigen Bestehen der Hochschule für Kirchenmusik Esslingen der Evangelischen Landeskirche in W urttemberg |
In some class numbers, it makes sense to add a fuller author cutter number. In areas in which a high number of books are expected, such as ML410 for Bach, Beethoven, etc., assigning a fuller author cutter number might avoid future conflicts.
The example below illustrates this point. The first book to be received was by Goertzen, and was assigned an author cutter number with only one number. The full cutter number for Goertzen would be G597, but because there were no other books on Brahms with an author cutter number beginning with G5, the final two digits were omitted. An additional number was needed in the author cutter number for the second book. The two books on Brahms will not sit alphabetically on the shelf.
Call number ------------------- |
Author --------------------------------------- |
ML410 B813 G5 | Goertzen, Valerie Woodring, 1954- |
ML410 B813 G52 | Giribaldi, Emilia, 1970- |
The date of publication is added to these call numbers because they are different editions issued by the same publisher:
Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969.
Dissonanzen; Musik in der verwalteten Welt. -- 2., erweiterte Ausgabe. -- Gottingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, [1958].
ML197 A241 D6 1958
Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969.
Dissonanzen. Musik in d. verwalteten Welt.-- 5. Aufl. -- Gottingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1972.
ML197 A241 D6 1972
Add the original date of publication followed by a lower case letter as the last line of the call number. This is added whether or not we own the original edition. If not, when we receive it, it would be assigned the same call number as the reprint minus the lower case letter following the date:
Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
Klavierschule. Kassel ; New York : Barenreiter, 1962.
MT222 T913 K6 1789a
MT222 T913 K6 1802
If we receive more than one reprint of the same publication, assign lower case letters to the original date of publication alphabetically:
Rameau, Jean Philippe, 1683-1764.
MT50 R171 T7 1722a | Madrid : Arte Tripharia, c1983. |
MT50 R171 T7 1722b | Geneve : Slatkine Reprints, 1986. |
MT50 R171 T7 1722c | [Paris] : Klincksieck, c1992. |
An extra number is added to the title cutter number to indicate that the item is a translation. Reserve number 1 for translations from any language into English; any other number can be used for translations from any language into any language other than English.
Add the extra number even when we do not own the item in the original language.
The item in the original language: | The translation: |
Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969. Mahler : eine musikalische Physionomik. ML410 M214 A2 |
Adorno, Theodor W., 1903-1969. [Mahler. English] Mahler : a musical physiognomy ML410 M214 A21 |
|
|
The item in the original language (also a reprint): | The translation: |
Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634. Conclusioni nel suono dell' organo MT180 B213 C7 1609a |
Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634. [Conclusioni nel suono dell'organo. English] Conclusions for playing the organ MT180 B213 C71+ |
|
|
The item in the original language: | The translation: |
Delair, Denis. Traite d'accompagnement pour le theorbe et le clavecin. MT49 D334+ |
Delair, Denis. [Traite d'accompagnement pour le theorbe et le clavecin. English] Accompaniment on theorbo and harpsichord MT49 D334 T71 |
|
|
The item in the original language: | The translation: |
Terry, Charles Sanford, 1864-1936. Bach; a biography ML410 B118 T3 |
Terry, Charles Sanford, 1864-1936. [Bach. German] Johann Sebastian Bach : eine Lebensgeschichte ML410 B118 T3 B1 3 |
3 In this case, there are several books about Bach by Terry. The cutter number for title in each call number begins with "T3":
ML410 B118 T3 | Bach; a biography | If we had added an additional number to the final cutter number, the translation would not have sat next to the original version. To avoid this, an additional cutter number, for title, was added to the translation: ML410 B118 T3 B1 |
ML410 B118 T32 | Bach's chorals | |
ML410 B118 T325 | Bach : the historical approach | |
ML410 B118 T327 | Bach, the Mass in B minor | |
ML410 B118 T329 | Bach's orchestra | |
ML410 B118 T3291 | The music of Bach : an introduction |
|
|
The item in the original language: | The translation: |
Rameau, Jean Philippe, 1683-1764. Demonstration du principe de l'harmonie, servant de base a tout l'art musical theorique & pratique. ML3805 R171 D38 |
Rameau, Jean Philippe, 1683-1764. [Demonstration du principe de l'harmonie. English] Rameau's Demonstration du principe de l'harmonie ML3805 R171 D381 |
|
|
In this example, we have the 1850 edition of the original and a translation of the 1851 edition. In addition to the number "1" to indicate translation into English, the date is also added to the second call number: | |
The item in the original language: | The translation: |
Weber, Gottfried, 1779-1839. Versuch einer geordneten Theorie der Tonsetzkunst MT40 W374 V56 1830 |
Weber, Gottfried, 1779-1839. [Versuch einer geordneten Theorie der Tonsetzkunst. English] The theory of musical composition MT40 W374 V561 1851 |
Generally add an additional number for translation to the title cutter number even when we do not own the original. When we receive it, it will be assigned the same title cutter number minus the final letter indicating translation.
In the example below, the number 1 is added for the translation from German into English, even though we don't own the original German version. This anticipates a possible conflict should we get the German edition.
Bree, Malwine, 1861-1937.
[Grundlage der Methode Leschetizky. English]
The groundwork of the Leschetizky method
MT222 B832 G81
When the translation is from any language, including English, into language other than English, assign an additional number other than 1:
The original English version: | The translation into Italian: |
Heller, Karl, 1935- Antonio Vivaldi ML410 V855 A65 |
Heller, Karl, 1935- [Antonio Vivaldi. Italian] Vivaldi ML410 V855 A652 |
This is an example in the incorrect way to indicate translation in the call number:
The original language: | The translation: |
Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963. Unterweisung im Tonsatz. MT40 H662 U6 |
Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963. [Unterweisung im tonsatz. English] The craft of musical composition MT40 H662 C8 |
The original was cuttered by U6 for Unterweisung. The translation was cuttered by C8 for Craft. It should have been cuttered by U6, not only because it is a translation, but also because there is a uniform title. When both a 240 and a 245 exist, the title cutter number should be based on the uniform title (240).
These call numbers give an example of several elements used to distinguish among different publication dates, reprints, and translations:
MT222 T913 K6 1789
MT222 T913 K6 1789a
MT222 T913 K6 1802
MT222 T913 K61
Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
[Klavierschule]
Klavierschule, oder, Anweisung zum Klavierspielen für Lehrer und Lernende
MT222 T913 K6 1789
Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
Klavierschule
MT222 T913 K6 1789a
Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
[Klavierschule]
Klavierschule, oder, Anweisung zum Klavierspielen : für Lehrer und Lernende
MT222 T913 K6 1802
Turk, Daniel Gottlob, 1750-1813.
[Klavierschule. English]
School of clavier playing, or, Instructions in playing the clavier for teachers & students
MT222 T913 K61
Call number
|
111/711 field
|
ML3805 F418 1967 | Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (9th : ‡d 1967 : ‡c Paris, France) |
ML3805 F418 1969 | Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (11th : ‡d 1969 : ‡c Paris, France) |
ML3805 F418 1970 | Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (12th : ‡d 1970 : c Paris, France) |
ML3805 F418 1975 | Festival international du son haute fidélité stéréophonie ‡n (17th : ‡d 1975 : ‡c Paris, France) |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
This document explains the practices of assigning call numbers to scores in the Yale University Music Library. These practices may or may not coincide with those of other libraries.
It is the goal to have different manifestations of the same work or expression sit next to each other on the shelf. This may occasionally call for using an incorrect, but already existing class number or cutter number. If possible, when a class or cutter number is egregiously incorrect, reclass the item. If there are several items with the incorrect number, use that class or cutter number.
General guidelines for Class M [117] | Class numbers | Oversize
Cutter numbers for main entry: Composer as main entry (100) | Title as main entry: uniform title (130) ; title proper (245)
Additional elements for title: 1. Opus or work number | 2. Serial number | 3. Cutter by first letter of title | 4. Key | 5. Date of composition | 6. Title implied by class number
Parts of a larger work: With a number designation | With a title
Further elements needed to make the call number unique: Capital letter | Publication date | Vocal range | Cutter number by: Publisher ; Editor
Translations | Reprints
General guidelines for Class M
See LC classification: Class M [117]
Use class M for all printed music (with some exceptions for rare items and for facsimiles) and MT for instructional items that are scores (there are both books and scores classed in MT). The first line of the call number includes the class letter (M or MT) and number.
Class numbers for instrumental music: M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39]
Class numbers for dramatic and vocal music: M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42]
Class numbers for instrumental instruction: MT179-MT735 [43]
See Local practice in Class M [118] for explanations of Yale's local practices for class numbers for scores.
Local practice for manuscripts and facsimiles
Facsimiles of scores or sketches are classed in ML96.4 (collections) and ML96.5 (individual works). Manuscripts are classed in Misc. ms. [no.]. Manuscripts are assigned sequential numbers.
Yale practice for oversize scores
A plus sign (+) or double plus sign (++) is added to the end of a call number for books and scores 27 cm. in width or height or more. The existence of a plus or double plus sign does not make the call number unique.
Plus (+) = equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to or equal to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
When an item is 36 cm. and will be bound commercially, the binding will add enough to the height that the item should be made a double plus (++).
Double-plus (++) = equal to or more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)
The second line of the call number is a cutter number, usually for main entry, using the first letter and two to four numbers.
Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to derive cutter numbers for composers. See Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112] for instructions.
When a class number requires a specific cutter number for instrument (e.g., M110 R4), special season or occasion (e.g., M2098.M6), text (e.g., M2099.G4), etc., use the cutter number already given in Class M. When required but not specified in class M, derive the number using the LC cutter table [119]).
Composer as main entry | Uniform title as main entry | Title proper as main entry
If the main entry is a composer, use the cutter number already for this composer:
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67] |
Or use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112] to find the appropriate cutter number, e.g., Mozart = M939.
The Yale Music Library does not use decimal points in the cutter number: M939 not .M939
When there is a conflict with a cutter number (the number is the same as one assigned to another composer), check the class number in which the item will go to determine if another cutter for the composer has been established in that class. If there is none, search the composer's name in the catalog to see if a specific cutter has been used for that composer in other class numbers. If there is none, add an additional number to the cutter. When possible, adjust the number to ensure that the composers' names are in alphabetical order within that class number. That may require adding an additional number to the cutter number preceding the number already established for the first composer.
A7479 Arne, Michael, 1741?-1786
A748 Arne, Thomas Augustine, 1710-1778
C5975 Clarke, Herbert L. (Herbert Lincoln), 1867-1945
C598 Clarke, Jeremiah, 1669?-1707
K96 Kuhlau, Friedrich, 1786-1832
K965 Kuhnau, Johann, 1660-1722
B117 Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, 1714-1788
B1171 Bach, Georg Christoph, 1642-1697
B1172 Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782
B1173 Bach, Johann Christoph, 1642-1703
B1174 Bach, Johann Christoph Friedrich, 1732-1795
B1175 Bach, Jan
B1176 Bach, Johann Ernst, 1722-1777
B1177 Bach, Johann Ludwig, 1677-1731
B1178 Bach, Johann Michael, 1648-1694
B118 Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750
S911 Straus, Oscar, 1870-1954
S9111 Strauss, Christoph, approximately 1575-1631
S9113 Strauss, Eduard, 1835-1916
S9114 Strauss, Franz, 1822-1905
S9115 Strauss, Johann, 1804-1849
S9116 Strauss, Johann, 1825-1899
S9118 Strauss, Josef, 1827-1870
S912 Strauss, Richard, 1864-1949
If the main entry is a uniform title (130), cutter by the first word.
Squarcialupi codex.
Il codice Squarcialupi ...
ML96.5 S773
Codex Faenza. Selections.
Three madrigals for keyboard ...
M11 C669
If the main entry is the title proper (245), cutter by the first word, excluding any initial article [120].
Assumpta est Maria : for 4 or 5 instruments ...
M990 A851
The Fitzwilliam virginal book ...
M21 F564 1949
Additional elements for title are added in most cases. It is best to use the same type of additional element for a composer's work in a given class number. Preferably, the choice of additional element is in this order of preference, but existing practice within a class number takes precedence:
1. Opus or work number
2. Serial number
3. Cutter number for first letter of the title
4. Key
5. Date of composition
6. The title is implied by the class number (e.g., M8, M23, M219, M231, M1001, etc.)
1. Opus or work number [121], when known. Opus or work number is the preferred means of indicating title in the call number because it is a unique identifier for the work. The number may appear on the item or you may find it in another source.
Do not add a space between the opus or work number and the number:
M1001 B415 op.91
M622 H415 H II,1
M1004 S912 AV80
M76 B118 S.1007- 1008
M246 T268 TWV41:a3
When opus or work number is available, use that element only; do not also include a cutter number for title. For example, for this piece, "op.45" is unique enough to identify this work; adding "S4" for "serenade" would be redundant, since the title is already indicated by "op.45" in the call number:
Hétu, Jacques, 1938- 2010.
Serenade, flute, string quartet, op. 45
M562 H591 op.45 not M562 H591 S4 op.45 or M562 H591 op.45 S4
When two works are included, both opus/work numbers will appear in the call number.
Sequential opus/work numbers |
M452 M537 op.12,13 M1620 M492 op.19,19a 1911a M221 M939 K.374a-b |
|
|
Non-sequential opus/work numbers |
M25 C966 op.20, op.39 M25 G789 op.3, op.61 |
Special procedures for individual composers
J.S. Bach: Work numbers assigned to works by J.S. Bach should be preceded by S. (Schmieder) rather than BWV Bach-Werke-Verzeichnis). When needed in the uniform title, BWV rather than S is used. The number itself would be the same in either case:
M25 B118 S.906 not M25 B118 BWV906
C.P.E. Bach: Work index numbers assigned to works by C.P.E. Bach should be the W. (Wotquenne) numbers, even though the uniform titles are assigned the H. (Helm) numbers. They are not the same:
M242 B117 W.123 not M242 B117 H.550
Beethoven: for WoO numbers, use "K." instead of "WoO" in the call number. The WoO number will be the same as the K. number.
Haydn: String quartets: use the op. number instead of the H. number. The number not be the same:
Uniform title: Quartets, strings, H. III, 45, C major
Call number: M452 H415 op.50 no.2
Haydn: Symphonies: use M. instead of H. in the call number. The H. number is used in the uniform title. The number will remain the same:
Uniform title: Symphonies, H. I, 94, G major
Call number: M1001 H415 M.94
2. Serial number, when an opus or work numbering is unknown or lacking.
Do not include a space between "no." and the number so that they will appear on the same line when the label is printed.
M452 A385 no.1
M452 S559 no.1-5
For a series of numbered works with the same title for different instruments (they would class in different class numbers), cutter by the title and do not add the serial number:
M62 B511 S4 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 1] | Sequenza : per flauto solo |
M117 B511 S42 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 2] | Sequenza II : per arpa sola |
M1621.2 B511 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 3] | Sequenza III : per voce femminile |
M25 B511 S4 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 4] | Sequenza IV : for piano |
M92 B511 S4 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 5] | Sequenza V : for trombone solo |
M47 B511 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 6] | Sequenza VI : per viola sola |
M67 B511 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 7] | Sequenza VII : per oboe solo |
M107 B511 S4 no.7b 1 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 7b] | Sequenza VIIb : per sassofono soprano |
M42 B511 S4 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 8] | Sequenza VIII : per violino solo |
M107 B511 S4 no.9b 1 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | [Sequenza, no. 9b] | Sequenza IXb : per sassofono soprano |
1 The serial number is needed here because there are two works with this title, but with different serial numbers, for saxophone. They are classed in the same class number.
For a series of numbered works with the same title for the same instrument (they would class in the same class number), see below in the section on cuttering by first letter of the title.
3. First letter of the title.
Some class numbers include a cutter number as part of the class number, for examples, instrument (e.g., M110 R4), special season or occasion (e.g., M2098.M6), text (e.g., M2099.G4). Use the cutter number already given in Class M. When required but not already given in class M, derive the number using the LC cutter table [119]).
Most class numbers, however, do not include a specific cutter number. In those cases, use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to derive cutter numbers for titles. See Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table [112] for instructions.
In the absense of opus, work, or serial number, cutter by the first letter of the title. When there is a uniform title in the 240 field, cutter by that title. If there is no uniform title in the 240, cutter by the first word, excluding any initial article [120], of the title proper (245):
M557.4 B1175 F2 | Bach, Jan. | [Fanfare and fugue, trumpets (5)] | (cuttered by uniform title (240)) |
M557.4 B1175 L3 | Bach, Jan. | Laudes | (cuttered by title proper (245)) |
M557.4 B1175 R8 | Bach, Jan. | [Rounds and dances, trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba] | (cuttered by uniform title (240)) |
When two different works by the same composer in the same class number would be assigned the same cutter number, add another number to the cutter number of the second work. As much as possible, adjust the number to ensure that the works appear in alphabetical order within that class number:
M261 C5975 S7 | Clarke, Herbert L. ... | The southern cross |
M261 C5975 S79 | Clarke, Herbert L. ... | Stars in a velvety sky |
For a series of numbered works with the same title for the same instrument (they would be classed in the same class number), cutter by the title and add the serial number. Do not include a space between "no." and the number so that they will appear on the same line when the label is printed.
M25 I95 S9 no.20 | Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. | [Studies, piano, no. 20] |
M25 I95 S9 no.21 | Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. | [Studies, piano, no. 21] |
M25 I95 S9 no.22 | Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. | [Studies, piano, no. 22] |
M25 I95 S9 no.23 | Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. | [Studies, piano, no. 23] |
M25 I95 S9 no.5 | Ives, Charles, 1874-1954. | [Studies, piano, no. 5] |
When the first letter in the first word of a series of titles are all the same, which occurs with masses, madrigals, etc., cutter by the first letter of the second word:
Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da, 1525?-1594.
M2011 P157 | Masses, book 1 |
M2011 P157 A8 | Missa, Assumpta est Maria |
M2011 P157 D5 | Masses, book 6. Missa Dies sanctificatus |
M2011 P157 I8 | Masses, book 5. Missa Iste confessor |
M2011 P157 L3 | Missa Lauda Sion |
M2011 P157 T9 | Missa, Tu es Petrus |
When two or more editions of the same work are being cataloged, adding an additional cutter number is one method of making the call number unique, as explained in the section about elements needed to make the call number unique.
M2011 P157 P2 | Masses, book 2. Missa Papae Marcelli |
M2011 P157 P2 L8 | Masses, book 2. Missa Papae Marcelli |
M2011 P157 P2 S6 | Masses, book 2. Missa Papae Marcelli |
Specific works are assigned a cutter for title even when the opus, work, or serial number is known. After the cutter, a capital letter makes the call number unique as explained in the section about elements needed to make the call number unique:
Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750.
[Inventions, harpsichord, BWV 772-786]
M25 B118 I6
M25 B118 I6 A
M25 B118 I6 B
M25 B118 I6 C
M25 B118 I6 D
M25 B118 I6 E
M25 B118 I6 F
M25 B118 I6 G
M25 B118 I6 H
M25 B118 I6 I
4. Key. Use the key to distinguish among works when cuttering by title would not make sense (such as when the title is implied by the class number) and there is no other way to distinguish among them (opus, work, or serial number). For example, it would not make sense to cutter all of Telemann's sonatas for recorder by S6, S61, S62, etc. or Wagenseil's symphonies as S9, S91, S92, etc., so key is used to distinguish among them:
M242 T268 Cmaj.
M242 T268 Fmaj.
M1001 W131 Dmaj.
M1001 W131 Emaj.
M1001 W131 Fmaj.
When the key includes a flat sign, it is spelled out (e.g., flat) in the call number.
M129 P116 S9 Aflatmaj.
When there is no other means of assigning unique call numbers, the date of composition may be used. The date may appear in the uniform title, in the title proper, or in a reference source. To distinguish the piano sonata of 1949 from that of 1956:
Lilburn, Douglas, 1915-2001.
[Sonatas, piano (1949)]
M23.5 L728 1949
[Sonatas, piano (1956)]
M23.5 L728 1956
To distinguish the two violin, piano sonatas, the date is used. Since the mode of the keys were not used in the uniform title, using the letters E and C in the call numbers would imply different editions of the same work, as described in Section 6. Other below.
Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963.
[Sonatas, violin, piano, E]
Sonate in E fur Geige und Klavier (1935)
M219.5 H662 1935
Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963.
[Sonatas, violin, piano, C]
Sonate fur Violine und Klavier, 1939
M219.5 H662 1939
6. The title is implied by the class number (e.g., M8, M23, M219, M231, M1001, etc.)
Some class numbers imply a title, e.g.,
M8 = organ sonatas M23 = piano sonatas (Yale practice in M23 [122]) M219 = violin sonatas (Yale practice in M219 [122]) M231 = cello sonatas (Yale practice in M231 [122]) M1001 = symphonies In these classes, it does not make sense to cutter by title because everything in that class number would be cuttered by the same cutter number, e.g., S6 for sonata or S9 for symphony If the composer has written only one work of that type that would be classed in that class number, do not include a cutter number for title: Boatwright, Howard. However, do include a cutter number for title if the work has a distinctive title, such as: Constant, Marius, 1925-2004. If the composer has written more than one sonata/sonatina or symphony in that class number, use either opus or work number, serial number, key, year, etc. to distinguish among them. For example:
These violin sonatas by Bach are cuttered by work number only, since S6 (sonata) is implied by the class number and is redundant. (Elements to make the call number unique are added as explained in the section about elements needed to make the call number unique). M219.5 [123] B118 S.1021 [publisher: Breitkopf & Härtel Add an additional element to the call number when cataloging a part of a larger work. Parts of a larger work with a number designation | title Number designation Veracini, Francesco Maria, 1690-1768. Brahms, Johannes, 1833-1897.
When a part of a larger work has a serial number, but the work itself has no work or serial number, use a cutter number for the title of the work followed by the serial number for the part of the work: Haussmann, Valentin, active 1588-1611. When a part of a larger work has both a serial number and a title, generally use the serial number rather than a cutter number for the part in the call number: When the work itself has a work, opus, or serial number, but the individual parts have titles, but no numbers, use the work, opus, or serial number for the larger work with a cutter number for title of the part. Mozart's incidental music Thamos, König in Ägypten is K. 345; the individual parts are titled but not numbered: Two or more (but not all) numbered parts are included: Sequentially numbered parts: Byrd, William, 1539 or 1540-1623. Satie, Erik, 1866-1925. Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782. Sonatas, keyboard instrument, op. 5. No. 2-4 Corelli, Arcangelo, 1653-1713. Kozeluch, Leopold, 1747-1818. Rheinberger, Josef, 1839-1901. Non-sequentially numbered parts: Dering, Richard, approximately 1580-1630. When a composer has written several "books" with the same title, include the book number in the call number when only the item in hand does not contain all the books: Godard, Benjamin, 1849-1895. Buus, Giacques, -1565. Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918. Two books of madrigals are included in this edition: Loeillet, Jean Baptiste, 1688- Even when an equivalent word for "book" is used in the uniform title, but the English abbreviation "bk." in the call number: Byrd, William, 1539 or 1540-1623. In these examples, however, the abbreviation for the word "series" or "part" is the word used in the uniform title. Use that in the call number: Wolpe, Stefan. For parts of a larger work with a title, add a cutter number for it on a separate line: Copland, Aaron, 1900-1990. Wagner, Richard, 1813-1883. Strozzi, Barbara, 1619-1677. Monteverdi, Claudio, 1567-1643. Gussago, Cesario. Frescobaldi, Girolamo, 1583-1643. Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634. Franck, Melchior, -1639. Guami, Gioseffo, 1542-1611. Cavaccio, Giovanni, approximately 1556-1626. Further elements needed to make the call number unique A capital letter, date of publication when a publisher reissues a work, cutter number by vocal range, publisher, editor, or some other aspect can be used. Some works are assigned a letter rather than an opus or work number or cutter. When the end of the alphabet is reached, begin with AA, BB, etc. When to use this practice can be determined only by consulting the shelflist. When a work is in many editions, frequently a capital letter is added to the call number: Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750. Other works are assigned capital letters rather than other available elements because the call number assigned to the first cataloged edition did not include any of those elements. For example, Bach's cello suites might normally be assigned the call number M51 B118 S.1007-1012. However, it was originally assigned the call number M51 B118 and we must follow that practice. To distinguish among the various editions, a capital letter is added to the call number for each new edition that is cataloged: Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750. Score and parts: Date of publication when a publisher reissues the piece: Add the date of publication when a publisher reissues the same work at a later date: Carter, Elliott, 1908-2012. Rossini, Gioacchino, 1792-1868.
Title: Italian arias of the Baroque and Classical eras
Schubert, Franz, 1797-1828.
Haydn, Joseph, 1732-1809.
1This call has number for this edition has no cutter for publisher because it was the first edition added to the collection. This chart lists the cutter numbers already established for the major music publishers. Use the the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for any not listed here.
Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for the editor. Generally use only one number following the letter (e.g., B4 rather than B47 or B475 for the editor Rita Benton) unless a longer cutter number is needed to break a conflict. Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918.
Here, the cutter number for editor for the second item needs an additional number to break the conflict with the call number for the first item.:
An extra number is added to the title cutter number to indicate that the item is a translation. Reserve number 1 for translations from any language into English; any other number can be used for translations from any language into any language other than English. This is generally the case with books; however, practice varies with scores due to the high number of translations for vocal scores. Usually, another means of indicating the item is a translation is used, one of the elements needed to make the call number unique. In this example, an extra number is added to the title cutter number (although "1" is used for an Italian translation): Massenet, Jules, 1842-1912. Add the original date of publication followed by a lower case letter as the last line of the call number. This is added whether or not we own the original edition. If not, when we receive it, it would be assigned the same call number as the reprint minus the lower case letter following the date: Senaille, Jean Baptiste, approximately 1688-1730. If we receive more than one reprint of the same publication, assign lower case letters to the original date of publication alphabetically: Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757. Scarlatti, Domenico, 1685-1757. An incorrect way of doing this is adding an additional cutter number, as was done below: Original edition: Reprint received first: Reprint received second: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
Outline of Library of Congress Classification: Class M and detailed charts [35] (these do not include the entire Class M schedule)
Sources: Class M; Mark McKnight. Music classification systems, 2002.
Class numbers in the Library of Congress Classification system are alpha-numeric. The letter portion includes one or more capital letters to indicate the general subject area. The number portion includes one or more arabic numbers to subdivide the subject area.
Class M, for music, is subdivided into three main sections:
M notated music (scores)
ML literature of music (books about music, such as biographies, histories, discographies, thematic indexes, etc.)
MT musical instruction and study (method books, studies and exercises intended for pedagogical use (as opposed for concert use), treatises, books on music theory, music-appreciation textbooks (even those with extensive musical examples), etc.; includes scores and books)
General guidelines for Class M (taken from http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/LCC_M_GL.pdf [110])
Definitions of collection:
1. an item containing compositions by two or more composers,
2. an item containing works by one composer and selected from two or more of the composer's works,
or
3. an item containing one composer's works in more different forms or for a greater variety of performers than are provided for by any more specific class.
A collection is not to be confused with a set, which is a group of compositions published as a single work. This can be determined by an identifying number, such as an opus number or book number, etc., or a qualifying number that indicates the individuals parts are part of a larger work.
Further subclasses of collections are:
Miscellaneous collection: contains both original and arranged works
General collection: contains a greater variety of forms or types of works than may be provided for by any more specific neighboring class.
Special collection: contains two or more works by one or more composers that are of the type indicated for separate works, e.g., class collections of string quartets as well as individual string quartets in M452-M452.4 [124].
Class numbers for instrumental music
Class numbers for instrumental music focus on number of instruments and are easy to remember. Music for two instruments is generally classed in M2XX; three instruments in M3XX, etc., until M9XX, where music for nine instruments is classed as well as for chamber music for ten or more instruments, one to a part.
Many class numbers are subarranged according to whether it is a collection (a miscellaneous collection of original and arranged works; a collection of original works; or a collection of arranged works) or a separate work that is original or a separate work that is arranged. When this subarrangement is used, a span of 5 class numbers are given, to be subarranged according to Table 2, Table of original works and arrangements.
Each number in the first row is the last digit in the first number of a span of numbers (i.e., M60-M64, M224-M228).
type of collection or work | assign the five numbers in the span as follows: | |||||
Miscellaneous collections | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
Original compositions | ||||||
Collections | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
Separate works | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 |
Arrangements | ||||||
Collections | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
Separate works | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
The table has been expanded to include the first digit 0
For example, the span of numbers for viola and piano music is M224-M228 [125]. Take the last letter (4) of the first number in the range (224) and go to Table 2. Find "4" in the top row and following the numbers down from there:
M224 for a collection (2 or more works) of original and arranged works for viola and piano
M225 for a collection (2 or more works) of original works for viola and piano by one or more composers
M226 for a single original work for viola and piano by one composer
M227 for a collection (2 or more works) of arranged works for viola and piano by one or more composers
M228 for a single arranged work for viola and piano by one composer (including excerpts from a single work by one composer)
The span of numbers for five wind instruments is M555-M559 [126], which is also subarranged using Table 2.
M555 for a collection (2 or more works) of original and arranged works for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass)
M556 for a collection (2 or more works) of original works for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass)
M557 for a single original work for 5 woodwind and brass instruments
M557.2 for a single original work for viola and piano by one composer for 5 woodwind instruments
M557.4 for a single original work for viola and piano by one composer for 5 brass instruments
M558 for a collection (2 or more works) of arranged works for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass)
M559 for a single arranged work for five wind instruments (woodwind and/or brass) (including excerpts from a single work by one composer)
The complication is that there are two subfamilies of wind instruments:
woodwinds [127]: flute, oboe, clarinet, recorder, saxophone, bassoon, etc.
and
brasses [128]: horn, cornet, trumpet, trombone, baritone, euphonium, tuba, etc.
Note that the class number M557 is further subdivided: M557 is for quintets for a combination of both woodwind and brass instruments; M557.2 for only woodwind quintets, and M557.4 for only brass quintets. (Adding to the confusion is the terminology "woodwind quintet," which is used for quintets with flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, and bassoon. These qualify as "wind" quintets for cataloging purposes because they include a non-woodwind instrument; the horn is a brass instrument.) The rest of the span of numbers is not similarly subdivided. For example, M556 is used for collections of original works for either wind quintets, woodwind quintets, or brass quintets, not M556, M556.2, and M556.4. M559 is used for a single work arranged for either wind quintet, woodwind quintet, or brass quintet; M559.2 and M559.4 are not used.
Class numbers for orchestra, string orchestra, and band music
The class numbers for orchestra, string orchestra, and band music (not including works for solo instrument(s) and orchestra, string orchestra, or band) vary from those for chamber music. Many individual forms within these ranges are assigned separate numbers. The same class number is applied to both individual works and collections of works.
M1000-M1075 for orchestra
M1100-M1175 for string orchestra
M1200-M1268 for band (the numbers in this range vary some from the individual numbers in M1000-M1075 and M1100-M1175)
M1001 = an individual symphony or a collection of symphonies for orchestra
M1101 = an individual symphony or a collection of symphonies for string orchestra
M1201 = an individual symphony or a collection of symphonies for band
M1002 = an individual symphonic poem or a collection of symphonic poems for orchestra
M1102 = an individual symphonic poem or a collection of symphonic poems for string orchestra
M1202 = an individual symphonic poem or a collection of symphonic poems for band
M1003 = an individual suite, variations or a collection of suites, variations for orchestra
M1103 = an individual suite, variations or a collection of suites, variations for string orchestra
M1203 = an individual suite, variations or a collection of suites, variations for band
M1004 = an individual overture of a collection of overtures for orchestra
M1104 = an individual overture of a collection of overtures for string orchestra
M1204 = an individual overture of a collection of overtures for band
M1042 = an individual concerto or a collection of concertos for orchestra
M1142 = an individual concerto or a collection of concertos for string orchestra
M1242 = an individual concerto or a collection of concertos for band
Works not in one of these forms fall under the catch-all term "pieces," although even these have numbers for individual forms:
M1045 = an individual piece or a collection of pieces for orchestra
M1145 = an individual piece or a collection of pieces for string orchestra
M1245 = an individual piece or a collection of pieces for band
M1046 = an individual march or a collection of marches for orchestra
M1146 = an individual march or a collection of marches for string orchestra
M1247 = an individual march or a collection of marches for band
M1047 = a collection of dances for orchestra
M1147 = a collection of dances for string orchestra
M1247.9 = a collection of dances for band
The class numbers for dances are further subdivided according to two-rhythm (polka, etc.) and three-rhythm (waltz, etc.):
M1048 = an individual two-rhythm dance or a collection of two-rhythm dances for orchestra
M1148 = an individual two-rhythm dance or a collection of two-rhythm dances for string orchestra
M1248 = an individual two-rhythm dance or a collection of two-rhythm dances for band
M1049 = an individual three-rhythm dance or a collection of three-rhythm dances for orchestra
M1149 = an individual three-rhythm dance or a collection of three-rhythm dances for string orchestra
M1249 = an individual three-rhythm dance or a collection of three-rhythm dances for band
Classifying works with keyboard:
Piano, etc.: "Unless specific classes are otherwise available, the term is meant to include harpsichord, clavichord, virginal, and similar keyboard instruments whose strings are plucked or struck."
Continuo: "Class works with continuo parts as if the continuo were played by one, not two, performers, and, in general, as if the chordal portion of the continuo part were for piano (harpsichord, etc.)"
Studies and exercises:
Pedagogical works (with or without accompaniment): class in MT studies and exercises
Concert works: class concert works titled "studies" by medium of performance in class M.
Class numbers for vocal music
Class numbers for vocal music tend to emphasis the accompaniment and are less easy to remember.
Secular and sacred works of the same type and for the same medium of performance are classed in different class numbers. For example, a secular song for voice and orchestra is classed in M1613 and a sacred song for voice and orchestra in M2103. There is no pattern like M1613/M2113 or M1619/M2119 in the class schedule, making it difficult to memorize the class numbers.
Some limitations of Class M are:
The schedule is inconsistent in the level of detail.
» Many classes are subdivided in detail. For example, the class numbers for music organ (M6-M14 [129]), piano (M20-M39 [130]), violin and piano (M217-M223 [131]), violoncello and piano (M229-M236 [132]), and orchestra (M1000/M1075 [38]) are further subdivided by type of composition (suite, sonata, symphony, etc.)
» Other class numbers are so general that a wide variety of works are classed in it. For example, see the class numbers M298 [133] and 298.5 [134] and M385, M485, M685, etc. [135] and M386, M486, M586, etc. [136] Most works that include percussion are classed in one of these class numbers, because percussion is not covered elsewhere in the schedule.
» Still other class numbers are in-between highly detailed and not detailed enough. For example, all music for two wind instruments, original or arranged, are classed in just two class numbers: M288 [137] (collections) and M289 [137] (separate works).
The entire schedule is oriented toward western art music.
It is difficult to use Class M to classify sound recordings. (Some libraries use a variation of LC Class M; other libraries shelve recordings by accession number or manufacturer number. One system used by many public libraries is the ANSCR classification system for sound recordings [138], which includes over fifty major categories into which sound recordings may be organized.)
Outline of Library of Congress Classification: Class M
M1.A1-1.A15 | Music printed or copied in manuscript in the United States or the colonies before 1860 |
M1.A5-2.3 | Collections |
M2-2.3 | Collections of musical sources |
M3-3.3 | Collected works of individual composers |
M3.3 | First editions |
M5-1490 | Instrumental music |
M6-175.5 [35] | Solo instruments |
M176 | Instrumental music for motion pictures |
M176.5 | Instrumental music for radio and television |
M177-990 | Music for two or more solo instruments |
M180-298.5 [36] | Duets |
M300-386 [37] | Trios |
M400-486 [37] | Quartets |
M500-586 [37] | Quintets |
M600-686 [37] | Sextets |
M700-786 [37] | Septets |
M800-886 [37] | Octets |
M900-986 [37] | Nonets and larger combinations of purely chamber music |
M990 [139] | Chamber music for instruments of the 18th century and earlier |
M 1000-1356.2 | Instrumental music for large ensembles |
M1000-1075 [38] | Orchestra |
M1100-1160 [38] | String orchestra |
M1200-1269 [38] | Band |
M1270 | Fife (bugle) and drum music, field music, etc. |
M1350-1353 | Reduced orchestra |
M1356-1356.2 | Dance orchestra and instrumental ensembles |
M 1360-1490 | Miscellaneous instrumental music |
M1360 | Mandolin and similar orchestras of plucked instruments |
M1362 | Accordion band |
M1363 | Steel band |
M1365 | Minstrel music |
M1366 | Jazz ensembles |
M1375-1420 | Instrumental music for children |
M1450 | Dance music |
M1470 | Chance compositions |
M1473 | Electronic music |
M1480 | Music with color or light apparatus |
M1490 | Music printed before 1700 or copied in manuscript before 1700 |
M1495-2199 | Vocal music |
M1497-1998 | Secular vocal music |
M1500-1527.8 | Dramatic music |
M1528-1529.5 [41] | Duets, trios, etc., for solo voices |
M1530-1546.5 [140] | Choruses with orchestra or other ensemble |
M1547 [141] | Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works |
M1548-1600 [142] | Choruses, part-songs, etc., with accompaniment of keyboard or other solo instrument, or unaccompanied |
M1608 | Choruses, etc., in tonic sol-fa notation |
M1609 [143] | Unison choruses |
M1610 | Cantatas, choral symphonies, etc., for unaccompanied chorus (secular and sacred) with or without solo voices |
M1611-1624.8 [42] | Songs |
M1625-1626 [144] | Recitations with music |
M1627-1853 | National music |
M1900-1978 | Songs (part and solo) of special character |
M1985 | Musical games |
M1990-1998 | Secular music for children |
M1999-2199 | Sacred vocal music |
M1999 | Collections |
M2000-2007 [145] | Oratorios |
M2010-2017.6 [146] | Services |
M2018-2019.5 [41] | Duets, trios, etc. for solo voices |
M2020-2036 [147] | Choruses, cantatas, etc. |
M2060 [141] | Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works |
M2061-M2099 [142] | Choruses, part-songs, etc., with accompaniment of keyboard or other solo instrument, or unaccompanied |
M2102-2114.8 [42] | Songs |
M2115-2146 | Hymnals. Hymn collections |
M2147-2188 | Liturgy and ritual |
M2147-2155.6 | Roman Catholic Church |
M2156-2160.87 | Orthodox churches |
M2161-2183 | Protestant churches |
M2184 | Other Christian churches |
M2186-2187 | Jewish |
M2188 | Other non-Christian religions |
M2190-2196 | Sacred vocal music for children |
M2198-2199 | Gospel, revival, temperance, etc. songs |
M5000 | Unidentified compositions |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
Choral music encompasses secular and sacred choruses and cantatas, with or without solo voices, with or without accompaniment.
Operas | Incidental music | Ballets | Oratorios | Masses
Choruses: Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments: Mixed voices | Men's voices | Women's (treble) voices
Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works
Accompaniment of 1 instrument or unaccompanied: keyboard instrument | 1 instrument other than keyboard | unaccompanied
Unison choruses
Operas |
||
M1500 | Complete works | |
M1501 | Concert arrangements | |
M1502 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment | |
M1503 | Vocal and chorus scores with accompaniment | |
M1503.5 | Concert arrangements | |
M1504 | College operas | |
Excerpts | ||
M1505 | Original accompaniment | |
Arranged accompaniment or unaccompanied | ||
M1506 | Orchestra or other ensemble | |
Keyboard instrument and unaccompanied; including sheet music with only the melody or lead sheets | ||
M1507 | Collections | |
M1508 | Separate works. By title | |
canceled; Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment | ||
M1508.1 | canceled; see M1507 | |
M1508.2 | canceled; see M1508 | |
M1509 | Operatic scenes (independent works) | |
Incidental music |
||
M1510 | Full scores | |
M1512 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment | |
M1513 | Vocal and chorus scores with accompaniment | |
Excerpts | ||
M1515 | Original accompaniment | |
Arranged accompaniment | ||
M1516 | Orchestra or other ensemble | |
Piano or organ | ||
M1517 | Collections | |
M1518 | Separate works. By title | |
Ballets |
||
M1520 | Full scores | |
M1522 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment | |
M1523 | Piano scores. Vocal scores with piano | |
Excerpts | ||
M1524 | Original accompaniment | |
Arranged accompaniment | ||
M1525 | Orchestra or other ensemble | |
M1525 | Piano | |
Oratorios |
||
Secular | Sacred | |
M1530 | M2000 | Full scores |
M1532 | M2002 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment |
M1533 | M2003 | Vocal and chorus scores with accompaniment |
Excerpts | ||
M1534 | M2004 | Original accompaniment |
Arranged accompaniment | ||
M1535 | M2005 | Orchestra or other ensemble |
Piano or organ | ||
M1536 | M2006 | Collections |
M1537 | M2007 | Separate works |
Masses(See also Parts of the Mass [148]) |
||
Settings of the Ordinary and Requiems | ||
Complete works | ||
M2010 | Accompaniment of orchestra or other ensemble | |
M2011 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment and unaccompanied | |
M2013 | Accompaniment of organ, piano, or other instrument; vocal scores | |
M2013.5 | Unison voices | |
M2014 | Excerpts | |
M2014.5 | Settings of Propers | |
M2014.6 | Offices and other services | |
For Anglican, Jewish, etc. services, see Class M, M2015-M2017.6; Use M2020-M2102.5 for individual parts of liturgical (e.g., Credo) or nonliturgical services set as separate compositions |
||
ChorusesFor sacred choral music, follow the instructions preceding M2060 in Class M, music and books on music: Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments: Mixed voices | Men's voices | Women's (treble) voices |
||
Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments | ||
Mixed voices | ||
Secular | Sacred | Full scores |
Orchestral accompaniment | ||
M1530 | M2020 | General |
M1530.3 | M2020.3 | With recitation |
M1531 | M2021 | Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instrument, electronic accompaniment) |
Secular | Sacred | Vocal scores |
M1532 | M2022 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment |
Vocal scores with piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment | ||
M1533 | M2023 | General |
M1533.3 | M2023.3 | With recitation |
Secular | Sacred | Excerpts |
M1534 | M2025 | Original accompaniment |
Arranged accompaniment | ||
M1535 | M2026 | Orchestra or other ensemble |
One or two keyboard instruments | ||
M1536 | M2027 | Collections |
M1537 | M2028 | Separate works |
M1537.5 | M2025.5 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment |
Choruses | ||
Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments | ||
Men's voices | ||
Secular | Sacred | Full scores |
M2029 | Orchestral accompaniment | |
M1538 | M2029 | General |
M1538.3 | ---- | With recitation |
M2029 | Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instrument, electronic accompaniment) | |
M1539 | General | |
M1539.3 | With recitation | |
M2029.5 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment | |
Secular | Sacred | Vocal scores |
M2030 | Vocal scores with piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment | |
M1540 | ---- | General |
M1540.3 | ---- | With recitation |
M1540.5 | M2029.5 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment |
Secular | Sacred | Excerpts |
M1541 | M2031 | Orchestral accompaniment |
M1542 | M2032 | Piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment |
M1542.5 | --- | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment |
Choruses | ||
Accompaniment of 2 or more instruments | ||
Women's (treble) voices | ||
Secular | Sacred | Full scores |
M2033 | Orchestral accompaniment | |
M1543 | M2033 | General |
M1543.3 | --- | With recitation |
M1543.5 | M2033 | Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instrument, electronic accompaniment) |
Secular | Sacred | Vocal scores |
M2034 | Vocal scores with piano (or organ for sacred choruses) accompaniment | |
M1544 | ---- | General |
M1544.3 | ---- | With recitation |
M1544.5 | M2033.5 | Vocal and chorus scores without accompaniment |
Secular | Sacred | Excerpts |
M1545 | M2035 | Accompaniment other than solo keyboard |
M1546 | M2036 | Vocal scores with keyboard instrument |
Choruses | ||
Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
M1547 | M2060 | Collections of both accompanied and unaccompanied works |
Choruses | ||
Accompaniment of 1 instrument or unaccompanied | ||
Secular | Sacred | Accompaniment of keyboard instrument Note: LC class numbers in subject authority records for choruses with accompaniment of piano (4 hands) indicate that "piano (4 hands)" is considered to be 1 keyboard instrument. LC class numbers for in subject authority records for choruses with accompaniment of pianos (2) also fall within this range (M1548-1570 and M2061-M2080). However, in some LC bibliographic records, choruses with accompaniment of 2 pianos are sometimes classed in M1543.5 |
Collections (including collections with accompaniment of other solo instrument) | ||
M1548 | M2061 | 2 or more types of chorus |
M1549 | M2062 | mixed voices |
M1550 | M2063 | men's voices |
M1551 | M2064 | women's (treble) voices |
Special seasons and occasions | ||
M2065 | Christmas | |
M2066 | Easter | |
M2067 | Thanksgiving | |
M2068.A-Z | Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M) | |
Separate works | ||
M1552 | M2072 | mixed voices |
M1560 | M2073 | men's voices |
M1570 | M2074 | women's (treble) voices |
Special seasons and occasions | ||
M2075 | Christmas | |
M2076 | Easter | |
M2077 | Thanksgiving | |
M2078.A-Z | Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M) | |
M2079.A-Z | works with liturgical text (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6) | |
Choruses | ||
Accompaniment of 1 instrument other than keyboard | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
M1574 | M2080.4 | 2 or more types of chorus (collections only) |
M1575 | M2080.5 | mixed voices (collections and separate works) |
M1576 | M2080.6 | men's voices (collections and separate works) |
M1577 | M2080.7 | women's (treble) voices (collections and separate works) |
Choruses | ||
Unaccompanied | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
Collections | ||
M1578 | M2081 | 2 or more types of chorus |
M1579 | M2082 | mixed voices |
M1580 | M2083 | men's voices |
M1581 | M2084 | women's (treble) voices |
Special seasons and occasions | ||
M2085 | Christmas | |
M2086 | Easter | |
M2087 | Thanksgiving | |
M2088.A-Z | Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M) | |
Separate works | ||
M1582 | M2092 | mixed voices |
M1590 | M2093 | men's voices |
M1600 | M2094 | women's (treble) voices |
Special seasons and occasions | ||
M2095 | Christmas | |
M2096 | Easter | |
M2097 | Thanksgiving | |
M2098.A-Z | Other, A-Z (for a complete list, see Class M) | |
M2099.A-Z | works with liturgical text (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6) | |
Choruses | ||
Unison | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
M1609 | 2101.5 | Unison choruses, with and without accompaniment |
Cutter numbers for special texts (for a complete list of texts, see Table M6)
If more than one language is present and one of those is Latin, use "L" in the cutter number.
__11 Agnus Dei
__14 Alma Redemptoris Mater
__16 Ave Maria
__161 Ave Maria Stella
__165 Ave Verum corpus
__169 Beatus vir
__25 Cantate Domino
__34 De profundis
__373 Dixit Dominus
__4 Gloria in excelsis Deo
__5 Kyrie eleison
__6 Magnificat
__62 Miserere mei
__7 Nunc dimittis
__77 Regina Caeli
__8 Salve Regina
__82 Stabat Mater
__9 Te Deum
__94 Veni Creator Spiritus
For special texts not listed in Table M6, class works by medium of performance.
The M schedule doesn't offer a solution to special texts in languages other than those listed in the Table M6, but begin with the letter of one the languages listed there (e.g., "L" is used for Latin, and cannot be used with Latvian, Lithuanian, etc., special texts). The cuttering directions use up all the available numbers under a given letter, so unless a different lettering system were introduced for letters already occupied, there's no class legitimately available.
Several workarounds are possible:
Source: dialog on MLA-L, Geraldine Ostrove (LC), Joe Bartl (LC), and Chuck Herrold (Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh)
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
Note: M900-M990 applies to nonets and larger combinations of purely chamber music.
Class | Instruments | ||||||||
MX00-MX04 | Organ and 2-8 instruments | ||||||||
MX00 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX01 | General collections | ||||||||
MX02 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX03 | Collections | ||||||||
MX04 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX05-MX09 | Harmonium and 2-8 instruments | ||||||||
MX05 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX06 | General collections | ||||||||
MX07 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX08 | Collections | ||||||||
MX09 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX10-MX14 | Piano and X string instruments | ||||||||
MX10 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX11 | General collections | ||||||||
MX12 | Special collections and separate works
|
||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX13 | Collections | ||||||||
MX14 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX15-MX19 | Piano and 2-8 wind instruments | ||||||||
MX15 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX16 | General collections | ||||||||
MX17 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX18 | Collections | ||||||||
MX19 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX20-MX24 | Piano and 2-8 string and wind instruments | ||||||||
MX20 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX21 | General collections | ||||||||
MX22 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX23 | Collections | ||||||||
MX24 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX25-MX29 | Piano and X plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX25 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX26 | General collections | ||||||||
MX27 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX28 | Collections | ||||||||
MX29 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX30-MX34 | Piano and 2-8 string and plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX30 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX31 | General collections | ||||||||
MX32 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX33 | Collections | ||||||||
MX34 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX35-MX39 | Piano and 2-8 wind and plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX35 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX36 | General collections | ||||||||
MX37 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX38 | Collections | ||||||||
MX39 | Separate works | ||||||||
M340-M344 | Piano and 2 other instruments (Trios only; for quartets, quintets, etc., see MX40-MX44) | ||||||||
M340 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
M341 | General collections | ||||||||
M342 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
M343 | Collections | ||||||||
M344 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX40-MX44 | Piano and 3 or more string, wind, and plucked instruments (Quartets, quintets, etc. only; for trios, see M340-M344) | ||||||||
MX40 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX41 | General collections | ||||||||
MX42 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX43 | Collections | ||||||||
MX44 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX45-MX49 | piano and 3 or more other instruments | ||||||||
MX45 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX46 | General collections | ||||||||
MX47 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX48 | Collections | ||||||||
MX49 | Separate works | ||||||||
string instruments | |||||||||
M349-M353 | 3 string instruments (Trios only; for quartets, quintets, etc., see MX50-MX54) | ||||||||
M349 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
M350 | General collections | ||||||||
M351 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
M352 | Collections | ||||||||
M353 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX50-MX54 | 4 or more string instruments (Quartets, quintets, etc., only; for trios, see M349-M353) | ||||||||
MX50 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
X51 | General collections | ||||||||
X52 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Quartets only: | |||||||||
M452 | Two violins, viola, cello | ||||||||
M452.2 | Four violins | ||||||||
M452.4 | Other combinations of four string instruments (separate works only) | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
X53 | Collections | ||||||||
X54 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX55-MX59 | 3 or more wind instruments | ||||||||
MX55 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX56 | General collections | ||||||||
MX57 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
MX57 | Both woodwinds and brasses | ||||||||
MX57.2 | Woodwinds only | ||||||||
MX57.4 | Brasses only | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX58 | Collections | ||||||||
MX59 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX60-MX64 | 3 or more string and wind instruments | ||||||||
MX60 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX61 | General collections | ||||||||
MX62 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX63 | Collections | ||||||||
MX64 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX65-MX69 | 3 or more plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX65 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX66 | General collections | ||||||||
MX67 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX68 | Collections | ||||||||
MX69 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX70-MX74 | 3 or more string and plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX70 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX71 | General collections | ||||||||
MX72 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX73 | Collections | ||||||||
MX74 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX75-MX79 | 3 or more wind and plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX75 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX76 | General collections | ||||||||
MX77 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX78 | Collections | ||||||||
MX79 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX80-MX84 | 3 or more string, wind, and plucked instruments | ||||||||
MX80 | Miscellaneous collections | ||||||||
Original compositions | |||||||||
MX81 | General collections | ||||||||
MX82 | Special collections and separate works | ||||||||
Arrangements | |||||||||
MX83 | Collections | ||||||||
MX84 | Separate works | ||||||||
MX85 | Other combinations of 3 or more specified instruments | ||||||||
MX86 | Other combinations of 3 or more unspecified instruments | ||||||||
M990 | Chamber music for instruments of the 18th century and earlier that are generally not used in the modern symphony orchestra; use: | ||||||||
M182+ [149] | 1 instrument of the 18th century and earlier and organ | ||||||||
M239 [150], M270-M271 [151], M282-M283 [152], M284-M285 [153] |
1 instrument of the 18th century and earlier and piano | ||||||||
M177-M986 | ensembles with both instrument(s) of the 18th century and earlier and modern instrument(s) |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
Orchestra: This includes full and chamber orchestra
1 For solo instrument(s) with orchestra or string orchestra, see M1005-M1041 / M1105-M1141 [39]
Orchestra | String orchestra | Band | Original compositions |
M1000 | M1100 | M1200 | Miscellaneous and general collections |
Original compositions, including special collections | |||
M1001 | M1101 | M1201 | Symphonies |
M1002 | M1102 | M1202 | Symphonic poems |
M1003 | M1103 | M1203 | Suites. Variations (including separately published suites from operas, ballets, etc.) |
M1004 | M1104 | M1204 | Overtures (including separately published opera preludes, entr'actes, and overtures) |
Orchestra | String orchestra | Band | Solo instrument(s) with accompanying large ensemble |
----1 | ----1 | M1205 | Full score (for arranged works for solo instrument(s) with band, see M1257) |
----1 | ----1 | M1206 | Solo(s) with piano |
M1042 | M1142 | M1242 | Concertos for full orchestra/string orchestra/band |
Pieces | |||
M1045 | M1145 | M1245 | General |
M1046 | M1146 | M1247 | Marches |
Dances | |||
M1047 | M1147 | M1247.9 | General |
M1048 | M1148 | M1248 | Two-rhythm (polka, etc.) |
M1049 | M1149 | M1249 | Three-rhythm (waltz, etc.) |
Orchestra | String orchestra | Band | Arrangements |
---- | ---- | M1254 | Symphonies, symphonic poems, suites, etc. |
---- | ---- | M1255 | Overtures (includes separately published opera preludes, entr'actes, overtures) |
---- | ---- | M1257 | Solo instrument(s) with band (for original works for solo instrument(s) with band, see M1205) |
Pieces | |||
M1060 | M1160 | M1258 | General |
---- | ---- | M1260 | Marches |
Dances | |||
---- | ---- | M1262 | General |
---- | ---- | M1264 | Two-rhythm (polka, etc.) |
---- | ---- | M1266 | Three-rhythm (waltz, etc.) |
M1070 | M1170 | ---- | Excerpts |
Orchestra | String orchestra | Band | More original compositions |
M1075 | M1175 | M1268 | Potpourris, fantaisies, etc. |
Other large instrumental ensembles see Class M for a complete list | |||
M1356 | Dance orchestra and instrumental ensembles | ||
M1356.2 | Lead sheets | ||
M1360 | Mandolin and similar orchestras of plucked instruments | ||
M1362 | Accordion band (including music for 2 or more accordions) | ||
M1363 | Steel band | ||
M1366 | Jazz ensembles, including instrumental duets, trios, etc. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [154] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
M180-M198 | Organ or Harmonium and 1 other instrument (including piano) |
M200-M216 | Piano (piano, 4 or more hands | 2 or more pianos, 2 or more performers) |
M217-M239 | Piano and 1 string instrument |
M240-M271 | Piano and 1 wind instrument |
M272-M283 | Piano and 1 plucked instrument |
M284-M285 | Piano and 1 other instrument |
M284.5-M284.6 | Piano and 1 unspecified instrument |
M286-M287 | 2 string instruments |
M288-M289 | 2 wind instruments |
M290-M291 | 1 string and 1 wind instrument |
M292-M293 | 2 plucked instruments |
M294-M295 | 1 string and 1 plucked instrument |
M296-M297 | 1 wind and 1 plucked instrument |
M298 | Other combinations of 2 specified instruments |
M298.5 | Other combinations of 2 unspecified instruments |
Class | Instruments |
M180-M181 | 1 or more organs, 2 or more players |
M180 | Collections |
M181 | Original compositions |
M182-M186 | Organ and 1 other instrument (including piano) |
M182 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M183 | General collections |
M184 | Special collections and separate works |
Arrangements | |
M185 | Collections |
M186 | Separate works |
M190 | 1 harmonium, four hands OR 2 harmoniums, four hands |
M191-M195 | Harmonium and 1 other instrument (including piano) |
M191 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M192 | General collections |
M193 | Special collections and separate works |
Arrangements | |
M194 | Collections |
M195 | Separate works |
M200-M216 | Music for piano: piano, 4 or more hands | 2 or more pianos, 2 or more performers |
M200-M204 | Piano, 4 hands |
M200 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M201 | General collections |
Special collections and separate works | |
M202 | Sonatas |
M203 | Suites and kindred cyclical works |
M204 | Pieces (separate works only) |
M205 | Piano, 3 hands, original and arranged works |
M207-M212 | Piano, 4 hands, arranged works |
M207 | Miscellaneous collections |
Separate works | |
Operas, ballets, oratorios, cantatas, etc. | |
M208 | General |
M208.5 | Excerpts |
M209 | Orchestra and band music, including detached overtures |
M210 | Concertos, etc. |
M211 | Chamber music, songs, part-songs |
M212 | Potpourris, etc. and single transcriptions for piano, 4 hands |
M213 | Piano, 5, 6, 8, etc., hands |
M214-M215 | 2 pianos, 2 performers |
M214 | Original compositions |
M215 | Arrangements |
M216 | 2 or more pianos, 3 or more performers |
M217-M239 | Piano and 1 string instrument: violin | viola | cello | double bass | other |
M217-M223 | Piano and violin |
M217 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M218 | General collections |
Special collections and separate works | |
M219 [122] | Sonatas (See Local Yale practice in Class M [122]) |
M220 | Suites. Variations |
M221 | Pieces (separate works only) |
Arrangements | |
M222 | Collections |
M223 | Separate works |
M224-M228 | Piano and viola |
M224 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M225 | General collections |
M226 | Special collections and separate works |
Arrangements | |
M227 | Collections |
M228 | Separate works |
M229-M236 | Piano and cello |
M229 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M230 | General collections |
Special collections and separate works | |
M231 [123] | Sonatas (See Local Yale practice in Class M [122]) |
M232 | Suites. Variations |
M233 | Pieces (separate works only) |
Arrangements | |
M235 | Collections |
M236 | Separate works |
M237-M238 | Piano and double bass |
M237 | Collections |
M238 | Separate works (original and arrangements) |
M239 | Piano and 1 other string instrument1 (cutter by name of instrument [70]) |
[Collections & separate works, original works & arrangements] | |
.V54 | Viola da gamba |
.V56 | Viola d'amore |
.V58 | Viola pomposa |
.V62 | Violone |
M240-M271 | Piano and 1 wind instrument: flute | oboe | clarinet | bassoon | horn | trumpet/cornet | trombone | tuba | saxophone | other |
M240-M244 | Piano and flute |
M240 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M241 | General collections |
M242 | Special collections and separate works |
Arrangements | |
M243 | Collections |
M244 | Separate works |
M245-M247 | Piano and oboe |
M245 | Collections |
Separate works | |
M246 | Original |
M247 | Arrangements |
M248-M252 | Piano and clarinet |
M248 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M249 | General collections |
M250 | Special collections and separate works |
Arrangements | |
M251 | Collections |
M252 | Separate works |
M253-M254 | Piano and bassoon (original and arranged works) |
M253 | Collections |
M254 | Separate works |
M255-M259 | Piano and horn |
M255 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M256 | General collections |
M257 | Special collections and separate works |
Arrangements | |
M258 | Collections |
M259 | Separate works |
M260-M261 | Piano and trumpet (original and arranged works) |
M260 | Collections |
M261 | Separate works |
M262-M263 | Piano and trombone (original and arranged works) |
M262 | Collections |
M263 | Separate works |
M264-M265 | Piano and tuba (original and arranged works) |
M264 | Collections |
M265 | Separate works |
M268-M269 | Piano and saxophone (original and arranged works) |
M268 | Collections |
M269 | Separate works |
M270-M271 | Piano and 1 other wind instrument 1 (cutter by name of instrument [70]) |
[Original works & arrangements] | |
M270 | Collections |
M271 | Separate works |
.B37 | Baritone |
.E5 | English horn |
.B37 | Euphonium |
.P45 | Piccolo |
.R4 | Recorder |
M272-M283 | Piano and 1 plucked instrument1: harp | guitar | mandolin | other |
M272-M273 | Piano and harp (original and arranged works) |
M272 | Collections |
M273 | Separate works |
M276-M277 | Piano and guitar (original and arranged works) |
M276 | Collections |
M277 | Separate works |
M278-M279 | Piano and mandolin (original and arranged works) |
M278 | Collections |
M279 | Separate works |
M282-M283 | Piano and 1 other plucked instrument 1 (cutter by name of instrument [70]) |
[Original works & arrangements] | |
M282 | Collections |
M283 | Separate works |
.L88 | Lute |
M284-M285 | Piano and 1 other1 instrument (cutter by name of instrument [70]) |
[Original works & arrangements] | |
M284 | Collections |
.A3 | Accordion |
M285 | Separate works |
.A3 | Accordion |
Piano and 1 unspecified instrument (original and arranged works) | |
M285.5 | Collections |
M285.6 | Separate works |
M286-M287 | 2 string instruments |
M286 | Collections |
M287 | Separate works |
M288-M289 | 2 wind instruments |
M288 | Collections |
M289 | Separate works |
M290-M291 | 1 string and 1 wind instrument |
M290 | Collections |
M291 | Separate works |
M292-M293 | 2 plucked instruments |
M292 | Collections |
M293 | Separate works |
M294-M295 | 1 string and 1 plucked instrument |
M294 | Collections |
M295 | Separate works |
M296-M297 | 1 wind and 1 plucked instrument |
M296 | Collections |
M297 | Separate works |
M298 | Other combinations of specified instruments (Original and arranged works) |
M298.5 | Other combinations of unspecified instruments (Original and arranged works) |
1 For a complete list of instruments, consult Class M, music and books on music.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735
MT179-MT258 | Keyboard instruments |
MT259-MT338 | Bowed stringed instruments |
MT339-MT533 | Wind instruments: woodwind instruments | brass instruments |
MT539-MT654 | Plucked stringed instrument |
MT655-MT725 | Percussion instruments |
Other instruments | |
MT728-MT735 | Instrumental ensembles |
Definitions:
Teaching pieces: works composed principally for pedagogical purposes
Instructive editions: works heavily annotated with textual instructions for practice and interpretation
Rudiments of music: rudiments of music combined with instruction for the instrument
Class | Keyboard instruments: organ | electronic | harmonium | piano | harpsichord | Other keyboard | ||||||
MT179 | General works | ||||||
MT180-MT198 | Organ | ||||||
MT180 | General | ||||||
MT182 | Systems and methods | ||||||
MT185 | Studies and exercises | ||||||
Special technical | |||||||
MT189 | Pedal techniques | ||||||
MT190 | Registration techniques | ||||||
MT191 | Accompaniment techniques for Gregorian chant and other liturgical music | ||||||
MT191 | Other A-Z | ||||||
.A3 | Accompaniment | ||||||
.A8 | Arranging | ||||||
.C5 | Chorales | ||||||
.H4 | Harmony | ||||||
.I5 | Improvisation | ||||||
.M6 | Modulation | ||||||
.T7 | Trio playing | ||||||
MT192/MT198 | Electronic keyboard instruments (including synthesizers with keyboards) | ||||||
MT192 | General works | ||||||
MT192.2 | Systems and methods | ||||||
MT192.3 | Studies and exercises | ||||||
MT192.4 | Orchestral studies | ||||||
MT192.5 | Teaching pieces | ||||||
MT192.6 | Instructive editions | ||||||
MT192.7 | Two instruments | ||||||
MT192.8 | Self-instructors | ||||||
MT193 | Teaching pieces | ||||||
Instructive editions | |||||||
MT195 | Two or more composers | ||||||
MT197 | One composer | ||||||
MT198 | Self-instructors | ||||||
MT200-MT208 | Reed organ (harmonium) | ||||||
MT200 | General works | ||||||
MT202 | Systems and methods | ||||||
MT205 | Studies and exercises | ||||||
MT208 | Self-instructors | ||||||
MT220-MT255 | Piano | ||||||
MT220 | General works | ||||||
MT221 | Physiology of the hand; including hand exercises | ||||||
MT222 | Systems and methods | ||||||
MT224 | Rudiments of music | ||||||
Studies and exercises | |||||||
MT225 | General works | ||||||
Special techniques | |||||||
MT226 | Left hand | ||||||
MT227 | Pedal | ||||||
MT228 | Touch (class here works about legato, staccato, melody, etc., playing) | ||||||
MT229 | Wrist (class here works about octave, chord, etc., playing) | ||||||
MT230 | Thirds, sixths, etc. | ||||||
MT231 | Scales and arpeggios | ||||||
MT232 | Fingering | ||||||
MT233 | Rhythm | ||||||
MT235 | Phrasing | ||||||
MT236 | Sight reading, transposition, accompaniment, etc. | ||||||
MT238 | Polyphonic playing | ||||||
MT239 | Performance of popular music (vamping, ragtime, vaudeville piano playing, jazz, boogie-woogie, improvisation, playing by ear, etc.; including accompaniment | ||||||
MT240.A-Z | Other, A-Z | ||||||
MT242 | Four-hand, two-piano, etc., playing | ||||||
MT243 | Teaching pieces | ||||||
Instructive editions | |||||||
MT245 | Two or more composers | ||||||
MT247 | One composer | ||||||
MT248 | Self-instructors | ||||||
Special kinds of piano, including early instruments | |||||||
MT250 | General works | ||||||
MT252 | Harpsichord, etc | ||||||
MT255 | Janko keyboard | ||||||
MT257.A-Z | Other keyboard instruments, A-Z | ||||||
MT258 | Virgil clavier, technicon, and similar instruments for practicing | ||||||
Class | Bowed stringed instruments: violin | viola | cello | double bass | other | early instruments | ||||||
MT259 | General works | ||||||
violin | viola | cello | double bass | ||||
MT260 | MT280 | MT300 | MT320 | General works | |||
MT261 | ---- | ---- | ---- | Physiology of the hand (for hand exercises, see MT221) | |||
MT262 | MT282 | MT302 | MT322 | Systems and methods | |||
MT330 | Studies and exercises | ||||||
MT265 | MT285 | MT305 | ---- | General works | |||
MT266 | MT286 | MT306 | MT331 | Orchestral studies | |||
Special techniques | |||||||
MT267 | MT287 | MT307 | ---- | Bowing | |||
MT268 | MT288 | MT308 | ---- | Positions | |||
MT269 | MT289 | MT309 | ---- | Chords | |||
MT270 | MT290 | ---- | ---- | Harmonics | |||
MT271 | MT291 | MT310 | ---- | Other (not A-Z) | |||
MT272 | MT292 | MT312 | MT333.6 | Two instruments | |||
MT274 | MT294 | MT314 | MT333 | Teaching pieces | |||
MT333.4 | Instructive editions | ||||||
MT275 | MT295 | MT315 | ---- | Two or more composers | |||
MT276 | MT296 | MT317 | ---- | One composer | |||
MT278 | MT298 | MT318 | MT334 | Self-instructors | |||
Special styles | |||||||
MT279.5 | ---- | ---- | ---- | Fiddling, Folk-style violin playing | |||
MT279.7 | ---- | ---- | ---- | Jazz | |||
Class | Other bowed stringed instruments (for a complete list see MT335.A-Z) | ||||||
MT336-MT338 | Early bowed stringed instruments | ||||||
MT336 | viola d'amore | ||||||
MT337 | viola da gamba | ||||||
MT338 | other | ||||||
Class | Wind instruments: | ||||||
MT339 | General works | ||||||
MT339.5 | Woodwind instruments (general) | ||||||
Woodwind instruments: | |||||||
flute | piccolo | recorder | oboe | clarinet | saxophone | bassoon | |
MT340 | MT357 | MT350 | MT360 | MT380 | MT500 | MT400 | General works |
MT342 | MT357.2 | MT351 | MT362 | MT382 | MT502 | MT402 | Systems and methods |
MT343 | MT357.5 | MT352.5 | MT363 | MT383 | MT503 | MT403 | Teaching pieces |
MT344 | MT357.6 | MT352.6 | MT364 | MT384 | MT504 | MT404 | Instructive editions |
MT345 | MT357.3 | MT352 | MT365 | MT385 | MT505 | MT405 | Studies and exercises |
MT346 | MT357.4 | ---- | MT366 | MT386 | MT506 | MT406 | Orchestral studies |
MT347 | MT357.7 | MT352.7 | MT367 | MT387 | MT507 | MT407 | Two instruments |
MT348 | MT357.8 | MT353 | MT368 | MT388 | MT508 | MT408 | Self-instructors |
Class | Other woodwind instruments (for a complete list, see MT358-MT415, MT510-MT533) | ||||||
MT356 | fife | ||||||
MT358.P45 | penny whistle | ||||||
MT376 | English horn | ||||||
MT392 | bass clarinet | ||||||
MT412 | contrabassoon | ||||||
Class | Brass instruments: horn | trumpet/cornet | trombone | bass trombone, contrabass trombone | tuba | other | ||||||
MT418 | General works | ||||||
horn | trumpet cornet |
trombone | bass, contrabass trombone |
baritone euphonium |
tuba | ||
MT420 | MT440 | MT460 | MT472 | MT496 | MT480 | General works | |
MT422 | MT442 | MT462 | MT472.2 | MT496.2 | MT482 | Systems and methods | |
MT423 | MT443 | MT463 | MT472.5 | MT496.5 | MT483 | Teaching pieces | |
MT424 | MT444 | MT464 | MT472.6 | MT496.6 | MT484 | Instructive editions | |
MT425 | MT445 | MT465 | MT472.3 | MT496.3 | MT485 | Studies and exercises | |
MT426 | MT446 | MT466 | MT472.4 | MT496.4 | MT486 | Orchestral studies | |
MT427 | MT447 | MT467 | MT472.7 | MT496.7 | MT487 | Two instruments | |
MT428 | MT448 | MT468 | MT472.8 | MT496.8 | MT488 | Self-instructors | |
Class | Other brass instruments (for a complete list, see MT456-MT497) | ||||||
MT452 | bugle | ||||||
MT493 | flügelhorn | ||||||
MT497 | contrabass tuba, heloicon, etc. | ||||||
Class | Plucked stringed instruments: harp | banjo | guitar | mandolin | zither | other | ||||||
MT539 | General works | ||||||
harp | banjo | guitar | lute | mandolin | zither | ||
MT540 | MT560 | MT580 | MT640 | MT600 | MT620 | General works | |
MT542 | MT562 | MT582 | MT640.2 | MT602 | MT622 | Systems and methods | |
MT543 | MT563 | MT583 | MT640.5 | MT603 | MT623 | Teaching pieces | |
MT544 | MT569 | MT589 | MT640.6 | MT608.5 | MT628.5 | Instructive editions | |
---- | MT564 | MT584 | ---- | MT604 | MT624 | Rudiments of music | |
MT545 | MT565 | MT585 | MT640.3 | MT605 | MT625 | Studies and exercises | |
MT546 | ---- | MT586 | MT640.4 | MT606 | ---- | Orchestral studies | |
MT547 | MT567 | MT587 | MT640.7 | MT607 | MT627 | Two instruments | |
MT548 | MT568 | MT588 | MT640.8 | MT608 | MT628 | Self-instructors | |
Class | Other plucked stringed instruments (for a complete list, see MT557-MT654) | ||||||
MT552 | Celtic harp | ||||||
MT599.B4 | (electric) bass guitar | ||||||
MT599.D6 | dobro | ||||||
MT632 | autoharp | ||||||
MT654.A7 | Appalachian dulcimer | ||||||
Class | Percussion instruments: timpani | drums | bongo/conga | xylophone, marimba, vibraphone, etc. | other percussion | other | ||||||
MT655 | General works | ||||||
MT655.2 | Systems and methods | ||||||
MT655.3 | Studies and exercises | ||||||
MT655.4 | Orchestral studies | ||||||
MT655.5 | Teaching pieces | ||||||
MT655.6 | Instructive editions | ||||||
MT655.7 | Two instruments | ||||||
MT655.8 | Self-instructors | ||||||
timpani | snare drum bass drum drum set, etc. |
bongo conga |
xylophone marimba vibraphone |
||||
MT660 | MT662 | MT663 | MT719 | General works | |||
MT660.2 | MT662.2 | MT663.2 | MT719.2 | Systems and methods | |||
MT660.3 | MT662.3 | MT663.3 | MT719.3 | Studies and exercises | |||
MT660.4 | MT662.4 | MT663.4 | MT719.4 | Orchestral studies | |||
MT660.5 | MT662.5 | MT663.5 | MT719.5 | Teaching pieces | |||
MT660.6 | MT662.6 | MT663.6 | MT719.6 | Instructive editions | |||
MT660.7 | MT662.7 | MT663.7 | MT719.7 | Two instruments | |||
MT660.8 | MT662.8 | MT663.8 | MT719.8 | Self-instructors | |||
Class | Other percussion instruments (for a complete list, see MT664-MT725) | ||||||
MT710 | carillon, bell ringing, etc. | ||||||
MT711 | hand bell ringing | ||||||
MT720 | tubular bells, chimes | ||||||
MT725.B55 | bodhrán | ||||||
MT725.S7 | steel drum | ||||||
Other instruments (for a complete list, see MT670-MT725) | |||||||
accordion | concertina | ||||||
MT680 | MT681 | General works | |||||
MT680.2 | MT681.2 | Systems and methods | |||||
MT680.3 | MT681.3 | Studies and exercises | |||||
MT680.4 | MT681.4 | Orchestral studies | |||||
MT680.5 | MT681.5 | Teaching pieces | |||||
MT680.6 | MT681.6 | Instructive editions | |||||
MT680.7 | MT681.7 | Two instruments | |||||
MT680.8 | MT681.8 | Self-instructors | |||||
Class | Additional other instruments | ||||||
MT682 | harmonica | ||||||
MT700 | player-piano | ||||||
MT722 | implements pout to musical use | ||||||
MT723 | computer sound processing | ||||||
MT724 | electronic instruments (not A-Z) | ||||||
MT725.H37 | hurdy-gurdy | ||||||
MT728-MT735 | Ensembles (for a complete list, see MT733) | ||||||
Chamber music | |||||||
MT728 | General works | ||||||
Instructive editions | |||||||
MT728.2 | Two or more composers | ||||||
MT728.3 | One composer | ||||||
MT730 | Orchestra | ||||||
Class | Band | ||||||
MT733 | General works | ||||||
MT733.4 | Marching bands and maneuvers | ||||||
MT733.7 | Big band, dance band, jazz band | ||||||
MT734 | Mandolin, etc., orchestra |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
Orchestra: This includes full and chamber orchestra
For solo instrument(s) with band, see M1205-M1206 [155]
One or more of the same: Keyboard instrument | Bowed stringed instrument | Wind instrument | Plucked instrument | Percussion instrument | Other instrument | Two or more different instruments
Keyboard instruments | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
1 or more organs | M1005 | M1006 | M1005.5 | M1108 | M1109 | M1108.5 | |
1 or more pianos | M1010 | M1011 | M1010.5 | M1110 | M1111 | M1110.5 | |
Bowed stringed instruments | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
1 or more violins | M1012 | M1013 | M1012.5 | M1112 | M1113 | M1112.5 | |
1 or more violas | M1014 | M1015 | M1014.5 | M1114 | M1115 | M1114.5 | |
1 or more cellos | M1016 | M1017 | M1016.5 | M1116 | M1117 | M1116.5 | |
1 or more double basses | M1018 (both full scores and solo(s) with piano) | M1018.5 | M1118 (both full scores and solo(s) with piano) | M1118.5 | |||
Wind instruments | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
1 or more flutes | M1020 | M1021 | M1020.5 | M1120 | M1121 | M1120.5 | |
1 or more oboes | M1022 | M1023 | M1022.5 | M1122 | M1123 | M1122.5 | |
1 or more clarinets | M1024 | M1025 | M1024.5 | M1124 | M1125 | M1124.5 | |
1 or more bassoons | M1026 | M1027 | M1026.5 | M1126 | M1127 | M1126.5 | |
1 or more horns | M1028 | M1029 | M1028.5 | M1128 | M1129 | M1128.5 | |
1 or more trumpets/cornets | M1030 | M1031 | M1030.5 | M1130 | M1131 | M1130.5 | |
1 or more trombones | M1032 | M1033 | M1032.5 | M1132 | M1133 | M1132.5 | |
1 or more other wind instrument see Class M for more |
With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
Baritone, euphonium | M1034.B37 | M1035.B37 | M1034.5.B37 | M1134.B37 | M1135.B37 | M1134.5.B37 | |
Basset horn | M1034.B38 | M1035.B38 | M1034.5.B38 | M1134.B38 | M1135.B38 | M1134.5.B38 | |
English horn | M1034.E5 | M1035.E5 | M1034.5.E5 | M1134.E5 | M1135.E5 | M1134.5.E5 | |
Oboe d'amore | M1034.O26 | M1035.O26 | M1034.5.O26 | M1134.O26 | M1135.O26 | M1134.5.O26 | |
Piccolo | M1034.P5 | M1035.P5 | M1034.5.P5 | M1134.P5 | M1135.P5 | M1134.5.P5 | |
Recorder | M1034.R4 | M1035.R4 | M1034.5.R4 | M1134.R4 | M1135.R4 | M1134.5.R4 | |
Saxophone | M1034.S4 | M1035.S4 | M1034.5.S4 | M1134.S4 | M1135.S4 | M1134.5.S4 | |
Tuba | M1034.T8 | M1035.T8 | M1034.5.T8 | M1134.T8 | M1135.T8 | M1134.5.T8 | |
Plucked instruments | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
1 or more harps | M1036 | M1037 | M1036.5 | M1136 | M1137 | M1136.5 | |
1 or more other plucked instrument see Class M for more |
Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas | Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas | |||||
Guitar | M1037.4.G8 | M1037.4.G8 | M1037.4.G8 | M1137.4.G8 | M1137.4.G8 | M1137.4.G8 | |
Lute | M1037.4.L9 | M1037.4.L9 | M1037.4.L9 | M1137.4.L9 | M1137.4.L9 | M1137.4.L9 | |
Mandolin | M1037.4.M3 | M1037.4.M3 | M1037.4.M3 | M1137.4.M3 | M1137.4.M3 | M1137.4.M3 | |
Percussion instruments | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
one or more soloists playing two or more different percussion instruments | M1038 | M1039 | M1038.5 | M1138 | M1139 | M1138.5 | |
see other instruments for one or more soloists, each playing one of the same percussion instrument | |||||||
Other instruments, including one or more percussion soloists, each playing one of the same percussion instrument | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas | Full scores, solo(s) with piano, and cadenzas | ||||||
Accordion | M1039.4.A3 | M1039.4.A3 | M1039.4.A3 | M1139.4.A3 | M1139.4.A3 | M1139.4.A3 | |
Electronics | M1039.4.E35 | M1039.4.E35 | M1039.4.E35 | M1139.4.E35 | M1139.4.E35 | M1139.4.E35 | |
Ondes Martenot | M1039.4.O5 | M1039.4.O5 | M1039.4.O5 | M1139.4.O5 | M1139.4.O5 | M1139.4.O5 | |
Tape | M1039.4.T3 | M1039.4.T3 | M1039.4.T3 | M1139.4.T3 | M1139.4.T3 | M1139.4.T3 | |
Xylophone, vibraphone, marimba | M1039.4.X9 | M1039.4.X9 | M1039.4.X9 | M1139.4.X9 | M1139.4.X9 | M1139.4.X9 | |
2 or more different instruments | |||||||
Instrument | With orchestra | With string orchestra | |||||
Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | Full scores | Solo(s) with piano | Cadenzas | ||
2 or more different instruments | M1040 | M1041 | M1040.5 | M1140 | M1141 | M1140.5 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 | M180-M298.5 [37] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
organ: M6-M14 (See Class M15-M19 for Harmonium music) | piano: M20-M39 | string instruments: M40-M59 | wind instruments: M60-M114 | plucked instruments: M115-M142 | percussion and other instruments: M145-M175 | unspecified solo instrument: M175.5
Class | Instrument |
M6-M14 | Organ |
M6 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M7 | General collections |
Special collections and separate works | |
M8 | Sonatas |
M8.5 | Symphonies |
M9 | Suites and kindred cyclical works; variations |
M10 | Fugues with or without preludes; Canons (see sh 85019705 [156]) |
M11 | Pieces (separate works only) |
M11.2 | Pedal pieces |
Arrangements | |
M12 | Collections |
M13 | Separate works |
M14 | Organ books (includes organ acc. to collections of psalms, hymns, etc.) |
M14.3 | Liturgical music (works composed for liturgical purposes) |
Special seasons and occasions (original and arranged works) | |
M14.4 | Collections, cuttered by season two seasons or occasions, cutter for the first A1 three or more seasons A4 Advent C5 Christmas E2 Easter E6 Epiphany F8 Funeral music H2 Harvest, Thanksgiving H5 Holy communion H6 Holy week L5 Lent. Passiontide P4 Palm Sunday W3 Wedding music W4 Whitsuntide, Pentecost Festival |
M14.5 | Separate works two seasons or occasions, cutter for the first A1 three or more seasons A4 Advent C5 Christmas E2 Easter F8 Funeral music H2 Harvest, Thanksgiving H5 Holy communion H6 Holy week L5 Lent. Passiontide P4 Palm Sunday W3 Wedding music W4 Whitsuntide, Pentecost Festival |
M20-M39 | Piano |
M20 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
General compositions | |
M21 | Two or more composers |
M22 | One composer |
Special collections and separate works | |
M23 | Sonatas (See Local practice in Class M [122]) |
M24 | Suites and kindred cyclical works |
Pieces | |
M25 | General |
M25.3 | 2 pianos, 1 performer |
Piano, 1 hand, original and arranged works | |
M26 | Left hand |
M26.2 | Right hand |
M27 | Theme and variations |
M28 | Marches |
Dances | |
M30 | General |
M31 | Two-rhythm (polka, etc.) |
M32 | Three-rhythm (waltz, etc.) |
Arrangements, including transcriptions | |
M32.8 | Miscellaneous collections |
Piano scores of operas, oratorios, cantatas, etc. (Class vocal scores in the class for the original work) | |
M33 | General |
M33.5 | Excerpts |
M34 | Transcriptions, paraphrases (generally for concert purposes) of an opera, oratorio, cantata, etc. |
Arrangements of orchestra and band music of every kind | |
M35 | General |
M35.5 | Excerpts |
Concertos, etc. (concertos arranged for 1 piano; not concertos in which the accompaniment is arranged for piano) | |
M37 | Complete works |
M37.5 | Excerpts |
M38 | Chamber music, part songs, music for 1 instrument |
M38.3 | Simplified edition of piano music for 2 hands |
M38.5 | Songs |
M39 | Potpourries. Medleys; including orchestra potpourries, etc. arranged for piano 2 hands |
M39.5 | Works for 2 pianos, 1 performer |
M39.6 | Works for piano, 1 hand |
M40-M59 | String instruments: violin | viola | cello | double bass | other |
M40-M44 | violin |
M40 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M41 | Collections |
M42 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M43 | Collections |
M44 | Separate works |
M45-M49 | viola |
M45 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M46 | Collections |
M47 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M48 | Collections |
M49 | Separate works |
M50-M54 | cello |
M50 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M51 | Collections |
M52 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M53 | Collections |
M54 | Separate works |
M55-M58 | double bass |
M55 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M56 | Collections |
M57 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M58 | Collections and separate works |
M59 | Other string instrument |
.B4 | baryton |
.V54 | viola da gamba |
.V56 | viola d'amore |
M59.5 | unspecified string instrument |
M60-M111 | Wind instruments: flute | oboe | clarinet | bassoon | horn | trumpet, cornet | trombone | tuba | saxophone | other |
M60-M64 | flute |
M60 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M61 | Collections |
M62 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M63 | Collections |
M64 | Separate works |
M65-M69 | oboe |
M65 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M66 | Collections |
M67 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M68 | Collections |
M69 | Separate works |
M70-M74 | clarinet |
M70 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M71 | Collections |
M72 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M73 | Collections |
M74 | Separate works |
M75-M79 | bassoon |
M75 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M76 | Collections |
M77 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M78 | Collections |
M79 | Separate works |
M80-M84 | horn |
M80 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M81 | Collections |
M82 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M83 | Collections |
M84 | Separate works |
M85-M89 | trumpet, cornet |
M85 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M86 | Collections |
M87 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M88 | Collections |
M89 | Separate works |
M90-M94 | trombone |
M90 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M91 | Collections |
M92 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M93 | Collections |
M94 | Separate works |
M95-M99 | tuba |
M95 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M96 | Collections |
M97 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M98 | Collections |
M99 | Separate works |
M105-M109 | saxophone |
M105 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M106 | Collections |
M107 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M108 | Collections |
M109 | Separate works |
M110 | other wind instrument |
.B33 | baritone, euphonium |
.B35 | basset horn |
.E5 | English horn |
.F53 | Flügelhorn |
.R4 | recorder |
M111.5 | unspecified wind instrument |
M115-M142 | Plucked instruments: harp | banjo | guitar | mandolin | zither | lute | other |
M115-M119 | harp |
M115 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M116 | Collections |
M117 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M118 | Collections |
M119 | Separate works |
M120-M124 | banjo |
M120 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M121 | Collections |
M122 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M123 | Collections |
M124 | Separate works |
M125-M129 | guitar |
M125 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M126 | Collections |
M127 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M128 | Collections |
M129 | Separate works |
M130-M134 | mandolin |
M130 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M131 | Collections |
M132 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M133 | Collections |
M134 | Separate works |
M135-M139 | zither |
M135 | Miscellaneous collections |
Original compositions | |
M136 | Collections |
M137 | Separate works |
Arrangements | |
M138 | Collections |
M139 | Separate works |
M140-M141 | lute |
M140 | Collections |
141 | Separate works |
M142 | other plucked instrument |
.A8 | archlute |
.C5 | chitarrone |
.C58 | cittern |
.E4 | electric guitar |
.V53 | vihuela (local practice is to cutter as .V69) |
M145-M175 | Percussion and other instruments |
Percussion instruments: | |
M146 | drum(s) [timpani, drum set, side drum, etc.; works for 1 performer on 2 or more different percussion instruments] |
M147 | bells, glockenspiel, etc. |
M172 | carillons, chimes |
M175.X6 | xylophone, vibraharp, vibraphone |
M175.X9 [157] | marimba (this is local practice; LC practice is to cutter as M175.X6) |
Other instruments: | |
M175.A4 | accordion |
M175.C44 | celesta |
M165 | glass harmonica |
M175.O5 | ondes Martenot |
M175.5 | unspecified solo instrument |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. [41] | M1611/M2102, etc. | MT179-MT735 [43]
Solo vocal music encompasses secular and sacred arias, solo cantatas, solo songs, and song cycles with or without accompaniment.
Songs: Orchestral, etc. accompaniment | Piano accompaniment and unaccompanied | Accompaniment of one instrument other than piano or unaccompanied
Recitations (solo vocalizations not sung)
Orchestral, etc. accompaniment | ||
Secular | Sacred | Original compositions |
Collections (including miscellaneous collections) | ||
M1611 | M2102 | Full scores |
M1612 | M2102 | Vocal scores |
Separate works | ||
Full scores | ||
M1613 | M2103 | Orchestral accompaniment |
M1613.3 | M2103.3 | Other accompaniment (string orchestra, band, other ensemble of 2 or more instruments, electronic) |
M1614 | M2104 | Vocal scores with piano |
M1621.2 | M2113.2 | Unaccompanied |
M1621.3 | M2113.3 | Accompaniment of piano and 1 other instrument |
M1621.4 | M2113.4 | Song cycles |
Secular | Sacred | Arrangements |
Collections (including miscellaneous collections) | ||
M1615 | M2105 | Full scores |
M1616 | M2106 | Vocal scores |
Separate works | ||
Full scores | ||
M1617 | M2107 | Orchestral accompaniment |
M1621.3 | M2113.3 | Accompaniment of piano and 1 other instrument, see M1621.3 (secular); M2113.3 (sacred) |
M1618 | M2108 | Vocal scores with piano |
Piano accompaniment and unaccompanied | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
Collections | ||
Two or more composers | ||
M1619 | M2110 | General |
M1619.5.A-Z | ---- | Individual poets, A-Z |
M1620 | M2112 | One composer |
Separate works | ||
M1621 | M2113 | Piano accompaniment |
M1621.2 | M2113.2 | Unaccompanied |
M1621.3 | M2113.3 | Accompaniment of piano and one other instrument |
M1621.4 | M2113.4 | Song cycles |
---- | M2114 | Works with liturgical text, by language A-Z |
Special seasons and occasions | ||
M2114.5 | Christmas | |
M2114.6 | Easter | |
M2114.7 | Thanksgiving. Harvest | |
---- | M2114.8.A-Z | Other season |
Accompaniment of one instrument other than piano or unaccompanied | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
Collections | ||
Plucked instrument | ||
M1623 | M2113 | General |
M1623.4 | M2113 | Harp |
M1623.5 | M2113 | Lute |
M1623.8 | M2113 | Other instrument |
Separate works | ||
Plucked instrument | ||
M1624 | M2113 | General |
M1624.4 | M2113 | Harp |
M1624.5 | M2113 | Lute |
M1624.7 | M2113 | Wind instrument |
M1624.8 | M2113 | Other instrument |
Recitations with music, both secular and sacred | ||
Secular | Sacred | |
M1625 | M1625 | Accompaniment of orchestra or other instrumental ensemble |
M1626 | M1626 | Accompaniment of piano or other instrument, including piano scores |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
M6-M175 [35] | M180-M298.5 [36] | M300-M990 [37] | M1000/M1100, etc. [38] | M1005/M1105, etc. [39] | M1500/M2000, etc. [40] | M1528/M2018, etc. | M1611/M2102, etc. [42] | MT179-MT735 [43]
Vocal ensembles include secular and sacred duets, trios, quartets, etc., (one voice to a part), with or without accompaniment.
For class numbers for choral ensembles (two or more voices to a part), see Class numbers for choral music [40].
Secular | Sacred | Orchestra, other ensemble, or electric accompaniment |
M1528 | M2018 | Full scores |
M1528.5 | ---- | Vocal scores without accompaniment |
M1529 | M2019 | Vocal scores |
Secular | Sacred | Accompaniment of keyboard or other instrument or unaccompanied |
Duets | ||
M1529.2 | M2019.2 | Collections |
M1529.3 | M2019.3 | Separate works |
Trios, quartets, etc. | ||
M1529.4 | M2019.4 | Collections |
M1529.5 | M2019.5 | Separate works |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
B112 | Babbitt, Milton, 1916-2011 | |
B116 | Bacewicz, Grazyna | B117 in M1001, M1015, M1045, M1140; B116 and B117 in M287; B122 in M1014, M1016 |
B1169 | Bach, August Wilhelm, 1796-1869 | |
B117 | Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, 1714-1788 | For use of work numbers in call numbers for C.P.E. Bach, see Special procedures for C.P.E. Bach [158] |
B1171 | Bach, Georg Christoph, 1642-1697 | |
B1172 | Bach, Johann Christian, 1735-1782 | |
B1173 | Bach, Johann Christoph, 1642-1703 | |
B1174 | Bach, Johann Christoph Friedrich, 1732-1795 | |
B1175 | Bach, Jan | |
B1176 | Bach, Johann Ernst, 1722-1777 | |
B1177 | Bach, Johann Ludwig, 1677-1731 | |
B1178 | Bach, Johann Michael, 1648-1694 | |
B118 | Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750 | For use of work numbers in call numbers for J.S. Bach, see Special procedures for J.S. Bach [159] |
S331 | Bach, P. D. Q., 1807-1742?; cutter as Schickele, Peter [160] | |
B1185 | Bach, Wilhelm Friedemann, 1710-1784 | |
B1187 | Bach, Wilhelm Friedrich Ernst, 1759-1845 | |
B1189 | Bach, Maria, 1896-1978. | |
B136 | Badings, Henk, 1907-1987 | |
B171 | Balakirev, Milii Alekseevich, 1837-1910 | |
Balay, Guillaume, 1871-1943 | B171 and in B1715 in M261 | |
B213 | Banchieri, Adriano, 1568-1634 | |
B223 | Barab, Seymour | B232 in M1626 |
B234 | Barber, Samuel, 1910-1981 | |
B269 | Barraud, Henry, 1900-1997 | |
B292 | Bartók, Béla, 1881-1945 | |
B2922 | Bartolozzi, Bruno | B292 in M585, M1026 |
B293 | Bartos, Frantisek, 1905-1973 | |
B319 | Bassett, Leslie, 1923- | |
B351 | Baur, Jürg | B327 in M1001 |
B354 | Bavicchi, John, 1922-2012 | |
B355 | Bax, Arnold, 1883-1953 | |
B362 | Bazelon, Irwin | |
B365 | Beach, H. H. A., Mrs., 1867-1944 | |
B387 | Beber, Ambrosius, active 1610-1620 | |
B397 | Beckwith, John | |
B415 | Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827 | For use of WoO numbers in call numbers for Beethoven, see Special procedures for Beethoven [161] |
B444 | Bellini, Vincenzo, 1801-1835 | |
B458 | Benda, Franz, 1709-1786 | B4575 in M242 |
Benda, Georg, 1722-1795 | ||
B468 | Benjamin, Arthur, 1893-1960 | |
B472 | Bennett, Richard Rodney | |
B478 | Bentzon, Niels Viggo, 1919-2000 | |
B493 | Berg, Alban, 1885-1935 | |
B496 | Berger, Arthur, 1912-2003 | |
B511 | Berio, Luciano, 1925-2003 | |
B512 | Berkeley, Lennox, 1903-1989 | |
Berkeley, Michael | also B5125 or B513 in many classes | |
B527 | Bernhard, Christoph, 1627-1692 | |
B514 | Berlin, Irving, 1888-1989 | B515 in M1630.18; B5155 in M1503 |
B515 | Berlioz, Hector, 1803-1869 | |
B5295 | Bernstein, Elmer | B530 in Rec call numbers |
B531 | Bernstein, Leonard, 1918-1990 | |
B553 | Berwald, Franz, 1796-1868 | |
B554 | Besard, Jean Baptiste, approximately 1567- | |
B581 | Biber, Heinrich Ignaz Franz, 1644-1704 | |
B5815 | Biber, Carl, 1681-1749 | |
B598 | Billings, William, 1746-1800 | |
B612 | Binder, Christlieb Siegmund, 1723-1789 | |
B613 | Binkerd, Gordon, 1916-2003 | |
B619 | Birtwistle, Harrison | |
B625 | Bizet, Georges, 1838-1875 | |
B642 | Blank, Allan, 1925- | |
B649 | Bliss, Arthur, 1891-1975 | |
B651 | Bloch, Ernest, 1880-1959 | |
B6515 | Blockx, Jan, 1851-1912 | B651 in M1047 |
B653 | Blomdahl, Karl Birger, 1916-1968 | |
B657 | Blow, John, -1708 | |
B662 | Boatwright, Howard | |
B664 | Boccherini, Luigi, 1743-1805 | |
Bochsa, Robert Nicolas Charles, 1789-1856 | B6642 in ML410; B645 in M462, MT542 | |
B6641 | Bochsa, Charles, -1821 | |
B669 | Boëllmann, Léon, 1862-1897 (cutter as boeellmann) | B671 in M9, M11, M17 |
B683 | Boismortier, Joseph Bodin de, 1689-1755 | B682 in M24, M62, M231.5, M289, M291, M412.2, M557, M557.2, M1117, M1127; B682 and M683 in M242; B679 in M322 |
B685 | Boito, Arrigo, 1842-1918 | |
B687 | Bolcom, William | |
B716 | Bonneau, Paul | |
B736 | Bornefeld, Helmut, 1906-1990 | B7355 in M25, ML410 |
Borodin, Aleksandr Profir'evich, 1833-1887 | Borodin, Aleksandr Profir'evich, 1833-1887 | |
B737 | Borris, Siegfried, 1906-1987 | B738 in M242, ML55 |
B745 | Bossi, Marco Enrico, 1861-1925 | B7445 in M11 |
B751 | Bottesini, Giovanni, 1821-1889 | |
B7625 | Boulanger, Lili, 1893-1918 | B763 in M22, M221, M1533, M1552, M2020, M2021, M2023 |
B763 | Boulanger, Nadia | |
Boulez, Pierre, 1925- | ||
B789 | Boyce, William, 1711-1779 | |
B793 | Bozza, Eugène, 1905-1991 | |
B813 | Brahms, Johannes, 1833-1897 | |
B842 | Bresgan, Cesar, 1913-1988 | |
Bresnick, Martin | B8422 in M25, M312, M1045; B8425 in M385, M452, M557, M654, M962 | |
B846 | Bréval, J. B. (Jean Baptiste), 1753-1823 | B8465 in M238; B845 in M231.5 (but B846 in M231) |
B851 | Bridge, Frank, 1879-1941 | |
B858 | Brindle, Reginald Smith, 1917-2003 | cuttered as Smith (S664) in M294 |
B862 | Britten, Benjamin, 1913-1976 | |
B876 | Brouwer, Leo, 1939- | |
B877 | Brown, Earle, 1926-2002 | |
B887 | Bruch, Max, 1838-1920 | |
B888 | Bruckner, Anton, 1824-1896 | |
B915 | Bryars, Gavin | |
B922 | Buck, Dudley, 1839-1909 | |
B931 | Buhr, Glenn, 1954- | |
H141 | Bull, Edvard Hagerup, 1922-2012 cutter as Hagerup Bull [162], Edvard, 1922-2012 |
B935 in M357.4 |
B959 | Burkhard, Willy, 1900-1955 | |
B979 | Busnois, Antoine, -1492 | |
Busoni, Ferruccio, 1866-1924 | B978 in ML410 and other classes | |
B981 | Busser, Henri, 1872-1973 | B928 in some classes |
B988 | Butterworth, George, 1885-1916 | |
B991 | Buxtehude, Dietrich, 1637-1707 | |
B995 | Byrd, William, 1539 or 1540-1623 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
D131 | Dahl, Ingolf, 1912-1970 | |
A116 | Dall'Abaco, Evaristo Felice, 1675-1742 cutter as Abaco [163], Evaristo Felice Dall', 1675-1742 |
D144 in M1105 |
D144 | Dallapiccola, Luigi, 1904-1975 | |
D155 | Damase, Jean Michel, 1928-2013 | |
D199 | Danzi, Franz, 1763-1826 | |
D249 | David, Ferdinand, 1810-1873 | |
David, Johann Nepomuk, 1895-1977 | D683 in M902; D2495 in M1013; | |
Davidovsky, Mario, 1934- | D2499 in M62 | |
D257 | Davies, Peter Maxwell, 1934- | M2565 in M412 |
D289 | Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918 | |
D312 | Defaye, Jean Michel | also D313 in many classes |
D313 | De Filippi, Amedeo, 1900-1990 | |
D353 | Delibes, Leo, 1836-1891 | |
D355 | Delius, Frederick, 1862-1934 | |
D358 | Dello Joio, Norman, 1913-2008 | |
D366 | Del Tredici, David | |
D396 | Denisov, Edison Vasil'evich, 1929-1996 | |
J83 | Des Prez, Josquin, -1521 cutter as Josquin [164], des Prez, -1521 |
D424 in M3, M1495, M2092.4, M2092.6; D473 in M2011; J835 in ML410 |
D536 | Diabelli, Anton, 1781-1858 | |
D537 | Diamond, David, 1915-2005 | |
D561 | Diemer, Emma Lou | D5612 in M11 |
D5615 | Diémer, Louis, 1843-1919 | |
I39 | D'India, Sigismondo, approximately 1580-1629; cutter as India [165] Sigismondo d', approximately 1580-1629 | |
D614 | Distler, Hugo, 1908-1942 | |
D617 | Dittersdorf, Karl Ditters von, 1739-1799 | |
D645 | Dodgson, Stephen, 1924-2013 | |
D656 | Dohnányi, Erno, 1877-1960 | |
D683 | Donizetti, Gaetano, 1797-1848 | |
D687 | Donovan, Richard, 1891-1970 | |
D692 | Doppler, Franz, 1821-1883 | |
D747 | Dowland, John, 1563?-1626 | |
D7475 | Dowland, Robert, approximately 1586-1641 | |
D759 | Dragonetti, Domenico, 1763-1846 | |
D784 | Druckman, Jacob, 1928-1996 | |
D816 | Dubois, Pierre Max, 1930-1995 | |
D854 | Dufay, Guillaume, 1397-1474 | |
D877 | Dukas, Paul, 1865-1935 | |
D957 | Durey, Louis, 1888-1979 | |
D967 | Duruflé, Maurice, 1902-1986 | |
D974 | Dussek, Johann Ladislaus, 1760-1812 | |
D976 | Dutilleux, Henri, 1916-2013 | |
D988 | Dvorak, Antonín, 1841-1904 | |
D995 | Dyens, Roland, 1955- |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
E15 | Eben, Petr | |
Ebenhöh, Horst, 1930- | E155 in M246 | |
E16 | Eberl, Anton, 1765-1801 | |
E19 | Eckhardt-Gramatté, S. C. (Sophie-Carmen), 1899-1974. | |
E22 | Eder, Helmut, 1916-2005 | E225 in ML410 |
E284 | Egge, Klaus, 1906-1979 | |
E29 | Egk, Werner, 1901-1983 | |
E35 | Einem, Gottfried von, 1918-1996 | |
E36 | Eisler, Hanns, 1898-1962 | E355 in M1003, E49 in M1584, M1597, M1610; E365 in ML134 |
E41 | Elgar, Edward, 1857-1934 | |
E42 | Eliasson, Anders, 1947- | E427 in M1001 |
E46 | Ellington, Duke, 1899-1974 | |
E56 | Enesco, Georges, 1881-1955 | E561 in many classes |
E65 | Erb, Donald, 1927-2008 | |
E651 | Erbach, Christian, -1635 | |
E652 | Erbse, Heimo | |
E69 | Erlebach, Philipp Heinrich, 1657-1714 | |
E74 | Escher, Peter | |
E75 | Eshpai, Andrei IAkovlevich | E74 in M62 |
E84 | Etler, Alvin, 1913-1973 | E83 in M11, M146; E83 and E84 in M457.2 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
F194 | Falla, Manuel de, 1876-1946 | |
F248 | Fasch, Johann Friedrich, 1688-1758 | |
F265 | Fauré, Gabriel, 1845-1924 | |
F312 | Feld, Jindrich | M3115 in most classes |
Feldman, Morton, 1926-1987 | ||
F3675 | Ferrabosco, Alfonso, 1543-1588 | also assigned M368, same cutter used for Alfonso Jr. |
F368 | Ferrabosco, Alfonso, approximately 1575-1628 | |
F413 | Fesch, Willem de, 1687-1757 | |
F438 | Fiala, Joseph, 1748-1816 | |
F454 | Field, John, 1782-1837 | |
F495 | Fine, Irving, 1914-1962 | |
Fine, Vivian, 1913-2000 | ||
F497 | Finger, Godfrey, approximately 1660-1730 | |
F514 | Finney, Ross Lee, 1906-1997 | |
F516 | Finzi, Gerald, 1901-1956 | |
F5285 | Fischer, Johann Christian, 1733-1800 | F529 in M289, M1010 |
F529 | Fischer, Johann, 1646-1716 or 1717 | F534 in M241 |
Fischer, Johann Kaspar Ferdinand, 1656-1746 | F528 in M7 | |
Fischer, Michael Gotthard, 1773-1829 | ||
F688 | Foote, Arthur, 1853-1937 | |
F743 | Fortner, Wolfgang, 1907-1987 | |
F751 | Foss, Lukas, 1922-2009 | |
F757 | Foster, Stephen Collins, 1826-1864 | |
F767 | Foulds, John, 1880-1939 | |
F798 | Frackenpohl, Arthur, 1924- | F799 in M289 |
F814 | Françaix, Jean, 1912-1997 | |
F822 | Franck, César, 1822-1890 | |
F911 | Frederick, II, King of Denmark and Norway, 1534-1588 | |
F884 | Frescobaldi, Girolamo, 1583-1643 | |
F897 | Fricker, Peter Racine, 1920-1990. | |
F922 | Froberger, Johann Jacob, 1616-1667 | |
F962 | Fuleihan, Anis, 1900-1970 | |
F996 | Fux, Johann Joseph, 1660-1741 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [166] | T [167] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
H113 | Hába, Alois, 1893-1973 | |
H141 | Hagerup Bull, Edvard, 1922-2012 | B935 in M357.4 |
H148 | Hahn, Reynaldo, 1875-1947 | |
H135 | Handel, George Frideric, 1685-1749; cutter as Händel, or as Haendel | |
H155 | Hakim, Naji, 1955- | |
H169 | Halffter, Cristóbal, 1930- | |
H218 | Hamilton, Iain, 1922-2000 | |
H135 | Handel, George Frideric, 1685-1749 (cutter as Händel) | |
H255 | Harbison, John | |
H315 | Harris, Roy, 1898-1979 | |
H319 | Harrison, Lou, 1917-2003 | |
H332 | Hartley, Walter S. (Walter Sinclair), 1927- | H325 in M317 |
H333 | Hartmann, Karl Amadeus, 1905-1963 | H333 and H3331 in ML410 |
H338 | Hartzell, Eugene | |
A749 | Harut'yunyan, Alek'sandr Grigori, 1920-2012 cutter as Arutyunyan [168] | H338 in M1206 |
H354 | Hasse, Johann Adolf, 1699-1783 | |
H368 | Haubenstock-Ramati, Roman | H366 in ML410 |
Hauer, Josef Matthias, 1883-1959 | H3685 in M1045 | |
H369 | Haufrecht, Herbert, 1909-1998 | |
H415 | Haydn, Joseph, 1732-1809 | For use of work numbers in call numbers for Haydn's string quartets or symphonies, see Special procedures for Haydn [169] |
H4155 | Haydn, Michael, 1737-1806 | |
H434 | Healey, Derek, 1936- | |
H465 | Heiden, Bernhard | |
Heider, Werner, 1930- | H464 in M25; H4645 in M11; H466 in M557 | |
H466 | Heiller, Anton, 1923-1979 | H465 in M11, M25; H465 and H466 in M9; H477 in M1005 |
H468 | Heinichen, Johann David, 1683-1729 | |
H526 | Hensel, Fanny Mendelssohn, 1805-1847 | H5262 in ML134, ML410; H5257 in M25 |
H528 | Henze, Hans Werner, 1926-2012 | |
H537 | Herbert, Victor, 1859-1924 | |
H584 | Warlock, Peter, 1894-1930 cuttered as Heseltine, Philip, 1894-1930 |
use W277 in M3.1, M1102, M1620 (but H584 in M1620.3), ML410, ML2831 |
H591 | Hétu, Jacques, 1938-2010 | |
H632 | Hidas, Frigyes | |
H652 | Hiller, Lejaren, 1924-1994 | H5621 in ML410 |
H662 | Hindemith, Paul, 1895-1963 | |
H687 | Hoddinott, Alun | |
H711 | Hoffmeister, Franz Anton, 1754-1812 | H7115 in M1001, M1015; H699 and H711 in M1021, H71 in M1014 |
Hoffstetter, Roman, 1742-1815 | For works attributed to Haydn, cutter as H415 | |
H713 | Hofmann, Josef, 1876-1957 Hofmann, Leopold, 1738-1793 |
|
Hofmann, Richard, 1844-1918 | M7135 in M287, M351 | |
H723 | Holborne, Anthony, -1602 | |
V7471 | Holm, Peder | |
H747 | Holmboe, Vagn, 1909-1996 | |
H756 | Holst, Gustav, 1874-1934 | |
H772 | Honegger, Arthur, 1892-1955 | |
H781 | Hook, Mr. (James), 1746-1827 | |
H846 | Hovhaness, Alan, 1911-2000 | H845 in M1039.4 X9; H845 and H846 in M1001, M1045; H8455 in M557.4 |
H859 | Howells, Herbert, 1892-1983 | |
H925 | Hummel, Bertold | H924 in M25 H9248 in M226, M385, M552, M1613.3; H9255 in M322 |
Hummel, Johann Nepomuk, 1778-1837 | ||
H926 | Humperdinck, Engelbert, 1854-1921 | |
H968 | Husa, Karel, 1921- |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
K11 | Kabalevsky, Dmitry Borisovich, 1904-1987 | K105 in M1001 |
Kadosa, Pal, 1903-1983 | K113 in M220, M557 | |
K115 | Kagel, Mauricio | K11 or K12 in some classes |
K12 | Kahn, Erich Itor, 1905-1956 | |
K146 | Kalinnikov, Vasilii, 1866-1901 | K14 in M3 and M1620.3 |
K17 | Kapsperger, Giovanni Girolamo, 1580-1651 | |
Kapustin, Nikolaĭ, 1937- | K175 in M25 | |
K18 | Karg-Elert, Sigfrid, 1877-1933 | K17 in M7, M8, M11, M2021, K18 in M23, M25, M231, M250, M502, ML134, ML410, MT145, MT345, K185 in M72 |
K23 | Kay, Ulysses, 1917-1995 | |
K29 | Kelterborn, Rudolf, 1931- | K293 in ML410 |
K34 | Kennan, Kent, 1913-2003 | |
K45 | Khachaturian, Aram, 1903-1978 | |
K454 | Khachaturian, Karen, 1920-2011 | K45 in M351, M452; K451 in M219.5, M1017 |
K48 | Kilar, Wojciech | K472 in M1621; K475 in ML410 |
Killmayer, Wilhelm | K475 in M1621 | |
K58 | Kirchner, Leon | K58 and K61 in M25 |
Kirchner, Theodor, 1823-1903 | K585 in M25, M221, M412; K59 in M452 | |
K595 | Kirnberger, Johann Philipp, 1721-1783 | K59 in M322 |
K62 | Kittel, Johann Christian, 1732-1809 | |
K68 | Knecht, Justin Heinrich, 1752-1817 | |
K74 | Knussen, Oliver | |
K76 | Kodály, Zoltán, 1882-1967 | |
K77 | Koechlin, Charles, 1867-1950 | |
K78 | Koetsier, Jan, 1911-2006 | K7 in M452.4; K77 in M265; K786 in M1014 |
K79 | Kohn, Karl, 1926- | K785 in M127 |
K81 | Kolb, Barbara | |
K84 | Korn, Peter Jona | K835 in M1004, M1129 |
Korngold, Erich Wolfgang, 1897-1957 | K83 in M1017; K835 and K85 in M452 | |
K88 | Kozeluch, Leopold, 1747-1818 | K855 in M1010, M1025 |
K89 | Kraft, Leo | K885 in M452; K888 in M1001; K885 and K888 in M25 |
Kraft, William | K895 in M385 | |
K91 | Kraus, Joseph Martin, 1756-1792 | K899 in M452 |
K918 | Krieger, Johann, 1651-1735 | K92 in M517, M2020, ML410, MT92; K16 in M312.4 |
K92 | Krebs, Johann Ludwig, 1713-1780 | K913 in M11; K914 in M25; K921 in M8 |
Krenek, Ernst, 1900-1991 | K922 in 184 | |
Kreisler, Fritz, 1875-1962 | K916 in M452 | |
Kreutzer, Conradin, 1780-1849 | K921 in M242; K921 and K927 M322; K82 in M522; K925 in M27, M317 | |
Kreutzer, Rodolphe, 1766-1831 | K925 in M362 | |
K93 | Krommer, Franz, 1759-1831 | |
Krol, Bernhard | K925 in ML134; K931 in M357.4, M557.4; K932 in M287 | |
K94 | Kropfreiter, Augustinus Franz | K93 in M127, M250 |
K935 | Krouse, Ian, 1956- | |
K95 | Kubik, Gail, 1914-1984 | |
Kuffner, Joseph, 1776-1856 | K951 in ML410; K955 in M289 | |
K96 | Kuhlau,Friedrich, 1786-1832 | K951 in ML410; K955 in M289 |
Kummer, Friedrich August, 1797-1879 | K968 in M1116 | |
Kupferman, Meyer, 1926-2003 | K955 in M1001, M1034; K965 in M242, M289, M457.4 | |
K965 | Kuhnau, Johann, 1660-1722 | K96 and K965 in ML410 |
K966 | Kummer, Kaspar, 1795-1870 | K968 in M289, M297 |
K967 | Kurtág, György | K96 in M47, M2113; K965 in M452, M557; K967 in ML410 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
L137 | Lachenmann, Helmut | |
L138 | Lachner, Franz, 1803-1890 | L138 and L139 in M552; L139 in M452.4 |
L154 | Ladermann, Ezra | |
L212 | Lalo, Edouard, 1823-1892 | |
L226 | Lambro, Phillip | L226 and L266 in M25 |
L234 | La Montaine, John | |
L282 | Langlais, Jean, 1907-1991 | |
L334 | Larsson, Lars-Erik, 1908-1986 | |
L348 | Lasso, Orlando di, 1532-1594 | L346 in M2072; L347 in M1529.4, M2011, ML 134; L347 and L348 in M1582, M2082, ML410 |
L431 | Lazarof, Henri | L4315 in M1042 |
L459 | Lechner, Leonhard, -1606 | |
L487 | Lees, Benjamin, 1924-2010 | |
L529 | Leighton, Kenneth | |
L534 | Le Jeune, Claude, -1600 | L433 in M2082; L535 in M3.1, M454, M1588, M2072.4 |
L548 | Lemare, Edwin H. (Edwin Henry), 1865-1934 | |
L582 | Leoncavallo, Ruggiero, 1858-1919 | |
L644 | Lesur, Daniel, 1908-2002 | |
L668 | Levy, Frank, 1930- | L6675 in M242; L6685 in M25, M322 |
L675 | Lewis, Robert Hall, 1926-1996 | |
Lewis, Peter Scott, 1953- | L6755 in M25 and M233 | |
L693 | Liapunov, S. M. (Sergei Mikhailovich), 1859-1924. | L6931 in M22 |
L981 | Liadow, Anatole, 1855-1914 cutter as Lyadov |
L693 and L981 in M22; L693 in M1000, M1002, M1045, ML410; L9795 in M885 |
L716 | Liebermann, Lowell | |
Liebermann, Rolf, 1910-1999 | L71 in ML1700.1 | |
Lieberson, Goddard, 1911-1977 | ||
L7168 | Lieberson, Peter, 1946-2011 | L716 in M62 |
L723 | Ligeti, György, 1923-2006 | |
L764 | Lipatti, Dinu, 1917-1950 | |
L774 | Liszt, Franz, 1811-1886 | |
L775 | Litaize, Gaston | |
L793 | Lloyd Webber, Andrew, 1948- | |
Lloyd Webber, William, 1914-1982 | ||
L811 | Locatelli, Pietro Antonio, 1695-1764 | |
L814 | Locke, Matthew, 1621 or 1622-1677 | |
L817 | Lockwood, Normand, 1906-2002 | |
L825 | Loeffler, Charles Martin, 1861-1935 | |
L8251 | Loeillet, Jacques, 1685-1748 | |
L8252 | Loeillet, Jean Baptiste, 1688- | |
L8253 | Loeillet, John, 1680-1730 | |
L826 | Loesser, Frank, 1910-1969 | |
L827 | Loewe, Frederick, 1901-1988 | |
L863 | Loos, Armin | |
L878 | Lortzing, Albert, 1801-1851 | |
L948 | Luening, Otto, 1900-1996 | L949 in M1122 |
L956 | Lully, Jean-Baptiste, 1632-1687 | |
L974 | Lutoslawski, Witold, 1913-1994 | |
Lutyens, Elisabeth, 1906-1983 | L9741 in M982, M1613.3; L9745 in M452, M1621, ML410 | |
L981 | Lyadov, Anatoly Konstantinovich, 1855-1914 | L693 and L981 in M22, M1000, M1002, M1045, ML410 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
NOTE: Cutter a name beginning with "Mc" as "Mac". [170]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
M121 | McCabe, John, 1939- use this form of the name; cutter as MacCabe |
M121 and M113 in M452 (incorrectly cuttered as "macabe") |
M138 | MacDowell, Edward, 1860-1908 | |
M171 | Maconchy, Elizabeth, 1907-1994 | |
M181 | Maderna, Bruno | |
M214 | Mahler, Gustav, 1860-1911 | |
M245 | Maleingreau, Paul de, 1887-1956 | |
M251 | Malipiero, Gian Francesco, 1882-1973 | |
Malipiero, Riccardo, 1914-2003 | M251 and M2515 in M1045 | |
M265 | Mamlok, Ursula | |
M284 | Mannino, Franco, 1924-2005 | |
M324 | Marenzio, Luca, 1553-1599 | M314 in M1586 |
M379 | Martin, Frank, 1890-1974 | |
M386 | Martini, Giovanni Battista, 1706-1784 | M385 or M3855 in some classes |
Martino, Donald, 1931-2005 | M3855 in M25; M3857 in M1010, M1011; M3858 in M250; M3863 in M462 | |
Martinon, Jean, 1910-1976 | M3855 in M557, M1001; M3864 in M219.5, M357.2 | |
Martinu, Bohuslav, 1890-1959 | M3865 in M214, M226, M242, M312.4, M322, M412, M962, M1012, M1016, M1112, M1145, M1524, M1621, M2092; M386 and M3865 in M1013, ML134, ML410; M387 in M22 | |
M41 | Mason, Lowell, 1792-1872 | |
M415 | Massenet, Jules, 1842-1912 | |
M431 | Mathias, William | M438 in M23.5 (incorrectly cuttered as Matthais); M426 and M421 in M557.4 |
M438 | Matthews, Colin | M419 in M462 (incorrectly cuttered as Mathews) |
Matthews, David, 1943- | M4385 in M452 | |
M462 | Maw, Nicholas | |
M474 | Mayr, Giovanni Simone, 1763-1845 | |
M121 | McCabe, John, 1939- cuttered as MacCabe |
M121 and M113 in M452 (incorrectly cuttered as "macabe") |
M492 | Medtner, Nikolay Karlovich, 1880-1951 | |
M5365 | Mendelssohn, Arnold, 1855-1933 | M5367 in M2095; M5375 in M11; M5381 in M23.5, M1203 |
M537 | Mendelssohn-Bartholdy, Felix, 1809-1847 | |
M5475 | Menotti, Gian Carlo, 1911-2007 | |
M585 | Messiaen, Olivier, 1908-1992 | |
M613 | Meyerbeer, Giacomo, 1791-1864 | |
M636 | Migot, Georges, 1891-1976 | M63 in M7; M6365 in M1621 |
M6365 | Mihalovici, Marcel, 1898-1985 | M634 in M269; M636 in M26, M47, M67, M219.5, M226, M242, M1004, M1012 |
M637 | Milán, Luis, active 16th century | |
M6445 | Milhaud, Darius, 1892-1974 | |
M729 | Molter, Johann Melchior, 1696-1765 | |
M782 | Monteverdi, Claudio, 1567-1643 | |
M821 | Moore, Douglas, 1893-1969 | |
M831 | Moravec, Paul, 1957- | M8295 in M25 |
Morawetz, Oskar, 1917-2007 | ||
M916 | Moszkowski, Moritz, 1854-1925 | M917 in M25, M201; M971 in Rare M25 |
M931 | Mouret, Jean-Joseph, 1682-1738 | M929 in M1613.3 |
M939 | Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, 1756-1791 | |
M9395 | Mozart, Leopold, 1719-1787 | |
M942 | Muczynski, Robert, 1929-2010. | M941 in M351 |
M947 | Müller-Zürich, Paul (ü cuttered as ue) | M9472 in M11, M25 |
M961 | Mulsant, Florentine, 1962- | |
M986 | Musgrave, Thea | |
M987 | Mussorgsky, Modest Petrovich, 1839-1881 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
N176 | Nancarrow, Conlon, 1912-1997 | |
N224 | Nardini, Pietro, 1722-1793 | |
N311 | Naumann, Johann Gottlieb, 1741-1801 | N299 in M289; incorrectly cuttered as N331 in M1500, M1530, M1621, |
N419 | Nelhybel, Vaclav | |
N486 | Neukomm, Sigismund, Ritter von, 1778-1858 | |
N636 | Nicolai, Otto, 1810-1849 | N649 in M33.5 |
N669 | Nielsen, Carl, 1865-1931 | |
N7128 | Nilsson, Bo | |
N754 | Nobre, Marlos, 1939- | |
N814 | Nono, Luigi | N813 in M935 |
N769 | Nørgard, Per, 1932- (ø cuttered as "oe") | also N838 (cuttered as "nor") |
N996 | Nyman, Michael | |
N998 | Nystedt, Knut, 1915- | N996 in M1600 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
O16 | Ockeghem, Johannes, approximately 1410-1497 | |
O32 | Offenbach, Jacques, 1819-1880 | |
O36 | Ohana, Maurice, 1914-1992 | |
O67 | Orff, Carl, 1895-1982 | |
O75 | Orrego Salas, Juan, 1919- | |
O935 | Ourkouzounov, Atanas | O93 in M295 and M467 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
P116 | Pachelbel, Johan, 1653-1706 | |
P123 | Paderewski, Ignace Jan, 1860-1941 | |
P126 | Pärt, Arvo (ä cuttered as ae) | |
P129 | Paganini, Nicolò, 1782-1840 | |
P149 | Paisiello, Giovanni, 1740-1816 | |
P157 | Palestrina, Giovanni Pierluigi da, 1525?-1594 | |
P239 | Parker, Horatio, 1862-1919 | |
P277 | Pasatieri, Thomas | |
P2845 | Pasquini, Bernardo, 1637-1710 | P284 in M7 |
P375 | Peeters, Flor, 1903-1996 | P373 in ML582; P481 in M25 |
P397 | Penderecki, Krzysztof, 1933- | |
P419 | Pentland, Barbara, 1912-2000 | |
P424 | Pepping, Ernst, 1901-1981 | |
Pepusch, John Christopher, 1667-1752 | P421 in M1131; P4242 in M242, M271; P4245 in M11 | |
P439 | Pergolesi, Giovanni Battista, 1710-1736 | |
P451 | Perle, George, 1915-2009 | |
P466 | Persichetti, Vincent, 1915-1987 | |
P493 | Petrassi, Goffredo, 1904-2003 | |
P521 | Pezel, Johann, 1639-1694 | |
P529 | Pfitzner, Hans Erich, 1869-1949 | P5295 in ML410 |
P558 | Phillips, Burrill | |
P619 | Pierné, Gabriel, 1863-1937 | |
P655 | Pinkham, Daniel | |
P679 | Piston, Walter, 1894-1976 | |
P719 | Platti, Giovanni Benedetto, 1697-1763 | |
P727 | Pleyel, Ignaz, 1757-1831 | |
P729 | Plog, Anthony | P7285 in M2897 |
P824 | Poot, Marcel, 1901-1988 | |
P848 | Porter, Quincy, 1897-1966 | |
P874 | Poulenc, Francis, 1899-1963 | |
P878 | Pousseur, Henri | |
P888 | Powers, Anthony | |
P898 | Praetorius, Jacob, 1586-1651 | P898 in M7 |
Praetorius, Johannes, 1630-1680 | P8981 in M7 | |
Praetorius, Michael, 1571-1621 | P8982 in M7 | |
P935 | Presser, William, 1916-2004 | |
P944 | Previn, André, 1929- | |
Prévost, André, 1934-2001 | ||
P964 | Prokofiev, Sergey, 1891-1953 | |
P977 | Puccini, Giacomo, 1858-1924 | |
Pütz, Eduard | P9773 in M127; P979 in M24; P993 in M25, M752 | |
P978 | Pugnani, Gaetano, 1731-1798 | |
P9785 | Pujol, Emilio, 1886-1980 | P979 in MT582 |
P979 | Pujol, Máximo Diego, 1957- | |
P9845 | Purcell, Daniel, 1660?-1717 | P985 in most classes, P984 in some classes |
P985 | Purcell, Henry, 1659-1695 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
Q15 | Quantz, Johann Joachim, 1697-1773 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
R119 | Rachmaninoff, Sergei, 1873-1943 | |
R136 | Raff, Joachim, 1822-1882 | |
R171 | Rameau, Jean-Philippe, 1683-1764 | |
R185 | Ran, Shulamit, 1949- | |
R195 | Rands, Bernard | |
R217 | Raphael, Gunter, 1903-1960 | |
Raphling, Sam | R2175 in M23.5, M27, M289 | |
R252 | Ravel, Maurice, 1875-1937 | |
R262 | Rawsthorne, Alan, 1905-1971 | R26 in M1003 |
R282 | Read, Gardner, 1913-2005 | |
R312 | Reda, Siegfried | |
R333 | Reger, Max, 1873-1916 | |
R347 | Reich, Steve, 1936- | |
R348 | Reicha, Anton, 1770-1836 | R347 and R348 in M351; R3479 and R3482 in ML410, R351 and M384 in M362; R348 in M22, M25, M221, M242, M254, M257, M351, M356, M357.4, M359, M422, M457.2, M462, M556, M557, M562, M862, M1001, M1035, M1126, M2020, M2079, MT40, MT47, MT50; R351 in M289; R361 in M22 |
Reicha, Joseph, 1752-1795 | R347 in M351, R348 in M857, M957, M1015, M1020, M1029, M1116, R348 and R381 in M1017, R3482 in M1021, R381 in M287, M1012, M1013, M1022, M1023, M1028 | |
R3485 | Reichardt, Johann Friedrich, 1752-1814 | R348 in ML410; R348, R3487, R3489 in some classes; R348, R351 in rare |
R363 | Reimann, Aribert | |
R366 | Reinecke, Carl, 1824-1910 | |
R434 | Respighi, Ottorino, 1879-1936 | |
R447 | Reutter, Hermann, 1900-1985 | |
R454 | Revueltas, Silvestre, 1899-1940 | |
R464 | Reynolds, Roger, 1934- | |
R465 | Reynolds, Verne | |
R469 | Rheinberger, Josef, 1839-1901 | R465 in M962 |
R535 | Richter, Franz Xaver, 1709-1789 | R534 in M317, M322, M1001, M1021, M1101; R447 in ML410 |
R547 | Ridout, Alan, 1934-1996 | |
R554 | Riegger, Wallingford, 1885-1961 | |
R559 | Ries, Ferdinand, 1784-1838 | R559 and R562 in M25 |
R572 | Rihm, Wolfgang | |
Riisager, Knudage, 1897-1974 | ||
R573 | Riley, Terry, 1935- | |
R576 | Rimmer, John, 1939- | |
R577 | Rimsky-Korsakov, Nikolay, 1844-1908 | |
R579 | Rinck, Christian H. (Christian Heinrich), 1770-1846 | |
R625 | Rivier, Jean, 1896-1987 | |
R672 | Rochberg, George | |
R687 | Rode, P. (Pierre), 1774-1830 | |
R696 | Rodrigo, Joaquíin | |
R6965 | Rodríguez Picó, Jesús | |
R722 | Roger-Ducasse, 1873-1954 | |
R733 | Rogg, Lionel | |
R738 | Rohlig, Harald, 1926- | |
R749 | Rolla, Alessandro, 1757-1841 | |
R758 | Roman, Johan Helmich, 1694-1758 | |
R761 | Romberg, Andreas, 1767-1821 | M762 in M452, M852, M1583, M1999, M1662; R761 and R762 in M562, M2020; R733 and R761 in M1533 |
R762 | Romberg, Bernhard, 1767-1841 | M7625 in M412, M452 |
R784 | Ropartz, Joseph Guy Marie, 1864-1955 | |
R786 | Rore, Cipriano de, 1515 or 1516-1565 | M787 in M1549, M1582; M786 and M787 in ML410 |
R787 | Rorem, Ned, 1923- | |
R813 | Rosenberg, Hilding, 1892-1985 | |
R8135 | Rosenblatt, Alexander, 1956- | R813 in M25, M27, M231.5 |
R817 | Rosetti, Antonio, approximately 1750-1792 | |
R821 | Roslavets, Nikolai, 1881-1944 | |
R835 | Rossini, Gioacchino, 1792-1868 | |
R863 | Rouse, Christopher, 1949- | |
R865 | Roussel, Albert, 1869-1937 | |
R893 | Rózsa, Miklós, 1907-1995 | R841 in M1142 |
R894 | Rubbra, Edmund, 1901-1986 | |
R896 | Rubinstein, Anton, 1829-1894 | |
R915 | Ruders, Poul, 1949- | |
R932 | Ruggles, Carl, 1876-1971 | |
R971 | Rust, Friedrich Wilhelm, 1739-1796 | |
R977 | Rutini, Giovanni Marco, 1723-1797 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
T132 | Tailleferre, Germaine, 1892-1983 | |
T136 | Takács, Jeno, 1902-2005 | T135 in M1380, ML410; T1363 in M25 |
Takemitsu, Toru | ||
T149 | Tallis, Thomas, approximately 1505-1585 | |
T151 | Talma, Louise, 1906-1996 | |
T1635 | Taneev, Aleksandr Sergeevich, 1850-1918 | |
T164 | Taneev, Sergei Ivanovich, 1856-1915 | |
T168 | Tansman, Alexandre, 1897-1986 | |
T195 | Tartini, Giuseppe, 1692-1770 | |
T217 | Tate, Phyllis, 1911-1987 | T271 in M1531 |
T232 | Tavener, John | |
T233 | Taverner, John, approximately 1490-1545 | |
C434 | Tchaikovsky, Peter Ilich, 1840-1893; cutter as Chaikovsky [171] | |
C521 | Tcherepnin, Alexander, 1899-1977; cutter as Cherepnin [172] | T251 in M37.5, M117, M203, M239 V54, M250, M357.4, M557, ML134; T252 in M1045 |
Tcherepnine, Nicolas, 1873-1945; cutter as Cherepnine [173] | C5215 in M25, M357.2, M1004, M2000; C251 and T251 in ML410; T251 in M2003; T2516 in M1620.3 | |
T251 | Tcherepnin, Ivan | |
T268 | Telemann, Georg Philipp, 1681-1767 | For use of work numbers in call numbers for Telemann, see Special procedures for Telemann [174] |
T485 | Thomson, Virgil, 1896-1989 | |
T595 | Tippett, Michael, 1905-1998 | |
T655 | Tomasi, Henri, 1901-1971 | |
T678 | Torelli, Giuseppe, 1658-1709 | |
T683 | Torke, Michael | |
T728 | Tournemire, Charles, 1870-1939 | |
T737 | Tower, Joan, 1938- | T738 in M295 |
T831 | Trimble, Lester, 1923-1986 | |
T918 | Tull, Fisher | |
T938 | Turina, Joaquín, 1882-1949 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V | W [66] | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
V131 | Vaĭnberg, M. (Moiseĭ) | W4227 in M1001 |
V152 | Valen, Fartein, 1887-1952 | |
V159 | Valentine, Robert, 1674-approximately 1735 | |
W247 | Vanhal, Johann Baptist, 1739-1813; cutter as Wanhal [175] | |
V334 | Vasks, Peteris, 1946- | |
V296 | Varèse, Edgard, 1883-1965 | |
V3715 | Vaughan Williams, Ralph, 1872-1958 | |
V474 | Veracini, Francesco Maria, 1690-1768 | |
V484 | Verdi, Giuseppe, 1813-1901 | |
V645 | Victoria, Tomás Luis de, approximately 1548-1611 | |
V665 | Vierne, Louis, 1870-1937 | V6655 in M25 |
V671 | Vieuxtemps, Henri, 1820-1881 | V668 in M47 |
V714 | Villa-Lobos, Heitor | |
V799 | Viotti, Giovanni Battista, 1755-1824 | |
V855 | Vivaldi, Antonio, 1678-1741 | |
V883 | Vogler, Georg Joseph, 1749-1814 | |
W941 | Vranicky, Anton, 1761-1820 (old form previously used for cutters); cutter as Wranitzky, Anton, 1761-1820 [176] |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W | XYZ [67]
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
W131 | Wagenseil, Georg Christoph, 1715-1777 | |
W134 | Wagner, Richard, 1813-1883 | |
W135 | Wagner, Siegfried, 1869-1930 | |
Wagner, Wolfram, 1962- | W134 in M2011 | |
W179 | Walker, George, 1922- | |
W237 | Walther, Johann Gottfried, 1684-1748 | |
W241 | Walton, William, 1902-1983 | |
W247 | Wanhal, Johann Baptist, 1739-1813 see Vanhal [177] for correct form of name | V254 in M23.3, M24, M219.3, M312.4, M451, M452 M562, M1011, M1017, M1040; V254 and W247 in M226, M242, M250, M351, M362, M1001, M2021 |
W262 | Ward, Robert, 1917-2013 | |
W271 | Ware, Peter, 1951- | |
H584 | Warlock, Peter, 1894-1930 cutter as Heseltine [178], Philip, 1894-1930 |
Except use W277 in M3.1, M1102, M1620 (but H584 in M1620.3), ML410, ML2831 |
W375 | Weber, Carl Maria von, 1786-1826 | |
W3755 | Weber, Reinhold, 1927-2013 | |
W377 | Webern, Anton, 1883-1945 | W375 and W377 in M1045 |
W422 | Weill, Kurt, 1900-1950 | |
W423 | Weinberger, Jaromir, 1896-1967 | W4225 in M1003 |
Weiner, Leó, 1885-1960 | ||
Weiner, Stanley | W4225 in ML410; W4322 in M1027 (incorrectly cuttered as Wiener) | |
Weingartner, Felix, 1863-1942 | W4235 in M1103 | |
W424 | Weinzweig, John, 1913-2006 | |
W432 | Weiss, Silvius Leopold, 1686-1750 | W431 in MT145 |
W451 | Wellesz, Egon, 1885-1974 | |
W514 | Wesley, Samuel, 1766-1837 | |
W5145 | Wesley, Samuel Sebastian, 1810-1876 | W514 in M2016.2, M2072, M1999, ML3131 |
W641 | Widor, Charles Marie, 1844-1937 | |
Widmann, Jörg | M6395 in M1621 | |
W647 | Wieniawski, Henri, 1835-1880 | W6475 in M226 |
W673 | Wilder, Alec | |
W689 | Willan, Healey, 1880-1968 | W732 in M2092.6 |
W731 | Williamson, Malcolm, 1931-2003 | |
W855 | Wolf, Hugo, 1860-1903 | |
W855 | Wolff, Christian, 1934- | |
Wolf-Ferrari, Ermanno, 1876-1948 | W853 in M231.5, W8552 in M452, W855 in M219.5, M1035, M1503, ML410, W856 in M312, W858 in M25, M1017, M1127 | |
W866 | Wolpe, Stefan | |
W941 | Wranitzky, Anton, 1761-1820 | previously cuttered for Vranicky: V978 M1247; V987 in in M357.2, M359, M1015; V978 and W941 in M552 |
Wranitzky, Paul, 1756-1808 | V978 and W941 in M289 | |
W966 | Wuorinen, Charles |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ
See Using the Cutter-Sanborn three-figure author table [112] for more information.
NOTE: The names may or may not be in RDA form; diacritics may be omitted
NOTE: Cutter a vowel with an umlaut as that vowel followed by an "e".
Cutter | Name | Comments |
X5 | Xenakis, Iannis, 1922-2001 | |
Y91 | Ysaye, Eugene, 1858-1931 | |
Y95 | Yun, Isang | |
Z21 | Zaimont, Judith Lang, 1945- | |
Z42 | Zechlin, Ruth, 1926-2007 | |
Z49 | Zelenka, Johann Dismas, 1679-1745 | |
Z53 | Zelter, Carl Friedrich, 1758-1832 | |
Zemlinsky, Alexander, 1871-1942 | Z535 in ML410 | |
Z73 | Zimmermann, Anton, 1741-1781. | |
Zimmermann, Bernd Alois, 1918-1970. | Z735 in M452 | |
Z98 | Zwilich, Ellen Taaffe, 1939- |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Call numbers [3]
Filing 'M' (Music) Shelflist Cards
prepared by Renee McBride
Used by permission of Renee McBride, September 21, 2000
As music cataloger at the University of Oklahoma in 1992, I prepared the following guide to filing M shelflist cards at the request of a staff member who supervised the student filers. Some of the information may be peculiar to the University of Oklahoma shelflist, but provides a model for other libraries. I would like to thank the late Virginia Gifford for providing me with the Library of Congress' filing order in M, and Donna Arnold and Judy Weidow for reading the document and offering suggestions.
I. Definitions of terms | II. Thematic index numbering conflicts | III. Filing order | IV. Correspondence on MLA-L concerning shelflisting/cuttering
1) Cutter number: An alphanumeric symbol that represents a name, title, etc.
M 23 .B414 |
Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827. [Sonatas, piano] (represents "Beethoven") |
The purpose of cutter numbers is to alphabetize by composer, author, etc.
2) Double cutter numbers: 2 alphanumeric symbols that represent names, titles, etc.
M 25 .F53 P5 |
Fiocco, Joseph Hector, 1703-1741. [Pieces de clavecin. Selections] (represents "Fiocco") (represents "Pieces de clavecin") |
3) Opus number: A number assigned to a musical composition, indicating the order of composition.
M 23 .B414 op.13 |
Beethoven, Ludwig van, 1770-1827. [Sonatas, piano, no. 8, op. 13, C minor] (represents "Beethoven") (opus number) |
4) Serial number: Enumeration of a musical composition, indicating the order of composition and/or publication.
M 23 .A88 no.4 |
Asturias, Rodrigo. [Sonatas, piano, no. 4] (represents "Asturias") (serial number) |
5) Thematic index: A list of a composer's works with the theme given for each composition, or for each section of large compositions. Thematic index number: A unique number assigned by the compiler of a thematic index to each composition in the index.
M 111 .B3 BWV1053 |
Bach, Johann Sebastian, 1685-1750. [Concertos, harpsichord, string orchestra, BWV 1053, E major; arranged] (represents "Bach") (thematic index number) |
II. Thematic index numbering conflicts
For a list of work numbers (other than or in addition to opus numbers) for composers, see Work numbers for composers [121]
Bach, Carl Phillip Emanuel Bach, Johann Sebastian Beethoven, Ludwig van Handel, George Frideric Haydn, Joseph Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus Vivaldi, Antonio |
H and W BWV and S K and WoO B and HWV H and M K and K. Anh. F, RV and R |
1. Single cutter no. | M 23 .B414 |
2. Single cutter no. + date of composition(1982) The date of composition is always enclosed in parentheses, in order to avoid confusion with the publication date. | M 322 .L63 (1982) |
3. Cutter no. + opus no. | M 23 .B414 op.27 |
4. Cutter no. + opus no. + serial no. | M 23 .B414 op.27 no.1 |
5. Cutter no. + opus no. + 2nd cutter no. | M 23 .B414 op.27 B7 |
6. Cutter no. + opus no. + serial no. + 2nd cutter no. | M 23 .B414 op.27 no.1 B7 |
7. Cutter no. + thematic index no. | M 1111 .B3 BWV1053 |
8. Cutter no. + thematic index no. + 2nd cutter no. | M 1111 .B3 BWV1053 K4 |
9. Cutter no. + serial no. | M 23 .A88 no.4 |
10. Cutter no. + key of composition | M 1010 .R22 Gmaj. |
11. Double cutter no. | M 25 .F53 P5 |
12. Triple cutter no. | M 1520 .S915 H4 K3 |
Most call numbers will contain the date of publication as the last element of the call number. When call numbers are identical except for the date of publication, file as follows:
1.Call no. without date | M 23 .B414 B95 |
|
2. Call no. + date | M 23 .B414 B95 1894 |
M 23 .B414 B95 1923 |
Continue filing in chronological order.
IV. Correspondence on MLA-L concerning shelflisting/cuttering
Question:
What do my fellow music catalogers prefer to use in a call number: no. or op. (catalog) number? Is there a rule anywhere or is the choice purely opinion? For example: Beethoven's Concerto for piano and orchestra in C minor. Would you use no. 3 or op. 37? In a 'perfect' Music Library, the same piece (just different publisher) would be classed together on the shelf by whatever means possible. Alas, it is not a perfect world and I have the above title classed under both no. 3 AND op. 37.
Response:
° The LC Subject cataloging manual, Shelflisting (2nd ed.), G 800 (Music materials) states that instrumental music should be shelflisted by adding the opus or thematic index number whenever they appear in the uniform title. If these numbers are not given, THEN a serial number is used. Hence, for the Beethoven Piano concerto no. 3, op. 37 is used. Of course no one is (theoretically) obligated to use LC's procedure here, but for practical purposes most (?) libraries do. I would strongly urge the use of the opus number.
° I want to share with the list a response I received from June Gifford to my inquiry about filing M shelflist cards. She asked one of LC's shelflisters what their order was, and the response was as follows:
Filing order in M The order in which cards would be filed in a card catalog |
Order of cuttering in M The order of preference for adding elements for composer and work to a class number to form a call number See also Cutter Numbers for Main Entry [179] and Additional Elements for Title [180] |
Single cutter number Single cutter number plus date composed Cutter number plus opus number Cutter number plus thematic catalog number Cutter number plus serial number Cutter number plus key Double cutter |
Opus number Thematic catalog number Serial number Key Date composed in parentheses Double cutter by title Single cutter |
° I generally follow LC in this regard. A source for LC's practice -- the SCM: Shelflisting text, part G800 -- describes the classification and shelflisting of music materials. A line which refers to the topic you bring up reads: "Add the opus number or thematic index number [BWV, etc.] whenever they appear in the uniform title" (G800, page 1). A later section has the following: "If the opus number or thematic index number is not given, and the class number is specifically for the individual title or uniform title of the work, add one of the following elements, in the following order of preference: serial number, key..." (G800, page 2).
Following this, I use an explicit serial number (i.e. no. 2, not one of those instances where you hide it in a cutter, such as H34*2*) only if it appears in the uniform title without an opus or thematic index number. In cases when the uniform title has both, I choose the opus; using both would be redundant I feel.
° According to the MLA Technical Report No. 9, Shelflisting Music, by Richard Smiraglia, the order of preference is:
1. Opus or thematic index number (with LC preferring thematic index no. when there's a conflict) 2. Serial number, when the uniform title = class number. 3. Key. 4. Date of composition. 5. Work no. for title (for works without 1-4, works whose titles don't class, and all dramatic works) |
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]
air/ayre: (1) an English song or melody from the 16th to the 19th century; (2) a 16th-century solo song with lute accompanied.
aleatory music: music in which chance or indeterminacy are compositional elements.
anthem: a choral setting (often with solo voice parts and organ accompaniment) of an English language religious or moral text, usually for performance during Protestant services.
antiphon: a liturgical chant sung as the response to the verses of a psalm.
arabesque: a short piece of music featuring various melodic, contrapuntal, or harmonic decorations.
bagatelle: a short, light instrumental piece of music of no specified form, usually for piano.
ballade: (1) a 14th-15th-century French song form which set poetry to music; (2) an instrumental (usually piano) piece with dramatic narrative qualities.
barcarolle: song or instrumental piece in a swaying 6/8 time (i.e., suggesting the lilting motion of a Venetian gondola).
berceuse: a soft instrumental piece or lullaby, usually in a moderate 6/8 tempo; a lullaby.
canon: a contrapuntal form in two or more (voice or instrumental) parts in which the melody is introduced by one part and then repeated by the next before each previous part has finished (i.e., such that overlapping of parts occurs).
cantata: term applied to a 17th-18th- century multi-movement non-theatrical and non-liturgical vocal genre; subsequently used to describe large-scale vocal works in the same spirit, generally for soloists, chorus and orchestra; may also be for solo voice and accompaniment.
canzona: (1) 16th-17th-century instrumental genre in the manner of a French polyphonic chanson, characterized by the juxtaposition of short contrasting sections; (2) term applied to any of several types of secular vocal music.
caprice/capriccio: term describing a variety of short composition types characterized by lightness, fancy, or improvisational manner.
carol: since the 19th century, generally a song that is in four-part harmony, simple form, and having to do with the Virgin Mary or Christmas.
chaconne: a slow, stately instrumental work in duple meter employing variations.
chanson: French for song; in particular, a style of 14th- to 16th-century French song for voice or voices, often with instrumental accompaniment.
chant/plainchant: monophonic music used in Christian liturgical services sung in unison and in a free rhythm.
concertante: (1) a term used to modify another form or genre, suggesting that all parts should be regarded as equal in status (18th century) or indicating a virtuoso first violin part (19th century); (2) a work with solo parts in the nature of, but not the form of, a concerto.
concerto: (1) ensemble music for voice(s) and instrument(s) (17th century); (2) extended piece of music in which a solo instrument or instruments is contrasted with an orchestral ensemble (post-17th century).
concerto grosso: orchestral form especially popular in the 17th and 18th centuries in which the contrasting lines of a smaller and a larger group of instruments are featured.
credo: third item of the Ordinary of the Mass [148].
divertimento/divertissement: a style of light, often occasion-specific, instrumental music arranged in several movements.
etude/study: especially, a piece written for purposes of practicing or displaying technique.
fancy/fantasia/fantasie/fantasy/phantasie: an instrumental piece in which the formal and stylistic characteristics may vary from free, improvisatory types to strictly contrapuntal; form is of secondary importance.
fugue: contrapuntal form in which a subject theme ("part" or "voice") is introduced and then extended and developed through some number of successive imitations.
galliard: a lively court dance of Italian origin, usually in triple time.
gigue (jig): a quick, springy dance often used as the concluding movement to 18th century instrumental suites.
Gloria: second item of the Ordinary of the Mass [148].
impromptu: a short instrumental piece of a free, casual nature suggesting improvisation.
incidental music: music composed for atmospheric effect or to accompany the action in a predominantly spoken play; the music is not integral to the work even though it may have dramatic significance.
Lied(er): German for song(s); in particular, a style of 19th-century German song distinguished by the setting of texts from the literary tradition and by the elaboration of the instrumental accompaniment.
madrigal: (1) a 14th-century Italian style of setting secular verse for two or three unaccompanied voices; (2) a 16th/17th-century contrapuntal setting of verse (usually secular) for several equally important voice parts, usually unaccompanied.
magnificat: a setting of the Biblical hymn of the Virgin Mary (as given in St. Luke) for use in Roman Catholic and Anglican services.
march: instrumental music in duple meter with a repeated and regular rhythm usually used to accompany military movements and processions.
masque: an aristocratic 16th-17th-century English theater form integrating poetry, dance, music, and elaborate sets.
mass [148]: the principal religious service of the Catholic Church, with musical parts that either vary according to Church calendar (the Proper) or do not (the Ordinary).
mazurka: a moderately fast Polish country dance in triple meter in which the accent is shifted to the weak beats.
microtonal music: music which makes use of intervals smaller than a semitone (a half step).
minuet: a graceful French dance of moderate 3/4 tempo often appearing as a section of extended works (especially dance suites).
motet: (1) to ca. 1400, a piece with one or more voices, often with different but related sacred or secular texts, singing over a fragment of chant in longer note-values; (2) after 1400, a polyphonic setting of a short sacred text.
nocturne: a moderately slow piece, usually for piano, of dreamy, contemplative character and song-like melody.
ode: cantata-like musical setting of the lyric poetry form so called.
opera: theatrically staged story set to instrumental and vocal music such that most or all of the acted parts are sung. a drama set to music sung by singers usually in costume, with instrumental accompaninent; the music is integral and is not incidental.
operetta: a light opera with spoken dialogue, songs, and dances.
oratorio: originally setting of an extended religious narrative (and since ca. 1800, non-religious ones as well) for vocal soloists, chorus, and orchestra, intended for concert or church performance without costumes or stage settings.
ostinato: a short melodic, rhythmic, or chordal phrase repeated continuously throughout a piece or section while other musical elements are generally changing.
partita: term initially applied as a synonym for "set of variations" (17th century), then as a synonym for "suite" (ca. 1700 to present).
passacaglia: an instrumental dance form usually in triple meter in which there are ground-bass or ostinato variations.
pavan(e): a stately court dance in duple meter, from the 16th and 17th centuries, and remaining popular in the 17th century as an instrumental form.
polka: an energetic Bohemian dance performed in the round in 2/4 time.
polonaise: a stately Polish processional dance in 3/4 time.
prelude: (1) an instrumental section or movement preceding or introducing a larger piece or group of pieces; (2) a self-contained short piece usually for piano.
psalm: a vocal work set to text from the Book of Psalms.
quadrille: a lively, rhythmic 19th-century French country couple dance that incorporates popular tunes, usually in duple meter.
requiem: a musical composition honoring the dead; specially the Roman Catholic Mass for the dead, but also other commemorative pieces of analogous intent.
rhapsody: term similar to "fantasia" applied to pieces inspired by extroverted romantic notions.
romance: (1) a song with a simple vocal line and a simple accompaniment; especially popular in late 18th-19th-century France and Italy; (2) a short instrumental piece with the lyrical character of a vocal romance.
rondo: an instrumental form in which one section intermittently recurs between subsidiary sections and which concludes the piece.
scherzo: term designating lively and usually lighthearted instrumental music; most commonly used to label the fast-tempo movement of a symphony, sonata, etc.
serenade: a light and/or intimate piece of no specific form such as might be played in an open-air evening setting.
sinfonia: term applied in a variety of contexts in different periods; e.g., as a near synonym for "instrumental canzona," "prelude," "overture," and "symphony."
sonata: an extended piece for instrumental soloist with or without instrumental accompaniment), usually in several movements.
sonatina: a short sonata, or one of modest intent; especially popular during the Classical Period.
song cycle [187]: a group of songs performed in an order establishing a musical continuity related to some underlying (conceptual) theme.
Stabat Mater: a sequence in the Roman Catholic liturgy regarding the crucifixion, and used in several Divine offices.
suite: a set of unrelated and usually short instrumental pieces, movements or sections played as a group, and usually in a specific order.
symphonic poem/tone poem: a descriptive orchestral piece in which the music conveys a scene or relates a story.
symphony: an extended piece for full orchestra, usually serious in nature and in several movements.
tango: an Argentinian couple dance in duple meter characterized by strong syncopation and dotted rhythms.
Te Deum: (from the Latin, "We praise Thee, O God") lengthy hymn of praise to God in the Roman Catholic, Anglican, and other Christian liturgies.
toccata: a piece for keyboard intended to display virtuosity.
trio sonata: a 17th-18th-century sonata for two or three melody instruments and continuo accompaniment
variations: composition form in the theme is repeated several or many times with various modifications.
waltz: a popular ballroom dance in 3/4 time.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also When to create a new bibliographic record for music [201]
Input in Scores (type code c) | Input in Books (type code a) | ||||||||||||
Publications of printed music (scores, scores and parts, solo instrumental music). An item with extensive musical examples that are not complete pieces intended for performance (in concert or for instructional purposes) may qualify as a book, not a score. | Thematic catalogs; textbooks with extensive musical examples not intended for performance | ||||||||||||
Opera scores (full scores, vocal scores, collections of arias, etc.) | Opera libretti (may contain music of principal arias, but if the principal intent of the publication is presentation of text of the opera, input in books) | ||||||||||||
Hymnals with music (either harmonized or melody only) | Hymnals consisting of text only | ||||||||||||
Art songs (music as well as text) | Art song texts, no music (class in M) | ||||||||||||
Other songs that would be classed in LC M1627-1998 (popular, patriotic, national songs, etc.) | Texts for popular, patriotic, national songs, etc., no music (class in M) | ||||||||||||
Musical compositions written in chord diagrams or a chord diagram book with enough music in it to be considered a score | Chord diagram books that are not intended as musical compositions but as information on playing an instrument | ||||||||||||
For resources classed MT170-MT950, catalog resources that are predominantly music as scores. Use subject heading subdivisions [203] as a tool in determining the correct format:
|
|||||||||||||
CD-ROM publications of scores (add 006 and 007 for the computer file aspects) | |||||||||||||
Methods, instrumental and vocal, consisting largely of studies and exercises and/or teaching pieces Musical studies and exercises |
Methods consisting principally of text with few musical examples | ||||||||||||
Theses that are scores | |||||||||||||
Manuscripts of music and published facsimiles of music manuscripts | |||||||||||||
Microform publications of the types of materials listed above | Microform publications of the types of materials listed above |
In all other cases when resources contain a substantial amount of both text and music, the cataloger should make a judgment as to the primary intent of the resource (exposition with musical examples or presentation of the musical score itself) to determine which is more appropriate.
SOURCES: RLIN Update, vol. 5, p. 2 (1981), (rev., M. Koth, 8-17-95); MOUG Newsletter, no. 69, p. 16, no. 80, 23.
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
See also Printed biographical sources for composers and their works held in the Yale University Music Library [204]
and
Biographical resources [205] (from Authority Control at Yale)
General resources | Composer biographies | by time period | Women composers and musicians | Performer biographies
Birth and death indexes | Online music publishers' catalogs [206]
Multiple composer biographical sources by city, country, or geographic area | instrument or genre
General:
Biographie-Portal [207]
• Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie (ADB)
• Neue Deutsche Biographie (NDB)
• Österreichisches Biographisches Lexikon 1815-1950 (ÖBL)
• Historisches Lexikon der Schweiz (HLS)
• Oesterreichisches Musiklexikon [208] (OeML)
• Rheinland-Pfälzische Personendatenbank (RPPD)
• Sächsische Biografie (SäBi)
• Slovenska biografija (SBI)
Music:
Composer biographies by time period
Women composers and musicians biographies
By country or geographic area
International Association of Music Information Centres [311]: 43 member organisations in 38 countries
See also Classical music country index [312]
Multiple composers biographical sources by instrument or genre
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]
The list [495] of uniform titles from IFLA's Working Group on Uniform Headings for Liturgical Works [496] includes useful explanations of liturgical terminology.
Spoken | Sung or chanted A term that is a type of composition is linked to its entry in Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [497] Links to definitions (from Indiana University) are in italics |
||
Proper | Ordinary | Proper | Ordinary |
1. Introit [498] definition [499] | |||
2. Kyrie [500] definition [501] | |||
3. Gloria [502]1 definition [503] | |||
4. Collect | |||
5. Epistle | |||
6. Gradual [504] definition [505] | |||
7. Alleluia (Tract) definition [506] | |||
8. Gospel | |||
9. Credo [507] definition [508] | |||
10. Offertory [509] definition [510] | |||
11. Secret | |||
12. Preface | |||
13. Sanctus [511] definition [512] and Benedictus | |||
14. Canon | |||
15. Agnus Dei [513] definition [514] | |||
16. Communion definition [515] | |||
17. Postcommunion | |||
18. Ite, missa est (Benedicamus Domino) definition [516] | |||
19. Last Gospel |
1The Gloria is omitted in seasons of Advent and Lent.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]
From the New Grove dictionary of music and musicians:
Song cycle:
LC examples:
The form is stated explicitly in the title statement:
89-751995
245 10 An Mauern hin : a song-cycle based on the poetry by G. Trakl / Christoph Campestrini.
92-768274
245 10 Bald sing' ich das Schweigen : ein Liederzyklus für Gesang und Klavier, Opus 79 / Gottfried von Einem ; nach Gedichten von Lotte Ingrisch.
90-753355
245 10 An Mauern hin : Zyklus für Sopran und Orchester nach Gedichten von Georg Trakl (1887/88) / Christoph Campestrini.
88-751683
245 10 Cäsar Flaischlen-Zyklus : für eine mittlere Singstimme und Klavier, komponiert 1926 / Karl Höller.
85-751907
245 10 --and waken green : a cycle of songs for medium voice and piano / seven poems by Douglas Worth ; music by David Ward-Steinman.
86-750135
245 10 Arcobaleno : a cycle of seven songs for bass / Rocco DiGiovanni ; poetry by Nicola Rossi-Lemeni.
94-702002
245 02 A cycle for voice and percussion / words by Emily Dickinson ; music by Dawn LaBuy.
92-752760
245 10 Adjustable tears : 1977 : a cycle of three blues for soprano, clarinet & bass / [words and music by] Meyer Kupferman.
92-757398
245 10 Aftonland : sangsyklus til dikt av Pär Lagerkvist : for soprano (or tenor) and chamber ensemble / Arne Nordheim.
95-702430
245 00 Concertino pre flautu a sláč. orchester ; Ako padajú hviezdy : cyklus piesni na slová P. Koyša, op. 31 ; Portréty : pre organ / A. Očenáš.
The form is not stated in the title statement:
When the word "cycle" or phrase "song cycle" or an equivalent is not stated in the title, generally LC adds a note to that effect and a corresponding subject heading.
84-760395
245 10 Five lyrics of Louise Bogan : for mezzo-soprano and flute / Warren Benson.
500 Song cycle.
92-753987
245 14 The Auden poems : for voice, violin, cello, and piano / Ned Rorem.
500 Song cycle.
92-753900
245 10 Between two worlds / [words by] Robert Bly and Jacob Boehme ; [music by] John Harbison.
500 Song cycle for soprano, 2 violoncellos, and 2 pianos.
97-701931
245 10 Afschied van een landschap : voor stem en (bas-)klarinet (1994) / Alex Manassen.
500 Song cycle for high voice and piano.
When the title a publisher has given to a collection of songs by one composer implies or states that it is a song cycle and it was not the intent of the composer for the songs to form a song cycle, do not use the subject heading "Song cycles."
93-722531
100 1 Rooth, Anna-Greta, 1901-1993.
240 10 Songs. Selections
245 10 4 sånger till dikter av Gabriela Mistral : röst och piano / Anna-Greta Rooth ; [tolkning, Hjalmar Gullberg].
650 0 Songs (Medium voice) with piano.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]
Definitions for use in music cataloging
RDA does not define the ranges of vocal types. General practice is to follow the instructions given in the Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings section H 1917.5: Base vocal range on the verbal indication on the item. If no vocal range is indicated, use the ranges specified in the New Harvard Dictionary of Music:
These ranges correspond to the following: |
||
High voice | Medium voice | Low voice |
Soprano: C4-A5 | Mezzo soprano: A3-F5 | Alto: F3-D5 |
Tenor: B2-G4 | Baritone: G2-E4 | Bass: E2-C4 |
Note: these definitions, from the New Harvard Dictionary of Music, are used in music cataloging, using the Library of Congress Subject Headings [517] and RDA [7].
Vocal ranges for solo or choral works may differ, as evidenced from the different ranges found in other sources.
For example, see:
° The Wikipedia article on vocal range [518], which gives different ranges for operatic works and choral works.
° Catherine Schmidt-Jones' article [519] and chart [520].
° Grove Music Online definitions:
soprano: | C4 to A5 |
mezzo-soprano: | A3 to F#5 |
alto: | G3 to E5 (and contralto as F3-D5) |
tenor: | roughly C3 to A4 |
baritone: | A2 to F4 |
bass: | F2 to E4 |
Octave designation: The International Standards Organization (ISO) system for register designations assigns "C4" to middle C (the first ledger line below the staff in treble clef). A commonly found British standard assigns "c1" to middle C.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ General music cataloging resources [4]
The flute produces its sound from the flow of air across an opening. Modern flutes are usually made of metal and have keys that are depressed over the tone holes. Previously, the flute was called traverse flute (indicating how it was held), or included that word in other languages, e.g., traversa, traverso, etc.
The recorder has a fipple or whistle mouth piece, with a thumb hole and seven finger holes, rarely with keys. The recorder played an important role in the Renaissance and Baroque eras, and was revived in the 20th century. The use of the English word "recorder" (thought to be derived from the Latin recordari) dates back the the 14th century. In other languages, the name for the recorder includes a cognate of the word "flute," e.g., flûte, Flöte, flauto, or flauta, etc., which may make for confusion over which instrument is meant. Some of the names for recorder in French, German, Italian, and Spanish are:
David Lasocki, former music librarian and scholar in the field of historical woodwind playing, created this guide to pre-19th century English and French music publications. The chart indicates whether the word "flute" or its foreign language equivalent actually means "recorder" or "flute."
When is a "flute" not a flute
by David Lasocki, Indiana University
provisional version from 1997
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: These instructions apply to recording information for title and contents notes in bibliographic records and 670 field [551] in authority records. They do not apply to authorized access points for music.
See also The names of keys in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [525]
|
|
The LC Music Division's Bibliographic Access Section's policy regarding transcription and recording of statements of key that are in German:
Source: e-mail on NMP-L from Damian Iseminger, Head, Bibliographic Access Section, Music Division, Library of Congress, dated 10/11/2018
1This policy is based on a 1977 LC memo stating that, regardless of how a word appears on the publication, for German capitalization, follow Duden Rechtschreibung der deutschen Sprache und der Fremdwörter (Mannheim : Bibliographisches Institut, c1986) It is unknown if LC is applying this policy in RDA
2D in dur is not capitalized here because it is not in German.
|
|
See also The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522]
|
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
compiled by Diane Napert
revised with terminology from
the Symphony Orchestra Library Center's Glossary of German publishing terminology [552]
Note: The terms in this list are defined according to their usage in music publications; other definitions are also possible.
See also German abbreviations from AA to z.Z [553] | Glossary of bibliographic information: German [554]
The names of numbers in German, etc. [522] | The names of keys in German, etc. [525]
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ
A | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Abdruck | Abdr. | impression, print, reproduction |
Abschrift | Abschr. | reprint, copy |
Abteilung | Abt. | part |
Anhang | Anh. | appendix, supplement |
Anmerkung | Anm. | commentary |
arrangiert | arranged | |
Aufführung(en); Aufführungsdauer | performance(s); performance duration | |
Aufführungspraxis | performance practice | |
Auflage | Aufl. | impression, edition |
Ausgabe | Ausg. | edition |
ausgewählte | selected | |
Autograph | holograph | |
B | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Band | Bd. | volume |
Bearbeiter; bearbeitet; Bearbeitung(en) | Bearb. | arranger; arranged, revised; arrangement(s) |
Beiheft | supplement | |
Beispiel | example | |
Bemerkungen | remarks, annotations, commentary | |
Bericht | report, commentary | |
Besetzung | setting (usually referring to instrumentation) | |
Bibliothek | library | |
Blatt | leaf, page (of book); folio (of manuscript); sheet | |
Buhnenwerke | dramatic works | |
Brief | letter | |
D | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Druck | impression, print | |
Dur | major (key) | |
durchgesehen | revised | |
E | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
eigentlich | eigtl. | introduction |
Einleitung | Einl. | introduction |
Einrichtung | fingering | |
Erhaltene Werke | surviving works | |
erscheinen | to publish | |
Erstausgabe | first edition | |
erweitert | erw. | enlarged |
etwa | approximately | |
F | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Fassung | version | |
Festschrift | publication on the occasion of a celebration | |
Folge | series | |
Fundort Verzeichnis | found/discovered index | |
G | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
geboren | geb. | born |
gedruckt | gedr. | printed |
Gegenwart | present time | |
Generalbass | Gb. | continuo |
Gesamtausgabe | complete works | |
Geschichte | history | |
Gesellschaft | society, association, club | |
gestorben | gest. | died |
getauft | get. | baptized |
H | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Handschrift | manuscript | |
heilig | sacred | |
herausgegeben von | hrsg. von | edited by |
Herausgeber | Hrsg. | editor |
Heft | H. | number, part |
I | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Inhalt | Contents | |
J | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Jahr | volume, annual, year | |
Jahrhundert | Jh. | century |
K | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Katalog | catalog | |
Klavierauszug | piano-vocal score | |
Komponist | composer | |
korrigiert | corrected | |
Kritischer Bericht | critical report or commentary | |
Kunst | art | |
M | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Manuskript | Ms. | manuscript |
Mitarbeiter | collaborator | |
Moll | minor (key) | |
Musikforschung | music research | |
Musikschule | music school | |
Musikwissenschaft | musicology | |
N | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Nachdruck | reprint | |
Nachweise | proof, records | |
Nachwort | afterword | |
Namenszug | signature | |
Neudruck | Neudr. | reprint |
Neue Ausgabe; Neuausagbe | new edition | |
Nummer | Nr. | number |
O | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Opus | op. | opus |
P | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Partitur | Part. | score |
Q | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Quelle | source | |
R | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Redakteur; Redaktion | editor; editing | |
redigiert | edited | |
Register | index | |
Reihe | series | |
revidiert | rev. | revised |
Revisionsbericht | critical commentary | |
S | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Sammlung | Samml. | collection |
Sämtliche Werke | complete works | |
Satz | movement | |
Schrift | writing, book, periodical, etc. | |
Seite | S. | page |
Skizzen | sketches | |
Sprechgesang; Sprechstimme | speech-song | |
Stimmen | instrumental parts; voices | |
T | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Teil | T. | part, volume |
Textbuch | libretto | |
Titelblatt | title page | |
Tonkunst | art music; music | |
U | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Überschrift | heading, title | |
Übersetzung | translation | |
Übertragung(en) | transcription, transcriptions | |
unbekannt | unknown | |
Untergeschoben | attributed falsely | |
Urtext | original text | |
V | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Verfasser | composer, author | |
Verlag; Verlager | publishing house or firm; publisher | |
verlorengegangene | lost | |
veröffentlicht; Veröffentlichung | published; publication | |
Verzeichnis | Verl. | list (usually of works) |
W | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
weltlich | secular | |
Werke(s) | work(s) | |
Widmung | dedication | |
Wissenschaft | science, knowledge | |
XYZ | ||
German word | abbreviation | English |
Zahl | number | |
zusammengestellt | compiled | |
zweifelhaft | doubtful, questionable; usually applied to attribution of a work |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
The following letters in the Cyrillic alphabet diverge from those in Russian, as found in the Library of Congress Russian transliteration table [555]. This chart includes letters from Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, Russian (cursive [22]), and Ukranian that are unique to that language. The chart serves to help identify the language of publications in the Cyrillic alphabet.
This information was compiled from: Cyrillic Alphabets [556] by Karel Piska, transliteration tables [557] from the Princeton University Slavic Cataloging Manual, and A manual of European languages for librarians, by C.G. Allen.
Upper case | Lower case | Transliterates as |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
Sht, sht |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
Upper case | Lower case | Transliterates as |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
Note: Macedonian uses the Serbian form of the Cyrillic alphabet, but uses: ° ![]() ![]() ![]() ![]() ![]() ° s (dz) after ![]() |
||
Upper case | Lower case | Transliterates as |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
S | s | Dz, dz |
J | j | J, j |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Lj, lj |
![]() |
![]() |
Nj, n j |
![]() |
![]() |
C, c [transliterates as ![]() ![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
Upper case | Lower case | Transliterates as |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
J | j | J, j |
![]() |
![]() |
Lj, lj |
![]() |
![]() |
Nj, n j |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
Upper case | Lower case | Transliterates as |
Ë | ë | Ë, ë |
![]() |
![]() |
H, h [transliterates as G, g in Russian] |
![]() |
![]() |
G, g |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
Y, y [transliterates as I, i in Russian] |
I | i | I, i [transliterates as ![]() ![]() |
Ï | ï | Ï, ï |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
This information was compiled from: Piska, Karel. Catalan language [566]; Watkins, Thayer. Catalan [567].
Allen, C.G. A manual of European languages for librarians. London ; New York : Bowker [for] the London School of Economics, 1975.
Dipthongs
Catalan has a lack of rising diphthongs (such as ie and ue) | ||
Catalan | Spanish | English |
be, bo | bien, bueno | well, good |
Catalan has an abundance of falling diphthongs | ||
Catalan | Spanish | English |
peu, bou | pie, buey | foot, ox |
English, Catalan, Spanish, and Portuguese spellings of the same sound | |||
English | Catalan | Spanish | Portuguese |
ny | ny | ñ | nh |
y_ | ll | ll | lh |
_own | _an | _an | _ão |
_n | _n | _n | _m |
Definite and indefinite articles in Catalan and Spanish |
|||||
definite articles | indefinite articles | ||||
Catalan | M | F | N | M | F |
singular | el, l' | >la, l' | --- | >un | >una |
plural | els | les | --- | uns | unes |
Spanish | M | F | N | M | F |
singular | el | la, el | lo | un | in(a) |
plural | los | las | --- | unos | unas |
Numbers in Catalan and Spanish |
|||||
Cardinal |
Ordinal |
||||
Catalan | Spanish | Catalan | Spanish | ||
1 | un, una | uno,una | 1st | primer | primer(o) |
2 | dos, dues | dos | 2nd | segon | segundo |
3 | tres | tres | 3rd | Terç(er) | tercer(o) |
4 | quatre | cuatro | 4th | quart | cuarto |
5 | cinc | cinco | 5th | cinquè | quinto |
6 | sis | seis | 6th | sisè | sexto |
7 | set | siete | 7th | setè | séptimo |
8 | vuit | ocho | 8th | vuitè | octavo |
9 | nou | nueve | 9th | noveè | noveno |
10 | deu | diez | 10th | desè | décimo |
11 | onze | once | 11th | onzè | undécimoo |
40 | quaranta | cuarenta | 40th | --- | cuadragesimo |
12 | dotze | doce | 12th | --- | duodécimo |
13 | tretze | trece | 13th | --- | decimotercio |
14 | catorze | catorce | 14th | --- | decimocuarto |
15 | quinze | quince | 15th | --- | decimoquinto |
16 | setze | dieciséis | 16th | --- | decimosexto |
17 | disset | diecisiete | 17th | --- | decimoseptimo |
18 | divuit | dieciocho | 18th | --- | decimoctavo |
101 | cent un | siete | 101st | --- | --- |
19 | dinou | diecinueve | 19th | --- | decimonono |
20 | vint | veinte | 20th | --- | vigesimo |
21 | vint-i-un | veintiun(o) | 21st | vint-i-unè | vigesimo primo |
30 | trenta | treinta | 30th | trentè | trigesimo |
31 | trenta-un | treinta y un(o) | 31st | --- | --- |
50 | cinquanta | cincuenta | 50th | --- | quincuagesimo |
60 | seixanta | sesenta | 60th | --- | sexagesimo |
70 | setanta | setenta | 70th | --- | septuagesimo |
80 | vuitanta | ochenta | 80th | --- | octogèsimo |
90 | noranta | noventa | 90th | --- | nonagesimo |
100 | cent | siete | 100th | --- | cntésimo |
200 | dos-cents, dues-centes |
siete | 200th | --- | ducentesimo |
1,000 | mil | siete | 1,000th | --- | milésimo |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also: script and printed Fraktur [568] | Fraktur [569] | written [570] Fraktur | What does this blasted thing say? [571] | Fraktur in different fonts [572]
Capital letters | Lower case letters | ![]() |
||
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() ![]() ![]() ![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
Source of this chart: www.jewishgen.org/jri-pl/translit.htm [573] |
Fraktur letters that can be confused for each other |
![]() |
Source: What does this blasted thing say? [571] |
appears only at the end of a word or syllable. See A Manual of European Languages for Librarians, c1975: p. 34.
is used only as lower case and substituted with Ss when it would be used in upper case.
This information is from Sven-Olof (carlsson.hh at arcor.de), Hamburg, Germany, received in an e-mail on July 21, 2005
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
For a complete list of initial articles, see Initial Definite and Indefinite Articles [531] from LC's Network Development and MARC Standards Office.
Words in italics may have other uses, such the cardinal numeral one or a demonstrative pronoun, in that language.
English
a; an; d'; de; the; ye |
Catalan
el; els; en; l'; la; les; un; una |
Danish
de; den; det; en; et; het |
Dutch
de; een; eene; het; 'n; 't |
French
l'; la; le; les; un; une |
German
das; dem; den; der; des; die; ein; eine; einem; einen; einer; eines; 's |
Hungarian
a; az*; egy *Note: "az az" means "that" and "ez az" means "this" in Hungarian |
Italian
gl'; gli; i; il; l'; la; le; lo; un; un'; una; uno |
Norwegian
de; dei; den; det; e; ei; ein; eit; en; et |
Portuguese
a; as; o; os; um; uma |
Romanian
a; al; o; un; unei; unui |
Spanish
el; la; las; lo; los; un; una |
Swedish
de; den; det; en; ett |
Welsh
y; yr |
Language tools [15] ♪ The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522]
Source Les nombres cardinaux = Die Kardinalzahlen : de 100 à 999 (Internet archive version)
1-49 | Cardinal | Ordinal | 50-99 | Cardinal | Ordinal |
1 |
eins zwei drei vier fünf sechs sieben acht neun |
erste zweite dritte vierte fünfte sechste siebte / siebente achte neunte |
50 |
fünfzig |
fünfzigste |
10 |
zehn elf zwölf dreizehn vierzehn fünfzehn sechzehn siebzehn achtzehn neunzehn |
zehnte elfte zwölfte dreizehnte vierzehnte fünfzehnte sechzehnte siebzehnte achtzehnte neunzehnte |
60 |
sechzig |
sechzigste |
20 |
zwanzig einundzwanzig zweiundzwanzig dreiundzwanzig vierundzwanzig fünfundzwanzig sechsundzwanzig siebenundzwanzig achtundzwanzig neunundzwanzig |
zwanzigste einundzwanzigste zweiundzwanzigste dreiundzwanzigste vierundzwanzigste fünfundzwanzigste sechsundzwanzigste siebenundzwanzigste achtundzwanzigste neunundzwanzigste |
70 |
siebzig |
siebzigste |
30 |
dreißig einunddreißig zweiunddreißig dreiunddreißig vierunddreißig fünfunddreißig sechsunddreißig siebenunddreißig achtunddreißig neununddreißig |
dreißigste einunddreißigste zweiunddreißigste dreiunddreißigste vierunddreißigste fünfunddreißigste sechsunddreißigste siebenunddreißigste achtunddreißigste neununddreißigste |
80 |
achtzig |
achtzigste |
40 |
vierzig einundvierzig zweiundvierzig dreiundvierzig vierundvierzig fünfundvierzig sechsundvierzig siebenundvierzig achtundvierzig neunundvierzig |
vierzigste einundvierzigste zweiundvierzigste dreiundvierzigste vierundvierzigste fünfundvierzigste sechsundvierzigste siebenundvierzigste achtundvierzigste neunundvierzigste |
90 |
neunzig |
neunzigste |
100-900 | Cardinal | Ordinal | |||
100 |
hundert / einhundert zweihundert dreihundert vierhundert fünfhundert sechshundert siebenhundert achthundert neunhundert |
hundertste zweihundertste dreihundertste vierhundertste fünfhundertste sechshundertste siebenhundertste achthundertste neunhundertste |
|||
X00-X149 | Cardinal | Ordinal | X50-X99 | Cardinal | Ordinal |
X01 |
___hunderteins ___hundertzwei ___hundertdrei ___hundertvier ___hundertfünf ___hundertsechs ___hundertsieben ___hundertacht ___hundertneun |
___hunderterste ___hundertzweite ___hundertdritte ___hundertvierte ___hundertfünfte ___hundertsechste ___hundertsiebte ___hundertachte ___hundertneunte |
X50 |
___hundertfünfzig |
___hundertfünfzig |
X10 |
___hundertzehn ___hundertelf ___hundertzwölf ___hundertdreizehn ___hundertvierzehn ___hundertfünfzehn ___hundertsechzehn ___hundertsiebzehn ___hundertachtzehn ___hundertneunzehn |
___hundertzehnte |
X60 |
___hundertsechzig |
|
X20 |
___hundertzwanzig ___hunderteinundzwanzig ___hundertzweiundzwanzig ___hundertdreiundzwanzig ___hundertvierundzwanzig ___hundertfünfundzwanzig ___hundertsechsundzwanzig ___hundertsiebenundzwanzig ___hundertachtundzwanzig ___hundertneunundzwanzig |
___hundertzwanzigste ___hunderteinundzwanzigste ___hundertzweiundzwanzigste ___hundertdreiundzwanzigste ___hundertvierundzwanzigste ___hundertfünfundzwanzigste ___hundertsechsundzwanzigste ___hundertsiebenundzwanzigste ___hundertachtundzwanzigste ___hundertneunundzwanzigste |
X70 |
___hundertsiebzig |
|
X30 |
___hundertdreißig ___hunderteinunddreißig ___hundertzweiunddreißig ___hundertdreiunddreißig ___hundertvierunddreißig ___hundertfünfunddreißig ___hundertsechsunddreißig ___hundertsiebenunddreißig ___hundertachtunddreißig ___hundertneununddreißig |
___hundertdreißigste ___hunderteinunddreißigste ___hundertzweiunddreißigste ___hundertdreiunddreißigste ___hundertvierunddreißigste ___hundertfünfunddreißigste ___hundertsechsunddreißigste ___hundertsiebenunddreißigste ___hundertachtunddreißigste ___hundertneunund vierzigste |
X80 |
___hundertachtzig |
|
X40 |
___hundertvierzig ___hunderteinundvierzig ___hundertzweiundvierzig ___hundertdreiundvierzig ___hundertvierundvierzig ___hundertfünfundvierzig ___hundertsechsundvierzig ___hundertsiebenundvierzig ___hundertachtundvierzig ___hundertneunundvierzig |
___hundertvierzigste ___hunderteinundvierzigste ___hundertzweiundvierzigste ___hundertdreiundvierzigste ___hundertvierundvierzigste ___hundertfünfundvierzigste ___hundertsechsundvierzigste ___hundertsiebenundvierzigste ___hundertachtundvierzigste ___hundertneunundvierzigste |
X90 |
___hundertneunzig |
200 |
zweihundert zweihunderteins zweihundertzwei zweihundertdrei zweihundertvier zweihundertfünf zweihundertsechs zweihundertsieben zweihundertacht zweihundertneun |
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
zweihundertzehn zweihundertelf zweihundertzwölf zweihundertdreizehn zweihundertvierzehn zweihundertfünfzehn zweihundertsechzehn zweihundertsiebzehn zweihundertachtzehn zweihundertneunzehn |
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
zweihundertzwanzig zweihunderteinundzwanzig zweihundertzweiundzwanzig zweihundertdreiundzwanzig zweihundertvierundzwanzig zweihundertfünfundzwanzig zweihundertsechsundzwanzig zweihundertsiebenundzwanzig zweihundertachtundzwanzig zweihundertneunundzwanzig zweihundertdreißig |
320 421 522 623 724 825 926 |
dreihundertzwanzig vierhunderteinundzwanzig fünfhundertzweiundzwanzig sechshundertdreiundzwanzig siebenhundertvierundzwanzig achthundertfünfundzwanzig neunhundertsechsundzwanzig |
||||
1030 |
tausenddreißig tausendteinunddreißig tausendzweiunddreißig tausendreiunddreißig tausendvierunddreißig tausendfünfunddreißig tausendsechsunddreißig tausendtsiebenunddreißig tausendachtunddreißig tausendneununddreißig |
1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 |
tausendvierzig tausendeinundvierzig tausendzweiundvierzig tausenddreiundvierzig tausendierundvierzig tausendfünfundvierzig tausendsechsundvierzig tausendsiebenundvierzig tausendachtundvierzig tausendneunundvierzig |
1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 |
tausendfünfzig tausendeinundfünfzig tausendzweiundfünfzig tausenddreiundfünfzig tausendvierundfünfzig tausendfünfundfünfzig tausendsechsundfünfzig tausendsiebenundfünfzig tausendachtundfünfzig tausendneunundfünfzig |
1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 |
tausendsechzig tausendeinundsechzig tausendzweiundsechzig tausenddreiundsechzig tausendvierundsechzig tausendfünfundsechzig tausendsechsundsechzig tausendsiebenundsechzig tausendachtundsechzig tausendneunundsechzig |
1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 |
tausendsiebzig tausendeinundsiebzig tausendzweiundsiebzig tausenddreiundsiebzig tausendvierundsiebzig tausendfünfundsiebzig tausendsechsundsiebzig tausendsiebenundsiebzig tausendachtundsiebzig tausendneunundsiebzig |
1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 |
tausendachtzig tausendeinundachtzig tausendzweiundachtzig tausenddreiundachtzig tausendvierundachtzig tausendfünfundachtzig tausendsechsundachtzig tausendsiebenundachtzig tausendachtundachtzig tausendneunundachtzig |
1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
tausendneunzig tausendeinundneunzig tausendzweiundneunzig tausenddreiundneunzig tausendvierundneunzig tausendfünfundneunzig tausendsechsundneunzig tausendsiebenundneunzig tausendachtundneunzig tausendneunundneunzig |
||||
1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 |
tausendhundert tausendhunderteins tausendhundertzwei tausendhundertdrei tausendhundertvier tausendhundertfünf tausendhundertsechs tausendhundertsieben tausendhundertacht tausendhundertneun |
1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 |
elfhundert elfhunderteins elfhundertzwei elfhundertdrei elfhundertvier elfhundertfünf elfhundertsechs elfhundertsieben elfhundertacht elfhundertneun |
||
1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 |
tausendzweihundertzehn tausendzweihundertelf tausendzweihundertzwölf tausendzweihundertdreizehn tausendzweihundertvierzehn tausendzweihundertfünfzehn tausendzweihundertsechzehn tausendzweihundertsiebzehn tausendzweihundertachtzehn tausendzweihundertneunzehn |
1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 |
zwölfhundertzehn zwölfhundertelf zwölfhundertzwölf zwölfhundertdreizehn zwölfhundertvierzehn zwölfhundertfünfzehn zwölfhundertsechzehn zwölfhundertsiebzehn zwölfhundertachtzehn zwölfhundertneunzehn |
||
1300 1401 1502 1603 1704 1805 1906 1907 1908 1909 |
dreizehnhundert vierzehnhunderteins fünfzehnhundertzwei sechzehnhundertdrei siebzehnhundertvier achtzehnhundertfünf neunzehnhundertsechs neunzehnhundertsieben neunzehnhundertacht neunzehnhundertneun |
1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 |
neunzehnhundertneunzig neunzehnhunderteinundneunzig neunzehnhundertzweiundneunzig neunzehnhundertdreiundneunzig neunzehnhundertvierundneunzig neunzehnhundertfünfundneunzig neunzehnhundertsechsundneunzig neunzehnhundertsiebenundneunzig neunzehnhundertachtundneunzig neunzehnhundertneunundneunzig |
Language tools [15] ♪ The names of numbers in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [522]
See also Distinguishing between Catalan and Spanish: A guide for use in cataloging music [533]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Catalan | Dutch| Hungarian | Latin| Polish | Portuguese | Swedish
Catalan source [574] (archived version of the website) See also Distinguishing between Catalan and Spanish: A guide for use in cataloging music [533] |
||
1 = un 2 = dos 3 = tres 4 = quatre 5 = cinc 6 = sis 7 = set 8 = vuit 9 = nou 10 = deu 11 = onze 12 = doze 13 = tretze 14 = catorze 15 = quinze |
16 = setze 17 = disset 18 = divuit 19 = divnou 20 = vint 21 = vinte e dois 30 = trenta 40 = quarenta 50 = cinquanta 60 = seixanta 70 = setanta 80 = vuitanta 90 = noranta 100 = cent 100 = mil |
|
Croatian from various web sites | ||
1 = jedan 2 = dva 3 = tri 4 = četiri 5 = pet 6 = šest 7 = sedam 8 = osam 9 = devet 10 = deset 11 = jedanaest 12 = dvanaest 13 = trinaest 14 = četrnaest 15 = petnaest 16 = šesnaest 17 = sedamnaest 18 = osamnaest 19 = devetnaest 20 = dvadeset |
21 = dvadeset i jedan 22 = dvadeset i dva 23 = dvadeset i tri 30 = trideset 40 = četrdeset 50 = pedeset 60 = šezdeset 70 = sedamdeset 80 = osamdeset 90 = devedeset 100 = sto 101 = sto jedan 102 = sto dva 103 = sto tri |
104 = sto četiri 200 = dvjesto 300 = tristo 400 = četristo 500 = petsto 600 = šesto 700 = sedamsto 800 = osamsto 900 = devetsto 1000 = tisuća 5000 = pet tisuća 100,000 = sto tisuća 1000,000 = milijun |
Danish source [575] | ||
1 = en, et 2 = to 3 = tre 4 = fire 5 = fem 6 = seks 7 = syv 8 = otte 9 = ni 10 = ti 11 = elleve 12 = tolv 13 = tretten 14 = fjorten 15 = femten 16 = seksten 17 = sytten 18 = atten 19 = nitten 20 = tyve |
30 = tredive 40 = fyrre(tyve) 50 = halvtreds(indstyve) 60 = tres(indstyve) 70 = halvfjerds(indstyve) 80 = firs(indstyve) 90 = halvfems(indstyve) 100 = hundrede |
ordinals 1st = forste 2nd = and/en, -et 3rd = tredje 4th = fjerde 5th = femte 6th = sjette 7th = syvende 8th = ottende 9th = niende 10th = tiende 11th = ellevte 12th = tolvte 13th = trettende 14th = fjortende 15th = femtende 16th = sekstende 17th = syttende 18th = attende 19th = nittende 20th = tyvende |
Dutch source [576] | ||
0 = nul 1 = een 2 = twee 3 = drie 4 = vier 5 = vijf 6 = zes 7 = zeven 8 = acht 9 = negen 10 = tien 11 = elf 12 = twaalf 13 = dertien 14 = veertien 15 = vijftien 16 = zestien 17 = zeventien 18 = achttien 19 = negentien 20 = twintig |
21 = eenentwintig 22 = tweeëntwintig 23 = drieëntwintig 24 = vierentwintig 25 = vijfentwintig 26 = zesentwintig 27 = zevenentwintig 28 = achtentwintig 29 = negenentwintig 30 = dertig 31 = eenendertig 32 = tweeëndertig 33 = drieëndertig 34 = vierendertig 35 = vijfendertig 36 = zesendertig 37 = zevenendertig 38 = achtendertig 39 = negenendertig 40 = veertig 50 = vijftig 60 = zestig 70 = zeventig 80 = tachtig 90 = negentig 100 = honderd 1,000 = duizend 1,000,000 = één miljoen |
ordinals 1st = eerste 2nd = tweede 3rd = derde 4th = vierde 5th = vijfde 6th = zesde 7th = zevende 8th = achtste 9th = negende 10th = tiende |
Hungarian source: Allen, C.G. A manual of European languages for librarians. London ; New York : Bowker [for] the London School of Economics, 1975. Note: Numerals are followed by nouns in the singular. |
||
1 = egy 2 = kettq/két 3 = három 4 = négy 5 = öt 6 = hat 7 = hét 8 = nyolc 9 = kilenc 10 = tíz 11, etc. = tizenegy, etc. |
20 = húsz 21 = huszonegy 30 = harminc 31 = harmoncegy 40 = negyven 50 = ötven 60 = hatvan 90 = kilencven 100 = száz 101, etc. = százegy, etc. 1000 = ezer 2000 = kétezer |
ordinals 1st = elsQ 2nd = második 3rd = harmadik 4th = negyedik 5th = ötödik 6th = hatodik 7th = hetedik 8th = nyolcadik 9th = kilencedik |
Latin source [577] | ||
1 = unus 2 = duoe 3 = tres 4 = quattuor 5 = quinque 6 = sex 7 = septem 8 = octo 9 = novem 10 = decem 11 = undecim 12 = duodecim 13 = tredecim 14 = quattuordecim 15 = quindecim 16 = sedecim 17 = septemdecim 18 = duodeviginti 19 = undeviginti 20 = viginti |
30 = triginti 40 = quaquaginta 50 = juinquaginta 60 = sexaginta 70 = septuaginta 80 = octoginta 90 = nonaginta 100 = centum |
ordinals 1st = primus 2nd = secundus, alter 3rd = tertius 4th = quartus 5th = quintus 6th = sextus 7th = septimus 8th = octavus 9th = nonus 10th = decimus |
Polish source [578] | ||
1 = jeden 2 = dwa 3 = trzy 4 = cztery 5 = pięć 6 = sześć 7 = siedem 8 = osiem 9 = dziewięć 10 = dziesięć 11 = jedenaście 12 = dwanaście 13 = trzynaście 14 = czternaście 15 = piętnaście |
16 = szesnaście 17 = siedemnaście 18 = osiemnaście 19 = dziewiętnaście 20 = dwadzieścia 30 = trzydzieści 40 = czterdzieści 50 = pięćdziesiąt 60 = sześćdziesiąt 70 = siedemdziesiąt 80 = osiemdziesiąt 90 = dziewięćdziesiąt 100 = sto 1000 = tysiąc |
|
Portuguese source [574] (archived version of the website) | ||
1 = um, uma 2 = dois, duas 3 = três 4 = cuatro 5 = cinco 6 = seis 7 = sete 8 = oito 9 = nove 10 = dez 11 = onze 12 = doze 13 = treze 14 = quatorze 15 = quinze 16 = dezesseis 17 = dezesete 18 = sezeoito 19 = dezenove 20 = vinte |
21 = vinte e um 22 = vinte e dois 30 = trinta 31 = trinta e um 32 = trinta e due 40 = quarenta 50 = cinquenta 60 = sesenta 70 = setenta 80 = oitenta 90 = noventa 100 = ciem 200 = duzentos 500 = quinhentos 100 = mil |
|
Swedish source [579] (archived version of the website) | ||
1 = en,ett 2 = två 3 = tre 4 = fyra 5 = fem 6 = sex 7 = sju 8 = åtta 9 = nio 10 = tio 11 = elva 12 = tolv 13 = tretton 14 = fjorton 15 = femton |
16 = sexton 17 = sjutton 18 = arton 19 = nitton 20 = tjugo 21 = tjugoen, tjugoett 30 = trettio 40 = fyrtio 50 = femtio 60 = sextio 70 = sjuttio 80 = åttio 90 = nittio 100 = (ett)hundra 200 = tvåhundra 1000 = (ett)tusen 2000 = tvåtusen |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Russian diacritics and ligatures are not displayed.
The source used for some of these names is Terminorum musicae index septem linguis redactus (Polyglot dictionary of musical terms). Budapest: Akadémaia Kiadó ; Kassel: Bärenreiter, 1978. ISBN 9630512769, 3761805535 and Instrument names in other languages [580] from Dolmetsch online [581]
Thanks to Marco Adorna for assistance with the Italian terminology and Jean-Baptiste Mazon for help with the French terminology
Wind instruments: Woodwind instruments | Brass instruments | Stringed instruments | Plucked instruments | Keyboard instruments | Percussion instruments | Electronic instruments | Other instruments | Instrumental ensembles | Voices | Vocal ensembles
Wind instruments | |||||
Woodwind instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
wind instruments | instruments à vent | Blasinstrumenten | strumenti a fiato | dukhovye instrumenty | instrumentos de viento |
woodwind instruments | les bois; instruments à vent en bois | Holzblasinstrumente | legno | dereviannye dukhovye instrumenty | instrumentos de madera |
reeds | anches | trosti | |||
double reeds | anches doubles | double reeds | |||
flute see also When is a flute not a flute [183] |
flûte; grande flûte; flûte traversière |
Flöte; Querflöte | flauto | fleita | flauta |
oboe | hautbois | Oboe | oboe | goboi | oboe |
clarinet | clarinette | Klarinette | clarinetto | klarnet | clarinete |
bass clarinet | clarinette basse | Bassklarinette | clarinetto basso | bass-klarnet | clarinete bajo |
bassoon | basson | Fagott | fagotto | fagot | fagot(e) |
English horn | cor anglais | Englischhorn | corno inglese | angliiskii rozhok | corno/cuerno inglés |
recorder see also When is a flute not a flute [183] |
flûte à bec; flûte douce/droite |
Blockflöte | flauto dolce/ dritto/a becco |
blokfleita | flauta recta/ dulce/de pico |
saxophone | saxophone | Saxophon | sassofono; saxofono | saksofon | saxofón; saxofóno |
piccolo | piccolo; flûte piccolo; petite flûte |
Pikkoloflöte; Piccolo; kleine Flöte |
ottavino; flauto piccolo |
pikkolo; malaia fleita; fleita pikkolo |
flautín; ottavino |
oboe d'amore | hautbois d'amore; hautbois d'amour |
Liebesoboe | oboe d'amore | goboi d'amur | oboe de amor |
Brass instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
brass instruments | instruments à vent de cuivre; cuivres | Blechblasinstrumente | ottone | mednye dukhovye instrumenty | instrumentos de metal/ cobre; instrumentos de viento-metal; metales |
horn | cor | Horn | corno | Gorn; rog; rozhok Also valtorna, which is natural or hunting horn, also used for "French" horn |
corno; corno francés; trompa (da pistones); cuerno |
natural horn | cor simple | Waldhorn | corno naturale | valtorna | trompa natural |
trumpet | trompette | Trompete | tromba; clarino | truba | trompeta |
cornet | cornet (à pistons) | Kornett | cornetta | kornet | corneta |
flugelhorn | Flügelhorn | flicorno | fliugel'gorn | fliscorno | |
trombone | trombone | Posaune | trombone | trombon | trombón |
bass trombone | basse-trombone; trombone basse |
Bass Posaune | trombono basso | bas trombon | trombón bajo |
tuba | tuba | Tuba | tuba | tuba | tuba |
baritone | baryton; bariton | Bariton | baritono | bariton | barítono |
euphonium | euphonium | Euphonium | eufonio | evfonium | euphonium |
Stringed instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
string instruments | instruments à cordes; instruments à cordes frottées |
Saiteninstrumente | strumenti a corda; strumenti archi |
strunnye instrumenty | instrumentos de cuerdas |
strings | cordes | Streicher | archi | struny | cuerdas |
violin | violon | Violine; Geige | violino | skripka | violín |
viola | alto | Viola; Viole; Bratsche | viola | viola | viola |
violoncello | violoncelle | Violoncello; Cello | violoncello | violonchel' | violoncelo; cello; violonchelo |
double bass; string bass | contrebasse | Kontrabass | contrabasso | kontrabas | contrabajo |
viola da gamba | viole de gambe; viola da gamba |
Viola da gamba; Gambe |
viola da gamba | viola da gamba; gamba |
viola de gamba; viola da gamba |
viola d'amore | viole d'amour | Viola d'amore; Liebesgeige |
viola d'amore | viola d'amur | viola d'amore |
Plucked instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
plucked instruments | instruments à cordes pincées | Zupfinstrumente | strumenti a pizzico | shchipkovye instrumenty | instrumentos punteados |
cimbalom | cymbalum | Zymbal | |||
guitar | guitare | Gitarre | chitarra | gitara | guitarra |
harp | harpe | Harfe | arpa | arfa | arpa |
lute | luth | Laute | liuto | liutnia | laúd |
mandolin | mandoline | Mandoline | mandolino | mandolina | mandolina |
zither | cithare | Zither | cetra da tavolo | tsitra | cítara |
Keyboard instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
keyboard instrument | instrument à clavier | Tasteninstrumente | strumenti a tastiera | klavishnyi instrument | instrumentos de tecla |
accordion | accordéon | Akkordeon | fisarmonica | akkordeon | acordeón |
bayan | Bajan | bayan, fisarmonica bayan | baian | ||
celesta | célesta | Celesta | celesta | chelesta | celesta |
clavichord | clavicorde | Clavichord; Klavichord | clavicordo | klavikord | clavicordio |
continuo; thorough-bass |
basse continue | Generalbass; Basso continuo |
basso continuo | basso kontinuo; general-bas |
bajo continuo |
harpsichord | clavecin | Cembalo; Clavicembalo | clavicembalo | klavesin; chembalo | clavecémbalo; clavecín; clavicímbalo |
organ | orgue | Orgel | organo | organ | órgano |
piano | piano | Piano; Klavier | piano | fortep'iano | piano |
Percussion instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
percussion instruments | instruments à percussion | Schlaginstrumente; Perkussionsinstrumente |
strumenti a percussione | udarnye instrumenty | instrumentos de percusión |
bass drum | grosse caisse | Grosse Trommel | cassa; grancassa; gran cassa |
bol'shoi baraban | bombo |
castenets | castagnettes | Kastagnetten | castagnette | kastan'ety | castañuelas |
cowbells | cloches à vache | caubel | |||
cymbals | cymbales | Becken | piatti | tarelki | cimbalos |
drum | tambour | Trommel | tamburo | baraban | tambor |
glockenspiel | glockenspiel; jeu de timbres | Glockenspiel | glockenspiel; metallofono; campanelli |
kolokol'chiki | campanólogo; juego de timbres/órgano de campanas |
marimba | marimba | Marimbaphon | marimba | marimba | marimba |
rattle | crécelle | Ratsche, Knarre, Schnarre | raganella | treshchotka | carraca, matraca |
snare drum | caisse claire | Leinentrommel | tamburo rullante; tamburo militare; rullante |
frantsuzskii baraban | tambor afinable/con tensores |
tenor drum | caisse roulante | Rührtrommel; Wirbeltrommel; Tenortrommel |
cassa rullante; tamburino |
tsilindricheskii baraban | redoblante |
tambourine | tambourin | Tamburin | tamburello | buben | pandereta |
timpani | timbales | Pauken | timpano | litavra | timbal |
tubular bells | cloches tubulaires | Rohrenglocke | campane tubolari | trubchatye kolokola | campanas tubulares |
xylophone | xylophone | Xylophon | xilofono | ksilofon | xilofón; xilofóno |
Electronic instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
electronic instruments | electronnye instrumenty | ||||
computer | ordinateur | Computerklänge | kompiuter | ||
ondes martenot | ondes martenot | ||||
synthesizer | synthétiseur | sintetizzatore | sintezator | ||
tape | bande | Tonbande; Zuspielband | nastro | magnitofonnaia lenta | banda |
Other instruments | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
dulcimer (hammered) | Hackbrett | salterio | tsimbaly | dulcema | |
harmonica | harmonica | Mundharmonika | gubnaia garmoshika | ||
Instrumental ensembles | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
instrumental ensembles | ensembles instrumentaux | ||||
band | orchestre d'instruments à vent; orchestre à vent; harmonie de concert; harmonie; orchestre d'harmonie |
Blasorchester | orchestra di strumenti a fiato | dukhovoi orkestr | orquesta de vientos |
brass band | fanfare | ||||
chamber orchestra | orchestre de chambre | Kammerorchester | orchestra da camera | kamernyi orkestr | orquesta de cámara |
string orchestra | orchestre à cordes | Streichorchester | orchestra d'archi | strunnyi orkestr | orquesta de cuerdas |
orchestra | orchestre | Orchester | orchestra | orkestr | orquesta |
Voices | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
voice | voix | Stimme | voce | golos | voz |
soprano | soprano, dessus | Sopran | soprano | soprano | soprano |
male alto/low soprano |
bas-dessus | ||||
mezzo soprano | mezzo-soprano | Mezzosopran | mezzosoprano | metstsosoprano/ metso-soprano |
mezzo-soprano |
alto; contralto | alto; contralto | Alt | contralto | al't; kontral'to | contralto |
tenor | ténor, taille | Tenor | tenore | tenor | tenor |
baritone | baryton; bariton | Bariton | baritono | bariton | barítono |
bass baritone | basse taille | ||||
bass | basse | Bass | basso | bas | bajo |
counter tenor | contre-ténor; haute-contre |
Contratenor | controtenore | kontratenor | contratenor |
high voice | haut | hohe | acuto | vysokaia | agudo |
medium voice | médium; moyen | mittlere | medio | sredniaia | medio |
low voice | grave | tiefe | grave | nizkaia | grave |
Vocal ensembles | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Russian | Spanish |
vocal ensembles | ensembles vocaux | ||||
chorus | chœur | Chor | coro | khor | coro |
mixed voices | voix mixtes | Stimmen gemischte | voci miste | smeshannye golosa | voces mixtas |
women's voices | chœur de femmes | Frauenchor; Frauenstimme |
coro femminile | zhenskii khor | coro femenino |
men's voices | chœur d'hommes | Männerchor; Männerstimme |
coro maschile | muzhskoi khor | coro masculino; choro de hombres |
children's voices | chœur d'enfants | Kinderchor | voci bianche | detskii khor | coro infantil; coro de niños |
equal voices | voix égales | Stimmen gleiche | voci pari | odnorodnye golosa | voces iguales |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also Numbers in languages other than French, German, Italian, and Spanish [523] | Lots of German numbers [582] and Find French words for numbers [583]
Cardinal Numbers |
Ordinal Numbers |
|||||||||
French | German | Italian | Spanish | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |||
1 | un(e) | ein(s) | uno,una | uno,una,un | 1st | premièr(e) | erste | primo | primer(o),-re | |
2 | deux | zwei | due | dos | 2nd | deuxième second(e) |
zweite | secondo | segundo,-da | |
3 | trois | drei | tre | tres | 3rd | troisième | dritte | terzo | tercer(o), tercio | |
4 | quatre | vier | quattro | cuatro | 4th | quatrième | vierte | quarto | cuarto | |
5 | cinq | fünf | cinque | cinco | 5th | cinquième | fünfte | quinto | quinto | |
6 | six | sechs | sei | seis | 6th | sixième | sechste | sesto | sexto | |
7 | sept | sieben | sette | siete | 7th | septième | siebente | settimo | septimo | |
8 | huit | acht | otto | ocho | 8th | huitième | achte | ottavo | octavo | |
9 | neuf | neun | nove | nueve | 9th | neuvième | neunte | nono | noveno, nono | |
10 | dix | zehn | dieci | diez | 10th | dixième | zehnte | decimo | décimo | |
11 | onze | elf | undici | once | 11th | onzième | elfte | undicesimo | undecimo | |
12 | douze | zwölf | dodici | doce | 12th | douzième | zwölfte | dodicesimo | duodecimo | |
13 | treize | dreizehn | tredici | trece | 13th | treizième | dreizehnte | tredicesimo | decimotercio | |
14 | quatorze | vierzehn | quattordici | catorce | 14th | quatorzième | vierzehnte | quattordicesimo | decimocuarto | |
15 | quinze | fünfzehn | quindici | quince | 15th | quinzième | Füzehnte | quindicesimo | decimoquinto | |
16 | seize | sechzehn | sedici | dieciséis | 16th | seizième | sechzehnte | sedicesimo | decimosexto | |
17 | dix-sept | siebzehn | diciassette | diecisiete | 17th | dix-septième | siebzehnte | diciassettesimo | decimoseptimo | |
18 | dix-huit | achtzehn | diciotto | dieciocho | 18th | dix-huitième | achtzehnte | diciottesimo | decimoctavo | |
19 | dix-neuf | neunzehn | diciannove | diecinueve | 19th | dix-neuvième | neunzehnte | diciannovesimo | decimonono | |
20 | vingt | zwanzig | venti | veinte | 20th | vingtième | zwanzigste | ventesimo | vigesimo | |
21 | vingt et un | einundzwanzig | ventuno | veintiuno | 21st | vingt et unième | einundzwanzigste | ventunesimo | vigesimo primo | |
22 | vingt-deux | zweiundzwanzig | ventidue | veintidos | 22nd | vingt-deuxième | ventiduesimo | |||
23 | vingt-trois | dreiundzwanzig | ventitre | veintitres | 23rd | vingt-troisième | ventitreesimo | |||
24 | vingt-quatre | vierundzwanzig | ventiquattro | veinticuatro | 24th | vingt-quatrième | ventiquattresimo See below for more |
|||
30 | trente | dreissig | trenta | treinta | 30th | trentième | dreissigste | trentesimo | trigesimo | |
40 | quarante | vierzig | quaranta | cuarenta | 40th | quarantième | vierzigste | quarantesimo | cuadragesimo | |
50 | cinquante | fünfzig | cinquanta | cincuenta | 50th | cinquantième | fümfzigste | cinquantesimo | quincuagesimo | |
60 | soixante | sechzig | sessanta | sesenta | 60th | soixantième | sechzigste | sessantesimo | sexagesimo | |
70 | soixante-dix | siebzig | settanta | setenta | 70th | soixante-dixième | siebzigste | settantesimo | septuagesimo | |
80 | quatre-vingt(s) | achtzig | ottanta | ochenta | 80th | quatre-vingtième | achtzigste | ottantesimo | octogèsimo | |
90 | quatre-vingt- dix |
neunzig | novanta | noventa | 90th | quatre-vingt- dixième |
neunzigste | novantesimo | nonagesimo | |
100 | cent | hundert | cento | cien(to) | 100th | centième | hundertste | centesimo | centésimo | |
200 | deux cents | zweihundert | duecento | doscientos | 200th | deux centième | zweihundertste | ducentesimo | ||
300 | trois cents | dreihundert | trecento | trescientos | 300th | trois centème | dreihundertste | tricentesimo | ||
400 | quatre cents | vierhundert | quattrocento | cuatrocientos | 400th | quatre centième | vierhundertste | cuadringentesimo | ||
500 | cinq cents | fünfhundert | cinquecento | quinientos | 500th | cinq centième | fünfhundertste | quingentesimo | ||
600 | six cents | sechshundert | seicento | seiscientos | 600th | six centième | sechshundertste | secentesimo | ||
700 | sept cents | siebenhundert | settecento | setecientos | 700th | sept centième | siebenhundertste | septingentesimo | ||
800 | huit cents | achthundert | ottocento | ochocientos | 800th | huit centième | achthundertste | octingentesimo | ||
900 | neuf cents | neunhundert | novecento | novecientos | 900th | neuf centième | neunhundertste | noningentesimo | ||
1,000 | mille | tausend | mille | mil | 1,000th | millième | tausendste | millesimo | milésimo |
Italian ordinal numbers:
When Italian ordinal numbers are used as adjectives, they must agree in number and gender with that which they modify. Hence, "seicentesimo" may be any of the following:
seicentesimo = singular, masculine nouns
seicentesima = singular, feminine nouns
seicentesimi = plural, masculine nouns
seicentesime = plural, feminine nouns
Some more Italian numbers:
Italian
2000 = duemila
3000 = tremila
25th = venticinquesimo
26th = ventiseiesimo
27th = ventisettesimo
28th = ventiottesimo
29th = ventinovesimo
200th = duecentesimo
300th = trecentesimo
400th = quattrocentesimo
500th = cinquencentesimo
600th = seicentesimo
700th = settecentesimo
800th = ottocentesimo
900th = novecentesimo
1000th = millesimo
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]
Non-plus = less than or equal to 26 cm. in any direction (height or width)
Plus = equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
• Indicated as ‡m Oversize in Voyager.
Double-plus = more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)
• Indicated as ‡m Folio in Voyager.
Where to send an item for binding
Items can be bound in-house (pam-bound):
• 35 pages or fewer AND with a single signature OR with no signatures (i.e., single sheets) AND is 36 cm. or less
Items should be commercially bound:
• 36 pages or more
OR
• with multiple signatures, even with fewer than 36 pages
OR
• 37 cm. or more in any direction (height or width), even with fewer than 36 pages and a single signature
When you are preparing a score with parts to be bound, either for the in-house bindery or especially for Bridgeport, please put the parts in the front of the item right inside the front cover. This will prevent Bridgeport from binding parts in with the scores because they were stuck in the middle or in the back. This will also help greatly in the sorting process for the pam-binder project.
Bridgeport's standard binding is double-fan glued and requires a minimum of 1/3" margin. This will be done unless instructions indicate otherwise.
Instructions for filling out bindery slips
These are sample instructions to be used alone or in combination.
Instructions for binding the item: Type of Binding | Binding and print colors | Covers | Parts
Instructions for filling out author/title information
Special instructions for for multi-volume items, and dissertations
When the item is already nicely sewn, this instruction will tell Bridgeport to retain the original signatures. This will make for a stronger binding. Otherwise, Bridgeport will cut off the inner edges and double-fan glue. In either case, the book or score will open flat, but the stronger recased item is worth the surcharge. Specify recase also for volumes to be repaired when the book block is still intact.
Sew thru fold
Use for single signature items. However, if the item is fairly thick (more than 3/8"), have Bridgeport double-fan glue (no special instructions needed).
Trim edges
Use when any of the three edges of the pages have not been cut.
Binding color: | Print color: |
Scores: 192 (dark red) | W (white) |
Books: 494 (olive green) | G (gold) |
Yale collection: 563 (blue) | W (white) |
Keep front cover; Keep back cover
Use when the front or back covers or the inside of either includes information that does not appear elsewhere on the item. This information can include biographical information needed to establish the heading for the author(s), ISBN, other title information, illustrations, or a summary of the contents.
Mount front cover onto binding
When an item has a cover of particular interest, beauty, or other eye-catching nature, it may be pasted on the binding. Make sure there is no information on the inside of the cover that needs to be retained. Select a binding color that compliments the cover and a print color that will be easily read against the binding color.
Parts in pocket
Use when the parts are very thin or if it is anticipated that they will receive little use. This will be a paper pocket.
Parts in half-cloth cover
Use when the parts are fairly thick or if it is anticipated that they will receive much use. Bridgeport will automatically make a buckram pocket for half-cloth bound parts.
Bind score [recase or sew thru fold]); parts in buckram pocket (do not cover parts)
Bridgeport will automatically make a paper pocket for part(s) if fairly thin; it is necessary to specify a buckram pocket if desired for uncovered parts. However, if it is specified that parts should be half-cloth bound, Bridgeport will automatically insert them in a buckram pocket.
Vol. [Parts] to go as is into portfolio with velcro closures
Use when a wraparound portfolio is desired, such as for a thick set of facsimile parts that will not be bound or half-bound.
N.B. Sets of parts: For especially thick, heavy-use parts (e.g., complete Beethoven quartets), bind and barcode each part separately. This departs from past practice of wraparound and case.
Filling out author/title information
Author's/composer's name:
Generally include the last name of the author and the full title. Use the spelling in the established heading (in the 100 field) even if that's not the form used on the item.
When the composer's name appears in the title, it isn't necessary to include the name separately. Include only the title.
When dealing with authors or composers from prolific families, such as Bach or Haydn, include the first initial(s) as well. Give the initial(s) and last name in direct order, e.g., J.S. Bach, rather than in indirect order (Bach, J.S.).
Title:
If the title is very long and unlikely to fit on the spine, shorten the title at a sensible spot. If we don't do this, Bridgeport will cut off the title wherever needed to fit the spine.
For titles beginning with "Mel Bay presents" leave out "Mel Bay presents" and include only the portion of the title that follows.
When the title is the main entry, include only the title.
When ellipses (...) appear in a title, they are transcribed as two dashes (--). On the bindery slip, keep them as ellipses. If you use dashes, Bridgeport will interpret them as a line break.
Corporate body or conference name as main entry:
When a corporate body is the main entry, include what can reasonably fit on the bindery slip.
When a conference is the main entry, include what can reasonably fit on the bindery slip. Check the shelf to see what has been done for earlier meetings of the conference.
Multi-volume items | Multi-volume items bound in 1 binding | Dissertations
Multi-volume items:
Bindery slips for multi-volume items are filled out in the standard manner, with the addition of the volume designation after an additional dashed line:
[title] \\ VOL. ____
Use the English abbreviation "vol." even if the call number will include an abbreviation in another language, e.g.:
Call number has "Bd. 1"; spine will have "Vol. 1"
Multi-volume items bound in 1 binding:
Sometimes the volumes of a multi-volume score are to bound together. Even if each volume could be pam-bound on its own, the item must be sent to the commercial bindery when all the volumes are to be bound together.
The instructions are "BIND ____ VOLS TOGETHER IN 1 BINDING."
Request that the item be recased following the instructions above.
See also When to bind two scores together [585].
Dissertations:
Binding color: 990 (black)
Print color: G (gold)
TITLE \\ [VOL. ____]
When adding a volume to an existing multi-volume set or serial, consult the volumes already on the shelf as to:
° binding color;
° what to have printed on the spine;
° spine printing color.
Recase whenever original signatures/sewings are still intact. Ask that loose leaves be reattached if there are just a few loose.
Otherwise, rebind unless pages are too brittle. In that case, order a conserphase box (gray archival board or buckram/roxite-covered, string and button or velcro closures). If rebinding, consider choosing a buckram color and ink to match original binding. For reference volumes, be sure to instruct Bridgeport as to format of title on spine, so that they will match other volumes in the set as closely as possible. For multi-volume sets, check the shelf for past rebinding practice.
If unsure as to how to proceed or whether item is reparable, send item to Bridgeport and leave treatment decision to them. Or, provide them with acceptable options, e.g., Rebind or Conserphase, or Repair or Rebind.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Bindery procedures [32]
When music for two or more instruments is issued as two scores and the scores are not issued together (e.g., the 300 field says "1 score") follow these instructions:
M1011, M1111:
When we get two 2-piano scores, they should never be bound together.
When we a solo piano part and one 2-piano score, they should be bound together.
Other class numbers:
When music for two or more instruments is issued in scores published singly, and we purchase enough for performance, bind all together. For example, when we buy two copies of a score for two violins, the 300 field will say "1 score." Assign only one barcode, even though we have two copies.
Indicate that the two scores are bound together:
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
Add a 590 field: 590 __ MUS: Copy 1-2 bound together. OR 590 __ MUS: Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. |
Add a universal message in ‡z the 852 field: 852 00 ... ‡z 2 copies in 1 binding |
In the past, there have been several ways of noting this:
Piano concertos | |
Orbis #3127413 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ Copy 1-2 in one binding. | 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 ‡i B415 op.15 H5+ ‡m Oversize In the item record: Enum: c.1-2 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 ‡i B415 op.15 H5+ ‡m Oversize No item record or barcode |
Orbis #666226 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. | Two item records; two barcodes: 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize |
Orbis #666255 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. | One item record for c. 1; one barcode: 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 B415 op.37 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize |
Orbis #666259 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : Library's copies: 2 scores each. | Three item records; three barcodes: 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 B415 op.73 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1011 B415 op.73 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 3 ‡h M1011 B415 op.73 ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize |
Orbis #666709 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. |
852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 M939 K.316a ‡i A+ ‡m Oversize ‡x 2 copies in 1 |
Orbis #666713 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : Copy 1-2 in 1 binding. | 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1011 M939 K.449 ‡i S3+ ‡m Oversize ‡z 2 copies in 1 binding In item record: Enum: 2 copies |
Violin duets | |
Orbis #3009868 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
300 __ 1 score (43 p.) ; ‡c 30 cm. No 590 field |
One item record; one barcode: 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 ‡i G951 op.2 B1+ ‡m Oversize ‡z copy 1-2 in 1 binding In item record: Enum: c.1-2 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 ‡i G951 op.2 B1+ ‡m Oversize No item record or barcode |
Orbis #742306 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
300 __ score (2 v.) ; ‡c 31 cm. | 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 L462 op.3 ‡i M9+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 L462 op.3 ‡i M9+ ‡m Oversize ‡x c.2-c.3 in one binding |
Orbis #659257 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : Copy 2 bound in pocket. | Two item records; two barcodes: 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 M181 ‡i S7+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 M181 ‡i S7+ ‡m Oversize |
Orbis #673837 | |
Bibliographic record: | Holdings: |
590 __ MUS : c.1-2 bound together. | One item record; one barcode: 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M287 ‡i S626+ ‡m Oversize 852 00 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M287 ‡i S626+ ‡m Oversize |
Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]
These are procedures for cataloging musicals on CD for The American Musical Theater Collection [586] in the Irving S. Gilmore Music Library [72].
Cataloging | Authorized access points | Call numbers | MARC holdings | Item records | Processing
Copy in OCLC: LC copy (DLC) is usually not as full as member copy. These member codes in the 040 are preferred over DLC: CPL, OBE, SNN, IUL
MARC tagging
Authorized access points for musicals
When the sound recording contains all the music from a composer's musical or revue, the uniform title does not include "‡k Selections," even if the dialogue is not included in the item.
If it is unclear or not stated on the recording that all the music is included, assume that it is complete.
100 1 Sondheim, Stephen. 240 10 Funny thing happened on the way to the forum 245 00 Original cast recording of A funny thing happened on the way to the forum ‡h [sound recording] . . . |
When it is clear that not all the musical portions are included, add "‡k Selections" to the uniform title:
100 1 Sondheim, Stephen. 240 10 Funny thing happened on the way to the forum. ‡k Selections 245 00 Selections from A funny thing happened on the way to the forum ‡h [sound recording] . . . |
When all the songs on the recording are by one composer taken from more than one musical, use "Musicals. ‡k Selections":
100 1 Sondheim, Stephen. 240 10 Musicals. ‡k Selections 245 14 A little Sondheim music ‡h [sound recording] : ‡b songs from musicals by Sondheim . . . |
Use "Songs. ‡k Selections" for a collection of songs even when some are taken from theatrical works:
100 1 Sondheim, Stephen. 240 10 Songs. ‡k Selections 245 10 Old friends ‡h [sound recording] : ‡b Geraldine Turner sings the songs of Stephen Sondheim . . . 500 Chiefly excerpts from musicals. |
Assign an LC call number as if it were a score. The following class numbers are all that will probably be needed for these CDs:
M1500 = complete musicals, stage versions
M1503 = complete musicals, accompaniment arranged for piano
M1505 = excerpts with original accompaniment, stage versions and motion pictures
M1506 = excerpts with accompaniment arranged for orchestra or other ensemble (not piano), stage versions and motion pictures
M1527 = complete musicals, motion picture music either originally composed for motion pictures or adapted from stage versions
M1527.7 = television music, complete works
M1527.8 = television music, excerpts
° Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for composer and title cutters.
° If necessary, add the date of performance in parentheses to differentiate between identical call numbers.
° Add "CD" as the final elements of the call number:
M1500 B531 ‡i W9 CD
M1500 B531 ‡i W9 (1998) CD
M1500 M151 ‡i L9 CD
M1500 W952 ‡i K2 CD
Use capital letters following the date of performance for the second (and any subsequent) recordings of the same recording date and cast issued by the same manufacturer, but with different manufacture numbers and date of issue:
M1500 P844 ‡i K6 CD
M1500 P844 ‡i K6 (1949) CD
M1500 P844 ‡i K6 (1949A) CD
Use date of manufacture to distinguish between recordings with the same recording place, cast, and probable recording date, issued by different manufacturers when neither manufacturer gives date of recording:
M1500 L765 J6 CD ‡i J6 CD
M1500 L765 J6 CD ‡i J6 (2003) CD
Tag 852 = call number
Indicator 1: 0 = LC classification
Indicator 2: 0 = single disc
Indicator 2: 1 = multiple disc set
Tag 866 = volume holdings (for multiple disc set)
Indicator 1: 4 = detailed extent of holdings information
Indicator 2: 1
single disc:
852 00 ‡b mus ‡h M1500 K39 ‡i L4 CD
multiple disc set:
852 01 ‡b mus ‡h M1500 B531 ‡i W9 CD
866 41 ‡8 0 ‡a disc 1-2
Include the note "Gift of the Shen Family Foundation" in ‡x of the 852 field for the CDs from the "suitcase," which were donated by the Shen family:
For more information about MARC holdings, see MARC holdings and local practice [29].
The default codes in "Perm. Loc." and "Item type" when you request a new item record are "ccl" and "circ." Change the Item Type from "circ" to "media":
multiple disc set
Create an item record for each disc and assign numbers "disc 1," "disc 2," etc., in the Enum field:
When the holdings are displayed, each disc will be listed with disc number and barcode:
After assigning the barcode and disc number (if needed), click on the middle button in the lower left hand corner of the dialog box:
It looks like a pie chart:
When it opens, select "CD". Double click on "CD" or click the blue arrow to move it to the upper portion of the box. ![]() |
Then click "OK" and save the item record.
|
Processing done in the music library
Instructions for removing CDs from jewel cases and putting them in translucent cases:
1. Remove the disc and booklet from the jewel case. Take the jewel case apart to remove the back panel/spine.
2. Put the disc in the translucent case.
Slip the back panel/spine under the plastic covering of the back of a translucent case.
Put the CD booklet inside the front cover of the translucent case, if it fits. If it doesn't fit, put it in another translucent case.
3. Put the barcode on the front of the translucent case on the upper left, front corner, closest to the spine of the case.
Use single sided barcodes (if you don't know what a single sided barcode is, ask for help before doing this step):
Multi-disc sets:
Barcode each disc in a multi-disc set.
Rubber band together the CDs in a multi-disc set.
When a CD booklet requires the use of an additional translucent case, barcode that case as well.
4. Rubber band any extraneous wrappers, notes, etc. for single CDs or multi-disc sets to the cases for the CDs.
Post-cataloging processing:
Use a black fine-point permanent marker and write "Yale University Music Library" and the call number on the side of the CD that has the label.
When the label is too dark, use a different color marker, such as silver.
Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584] ♪ Call numbers [3]
Size | M23, M219, M231 | M175 | ML410 | Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table
Class numbers that are cuttered by person, instrument, topic, or place
This applies to both books and scores. The existence of a plus or double plus sign does not make the call number unique.
Non-plus = less than or equal to 26 cm. in any direction (height or width)
Plus = equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to or equal to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
Double-plus = equal to or more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)
M23, M219, M231: Yale practice for sonatas for piano, violin, and cello
The class numbers for sonatas for piano, violin, and violoncello are further subdivided:
All sonatas by one composer | Selected sonatas by one composer | Individual sonatas by one composer | |||
M23 | piano sonatas | M219 | violin and piano sonatas | M231 | cello and piano sonatas |
M23.3 | selected piano sonatas | M219.3 | selected violin and piano sonatas | M231.3 | selected cello and piano sonatas |
M23.5* | individual piano sonatas | M219.5* | individual violin and piano sonatas | M231.5* | individual cello and piano sonatas |
* Practice varies, but M23.5, M219.5, and M231.5 are used even when the composer has written only one sonata for that medium.
M175: Yale practice for solo marimba music
M175.X6: music for xylophone, marimba, vibraharp, vibraphone is divided into two separate class numbers:
M175.X6: xylophone, vibraharp, vibraphone
M175.X9: marimba
Application of this practice has varied in the past. Marimba music can be found in both M175.X6 and M175.X9.
ML410: Yale practice for composer biographies
The class number for individual composer biography and criticism and interpretation is further divided:
A101 | = Writings, collected and selected |
A102 | = Correspondence |
A103 | = Autobiography |
A104 | = Single literary works |
A105 | = Anniversaries, festivals, congresses, etc. |
A106 | = Societies |
A107 | = Memorial volumes |
A109 | = Documents, interviews, etc. |
For exhibitions about a composer, use ML141. Cutter by city of exhibition, then by composer (one number only), e.g., ML141 P898 M9 for an exhibition about Mozart in Prague).
Using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table
The Yale University Music Library uses the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table as the source for cutter numbers.
M939 not .M939
° The name Stankovíc falls between Stanh S786 and Stanl S787. Because "k" comes after "h" but before "l," use the lower number: S786.
° Because the name Boëly has an umlaut, it should be cuttered as "boeely," making it fall between Boe B669 and Boeh B671. Because "e" comes before "h," the lower number, B669 is used.
° If the umlaut had not been in the name, it would have been cuttered as "boely," falling between Boeh B671 and Boer B672.
Name
|
Entered under
|
Cutter as
|
Not as
|
Henry-Louis de La Grange | La Grange | lagrange (lagr = L178) | la grange (la = L111) |
John La Montaine | La Montaine | lamontaine (lamon = L234) | la montaine (la = L111) |
Helga de la Motte-Haber | De la Motte-Haber | delamotte (delam = D336) | de la motte (de = D278) or la motte (la = L111) |
Carl Van Wyk | Van Wyk | vanwyk (vanw = V285) | van wyk (van = V217) |
° The cutter table jumps from "mazzon" (478) to "me" (479), with no intervening "mc," so it would be difficult to cutter all names beginning with "McC" in M478.
Name
|
Cutter
|
Cuttered as
|
McCabe | M121 | maccabe |
MacClintock | M127 | macclintock |
MacCombie | M129 | maccombie |
McCormack | M131 | maccormack |
MacDowell | M138 | macdowell |
McPhee | M172 | macphee |
Local practice for cutter numbers and Class M
Class numbers that are subarranged or cuttered by person, instrument, topic, or place
When a class number is subarranged or cuttered the cutter number may be found in Class M (or determined by using the LC cutter table [593]) or may be established by using the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table. The sections below indicate when to use the cutter number given in Class M and when to use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table, even when a cutter number is given in Class M.
Class numbers that are cuttered by instrument or topic:
Use the cutter numbers, when required and given, in Class M (or determined by using the LC cutter table [593]) for the following classes:
All class numbers from M1-M2191
By person: Use the cutter number already established for this person:
A [45] | B [46] | C [47] | D [48] | E [49] | F [50] | G [51] | H [52] | I [53] | J [54] | K [55] | L [56] | M [57] | N [58] | O [59] | P [60] | Q [61] | R [62] | S [63] | T [64] | V [65] | W [66] | XYZ [67] or the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for the composer, performer, etc. followed by a cutter number for main entry if needed in classes:
ML410-ML429 | MT100 | MT115 | MT130 | MT145 |
By instrument or topic: Use the cutter number already established for the topic [70] or the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table for the following classes:
ML102 | ML128 | ML132 | ML156.4 | ML990 | ML1015 | ML1038 | ML1089 | ML3560 | ML3561 | ML3611 |
ML3616 | ML3621 | ML3645 | ML3646 | ML3656 | ML3661 | ML3671 | ML3695 | ML3713 | ML3717 | ML3722 |
MT64 | MT191 | MT335 | MT358 | MT533 | MT559 | MT634 | MT654 | MT725 | MT801 |
By place: Use the Cutter-Sanborn Three-Figure Author Table to establish cutter numbers when any class can be specified by country or, following the table for ML198+, by state, province, etc., or city:
ML102 | ML106 | ML136 | ML141 | |
ML198-ML360.8 | ML475-ML547 | ML560-592 | ML610-ML642 | ML660-ML692 |
ML710-ML742 | ML810-ML842 | ML860-ML890 | ||
ML1110-ML1151 | ML1210-ML1251 | ML1310-ML1351 | ML1410-ML1451 | ML1510-ML1551 |
ML1610-ML1651 | ML1710-ML1751 | |||
ML2510-ML2551 | ML2610-ML2651 | ML2810-ML2851 | ML2910-ML2951 | ML3010-ML3051 |
ML3110-ML3151 | ML3210-ML3251 | ML3310-ML3351 | ML3410-ML3451 | ML3475-ML3776 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]
Sound and video recordings, CD-ROMs, and USB drives that accompany a book or score are shelved separately, not with the book or score itself.
In addition to the barcode for the book or score, assign a barcode to the sound recording as well.
If the book or score is being sent to commercial bindery, attach a note saying "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" to the bindery slip. When the item is returned from being bound, "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" will be stamped on the item.
In the items records, indicate each format in "Enum."
For the book or score:
° Change the Item type to "circ" ° Add "book" or "score" to Enum. |
![]() |
For the sound/video recording: ° Change Perm. Loc. to musrec. ° Change the Item Type to "media" ° In Enum, use one of the following: ° sound cassette |
![]() |
The information will display in the OPAC like this:
Location: |
MUSIC LIBRARY, SML compact disc Shelved at MUSIC LIBRARY, SML, Recordings Collection (Non-Circ) |
Call Number: |
M298 W976 F7+ Oversize |
Status: |
Not Checked Out |
Put the barcode for the recording on a slip with ORBIS ID and call number and take the recording to the sound recordings collection.
In addition to the barcode for the book or score, assign a barcode to the CD-ROM as well.
Assign a call number "CDRM ____" after searching by call number to determine the next number to be assigned. Give the call number in the holdings record:
Add a note in a 590 field in the bib record: "MUS: Accompanying CD-ROM shelved at Circulation Desk as CDRM ____."
In the items records, indicate each format in "Enum."
For the book or score:
° Change the Item type to "circ" ° Add "book" or "score" to Enum. |
![]() |
For the CD-ROM:
° Create a new holdings record in which the CD-ROM will be assigned its own call number. ° There is no change to temp loc; it remains as "muscirc". ° Change the Item Type to "media" ° There is no change to enum/chrom |
![]() |
The information will display in the OPAC like this:
Location: |
MUSIC LIBRARY, SML |
Call Number: |
ML3790 C411 D6 |
Status: |
book Checked out - Due 06/02/2005 |
|
|
Location: |
MUSIC LIBRARY, SML, Circulation Desk |
Call Number: |
CDRM 75 |
Status: |
Not Checked Out |
In addition to the barcode for the book or score, assign a barcode to the USB drive as well.
If the book or score is being sent to commercial bindery, attach a note saying "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" to the bindery slip. When the item is returned from being bound, "Accompanying ____ shelved with sound recordings" will be stamped on the item.
In the items records, indicate each format in "Enum."
For the book or score:
° Change the Item type to "circ" ° Add "book" or "score" to Enum. |
![]() |
For the USB drive:
For the sound/video recording: ° Change Perm. Loc. to musrec. ° Change the Item Type to "recordings" ° In Enum, use "USB drive" |
![]() |
The information will display in the OPAC like this:
Location: |
MUSIC LIBRARY, SML USB drive Shelved at MUSIC LIBRARY, SML, Recordings Collection |
Call Number: |
ML410 S118 K23 |
Status: |
Not Checked Out |
Put the barcode for the USB drive on a slip with ORBIS ID and call number and take the USB drive to the sound recordings collection.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]
See also MARC holdings and 590 notes for books and scores with accompanying audio/video recordings [30] | MARC holdings for 78 RPM recordings [31]
For official YUL Cataloging Depart policy, see MFHD policies & procedures [594] | MFHD examples [595]
Multipart monograph MFHD guidelines [596]
Subfield codes for call numbers in the holdings record in Voyager | |
‡b | Location code: ‡b Mus ‡b Musref |
‡t | Copy number, when there is more than one copy, goes in ‡t. |
‡h | The class number goes in ‡h. When there are two cutter numbers, the first cutter number goes in ‡h When there are three or more cutter numbers, all but the last cutter number goes in ‡h |
‡i | The remainder of the call number goes in ‡i When needed, the plus sign or double plus sign should be the last element of ‡i |
‡m | For call numbers with a plus sign, include ‡m Oversize For call numbers with a double plus sign, include ‡m Folio |
‡2 | For non-LC call numbers, include ‡2 localyale |
‡z | local notes |
Location codes for music:
mus
muscar (carrel charges)
muscirc (used CDRMs)
musmic (microforms)
musoff1 (Librarian's Office, ML 107M (Non-Circ))
musoff2 (Tech Services, ML 106M (Non-Circ))
musoff3 (Librarian's Office, ML 112 (Non-Circ))
HSR:
mushsr
mushsrref (HSR reference)
musohm (OHAM)
musper (periodicals)
musrar1 (rare materials that live in the Music Library)
musrar2 (used to be for rare M and ML; not used anymore)
musrec (recordings)
musref (reference)
musres (permanent open reserve)
muszzz (no longer used; once used for desk copies in people’s offices and for withdrawn/discarded copies; most of the MFHD are suppressed)
LSF
lsfohmr (OHAM)
lsfmus
lsfmusr (rare materials including HSR materials except for individual recordings)
lsfhsrr (for HRS individual recordings)
lsfmusrecr
Multiple copies
For an item with multiple copies, add ‡t 1, ‡t 2, etc. to the holdings record:
852 0 0 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M1001 B415 op.21 ‡i K1
852 0 0 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M1001 B415 op.21 ‡i K1
Change copy number to 2 in the item record, as well.
Examples of MARC holdings
multi-volume items:
852 0 1 ‡b mus ‡h M126 L387 ‡i G9+ ‡m Oversize
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a v.1-v.10
See Gap and non-gap breaks; line breaks [597] for incomplete holdings.
multiple copies of multi-volume items:
852 0 1 ‡b mus ‡t 1 ‡h M23.5 O74 ‡i B6+ ‡m Oversize
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a v.1
852 0 1 ‡b mus ‡t 2 ‡h M23.5 O74 ‡i B6+ ‡m Oversize
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a v.1
Item records
Record enumeration [598] designations go in the ENUM field in the Voyager item record
Record chronological designations [599] go in the CHRON field in the Voyager item record
Including part captions [600] is preferred.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Local Yale music cataloging documentation [584]
Marking books and scores | Parts | Reference and rare
Items with accompanying audio/video recordings [30] | Special 590 notes and marking the item | Gifts
Use pencil, writing on the location (title page, cover, caption, etc.) used as the chief source of information in the bibliographic record.
Make three dots below the first letter of the name or title (excluding initial articles) functioning as the main entry in the bibliographic record.
Formatting the call number on the item
The class and class number are entered on separate lines on the item.
The decimal point preceding the first cutter number in the 090 or 050 field in the bibliographic record is not included in the call number in the holdings record and is not marked on the score.
050/090 in the bib record: M1045.B651 ‡b A5
852 in the holdings record: M1045 B651 ‡i A5
M |
not |
M1045 |
When the call number includes a decimal portion of the class number (e.g., M557.4), drop the decimal portion to the second line of the call number, aligned to the right side:
M |
ML |
Oversize and folio
Use a single plus sign for oversize (equal to or more than 27 cm. and up to or equal to 36 cm. in any direction (height or width)
Use two plus sings for folio (equal to or more than 37 cm. in any direction (height or width)
The plus sign is not included in the 050/090 field in the bib record.
The plus sign follows the last element of the call number in the holdings record.
050/090 in the bib record: M652.L767 ‡b S5
852 in the holdings record: M652 L767 ‡i S5+ ‡m Oversize
M |
Call number with a opus, work, serial, or thematic index number; date; key; or other element needed to make the call number unique:
050/090 in the bib record: M184 ‡b .T435 op.41
852 in the holdings record: M184 ‡i T435 op.41+ ‡m Oversize
The item is marked with the plus sign after the final cutter number preceding opus, work, or thematic number.
M |
not |
M |
050/090 in the bib record: M175.X6 A315 ‡b S4 no.1
852 in the holdings record: M175 X6 A315 ‡i S4 no.1+ ‡m Oversize
M |
not |
M |
The call number has a cutter number following the opus number to indicate publisher [601] or editor [602] in order to make the call number unique.
050/090 in the bib record: M452 ‡i B415 ‡b op.127 H5
852 in the holdings record: M452 ‡B415 op.127 H5+ ‡m Oversize
M |
not |
M |
Multiple copies: copy number is not indicated for copy 1:
M |
M |
not |
M |
M |
Multiple copies of multiple volumes: the volume is indicated before the copy number:
M |
not |
M |
The call number is placed in the upper left-hand corner of the first page of the part. This could be a cover, title page, or caption, but it must be visible when it is placed in a pocket in the binder. Give the name of the instrument in English as the last line of the call number. The property stamp should usually be somewhere along the bottom. However, the first priority is to avoid obscuring any of the music with the property stamp.
When all you have is a set of parts, one of them will generally be bound. While all the other parts will have the part name indicated as the last line of the call number, do not indicate this on the part to be bound. If you do, the person creating the label will add the name of the part to the label.
With individual parts from multiple volumes, are they marked:
M |
not |
M |
Multiple copies and parts: "Copy 1" is not indicated. Add the elements in this order: volume, copy, instrument.
M |
M |
Location: |
Add as first line of the call number on the item: |
Reference |
Ref. |
590 notes and marking the item
590 Fields
For non-rare items, generally do not include a 590 field related to gift or fund. See Gifts for marking the item.
For rare items, the 590 format we've been using the most lately is:
Purchased from J & J Lubrano with income from the Rose Jackson Fund, 1997.
If no funds were involved, there are other possibilities for rare items, depending on the situation:
Gift of Richard F. French, 1996.
From the Estate of Virgil Thomson.
Note in item
The item is to marked in pencil on the title page verso, bottom center.
For non-rare items, although there are variations abounding in the stacks, it's probably simplest to specify "____________ plate" if we have a specially printed one in the bindery bookplate collection, e.g.:
O'Meara plate
Carl S. Miller plate
See also Gifts for non-rare, gift items.
The goal is just to let the bindery worker know to use a special plate in place of the normal one, so it's not so important if the name is transcribed differently from cataloger to cataloger.
In lieu of a special plate, pencil on item whatever bindery worker should type on bookplate, e.g.:
Gift of Jane Smith.
From the Estate of Virgil Thomson
Gift of the Friends of Music at Yale University, 1997.
Gift of the Margaret Waith Fund, 1995.
This information would be taken from an annotation sent to the cataloger with the volume.
If you see a five-digit number written on the slip with the Orbis ID number and barcode, this is a fund number, for example "26280." On the item, write in pencil below the property stamp "Plate 26280."
For rare items, follow instructions for non-rare note-pencilling above, but write especially small and use discretion so as to minimize impact on the item. Shorten notes if the volume is fragile, e.g. "Friends of Music, 1997" instead of "Gift of the Friends of Music at Yale University, 1997." A cataloger will be more involved in the bindery preparation for rare items than for non-rare items. The 590 note in the bibliographic record will be consulted more frequently when there's a question as to bookplate, and also items should be flagged if there is more complete information as to bookplate. The majority of the endowed funds have special plates.
When an item is a gift or from the estate of a donor, a note to that effect is written on the slip the barcode is on and in the holdings record:
852 0 0 ‡b mus ‡h M25 S456 ‡i W7+ ‡m Oversize ‡x gift of the publisher
After writing the call number on the item and stamping it with the oval Yale property stamp, write in pencil underneath the stamp:
From the estate of "________________"
Gift of "________________"
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Note: this page was created with coding webpages for Music Cataloging at Yale in mind.
Complete list of Unicode 9.0 character code charts [603] | Cyrillic [604] (from Penn State)
To display these letters and characters in an HTML document, precede the three- or four-digit number with an ampersand and number and follow it with a semi-colon: À displays as À | ||||
Vowels | ||||
A | E | I | O | U |
192 À | 224 à 193 Á | 225 á 194 Â | 226 â 195 Ã | 227 ã 196 Ä | 228 ä 197 Å | 229 å 198 Æ | 230 ç 256 Ā | 257 ā 258 Ă | 259 ă 260 Ą | 261 ą 550 Ȧ | 551 ȧ |
200 È | 232 è 201 É | 233 é 202 Ê | 234 ê 203 Ë | 235 ë 274 Ē | 275 ē 276 Ĕ | 277 ĕ 278 Ė | 279 ė 280 Ę | 281 ę 282 Ě | 283 ě 552 Ȩ | 553 ȩ |
204 Ì | 236 ì 205 Í | 237 í 206 Î | 238 î 207 Ï | 239 ï 296 Ĩ | 297 ĩ 298 Ī | 299 ī 300 Ĭ | 301 ĭ 302 Į | 303 į 304 İ | 305 ı 307 IJ | 308 ij 520 Ȉ | 521 ȉ 522 Ȋ | 523 ȋ |
210 Ò | 242 ò 211 Ó | 243 ó 212 Ô | 244 ô 213 Õ | 245 õ 214 Ö | 246 ö 216 Ø | 248 ø 332 Ō | 333 ō 334 Ŏ | 335 ŏ 336 Ő | 337 ő 338 Œ | 339 œ 558 Ȯ | 559 ȯ 524 Ȍ | 525 ȍ 526 Ȏ | 527 ȏ 554 Ȫ | 555 ȫ 556 Ȭ | 557 ȭ 560 Ȱ | 561 ȱ |
217 Ù | 249 ù 218 Ú | 250 ú 219 Û | 251 û 220 Ü | 252 ü 360 Ũ | 361 ũ 362 Ū | 363 ū 364 Ŭ | 365 ŭ 366 Ů | 367 ů 368 Ű | 369 ű 370 Ų | 371 ų 431 Ư | 432 ư 532 Ȕ | 533 ȕ 469 Ǖ | 470 ǖ 471 Ǘ | 472 ǘ 473 Ǚ | 474 ǚ 475 Ǜ | 476 ǜ |
Consonants | ||||
C | D | G | H | I |
199 Ç | 231 ç 262 Ć | 263 ć 264 Ĉ | 265 ĉ 266 Ċ | 267 ċ 268 Č | 269 č |
208 Ð | 240 ð 270 Ď | 071 ď 272 Đ | 073 đ |
284 Ĝ | 285 ĝ 286 Ğ | 287 ğ 288 Ġ | 289 ġ 290 Ģ | 291 ģ |
292 Ĥ | 293 ĥ 294 Ĥ | 295 ĥ |
308 Ĵ | 0309 ĵ |
K | L | N | R | S |
310 Ķ | 311 ķ 312 ĸ |
313 Ĺ | 314 ĺ 315 Ļ | 316 ļ 317 Ľ | 318 ľ 319 Ŀ | 320 ŀ 321 Ł | 322 ł |
209 Ñ | 241 ñ 323 Ń | 324 ń 325 Ņ | 326 ņ 327 Ň | 328 ň 329 ʼn 330 Ŋ | 3313 ŋ |
340 Ŕ | 341 ŕ 342 Ŗ | 343 ŗ 344 Ř | 345 ř 530 Ȓ | 531 ȓ |
346 Ś | 347 ś 348 Ŝ | 349 ŝ 350 Ş | 351 ş 352 Š | 353 š 536 Ș | 537 ș |
T | W | Y | Z | Special characters |
354 Ţ | 355 ţ 356 Ť | 357 ť 358 Ŧ | 359 ŧ 538 Ț | 539 ț |
372 Ŵ | 373 ŵ | 221 Ý | 253 ý 374 Ŷ | 375 ŷ 376 Ÿ | 255 ÿ 562 Ȳ | 563 ȳ |
377 Ź | 378 ź 379 Ż | 380 ż 437 Ƶ | 438 ƶ 381 Ž | 382 ž 548 Ȥ | 549 ȥ |
223 ß 222 Þ | 254 þ |
Other | ||||
Punctuation | Music notation | |||
135 ‡ delimiter or ‡ 161 ¡ inverted exlamation point 191 ¿ inverted question mark 183 · dot in the middle 176 ° degree sign 186 º masculine ordinal indicator 151 — em dash 8226 • bullet or • 8594 → arrow 8658 ⇒ double arrow |
9837 ♭ flat sign or ♭ 9838 ♮ natural sign 9839 ♯ sharp sign 9834 ♪ single 8th note 9835 ♫ beamed 8th notes 9836 ♬ beamed 16th notes |
|||
See also The ISO 8859 Series [605]; Character entity reference [606] (Internet Archive version); Character set 256-1169, 1456-1785, 3585-3676, 7840-8993 [607] |
||||
In numeric order: |
HTML Char. Description ----- ___________ Ā Ā Latin Capital Letter A With Macron (Capital A Macron) ā ā Latin Small Letter A With Macron (Small A Macron) Ă Ă Latin Capital Letter A With Breve (Capital A Breve) ă ă Latin Small Letter A With Breve (Small A Breve) Ą Ą Latin Capital Letter A With Ogonek (Capital A Ogonek) ą ą Latin Small Letter A With Ogonek (Small A Ogonek) Ć Ć Latin Capital Letter C With Acute (Capital C Acute) ć ć Latin Small Letter C With Acute (Small C Acute) Ĉ Ĉ Latin Capital Letter C With Circumflex (Capital C Circumflex) ĉ ĉ Latin Small Letter C With Circumflex (Small C Circumflex) Ċ Ċ Latin Capital Letter C With Dot Above (Capital C Dot) ċ ċ Latin Small Letter C With Dot Above (Small C Dot) Č Č Latin Capital Letter C With Caron (Capital C Hacek) č č Latin Small Letter C With Caron (Small C Hacek) Ď Ď Latin Capital Letter D With Caron (Capital D Hacek) ď ď Latin Small Letter D With Caron (Small D Hacek) Đ Đ Latin Capital Letter D With Stroke (Capital D Bar) đ đ Latin Small Letter D With Stroke (Small D Bar) Ē Ē Latin Capital Letter E With Macron (Capital E Macron) ē ē Latin Small Letter E With Macron (Small E Macron) Ĕ Ĕ Latin Capital Letter E With Breve (Capital E Breve) ĕ ĕ Latin Small Letter E With Breve (Small E Breve) Ė Ė Latin Capital Letter E With Dot Above (Capital E Dot) ė ė Latin Small Letter E With Dot Above (Small E Dot) Ę Ę Latin Capital Letter E With Ogonek (Capital E Ogonek) ę ę Latin Small Letter E With Ogonek (Small E Ogonek) Ě Ě Latin Capital Letter E With Caron (Capital E Hacek) ě ě Latin Small Letter E With Caron (Small E Hacek) Ĝ Ĝ Latin Capital Letter G With Circumflex (Capital G Circumflex) ĝ ĝ Latin Small Letter G With Circumflex (Small G Circumflex) Ğ Ğ Latin Capital Letter G With Breve (Capital G Breve) ğ ğ Latin Small Letter G With Breve (Small G Breve) Ġ Ġ Latin Capital Letter G With Dot Above (Capital G Dot) ġ ġ Latin Small Letter G With Dot Above (Small G Dot) Ģ Ģ Latin Capital Letter G With Cedilla (Capital G Cedilla) ģ ģ Latin Small Letter G With Cedilla (Small G Cedilla) Ĥ Ĥ Latin Capital Letter H With Circumflex (Capital H Circumflex) ĥ ĥ Latin Small Letter H With Circumflex (Small H Circumflex) Ħ Ħ Latin Capital Letter H With Stroke (Capital H Bar) ħ ħ Latin Small Letter H With Stroke (Small H Bar) Ĩ Ĩ Latin Capital Letter I With Tilde (Capital I Tilde) ĩ ĩ Latin Small Letter I With Tilde (Small I Tilde) Ī Ī Latin Capital Letter I With Macron (Capital I Macron) ī ī Latin Small Letter I With Macron (Small I Macron) Ĭ Ĭ Latin Capital Letter I With Breve (Capital I Breve) ĭ ĭ Latin Small Letter I With Breve (Small I Breve) Į Į Latin Capital Letter I With Ogonek (Capital I Ogonek) į į Latin Small Letter I With Ogonek (Small I Ogonek) İ İ Latin Capital Letter I With Dot Above (Capital I Dot) ı ı Latin Small Letter Dotless I IJ IJ Latin Capital Ligature IJ (Capital I J) ij ij Latin Small Ligature IJ (Small I J) Ĵ Ĵ Latin Capital Letter J With Circumflex (Capital J Circumflex) ĵ ĵ Latin Small Letter J With Circumflex (Small J Circumflex) Ķ Ķ Latin Capital Letter K With Cedilla (Capital K Cedilla) ķ ķ Latin Small Letter K With Cedilla (Small K Cedilla) ĸ ĸ Latin Small Letter Kra Ĺ Ĺ Latin Capital Letter L With Acute (Capital L Acute) ĺ ĺ Latin Small Letter L With Acute (Small L Acute) Ļ Ļ Latin Capital Letter L With Cedilla (Capital L Cedilla) ļ ļ Latin Small Letter L With Cedilla (Small L Cedilla) Ľ Ľ Latin Capital Letter L With Caron (Capital L Hacek) ľ ľ Latin Small Letter L With Caron (Small L Hacek) Ŀ Ŀ Latin Capital Letter L With Middle Dot ŀ ŀ Latin Small Letter L With Middle Dot Ł Ł Latin Capital Letter L With Stroke (Capital L Slash) ł ł Latin Small Letter L With Stroke (Small L Slash) Ń Ń Latin Capital Letter N With Acute (Capital N Acute) ń ń Latin Small Letter N With Acute (Small N Acute) Ņ Ņ Latin Capital Letter N With Cedilla (Capital N Cedilla) ņ ņ Latin Small Letter N With Cedilla (Small N Cedilla) Ň Ň Latin Capital Letter N With Caron (Capital N Hacek) ň ň Latin Small Letter N With Caron (Small N Hacek) ʼn ʼn Latin Small Letter N Preceded By Apostrophe (Small Apostrophe N) Ŋ Ŋ Latin Capital Letter Eng ŋ ŋ Latin Small Letter Eng Ō Ō Latin Capital Letter O With Macron (Capital O Macron) ō ō Latin Small Letter O With Macron (Small O Macron) Ŏ Ŏ Latin Capital Letter O With Breve (Capital O Breve) ŏ ŏ Latin Small Letter O With Breve (Small O Breve) Ő Ő Latin Capital Letter O With Double Acute (Capital O Double Acute) ő ő Latin Small Letter O With Double Acute (Small O Double Acute) Œ Œ Latin Capital Ligature OE (Capital O E) œ œ Latin Small Ligature OE (Small O E) Ŕ Ŕ Latin Capital Letter R With Acute (Capital R Acute) ŕ ŕ Latin Small Letter R With Acute (Small R Acute) Ŗ Ŗ Latin Capital Letter R With Cedilla (Capital R Cedilla) ŗ ŗ Latin Small Letter R With Cedilla (Small R Cedilla) Ř Ř Latin Capital Letter R With Caron (Capital R Hacek) ř ř Latin Small Letter R With Caron (Small R Hacek) Ś Ś Latin Capital Letter S With Acute (Capital S Acute) ś ś Latin Small Letter S With Acute (Small S Acute) Ŝ Ŝ Latin Capital Letter S With Circumflex (Capital S Circumflex) ŝ ŝ Latin Small Letter S With Circumflex (Small S Circumflex) Ş Ş Latin Capital Letter S With Cedilla (Capital S Cedilla) ş ş Latin Small Letter S With Cedilla (Small S Cedilla) Š Š Latin Capital Letter S With Caron (Capital S Hacek) š š Latin Small Letter S With Caron (Small S Hacek) Ţ Ţ Latin Capital Letter T With Cedilla (Capital T Cedilla) ţ ţ Latin Small Letter T With Cedilla (Small T Cedilla) Ť Ť Latin Capital Letter T With Caron (Capital T Hacek) ť ť Latin Small Letter T With Caron (Small T Hacek) Ŧ Ŧ Latin Capital Letter T With Stroke (Capital T Bar) ŧ ŧ Latin Small Letter T With Stroke (Small T Bar) Ũ Ũ Latin Capital Letter U With Tilde (Capital U Tilde) ũ ũ Latin Small Letter U With Tilde (Small U Tilde) Ū Ū Latin Capital Letter U With Macron (Capital U Macron) ū ū Latin Small Letter U With Macron (Small U Macron) Ŭ Ŭ Latin Capital Letter U With Breve (Capital U Breve) ŭ ŭ Latin Small Letter U With Breve (Small U Breve) Ů Ů Latin Capital Letter U With Ring Above (Capital U Ring) ů ů Latin Small Letter U With Ring Above (Small U Ring) Ű Ű Latin Capital Letter U With Double Acute (Capital U Double Acute) ű ű Latin Small Letter U With Double Acute (Small U Double Acute) Ų Ų Latin Capital Letter U With Ogonek (Capital U Ogonek) ų ų Latin Small Letter U With Ogonek (Small U Ogonek) Ŵ Ŵ Latin Capital Letter W With Circumflex (Capital W Circumflex) ŵ ŵ Latin Small Letter W With Circumflex (Small W Circumflex) Ŷ Ŷ Latin Capital Letter Y With Circumflex (Capital Y Circumflex) ŷ ŷ Latin Small Letter Y With Circumflex (Small Y Circumflex) Ÿ Ÿ Latin Capital Letter Y With Diaeresis (Capital Y Diaeresis) Ź Ź Latin Capital Letter Z With Acute (Capital Z Acute) ź ź Latin Small Letter Z With Acute (Small Z Acute) Ż Ż Latin Capital Letter Z With Dot Above (Capital Z Dot) ż ż Latin Small Letter Z With Dot Above (Small Z Dot) Ž Ž Latin Capital Letter Z With Caron (Capital Z Hacek) ž ž Latin Small Letter Z With Caron (Small Z Hacek) ſ ſ Latin Small Letter Long S
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
This is a list of commonly used names of genre and form terms selected from the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT).
This list is not complete. It includes most, but not all, terms for western art music and some popular genres.
It does not show the hierarchy. For the complete list and the hierarchical structure, please see Music Genre/Form Terms in LCGFT [678] (scroll down to the top music term "music"). To search individual terms, please see Classification Web [679] (subscription required) or the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms [680] website.
About vocal works with sacred texts: while LCGFT includes terms for forms of sacred music, e.g., Masses, Requiems, Vespers (Music), Psalms (Music) (but not specific psalms), Litanies (Music), etc., terms for settings of specific texts are not included in LCGFT, e.g., Magnificat, Kyrie, Agnus Dei, etc. (For a setting of a specific text, an added entry (730) may be made.) (source: Library of Congress, NMP-L, Mon 11/22/2021)
These terms are used in conjunction with Recording form of work [681] (RDA 6.3), MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [682] (version 1.2 (July 8, 2019)), and MARC 380 [622] (Form of work) and/or MARC 655 [683] (Index term–genre/form).
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
This is a list of commonly used names of instruments, voices, and ensembles as found in the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Terms for Music (LCMPT). This is not a complete list. Please consult Classification Web [679] (subscription required) or the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [684] website for the complete list.
These terms are used in conjunction with MLA's Best practices for using LCMPT [685] (version 1.41, 3/31/2020)) and Recording medium of performance for musical works [686] (RDA 6.15) in
the 382 field in bibliographic and authority records. See Medium of performance (MARC 382) [624] for MARC coding in the 382 field
Instruments: keyboard | wind: woodwind | brass | bowed string | plucked string | percussion | electronic | other | early | unspecified
Voices
Ensembles: instrumental | vocal
Voices | Vocal ensembles |
voice (unspecified vocalized part) ° singer (a performer who uses her or his voice to produce musical tone) ° child's voice ° child soprano voice ° boy soprano voice ° high voice ° soprano voice ° countertenor voice ° tenor voice ° medium voice ° mezzo-soprano voice ° baritone voice ° low voice ° alto voice ° bass-baritone voice ° bass voice ° basso profondo ° lead singer ° female voice ° male voice ° speaker (a performer who uses a speaking, rather than a singing, voice) |
vocal ensemble (two or more unspecified voices) ° solo vocal ensemble (solo voices) ° chorus (unspecified chorus of voices) ° children's chorus ° chorus changing voices ° equal voices (all the voices parts are for one type of voice) ° girls' chorus ° boys' chorus ° men's chorus (adult male voices) ° mixed chorus ° spoken chorus (performers who use a speaking voice rather than a singing voice) ° women's chorus |
Instrumental ensembles | |
instrumental ensemble (diverse instruments that cannot be described by a more specific term) ° orchestra ° chamber orchestra ° string orchestra ° band ° band versus wind ensemble: ° a "band" is a large ensemble consisting primarily of winds, brass, and percussion. ° may include non-wind instruments. ° a “wind ensemble” is an ensemble consisting of two or more mixed wind instruments. ° consists solely of wind instruments. source: MLA's Best Practices for Using LCMPT [687], page 12 ° big band (generally 10-15 solo instruments, sometimes including a vocalist) ° brass band (brass instruments, sometimes percussion) ° keyboard ensemble (two or more varied keyboard instruments) ° harpsichord ensemble ° organ ensemble ° piano ensemble ° wind ensemble (two or more mixed wind instruments) (see band for the difference between "band" and "wind ensemble") ° woodwind ensemble (two or more different woodwind instruments) ° flute choir ° oboe ensemble ° clarinet choir ° saxophone ensemble ° brass ensemble (diverse brass instruments that cannot be described by a more specific term) ° cornet ensemble ° trumpet ensemble ° horn ensemble ° trombone ensemble ° tuba ensemble ° bowed string ensemble mixed or unspecified ensemble of bowed string instruments) ° violin ensemble ° viola ensemble ° cello ensemble ° plucked instrument ensemble ° guitar ensemble ° harp ensemble ° lute ensemble ° mandolin ensemble ° percussion ensemble ° handbell choir ° mallet ensemble ° marimba ensemble ° steel band ° electronics (unspecified electronic sounds, either produced live or from a recording) ° live electronics ° processed sound |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
The 033 contains information regarding the date and/or place of the recording session, when this information is stated on the item. The data encoded in the 033 corresponds to the information found in the 518 field, and may also appear in the 511 or 245.
Use a single 033 field when:
Use multiple 033 fields when:
SOURCE: Jay Weitz, Music Coding and Tagging, p. 84- 85
1st indicator: date
[blank] | = no date information |
0 | = single date |
1 | = multiple single dates |
2 | = range of dates |
2nd indicator: type of event
[blank] | = no information provided |
0 | = capture information |
1 | = broadcast information |
2 | = finding information |
For musical sound recordings, the second indicator is 0 in most cases.
‡a = Date of capture, when known. There are eight numbers:
year (4 digits), month (2 digits), and day (2 digits). Hyphens are supplied for any part of the date that is not known:
Coding in 033 Field | Note in 518 Field |
033 00 1988---- | 518 Recorded in 1988. |
033 00 198805-- | 518 Recorded in May 1988. |
033 00 19880503 | 518 Recorded May 3, 1988. |
033 10 19850503 ‡a 19880620 | 518 Recorded May 3, 1988 and June 20, 1988. |
033 20 19850503 ‡a 19880620 | 518 Recorded between May 3, 1988 and June 20, 1988. |
‡b = Geographic classification area code. These are four-number codes assigned to place of recording. The code can be as specific as a state or province, or as general as a country. Codes are taken from LC Class G. Each code in the table looks like this: 5830/4. This is the code for France. When the information concerning place is no more specific than the country, use the first code: 5830. When a city within the country is specified, use the second code: 5834, and assign a code for the city in ‡c.
‡c = Geographic classification subarea code. This is the two- digit code assigned to cities within the larger geographic areas tagged in ‡b. Most of these codes are also assigned by LC, as found in Class G or in online LC bibliographic records. If a code does not appear in either place, formulate one by using the LC shelflisting table.
For a chart of codes for countries (‡b), both with and without city (‡c), see Geographical area and sub-area codes for the 033 field [592].
Examples:
Coding in 033 Field | Note in 518 Field |
033 0 ‡b 5834 ‡c P3 | 518 Recorded in Paris, France. [no date information given] |
033 00 1988---- ‡b 5834 | 518 Recorded in France in 1988. |
033 20 19880503 ‡a 19880620 ‡b 5834 ‡c P3 | 518 Recorded in Paris, France, between May 3 and June 20, 1988. |
Commonly used codes: | |
New York City: London: Los Angeles: |
‡b 3804 ‡c N4 ‡b 5754 ‡c L7 ‡b 4364 ‡c L6 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
By Martha Conway, former Catalog Management Librarian, Yale University Library
With additions by Mickey Koth
Yale's policy concerning MARC 21:
What is a filing indicator | MARC fields and filing indicators | Characters to be ignored | Summary | PCC policy
______________________________________________________
A filing indicator is used to indicate the number of characters that are to be ignored when a title is indexed. (For a list of initial articles in foreign languages, see List of initial articles [689].)
______________________________________________________
MARC fields and filing indicators:
Some title fields have filing indicators and some do not.
If a field has a filing indicator, the title should be entered as it is found on the piece (including initial articles, if any) and the filing indicator should be set so that those initial articles are skipped when the title is searched.
If a field does not have a filing indicator, initial articles (such as A, An, or The) must be omitted when the title is recorded.
Which MARC fields do not have filing indicators?
The following fields do not have filing indicators. Omit initial articles when recording the title.
246 Varying form of title
‡t (any field) Title of a work
‡p (any field) Name of a part/section of a work
Which MARC fields do have filing indicators?
The following fields have filing indicators. Record the title as it is found on the piece, including any initial article [689]. Set the filing indicator by entering the number of characters in the article, plus spaces, punctuation, and diacritics that precede the first filing character. If the title does not begin with an article, enter 0.
242 Translation of Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
245 Title statement (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
440 Series Statement (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
Aren't there other MARC fields that have filing indicators?
The following fields also have filing indicators. However, AACR2 1988 rev. prescribes that you do not enter initial articles in uniform titles. Because cataloging practices have varied, some records have titles with articles and filing indicator values. Current practice is to enter the title without the initial article and use 0 for the filing indicator.
130 Main Entry--Uniform Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
240 Uniform Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
243 Collective Uniform Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
630 Subject Added Entry--Uniform Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
730 Added Entry--Uniform Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
740 Added Entry--Uncontrolled Title (the 1st indicator is a filing indicator)
830 Series Added Title--Uniform Title (the 2nd indicator is a filing indicator)
______________________________________________________
Characters that are to be ignored
The following information is taken from Change in Practice for Counting Non-Filing Characters in MARC 21 [690] and Counting non-filing characters [638] chart and from e-mail correspondence with Ana Lupe Cristan in consultation with Kay Guiles
What to count when determining the filing indictor | What not to count when determining the filing indicator |
|
|
Characters that can be considered a first filing character: | |
|
|
Examples, with characters to be ignored in bold | |
245 12 L'été ... | initial article and apostrophe to be ignored; "é" is first filing character |
245 14 The_part ... | initial article and space to be ignored; "p" is first filing character |
245 15 [The_part] ... | bracket, initial article, and space to be ignored; "p" is first filing character |
245 15 The_"part" ... | initial article, space, and quotation mark to be ignored; "p" is first filing character |
245 10 "Part" ... | no initial article, so quotation mark is not counted as a character to be ignored; "p" is first filing character |
______________________________________________________
1. Record initial articles in fields 242, 245, and 440 only. Set the filing indicator accordingly.
2. Do not record initial articles in field 246.
3. Do not record initial articles in ‡t or ‡p in any field.
4. Do not record initial articles in fields 130, 240, 243, 630, 730, 740, or 830 unless you are transcribing pre-AACR2 retrospective copy, in which case you may record initial articles and set the filing indicator accordingly.
5. Ignore punctuation at the beginning of a title unless it occurs as part of an initial article.
______________________________________________________
Posted to the PCCLIST on April 22, 2003 from Ana Cristán, BIBCO Coordinator, and Kay Guiles, CPSO:
The BIBCO Coordinator and CPSO have worked with representatives of OCLC and RLG to formulate the following response to the request for clarification from Steven Arakawa, Yale, regarding counting non-filing characters.
When MARC 21 was issued in 1999 the method of counting non-filing characters was clarified. That clarification resulted in a change in practice that the Library of Congress implemented on February 20, 2003 (www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonfil.pdf [639]). Since the method of counting non-filing characters is a MARC 21 convention, presumably the aim of all PCC participants would be, sooner or later, to follow that convention if they haven’t been since 1999. When to make the adjustment needed to follow the convention as currently stated in MARC 21 may be influenced by considerations related to local systems or to the bibliographic utilities. LC kept both OCLC and RLIN apprised of its schedule and of the details of its implementation and both have indicated that they are currently able to handle the old and new conventions.
In cataloging a PCC record today, follow the current MARC 21 convention for counting non-filing characters if that convention is supported by the local system or bibliographic utility one is working in. If that is not possible, follow the convention that is supported at the time of input. The ultimate goal will be eventually for all to follow the MARC 21 convention.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work | 384 [626]: Key
The 380 field is used in authority records for LCGFT indicating the class, form, genre, and/or other characteristics of the work being described.
For the use of LCGFT in bibliographic records in the 655 field, see Genre/form index term (MARC 655) [630]
Use in conjunction with Recording form of work [681] (RDA 6.3), MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [691], and Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT) [627]
Indicators and subfields for 655 field
General instructions:
Generally use the most specific appropriate term available. For example:
However, use as many terms as are needed to adequately describe the work:
sources: LC MARC 21 format for authority data [692] and DCM Z1 [693]
Music Cataloging at Yale [694] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging at Yale in mind.
The 348 field is used to indicate the musical or physical layout of the content of a resource that is presented in the format of notated music, as well as the form of musical notation itself. It is used in addition to the 300 field and any applicable 655 fields and may contain data that duplicates that in the 300 and/or 655 fields.
Format of notated music The physical layout of the content of a resource that is presented in the form of musical notation, such as score, part, vocal score, etc. |
Both indicators are blank.
‡a = Format of notated music term
‡2 = Source of term and code: rdafnm (nm=notated music) from RDA Format of Notated Music.
The terms are used in the singular, for example "part," even when the resource has more than one part.
Examples:
348 __ ‡a chorus score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a condensed score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a part ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a piano conductor part ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a piano score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a study score ‡2 rdafnm
348 __ ‡a vocal score ‡2 rdafnm
Note that the source code for format of notated music (rdafnm) is similar to the source code for Form of musical notation (rdafmn)
Format of notated music terms and definitions The is a list of commonly used terms. For a complete list of terms, codes, and definitions, see RDA Format of Notated Music [695] |
|
Term | Definition |
chorus score | a score of a work for solo voices and chorus showing only the parts for chorus, at least in those portions of the work in which the chorus sings, with the instrumental accompaniment either arranged for keyboard or other chordal instrument or omitted. |
condensed score | a score in which the number of staves is reduced to two or a few, generally organized by instrumental sections or vocal parts, and often with cues for individual parts. |
part | the music for the use of one or more, but not all, performers; for music for a solo performer, see score [696]. |
piano conductor part | music consisting of a performance part for a piano performer in an ensemble, with cues for the other instruments that enable the performer of that part also to conduct. |
piano score | a score consisting of the reduction of an instrumental work or a vocal work with instruments to a version for piano. |
score | notated music consisting of graphical, symbolic, or word-based musical notation representing the sounds of all the parts of an ensemble or a work for solo performer or electronic media. |
study score | a score issued in a musical image of reduced size, not primarily intended for use in performance. |
vocal score | a score showing all vocal parts, with the instrumental accompaniment either omitted or arranged for a keyboard or other chordal instrument or instruments. |
sources: 348 Format of Notated Music [697] (OCLC) and RDA Format of Notated Music [695]
Form of musical notation The characters or symbols used to express musical content, such as staff notation, tablature, etc. |
MLA's Interim Best Practices update for form of musical notation in field 348 and 546 [698] of May 2022 outlines interim practice for adding form of musical notation in the 348 field, as per MARC updates of June 2021. It is recommended to use field 348 ‡c; however field 546 ‡b may still be used if required by local policy.
‡c = Form of musical notation term
‡2 = Source of term and code: rdafmn (mn=musical notation) from RDA Form of Musical Notation.
Note that the source code for Form of musical notation (rdafmn) is similar to the source code for format of notated music (rdafnm)
Note: OCLC prefers that multiple controlled 348 terms be entered in separate fields.
Examples:
348 __ ‡c graphic notation ‡2 rdafmn
348 __ ‡c staff notation ‡2 rdafmn
348 __ ‡c tablature ‡2 rdafmn
When a term is not found, code the information in ‡b or ‡c without ‡2:
348 __ ‡c verbal instructions
348 __ ‡c guitar chord diagrams
This information may also be included in a 546 field [699], as information in the 348 field does not currently display in the catalog. Yale Music Library policy is to include a 546 when the form of notation includes staff notation and one or more other forms. When the form is only staff notation, the 348 field will suffice.
Form of musical notation terms and definitions This is a list of commonly used terms. For a complete list of terms, codes, and definitions, see RDA Form of Musical Notation [700] |
|
Term | Definition |
graphic notation | musical notation that uses various suggestive lines, symbols, color, etc., to prompt or guide the performers. |
letter notation | musical notation that uses the letters of the alphabet to designate pitches. |
mensural notation | musical notation, beginning around 1260 and continuing through about 1600, employing four principal note-values and associated rests: long, breve, semibreve, and minim to notate duration. |
number notation | musical notation conveying pitch by use of numbers, assigned to the notes of a scale, the keys of a keyboard, the finger positions or frets of a string instrument, or to the holes or valves of a wind instrument. |
staff notation | musical notation in wide use for Western art music, conveying pitch and duration using a staff of parallel lines, often in combination with other staves. |
tablature | musical notation that uses letters of the alphabet or other symbols not found in staff notation, and which generally specifies the physical action required to produce the music from a specific instrument, rather than an abstract representation of the music itself. |
Source: RDA Form of Musical Notation [700]
Music Cataloging at Yale ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging at Yale in mind.
The 655 field is used in bibliographic records for LCGFT indicating the class, form, genre, and/or physical characteristics of the materials being described.
For the use of LCGFT in authority records in the 380 field, see Form of work (MARC 380) [701]
Use in conjunction with MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [691] (version 1.2, July 8, 2019), Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT) [627], and Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual [693] (DCM) Z1.
See also Mapping of Library of Congress subject headings (LCSH) and form subdivisions to their corresponding LCGFT and LCDGT terms [629]
Indicators and subfields for 655 field
General instructions:
LCGFT does not use medium of performance, as LCSH does. Medium of performance is brought out in the 382 field [702] using LCMPT [703]:
Generally use the most specific appropriate term available. For example:
However, use as many terms as are needed to adequately describe the resource:
Some terms in LCFT and LCSH are the same:
Other terms are slightly different:
Some terms are very different:
Some terms are confusingly similar:
Some terms in LCGFT are not in LCSH:
Some terms in LCSH are not in LCGFT:
Indicators | |
---|---|
1st | blank: type of heading = basic |
2nd | 7: Source specified in subfield ‡2 |
Subfields | |
‡a | Form of work: a term expressing the class or genre of the work. ° Multiple forms of work from the same source vocabulary are recorded in separate 655 fields. |
‡2 | Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° use ‡2 lcgft for lcgft [704] (Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms) |
Examples | |
Examples: Arrangements: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
See also Date and place of capture (MARC 033) [591]
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U (United States) | V | W | XYZ
* This number is not subdivided by city; use the number for the country, province, or state to subdivide
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Albania | 6830 | |||||
Argentina | 5350 | |||||
Australia | 8960 | 8964 | Brisbane | B7 | ||
Melbourne | M4 | |||||
Perth | P4 | |||||
Sydney | S9 | |||||
Victoria | V5 | |||||
Austria | 6490 | 6494 | Salzburg | S2 | ||
Vienna | V4 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Belgium | 6010 | 6014 | Brussels | B7 | ||
Leuven | L4 | |||||
Sing-Truiden | S5 | |||||
Bolivia | 5320 | |||||
Brazil | 5400 | |||||
Bulgaria | 6890 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Canada* Province cutter numbers [706] (NCSU) |
3400 | * | * | * | * | * |
Alberta | 3500 | 3504 | ||||
British Columbia | 3510 | 3514 | Vancouver | V3 | ||
Manitoba | 3480 | 3484 | Winnipeg | W5 | ||
New Brunswick | 3430 | 3434 | ||||
Nova Scotia | 3420 | 3424 | ||||
Ontario | 3460 | 3464 | Toronto | T6 | ||
Prince Edward Island | 3440 | 3444 | ||||
Quebec | 3450 | 3454 | Montreal | M6 | ||
Saskatchewan | 3490 | 3494 | ||||
Yukon | 3520 | 3524 | ||||
Chile | 5330 | 5334 | ||||
China | 7820 | 7824 | ||||
Colombia | 5290 | 5294 | ||||
Cuba | 4920 | 4924 | ||||
Czech Republic | Prague | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Denmark | 5920 | 5924 | Copenhagen | C6 | ||
Ringsted | R5 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Ecuador | 5300 | 5304 | ||||
Egypt | 3300 | 3304 | ||||
England | 5750 | 5754 | Bristol | B7 | ||
Cambridge | C3 | |||||
Chicester | C4 | |||||
Dorse | D6 | |||||
London | L7 | |||||
Sheffield | S5 | |||||
Snape | S6 | |||||
Sussex | S9 | |||||
Winchester | W5 | |||||
Europe* | 5700 | * | * | * | * | * |
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Finland | 6960 | 6964 | ||||
France | 5830 | 5834 | Montpellier | M6 | ||
Nimes | N5 | |||||
Paris | P3 | |||||
Toulouse | T6 | |||||
Yvelines | Y8 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Germany | 6290 | 6295 | Aachen | A1 | ||
Berlin | B3 | |||||
Dresden | D7 | |||||
Frankfurt | F7 | |||||
Hamburg | H3 | |||||
Hannover | H4 | |||||
Köln | K6 | |||||
Munich | M8 | |||||
Sandhausen | S2 | |||||
Stuttgart | S7 | |||||
Great Britain* | 5740 | * | * | * | * | * |
Greece | 6810 | 6814 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Holland | 6000 | |||||
Hungary | 6500 | 6504 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Iceland | 6930 | 6934 | ||||
India | 7650 | 7654 | ||||
Ireland | 5780 | 5784 | Dublin | D7 | ||
Ireland, Northern | 5790 | 5794 | ||||
Israel | 7500 | |||||
Italy | 6710 | 6714 | Bologna | B7 | B6 | |
Florence | F5 | |||||
Lucca | L8 | |||||
Lugano | L9 | |||||
Rome | L9 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Japan | 7960 | 7964 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Mexico | 4410 | 4414 | Mexico City | M6 | ||
Monaco | 5980 | 5984 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Netherlands | 6000 | 6004 | Nijmegen | N5 | ||
Oegstgeest | O3 | |||||
New Zealand | 9080 | 9084 | ||||
Norway | 6940 | 6964 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Paraguay | 5380 | 5384 | ||||
Peru | 5310 | 5314 | ||||
Poland | 6520 | 6524 | Katowice | K3 | ||
Warsaw | W3 | |||||
Portugal | 6690 | 6694 | ||||
Puerto Rico | 4970 | 4974 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Romania | 6880 | 6884 | ||||
Russia | 7000 | 7004 | Leningrad | L4 | ||
Moscow | M6 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Scotland | 5770 | 5774 | Linlithgow | L4 | ||
Spain | 6560 | 6564 | ||||
Sweden | 6950 | 6954 | Eskilstuna | E8 | ||
Stockholm | S7 | |||||
Switzerland | 6040 | 6044 | Arlesheim | A7 | ||
Basel | B3 | |||||
Berm | B4 | |||||
Geneva | G4 | |||||
Lucerne | L8 | |||||
Romainmotier | R6 | |||||
Zurich | Z7 | |||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Taiwan | 7910 | 7914 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
United Kingdom see Great Britain |
||||||
United States* | 3700 | * | * | * | * | * |
Alabama | 3970 | 3974 | ||||
Alaska | 4370 | 4374 | ||||
Arizona | 4330 | 4334 | Tempe | T4 | ||
Arkansas | 4000 | 4004 | ||||
California | 4360 | 4364 | Los Angeles | L6 | ||
San Francisco | S5 | |||||
Colorado | 4310 | 4310 | Denver | D4 | ||
Connecticut | 3780 | 3784 | New Haven | N4 | ||
Hartford | H3 | |||||
Redding | R4 | |||||
Stamford | S7 | |||||
Delaware | 3830 | 3834 | ||||
District of Columbia | 3850 | 3854 | Washington, DC | W3 | ||
Florida | 3930 | 3934 | Miami | M5 | ||
Georgia | 3920 | 3924 | Atlanta | A8 | ||
Hawaii | 4380 | 4384 | ||||
Idaho | 4270 | 4274 | ||||
Illinois | 4100 | 4104 | Chicago | C6 | ||
Indiana | 4090; | 4094 | Bloomington | B5 | ||
Iowa | 4150 | 4154 | ||||
Kansas | 4200 | 4204 | Lawrence | L3 | ||
Kentucky | 3950 | 3954 | Louisville | L7 | ||
Louisiana | 4010 | 4014 | New Orleans | N5 | ||
Maine | 3730 | 3734 | ||||
Maryland | 3840 | 3844 | Baltimore | B2 | ||
Massachusetts | 3760 | 3764 | Boston | B6 | ||
Cambridge | C2 | |||||
Michigan | 4110 | 4114 | Ann Arbor | A5 | ||
Detroit | D4 | |||||
Minnesota | 4140 | 4144 | Minneapolis | M5 | ||
St. Paul | S4 | |||||
Mississippi | 4980 | 4984 | ||||
Missouri | 4160 | 4164 | Saint Louis | S4 | S2 | |
Montana | 4350 | 4354 | ||||
Nebraska | 4490 | 4494 | ||||
Nevada | 4250 | 4254 | ||||
New Hampshire | 3740 | 3744 | ||||
New Jersey | 3810 | 3814 | ||||
New Mexico | 4320 | 4324 | ||||
New York | 3800 | 3804 | Buffalo | B8 | ||
New York City | N4 | |||||
Rochester | R6 | |||||
Rye | R9 | |||||
Troy | T7 | |||||
North Carolina | 3900 | 3904 | Raleigh | R3 | ||
North Dakota | 4170 | 4174 | ||||
Ohio | 4080 | 4084 | Cincinnati | C5 | ||
Oklahoma | 4020 | 4024 | ||||
Oregon | 4290 | 4294 | Portland | P6 | ||
Pennsylvania | 3820 | 3824 | Philadelphia | P5 | ||
Rhode Island | 3770 | 3774 | Newport | N4 | ||
South Carolina | 3910 | 3914 | ||||
South Dakota | 4180 | 4184 | ||||
Tennessee | 3960 | 3964 | Memphis | M5 | ||
Nashville | N2 | |||||
Texas | 4030 | 4034 | Austin | A9 | ||
Dallas | D2 | |||||
Houston | H8 | |||||
Utah | 4340 | 4344 | Salt Lake City | S3 | ||
Vermont | 3750 | 3754 | Marlboro | M3 | ||
Virginia | 3880 | 3884 | ||||
Washington | 4280 | 4284 | Seattle | S4 | ||
West Virginia | 3880 | 3884 | ||||
Wisconsin | 4120 | 4124 | Madison | M3 | ||
Wyoming | 4260 | 4264 | ||||
Uruguay | 5370 | 5374 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Virgin Islands | 5010 | 5014 | ||||
Country | ‡b country code; not subdivided by city | ‡b country code: subdivided by city | ‡c city code | source of code: | ||
LC Class G | LC bib records | LC cutter table [705] | ||||
Wales | 5760 | 5764 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Use in conjunction with Recording key for musical works [707] (RDA 6.17) and Best practices for music cataloging [708]
See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of work or expression | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [709] and authority data [710] and DCM Z1 [693]
Indicators | Subfields | Examples
In bibliographic and authority records: the set of pitch relationships that establishes a single pitch class as a tonal center, or principal tonal center, for a musical work or expression. May be used to differentiate a musical work or expression from another with the same title.
Currently, 384 fields are not added to authority records for authorized access points representing arrangements. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [693], section on field 384: |
|
Indicators | |
1st | 0 = original key 1 = transposed key |
2nd | blank |
Subfields | |
‡a | Key: The pitch name and the mode (e.g., major or minor). |
Examples | |
384 0_ G major 384 0_ F# minor 384 0_ A minor/E minor [mode indicated in the AAP [713]: ‡r A minor/E minor (no2008048534)] 384 0_ B ![]() ![]() 384 0_ C [no mode indicated] 384 0_ F♯ major/minor [mode indicated in the AAP [713]: ‡r F♯ major/minor (n 2014046262)] |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
When to use the 041 field | Codes | Indicators | Subfields | Translations | Examples
_________________________________________
The 041 field is required when:
• there are two or more languages involved in a score or sound recording.
When required, the 041 field is not optional.
The 041 field is not used when:
• When it is an instrumental work with no accompanying material.
• When it is a vocal work that has not been translated and has no accompanying material.
• When it is a vocal work that has not been translated and has accompanying material, which is in the same language as the sung or spoken text and which has not been translated.
° The language code in the fixed field [714] is sufficient.
_________________________________________
These are languages codes frequently found in music materials.
See US MARC language list [715] for a complete list of language codes.
cat | = | Catalan | fin | = | Finnish | lat | = | Latin | scc | = | Serbian |
chi | = | Chinese | fre | = | French | jpn | = | Japanese | slo | = | Slovak |
chu | = | Church Slavic | ger | = | German | mul | = | multiple languages | spa | = | Spanish |
scr | = | Croatian | gre | = | Greek (modern) | nor | = | Norwegian | swe | = | Swedish |
cze | = | Czech | heb | = | Hebrew | pol | = | Polish | tlh | = | Klingon |
dan | = | Danish | hun | = | Hungarian | por | = | Portuguese | und | = | undetermined (use for nonsense syllables) |
dut | = | Dutch | ita | = | Italian | rus | = | Russian |
_________________________________________
1st indicator | 0 = there is no translation of the text involved 1 = the text of the work is or includes a translation |
2nd indicator | _ = always blank |
The 1st indicator applies only to the written or sung text of a work, which implies a vocal work that is sung or spoken (with a narrator).
For a vocal work, the 1st indicator is:
1 • When the written or sung text has been translated, even when the original language is also included in the work.
0 • When the written or sung text is in the original language.
° This includes works that always included more than one language.
° This does not apply when a composer sets an already-translated text to music.
• When it is a vocal work that has not been translated and there is accompanying material, translated or not.
OCLC documentation [716] states "Accompanying material is not considered when determining if an item is a translation,"
but adds "When printed music contains a translation of a vocal text printed as text, the item is considered a translation
and use value 1." [emphasis added]
LC documentation [717] merely says "0 - Item not a translation/does not include a translation; 1 - Item is or includes a translation,"
with no instruction for application.
• When it is an instrumental work with accompanying material that has been, translated or not.
_________________________________________
Each language code is tagged in a separate subfield code. The former practice was to include all language codes with the same subfield tag in the same subfield. The current practice is to tag each separately.
Obsolete practice | Current practice |
‡a engfreger ‡h ita | ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡a ger ‡h ita |
‡a engfre ‡h gerrus | ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡h ger ‡h rus |
Guidelines for the number of language codes to be used in any single subfield in the 041 field: Source: CSB no. 52, p. 29-33
• Six or fewer languages: | The first code is for the predominant language (which should match the code in the fixed field (008) [714], if applicable). The codes for the remaining languages should be input in English alphabetical order. |
• Seven or more languages: | Use the code for the predominant language and "mul" (multiple languages) for all other languages. |
For texts of vocal works:
The two subfields that involve the 1st indicator are:
‡a = language of the written or spoken text in a score
‡d = language of the sung or spoken text on a sound recording
For accompanying material:
Accompanying material may be words printed as text, prefatory information, poems that inspired an instrumental work, instructional material, critical report, etc. Because none of these are the sung, spoken, or written words of a vocal work, they do not affect whether the 1st indicator will be 1 or 0.
‡e = language of the words or libretto printed as text
‡g = language of accompanying material other than libretto or words
Summaries and abstracts:
‡b = language(s) of a summary or abstract
Order of subfields:
‡d should be first when present; in all other cases, ‡a should be first when present.
Multiple occurrences of the same subfields ‡a, ‡b, ‡d, ‡e, ‡f, ‡g, ‡j should be grouped together.
Single occurrences and grouped multiple occurrences of subfields ‡h, ‡m, ‡n should follow the subfield or group of subfields to which they apply.
Order of language codes within subfields:
‡a: codes should be in the order of their predominance in the resource; if no language is predominant, the codes should be in alphabetical order.
‡b (summary/abstract) and ‡f (table of contents): codes should be alphabetical.
_________________________________________
When a translation is involved in any of these categories (written, sung, or spoken text or accompanying material), the code for the original language for each category follows the coding of the final language in that category. | |
Changed definition: | |
‡h | = language code(s) for the original language of the primary content of the item; this subfield follows subfield ‡a ‡d, ‡j, ‡k |
New subfields: | |
‡k | = language code(s) for an intermediate language between the original and the current translation, where the resource was translated from an intermediate language other than the original. If subfield ‡k is present, it would precede a subfield ‡h. |
‡m | = language code(s) for the original language of accompanying materials other than librettos; this subfield follows subfield ‡b or ‡g |
‡n | = language code(s) for the original language(s) of the printed text of the vocal/textual content of the work; this subfield follows subfield ‡e |
After subfields: | Use: |
‡a ‡d, ‡j, ‡k | ‡h |
‡b, ‡g | ‡m |
‡e | ‡n |
_________________________________________
Examples with new subfields in bold
A score of a vocal work with English and French words; French is the original language:
041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡h fre
A sound recording of songs sung in English, which were originally in German:
041 1_ ‡d eng ‡h ger
A sound recording with two vocal works in English; German is the original language of the first work and Russian is the original language of the second work:
041 1_ ‡d eng ‡h ger ‡h rus
A score of a vocal work with the original English text and the text printed with French and German translations:
041 0_ ‡a eng ‡e eng ‡e fre ‡n ger ‡n eng
A score of an instrumental work with performance instructions in English
041 0_ ‡g eng
A score of an instrumental work with performance instructions in English and French; the original language is English:
041 0_ ‡g eng ‡g fre ‡m eng
A score of a vocal work in English (the original language) with a preface and words printed as text in English:
No 041 field; the language code in the fixed field is enough.
A score of a vocal work in English, French, German, and Italian (original language is German), with the words printed in all four languages and with a preface in English, French, and German (no original language is indicated):
041 1_ ‡a eng ‡a fre ‡a ger ‡a ita ‡h ger ‡e eng ‡e fre ‡e ger ‡e ita ‡n ger ‡g eng ‡g fre ‡g ger
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Voyager (008)
Voyager | Definition | |
Publication status | Type of date/publication status | |
b = no dates given; B.C. date involved d = serial item ceased publication e = detailed date s = single known date/probable date c = serial item currently published t = publication date and copyright date i = inclusive dates of collection k = range of years of bulk of collection m = multiple dates p = date of distribution/release/issue/production/recording session when different r = reprint/reissue date and original date n = dates unknown u = dates unknown q = serial item status unknown |
||
Date 1, Date 2 | Date of publication | |
The content is determined by the Type of Date code (see Publication status above) | ||
Place of publication | Place of publication | |
fr = France gw = Germany it = Italy ru = Russia sp = Spain xxc = Canada (no province indicated; first two positions indicate province, e.g., onc = Ontario) xxk = United Kingdom (no country indicated; first two positions indicate country, e.g., enk = England) xxu = United States (no state indicated; first two positions indicate state, e.g., ctu = Connecticut) See US MARC country list [718] for a full list |
||
Illustrations | Illustrations; use up to 4 codes | |
|
||
Audience | Audience (intellectual level) | |
= non-juvenile j = juvenile |
||
Form of item | Form of item | |
= none of the following r = regular print reproduction (eye-readable) a = microfilm b = microfiche s = electronic |
||
Contents | Contents; up to 4 codes | |
|
||
Govt. publication | Government publication | |
|
||
Conf. publication | Conference publication | |
0 = not a conference publication 1 = conference publication |
||
Festschrift | Festschrift | |
0 = not a festschrift 1 = festschrift |
||
Index | Index | |
0 = no index 1 = index present |
||
Literary form | Literary form | |
|
||
Biography | Biography | |
= no biographical material a = autography b = individual biography c = collection biography d = contains biographical information |
||
Language | Language | |
eng = English fre = French ger = German ita = Italian rus = Russian spa = Spanish See US MARC language list [715] for a full list |
||
Modified record | Modified record | |
= not modifiec o = romanized (having to do with printed cards) |
||
Cataloging source | Cataloging source | |
= Library of Congress d = other sources (e.g., OCLC member) c = cooperative cataloging (e.g., PCC) i = ISBD (descriptive portion of the record contains the punctuation provisions of International standard bibliographic description [719]); use for RDA |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Not completely updated to comply with RDA
See also MARC Tagging for Scores: Fixed Field Codes [608]
|
024 | Other standard number | |||||||||
See ISMN [612] (International standard music number) for scores See UPC [589] (Universal product code) for scores and sound recordings |
||||||||||
028 | Publisher number | |||||||||
See Publisher and distributor number [613] for scores See Manufacturer number [590] for sound recordings |
||||||||||
033 | Date/time and place of an event | |||||||||
See Date and place of capture [591] for sound recordings | ||||||||||
041 | Languages codes (See also Language code for sung or spoken text and accompanying material (041 field) [614]) | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = Item is not a translation/does not include a translation. 1 = Item is or includes a translation Note: For a score, this applies to the spoken or sung text only (tagged in ‡a), not to any accompanying material (tagged in ‡e or ‡g); but see also OCLC instructions [720] |
|||||||||
2nd | always blank | |||||||||
Subfields: previously, only ‡h was repeatable; for all other subfields, multiple language codes were included in one subfield; now all subfields are repeatable and a subfield is repeated for as many language codes as apply; input only one language code per subfield | ||||||||||
a = Language(s) of sung or spoken text e = Language code of libretto g = Language code of accompanying material other than libretto h = Language code of original language for translations of sung or spoken text (requires 1st indicator 1) or accompanying material (1st indicator is 0) The subfield ‡h (single or repeated) applies to all of the preceding subfields of the same type (e.g., ‡a, ‡g) |
||||||||||
Examples: |
|
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
045 optional | Time period of content optional | |||||||||
See 046 [721] (Special coded dates for works and expressions) for the new MARC field for RDA |
Indicators | |||||||||
1st | always blank | |||||||||
2nd | = no dates 0 = single date 1 = multiple single dates 2 = range(s) of dates |
|||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = time period (repeatable) b = formatted date (repeatable) |
||||||||||
Examples: | 045 ‡a x6x7 045 0 ‡b ‡d1989 045 1 ‡b ‡d1989 ‡b ‡d1990 045 2 ‡b ‡d1993 ‡b ‡d1994 |
|||||||||
046 | Special coded dates | |||||||||
See Special coded dates (MARC 046) [615] | ||||||||||
047 optional | Form of composition optional | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = Form of musical composition code (repeatable) | ||||||||||
Examples: | F/COMP in fixed field = mu 047 ‡a sn ‡a rd |
|||||||||
048 optional | Number of musical instrument or voices optional | |||||||||
Use 382 [624] (Medium of performance) |
Indicators | |||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = performer or ensemble (repeatable) b = soloist (repeatable) |
||||||||||
Examples: | 048 ‡a ka01 048 ‡b wa01 ‡a oa 048 ‡a wa01 ‡a ka01 048 ‡a oc |
|||||||||
100 | Personal name | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = entered under forename 1 = single or compound surname 2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname) |
|||||||||
2nd | always blank | |||||||||
Subfields Order of subfields in 100 field: There is no prescribed MARC order for the subfields beyond subfield ‡a in the X00 fields. RDA 9.2.2.9.5 provides guidance for the placement of words indicating relationship (e.g., Jr.) and MARC defines subfield ‡q as "fuller form of name." When providing multiple additions to the name generally follow these guidelines: 1. Subfield ‡d (date) should always be the last element in a 100 string unless ‡c (Spirit) is being added. ° Add ‡c (Spirit) as the last element in a 100 string. 2. Generally add subfield ‡c before subfield ‡q when also adding words (e.g., Jr.), numerals (e.g., III), etc. indicating relationship ° but add subfield ‡c after subfield ‡q when adding other words (e.g., Sister) ° (See 9.2.2.9.5 [722] for treatment of Portuguese names) 3. For exceptional situations, such as when subfield ‡a contains only a surname or only a forename or the name includes a prefix, etc. consult LC-PCC PS 1.7.1, section Access points for persons in name authority and bibliographic records, paragraph 3c. source: PCCLIST 8/4/2015 |
||||||||||
a = name (not repeatable) c = titles (e.g., Sir, Mrs.) (repeatable) q = fuller form of name (not repeatable) d = dates (not repeatable) e = relationship designation [723] (repeatable) |
||||||||||
Examples: | 100 1 Beach, Amy, ‡d 1867-1944. 100 1 Eckhardt-Gramatté, S. C. ‡q (Sophie-Carmen), ‡d 1899-1974. |
|||||||||
110 | Corporate name as main entry | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = inverted name 1 = jurisdiction name 2 = name in direct order |
|||||||||
2nd | always blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = corporate or jurisdiction name (not repeatable) b = subordinate unit (repeatable) k = form subheading (repeatable) n = number of part (repeatable) e = relationship designation [723] (repeatable) |
||||||||||
Examples: | 110 2 Yale Symphony Orchestra. 110 2 Berliner Philharmoniker. ‡b Blechbläser-Ensemble. 110 2 Bibliothèque nationale (France). ‡k Manuscript. ‡n Latin 3549, fol. 149-169. |
|||||||||
130 | Uniform title as main entry | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0 | |||||||||
2nd | always blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = uniform title (not repeatable) m = medium of performance (repeatable) n = number (repeatable) r = key (not repeatable) s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.) (not repeatable) k = selections (repeatable) l = language (not repeatable) |
||||||||||
Example: | 130 0 Star-Spangled banner (Song) | |||||||||
240 | Uniform title (used in conjunction with personal name in the 100 field) | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = Not printed or displayed 1 = Printed or displayed; 1 is the default |
|||||||||
2nd | non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0 | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = uniform title (not repeatable) m = medium of performance (repeatable) n = number (repeatable) p = part (repeatable) r = key (not repeatable) s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.) (not repeatable) k = selections (repeatable) l = language (not repeatable) o = arranged (not repeatable) |
||||||||||
Examples: | 240 10 Trios, ‡m flute, violin, guitar, ‡n op. 12, ‡r D major; ‡o arranged 240 10 Masses, ‡n op. 23, ‡r C major. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l German |
|||||||||
245 | Title and statement of responsibility area | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = No title added entry (negative) 1 = Title added entry (affirmative) |
|||||||||
2nd | 0-9 = non-filing characters (See Filing indicators [640]) | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = title proper (not repeatable) b = remainder of title (not repeatable); this can be parallel title, sub-title, alternative title, other title information n = number of part/section of work (repeatable) ‡n follows ‡a and may precede or follow ‡b. p = name of part/section of work (repeatable) ‡p follows ‡a and may precede or follow ‡b. c = statement of responsibility (not repeatable) Once subfield ‡c has been recorded, no further subfield coding of field 245 is possible. See 245 Title Statement [724] from OCLC. |
||||||||||
Example: | 245 00 Concerto in D major, K. 314 for flute and piano / ‡c Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart ; edited by James Galway ; piano reduction by Phillip Moll. 245 14 The dream net : ‡b for alto saxophone and string quartet / ‡c Warren Benson. |
|||||||||
246 | Varying form of title | |||||||||
See 246 field [617]; See also 740 field | ||||||||||
250 | Edition statement (See Recording edition statement (250 field) for scores [725] for RDA examples) | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = edition statement b = statement of responsibility |
||||||||||
Example: | 250 Urtext der Neuen Bach-Ausg. = Urtext of the New Bach ed. / ‡b herausgegeben von Hans Eppstein. | |||||||||
254 | Musical presentation statement | |||||||||
scores only AACR2 only Use 250 |
Indicators: | |||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = musical presentation statement | ||||||||||
Example: | 254 Studienpartitur. | |||||||||
260 | Imprint | |||||||||
AACR2 only
See 264 [618] |
Indicators: | |||||||||
1st | blank (undefined) | |||||||||
2nd | blank (undefined) | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = place of publication, distribution, etc. b = name of publisher, distributor, etc. c = date of publication, distribution, etc. e = place of manufacture (e.g., printing) f = manufacturer (e.g., printer) g = date of manufacture |
||||||||||
Examples: | 260 New Haven, CT : ‡b CommonMuse Music Publishers, ‡c c1988. 260 Frankfurt : ‡b C.F. Peters, ‡c c1992. 260 Frankfurt : ‡b Zimmermann ; ‡a New York : ‡b C.F. Peters Corp., ‡c c1979. |
|||||||||
300 | Physical description | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = extent (e.g., 1 score (80 pages); 1 vocal score (42 pages), etc.) b = illustrative matter c = dimensions (in centimeters) e = accompanying material |
||||||||||
Example: | 300 1 score (7 pages) + 3 parts ; ‡c 30 cm | |||||||||
336-338 | Content, media, and carrier type | |||||||||
See Content, media, and carrier type (MARC 336-338) [726] | ||||||||||
348 | Format of notated music and form of musical notation | |||||||||
See Format of notated music and form musical notation (MARC 348) [620] | ||||||||||
382 | Medium of performance | |||||||||
See Medium of performance (MARC 382) [702] | ||||||||||
490 | Series | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = series transcribed from the item; not traced 1 = series transcribed from the item; traced in the form found on the item or in a different form in an 830 or 800 field |
|||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = series statement x = ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) v = volume number |
||||||||||
440 | The 440 field is obsolete. For traced series, use 490/1 and 830 or 800 | |||||||||
500 | Note area | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = text | ||||||||||
Example: | 500 Figured bass realized for keyboard instrument. . | |||||||||
546 | Language note: Textual information on the language or notation system used to convey the content of the described materials | |||||||||
Do not include language and notation system information in the same 546 field. | ||||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = name of language of text b = alphabet, script |
||||||||||
Examples: | 546 English and French words. 546 Sung in Italian. 546 German words; ‡b Fraktur. 546 Ukrainian words; ‡b Cyrillic alphabet; ‡b Roman alphabet. |
|||||||||
b = form of musical notation. This information is also included in the 348 field [727]. (See also Interim Music Library Association Best Practices for Form of Musical Notation in Fields 348 ‡c and 546 ‡b [698]) |
||||||||||
Examples: | 546 ‡b Staff notation; ‡b Tablature. 546 ‡b Staff notation; ‡b Chord symbols; ‡b Guitar chord diagrams. Chord symbols are the letters, numbers, and/or other symbols (e.g., C, G7, Dm, F/C) for the names of chords; guitar chord diagrams [728] are the illustrations indicating the fingering of a chord on a fretted instrument. |
|||||||||
511 | Statements of responsibility for performers | |||||||||
This note need not be transcribed directly from the chief source; however, as in the 245/‡c, statements of responsibility for different functions are separated by space-semicolon-space. | ||||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = No display constant generated 1 = cast |
|||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = performers | ||||||||||
Examples: | 511 0 Carol Wincenc, flute ; Samuel Sanders (1st, 3rd, 5th-6th works), Lukas Foss (2nd work), David Del Tredici (4th work), piano. 511 0 Christopher Hogwood, clavichord (by Johann Adolf Hass, 1761). 511 0 Jaap Schröder, violin ; with Christopher Hirons, violin (3rd work) ; Academy of Ancient Music ; Christopher Hogwood, conductor and harpsichord. 511 0 Charles Krigbaum, performing on the Newberry Memorial organ, Woolsey Hall, Yale University. 511 0 Sebastian Hennig (2nd work), Stefan Rampf, Allan Bergius (3rd work), sopranos ; René Jacobs, alto ; Kurt Equiluz, tenor ; Max von Egmond (1st-2nd works), Walter Heldwein (3rd work), basses ; Knabenchor Hannover, Collegium Vocale, Leonhardt-Consort, Gustav Leonhardt, conductor (1st-2nd works) ; Tölzer Knabenchor, Concentus Musicus Wien, Nikolaus Harnoncourt, conductor (3rd work). |
|||||||||
518 | Date/time and place of recording | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = date/time and place of recording | ||||||||||
Examples: | 518 Recorded between 1952 and 1972 in Trinity College Chapel, Hartford, Conn. (1st-2nd, 4th, 6th-7th works) and Woolsey Hall, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. (3rd and 5th works). 518 First recordings of tambora music from the Mexican state of Sinaloa recorded by various bands between 1952 and 1965. 518 Recorded June 1-5, 1984, at American Academy and Institute of Arts and Letters, New York City. 518 Recorded in Kingsway Hall, London, Nov. 1983 (1st work) and in Walthamstow Assembly Hall, London, Aug. 1984 (2nd work). 518 Recorded digitally directly from a 1910 Steinway 65/88 noteplayer. |
|||||||||
505 | Contents note | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = complete contents 1 = incomplete contents use when not all parts of a multipart score are available for analysis and so cannot be included in the contents note 2 = partial contents use for selected contents (not including accompanying textual material) of a fully available score 8 = no display constant generated |
|||||||||
2nd | blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = contents | ||||||||||
Example: | 505 0 Toccatina -- Notturno -- Perpetuum mobile -- Romanza -- Finale. 505 0 Die trunkene Tänzerin / Curt Bock -- Wie Sanct Franciscus schweb' ich in der Luft / Christian Morgenstern -- Traum / Else Lasker-Schüler. |
|||||||||
600 | Personal name as subject heading | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = entered under forename 1 = single or compound surname 2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname) |
|||||||||
2nd | 0 = Library of Congress Subject Headings/LC authority files | |||||||||
Subfields (See also Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]) | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||
Examples: | 600 10 Cummings, E. E. ‡q (Edward Estlin), ‡d 1894-1962 ‡x Musical settings. 600 10 Wagner, Richard, ‡d 1813-1883. ‡t Operas. |
|||||||||
610 | Corporate name as subject entry | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = inverted name 1 = jurisdiction name 2 = name in direct order |
|||||||||
2nd | 0 = Library of Congress Subject Headings | |||||||||
Subfields (See also Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]) | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||
Example: | 610 20 New York Philharmonic ‡v Pictorial works. | |||||||||
650 | Topical subject heading (See also Subject headings for instrumental music [730] and vocal music [731]) | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | 0 = Library of Congress Subject Headings/LC authority files | |||||||||
Subfields (See also Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]) | ||||||||||
a = subject heading v = form subdivision x = topical subdivision y = time period subdivision z = geographic subdivision |
||||||||||
Examples: | 650 0 Quintets (Piano, flute, trumpet, violin, violoncello) ‡v Scores. 650 0 Piano ‡x Instruction and study. 650 0 Music ‡z United States ‡y 20th century. |
|||||||||
700 | Personal name as added heading | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = entered under forename 1 = single or compound surname 2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname) |
|||||||||
2nd | blank = personal name alone or personal name with related title 2 = analytical entry: personal name with title of work included in the item |
|||||||||
Subfields See 100 field for order of subfields | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||
Examples: | 700 1 Schmidtner, Franz. 700 1 Oliver, Alexander ‡c (Tenor) 700 1 Schikaneder, Emanuel, ‡d 1751-1812. 700 12 Mozart, Wolfgang Amadeus, ‡d 1756-1791. ‡t Nozze di Figaro. ‡s Libretto. ‡l French. 700 12 Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827. ‡t Trios, ‡m piano, flute, bassoon, ‡n WoO 37, ‡r G major. |
|||||||||
710 | Corporate name as added entry | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = inverted name 1 = jurisdiction name 2 = name in direct order |
|||||||||
2nd | blank = corporate name alone or corporate name with related title 2 = analytical entry: corporate name with title of work included in the item |
|||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = corporate or jurisdiction name b = subordinate unit k = form subheading n = number of part e = relationship designation [723] |
||||||||||
Examples: | 110 2 Orchestra New England. ‡4 prf 710 22 British Library. ‡k Manuscript. ‡n Additional 36881. |
|||||||||
730 | Added entry- uniform title: use for anonymous works, manuscripts, etc. | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0 | |||||||||
2nd | blank = no information provided 2 = analytical entry |
|||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = uniform title m = medium of performance n = number p = part r = key s = format (e.g., Vocal score, Libretto, etc.) k = selections l = language o = arranged f = date of a work |
||||||||||
Example: | ||||||||||
740 | Uncontrolled related or analytical title as added entry (See also 246 field [617]) | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0 | |||||||||
2nd | blank = no information provided 2 = analytical entry |
|||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = Uncontrolled related/analytical title | ||||||||||
Example: | ||||||||||
800 | Personal name as series added heading | |||||||||
Indicators | ||||||||||
1st | 0 = entered under forename 1 = single or compound surname 2 = obsolete (formerly used for compound surname) |
|||||||||
2nd | always blank | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||
Examples: | 800 1 Hampton, Calvin. ‡t Organ music. ‡k Selections (Leupold) ; ‡v no. 5. 800 1 Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Works. ‡f 1954 ; ‡v Ser. 2, Bd. 8. |
|||||||||
830 | Series as added entry, traced in the form found on the item or in a different form | |||||||||
Indicators: | ||||||||||
1st | blank | |||||||||
2nd | non-filing indicators; remove all initial articles; 1st indicator is always 0 | |||||||||
Subfields | ||||||||||
a = series statement n = number of part or section p = name of part or section v = volume number |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
See also MARC tagging for scores and sound recordings: Variable fields [609]
Leader:
00861ccm 2200241 a 4500 | 00861ccm 2200241 a 4500 | 00861ccm 2200241_ a 4500 | 00861ccm 2200241 a 4500 |
Type of record | Bibliographic level | Encoding level | Cataloging form (i.e., rules) |
c = printed music (score), printed or microform d = manuscript music, printed or microform |
a = component part, monographic b = component part, serial c = collection d = subunit m = monograph/item s = serial |
= full level, material in hand 4 = core level 5 = partial (preliminary) level 7 = minimal level 8 = prepublication level (including CIP) |
a = AACR2 i = pre-AACR2, ISBD punctuation = pre-AACR2, pre-ISBD punctuation u = unknown c = ISBD punctuation omitted (OCLC TB 260 [732]) |
ORBIS | Definition | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Publication status | Type of date/publication status | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
b = no dates given; B.C. date involved d = serial item ceased publication e = detailed date s = single known date/probable date c = serial item currently published t = publication date and copyright date i = inclusive dates of collection k = range of years of bulk of collection m = multiple dates p = date of distribution/release/issue/production/recording session when different r = reprint/reissue date and original date n = dates unknown u = dates unknown q = serial item status unknown |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Date 1 (yyyy) | Date of publication | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The content is determined by the Type of Date code (D/CODE) above | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Date 2 (yyyy) | Date of publication | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The content is determined by the Type of Date code (D/CODE) above | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Place of publication | Place of publication (assign codes according to present geographic boundaries) (See US MARC country list [718] for a full list) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
fr = France gw = Germany it = Italy ru = Russia sp = Spain xxc = Canada (no province indicated; first two positions indicate province, e.g., onc = Ontario) xxk = United Kingdom (no country indicated; first two positions indicate country, e.g., enk = England) xxu = United States (no state indicated; first two positions indicate state, e.g., ctu = Connecticut) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Composition | Form of composition | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See Form of musical composition codes [733] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Format of music | Format (See Recording extent of notated music (RDA 3.4.3.2) [734] for definitions of formats) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Audience | Target audience (intellectual level) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
= non-juvenile j = juvenile |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Form of item | Form of item | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
= non of the following a = microfilm b = microfiche c = microopaque d = large print f = braille r = regular print reproduction s = electronic |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accompanying matter | Accompanying material (use up to six, in alphabetical order) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
= no accompanying matter a = discography b = bibliography c = thematic index d = libretto or text e = biography of composer or author f = biography of performer or history of ensemble g = technical and/or historical information on instruments h = technical information on music i = historical information k = ethnological information r = instructional materials s = music z = other accompanying matter |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Literary text for sound recording 1 | Literary text for sound recordings | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
n = not applicable | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Literary text for sound recording 2 | Literary text for sound recordings | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
n = not applicable | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Language | Language of sung or spoken text (See US MARC language list [715] for a full list) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
eng = English fre = French ger = German ita = Italian rus = Russian spa = Spanish zxx = no linguistic content und = undetermined language or arbitrary syllables, humming, or other human-produced sounds for which a language cannot be specified |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cataloging source | Cataloging source | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
= Library of Congress d = other sources (e.g., OCLC) c = cooperative cataloging (e.g., PCC) i = ISBD (descriptive portion of the record contains the punctuation provisions of International standard bibliographic description [719]); use for RDA |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Voyager (Leader and 008)
See also Physical description codes for musical sound recordings (007) [588] | MARC tagging for scores and sound recordings: Variable fields [609] | Sound recording cataloging: MARC tagging [739]
01820cjm a2200433 a 4500 | 01820cjm a2200433 a 4500 | 01820cjm a2200433_ a 4500 | 01820cjm a2200433 a 4500 |
Type of record | Bibliographic level | Encoding level | Cataloging form (i.e., rules) |
j = musical sound recording i = non-musical sound recording |
a = component part, monographic b = component part, serial c = collection d = subunit m = monograph/item s = serial |
= full level, material in hand 4 = core level 5 = partial (preliminary) level 7 = minimal level 8 = prepublication level (including CIP) |
a = AACR2 i = pre-AACR2, ISBD punctuation = pre-AACR2, pre-ISBD punctuation u = unknown |
Voyager 008 | DEFINITION | |
Publication status | Type of date/publication status | |
t = actual date, copyright date m = multiple dates from/to n = unknown p = issue date/recording date1 when there is a difference q = questionable (such as 1982 or 3) r = reissue date/original date2 s = single date (such as 1982, [198-], etc.) 1Issue date/recording date: When there is a span of recording dates, the earliest date of recording goes in date 2. 2Reissue date/original date: A sound recording is considered a reissue when it is issued with a new manufacturer number, issued on a new label or in a new format, or when it is a collection with previously released material from numerous sources. |
||
Date 1 (yyyy) Date 2 (yyyy) |
Date of publication | |
The content is determined by the Publication status above | ||
Place of publication | Place of publication (assign codes according to present geographic boundaries) | |
fr = France gw = Germany it = Italy ru = Russia sp = Spain xxc = Canada (no province indicated; first two positions indicate province, e.g., onc = Ontario) xxk = United Kingdom (no country indicated; first two positions indicate country, e.g., enk = England) xxu = United States (no state indicated; first two positions indicate state, e.g., ctu = Connecticut) See US MARC country list [718] for a full list |
||
Composition optional |
Form of composition | |
See codes for Form of musical composition [733] | ||
Format of music | Format | |
n = not applicable | ||
Audience | Target audience (intellectual level) | |
__ = non-juvenile j = juvenile |
||
Form of item | Form of item | |
__ = none of the following | ||
Accompanying matter optional |
Accompanying material (use up to six, in alphabetical order) | |
__ = no accompanying matter a = discography b = bibliography c = thematic index d = libretto or text e = biography of composer or author f = biography of performer or history of ensemble g = technical and/or historical information on instruments h = technical information on music i = historical information k = ethnological information r = instructional materials s = music z = other accompanying matter |
||
Literary text for sound recording 1 Literary text for sound recording 2 |
Literary text for sound recordings | |
for musical sound recordings: __ = item is a musical sound recording for non-musical sound recordings:
|
||
Language | Language of sung or spoken text | |
eng = English fre = French ger = German ita = Italian rus = Russian spa = Spanish zxx = no linguistic content und = undetermined language or arbitrary syllables, humming, or other human-produced sounds for which a language cannot be specified Multilingual items: For two to six languages use: ° the predominant language code ° the code that is first alphabetically if predominance cannot be determined. For six or more languages use: ° the code for the language of the first title . ° code "mul" if there is no predominant language and the cataloging institution has chosen not to specify a language. See US MARC language list [715] for a full list |
||
Modified record | Whether bibliographic information was modified for entry into machine-readable form | |
__ = not modified see OCLC BFS [740] for more codes |
||
Cataloging source | Cataloging source | |
= Library of Congress d = other sources (e.g., OCLC) c = cooperative cataloging (e.g., PCC) i = ISBD (descriptive portion of the record contains the punctuation provisions of International standard bibliographic description [719]); use for RDA |
||
Voyager leader | CODES | |
Record status | c = corrected or revised d = deleted n = new p = increase in encoding level from prepublication |
|
Type of record | i = nonmusical sound recording j = musical sound recording |
|
Bibliographic level | m = monograph (non-serial item) s = serial |
|
Type of control | __ = no specific type of control a = archival control |
|
Encoding level | __ = full level see OCLC BFS [741] for more codes |
|
Cataloging form (rules) | a = AACR2 i = ISBD, pre-AACR2 (use for RDA when using ISBD punctuation) __ = pre-ISBD, pre-AACR2 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
This document has not been modified to conform to RDA. However, the MARC tagging is still correct.
See also Publisher or distributor number (028 field) for scores [613]
Issue numbers or matrix numbers of sound recordings are tagged in the 028 field. Recent discussions have questioned whether two items, identical other than manufacturer number, constitute different editions. LC considers a variant manufacturer number to be an indication of a new edition. "... for sound recordings, consider that different editions exist whenever two items have different [issue or matrix] numbers."
1st indicator
0 | Issue number(s), which appears on the label1, container2, and/or insert |
1 | Matrix number, which is etched onto an LP, usually between the innermost grooves and label, but may also appear on the label. Matrix numbers are distinguished from issue numbers in that matrix numbers usually differ on each side of the disc. The matrix number is used only when no issue number appears. |
1Label: The label, for the purposes of CDs, which have no "label," is the information appearing on the disc itself.
2Container: With CDs, consider any information on the insert that can be seen through the jewel case to be on the container.
2nd indicator
0 | no note, no added entry |
1 | note, added entry |
2 | note, no added entry |
3 | no note, added entry |
‡b contains the name of the record company as found in ‡b of the 260/264 field.
Examples
The disc with one number on the disc and a variant form of the number on the container:
028 01 CD 125 ‡b Record Company
028 00 2 CD 125 ‡b Record Company
The disc with one number on the label and a completely different number on the container or insert:
028 01 CD 125 ‡b Record Company
028 00 1234 5678 ‡b Record Company
500 Record Company: 1234 5678 (on container).
Each distinct number goes in a separate note. This does not apply to a multi-disc set.
A multi-disc set with individual numbers also has on the container a variant form, which is a truncation of the numbers on the discs:
On discs: CD 125, CD 126; on container: CD 125/6.
028 01 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
Do not enter the truncated form of the numbers in an 028 field or note.
A multi-disc set with both a set number and individual numbers on each disc:
028 00 1234 5678 ‡b Record Company
028 00 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
500 Recording Company: 1234 5678 (CD 125--CD 126).
A multi-disc set with a range of matrix numbers:
028 11 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
This will generate the following note:
500 Record Company: CD 125 (matrix)--CD 126 (matrix).
A multi-disc set with both a range of matrix numbers on the discs and a number on the container for the set:
028 00 1234 5678 ‡b Record Company
028 10 CD 125--CD 126 ‡b Record Company
500 Record Company: 1234 5678 (CD 125 (matrix)--CD 126 (matrix)).
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
This list is taken from the ALA Subcommittee on Genre/Form Implementation document 185/155 mapping [742]. It includes music Library of Congress subject headings (LCSH) and subject subdivisions and their equivalents in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT).
The table below includes the LCSH subject heading or subdivision, the LCGFT term, the LCDGT intended audience term, and comments
See also:
Form of work (MARC 380) [622] and Genre/form index term (MARC 655) [743]
Commonly used music terms in the Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms (LCGFT) [627]
LCSH term | LCGFT term | LCDGT audience term | Comments |
2-harpsichord scores | Scores* and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | *valid only if resource is notated music |
2-organ scores | Scores* and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | *valid only if resource is notated music |
2-piano scores | Scores* and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | *valid only if resource is notated music |
3-piano scores | Scores* and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | *valid only if resource is notated music |
Cadenzas | Cadenzas | music | |
Chord diagrams | Notated music | n/a | music; probably redundant in a score record |
Chorus scores with organ | Chorus scores | n/a | music |
Chorus scores with piano | Chorus scores | n/a | music |
Chorus scores without accompaniment | Chorus scores | n/a | music |
Hymns | Hymns | n/a | |
Hymns--Texts | Hymns (?) | n/a | |
Instructive editions | Instructional and educational works | n/a | music |
Instrumental settings | Derived works | n/a | music |
Juvenile | Children | ||
Juvenile sound recordings | Children's sound recordings | Children | |
Lead sheets | Lead sheets | n/a | music |
Librettos | Librettos | n/a | |
Manuscripts--Facsimiles | Facsimiles | n/a | |
Methods | Methods (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods--Group instruction | Methods (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods--Juvenile | Methods (Music) | Children | music |
Methods--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Alternative rock) | Methods (Music) and Alternative rock music | n/a | music |
Methods (Alternative rock)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Alternative rock music | n/a | music |
Methods (Alternative rock)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Alternative rock music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Big band) | Methods (Music) and Jazz | n/a | music |
Methods (Big band)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Jazz | n/a | music |
Methods (Big band)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Jazz and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Bluegrass) | Methods (Music) and Bluegrass music | n/a | music |
Methods (Bluegrass)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Bluegrass music | n/a | music |
Methods (Bluegrass)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Bluegrass music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Blues-rock) | Methods (Music) and Blues-rock music | n/a | music |
Methods (Blues-rock)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Blues-rock music | n/a | music |
Methods (Blues-rock)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Blues-rock music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Blues) | Methods (Music) and Blues (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Blues)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Blues (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Blues)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Blues (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Boogie woogie) | Methods (Music) and Boogie woogie (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Boogie woogie)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Boogie woogie (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Boogie woogie)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Boogie woogie (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Bop) | Methods (Music) and Bop (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Bop)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Bop (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Bop)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Bop (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Celtic) | Methods (Music) and Celtic music | n/a | music |
Methods (Celtic)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Celtic music | n/a | music |
Methods (Celtic)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Celtic music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Country) | Methods (Music) and Country music | n/a | music |
Methods (Country)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Country music | n/a | music |
Methods (Country)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Country music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Dixieland) | Methods (Music) and Dixieland music | n/a | music |
Methods (Dixieland)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Dixieland music | n/a | music |
Methods (Dixieland)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Dixieland music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Folk) | Methods (Music) and Folk music | n/a | music |
Methods (Folk)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Folk music | n/a | music |
Methods (Folk)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Folk music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Funk) | Methods (Music) and Funk (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Funk)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Funk (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Funk)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Funk (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Gospel) | Methods (Music) and Gospel music | n/a | music |
Methods (Gospel)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Gospel music | n/a | music |
Methods (Gospel)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Gospel music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Heavy metal) | Methods (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Heavy metal)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Heavy metal)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Honky-tonk) | Methods (Music) and Honky-tonk music | n/a | music |
Methods (Honky-tonk)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Honky-tonk music | n/a | music |
Methods (Honky-tonk)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Honky-tonk music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Jazz-rock) | Methods (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Jazz-rock)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Jazz-rock)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Jazz) | Methods (Music) and Jazz | n/a | music |
Methods (Jazz)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Jazz | n/a | music |
Methods (Jazz)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Jazz and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Latin jazz) | Methods (Music) and Latin jazz | n/a | music |
Methods (Latin jazz)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Latin jazz | n/a | music |
Methods (Latin jazz)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Latin jazz and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Popular music) | Methods (Music) and Popular music | n/a | music |
Methods (Popular music)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Popular music | n/a | music |
Methods (Popular music)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Popular music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Progressive rock) | Methods (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Progressive rock)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Progressive rock)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Ragtime) | Methods (Music) and Ragtime music | n/a | music |
Methods (Ragtime)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Ragtime music | n/a | music |
Methods (Ragtime)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Ragtime music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Reggae) | Methods (Music) and Reggae music | n/a | music |
Methods (Reggae)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Reggae music | n/a | music |
Methods (Reggae)--Self-instruction | "Methods (Music) and Reggae music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Rhythm and blues) | Methods (Music) and Rhythm and blues music | n/a | music |
Methods (Rhythm and blues)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Rhythm and blues music | n/a | music |
Methods (Rhythm and blues)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Rhythm and blues music and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Rock) | Methods (Music) and Rock music | n/a | music |
Methods (Rock)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Rock music | n/a | music |
Methods (Rock)--Self-instruction | "Methods (Music) and Rock music and Programmed instructional materials" | n/a | music |
Methods (Salsa) | Methods (Music) and Salsa (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Salsa)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Salsa (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Salsa)--Self-instruction | "Methods (Music) and Salsa (Music) and Programmed instructional materials" | n/a | music |
Methods (Swing) | Methods (Music) and Swing (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Swing)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Swing (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Swing)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Swing (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Methods (Western swing) | Methods (Music) and Western swing (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Western swing)--Group instruction | Methods (Music) and Western swing (Music) | n/a | music |
Methods (Western swing)--Self-instruction | Methods (Music) and Western swing (Music) and Programmed instructional materials | n/a | music |
Music | Music | n/a | See also narrower terms |
Musical settings | Music | n/a | music |
Orchestral excerpts | Excerpts? | n/a | music |
Organ scores | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Parts | Parts (Music) | n/a | music |
Parts (solo) | Parts (Music) | n/a | music |
Piano scores | Piano scores | n/a | music |
Piano scores (4 hands) | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Scores | Scores | n/a | music |
Scores and parts | Scores and Parts (Music) | n/a | music |
Scores and parts (solo) | Scores and Parts (Music) | n/a | music |
Simplified editions | Simplified editions (Music) | n/a | music |
Solo with harpsichord and piano | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solo with keyboard instrument | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solo with organ | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solo with piano | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solo with pianos (2) | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solos with organ | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solos with piano | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Solos with pianos (2) | Scores and Arrangements (Music) | n/a | music |
Songs and music | n/a | n/a | music |
Songs and music--Texts | n/a | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises | Studies (Music) | n/a | |
Studies and exercises (Alternative rock) | Studies (Music) and Alternative rock music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Big band) | Studies (Music) and Jazz | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Bluegrass) | Studies (Music) and Bluegrass music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Blues-rock) | Studies (Music) and Blues-rock music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Blues) | Studies (Music) and Blues (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Boogie woogie) | Studies (Music) and Boogie-woogie (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Bop) | Studies (Music) and Bop (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Celtic) | Studies (Music) and Celtic music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Country) | Studies (Music) and Country music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Dixieland) | Studies (Music) and Dixieland music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Folk) | Studies (Music) and Folk music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Funk) | Studies (Music) and Funk (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Gospel) | Studies (Music) and Gospel music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Heavy metal) | Studies (Music) and Heavy metal (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Honky-tonk) | Studies (Music) and Honky-tonk music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Jazz-rock) | Studies (Music) and Jazz-rock (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Jazz) | Studies (Music) and Jazz | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Latin jazz) | Studies (Music) and Latin jazz | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Left hand) | Studies (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Popular music) | Studies (Music) and Popular music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Progressive rock) | Studies (Music) and Progressive rock (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Ragtime) | Studies (Music) and Ragtime music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Reggae) | Studies (Music) and Reggae music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Rhythm and blues) | Studies (Music) and Rhythm and blues music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Right hand) | Studies (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Rock) | Studies (Music) and Rock music | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Salsa) | Studies (Music) and Salsa (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Swing) | Studies (Music) and Swing (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises (Western swing) | Studies (Music) and Western swing (Music) | n/a | music |
Studies and exercises--Juvenile | Studies (Music) | Children | music |
Teaching pieces | Teaching pieces (Music) | n/a | music |
Thematic catalogs | Thematic catalogs (Music) | music | |
Vocal scores with accordion | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with continuo | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with guitar | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with harp | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with harpsichord | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with keyboard instrument | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with organ | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with organ and piano | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with piano | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with piano (4 hands) | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores with pianos (2) | Vocal scores | music | |
Vocal scores without accompaniment | Vocal scores | music |
Music Cataloging at Yale ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Use in conjunction with Recording medium of performance for musical works [686] (RDA 6.15) and Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music and LC's documentation [744] for its use.
See also a PDF [745] of the complete list as of 2017 or a list of commonly used terms [628].
See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work | 384 [626]: Key
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [746] and authority data [747] and DCM Z1 [693]
Indicators | Subfields: a | b | d | e | n | p | r | s | t | v | 2 | Examples: instrumental | vocal
See Best Practices for Using LCMPT [748] (Music Library Association Subject Access Subcommittee, version 1.5 3/1/2023)
For some of the most commonly used terms, see Commonly used terms in the Library of Congress Medium of Performance Terms for Music (LCMPT) [628]
General hierarchy of LCMPT: | ||
Ensemble (generally more than one performer) | Performer | |
|
|
|
In authority records:
the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance for which a musical work was originally conceived or for which a musical expression is written or performed.
° May be used to differentiate a musical work or expression from another with the same title.
Currently, 382 fields are not added to authority records for authorized access points representing arrangements.
In bibliographic records:
"LCMPT and the 382 are not tethered to a descriptive cataloging standard. In other words, it's acceptable (and indeed encouraged) to add a LCMPT-based 382 whenever you would add a 'subject' heading in the current environment." Casey Mullin, MOUG-L, 6/2/2014
For manifestations: the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance embodied in the manifestation.
For works and expressions: the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance for which a musical work was originally conceived or for which a musical expression is written or performed.
° May be used to differentiate a musical work or expression from another with the same title.
General guidelines for the 382 currently being followed, which may or may not be adopted/approved by LC:
° Record the complete medium of performance for a single work in a single 382 field.
° Provide a 382 field for each medium of performance when there is more than one work in the manifestation.
° Do not include a 382 field for expressions [712] (e.g., arrangements, etc.)
° Optionally, supply medium of performance in expression authority records.
° Record the names of instruments, voices, and ensembles following these guidelines:
° Record the number of instruments, voices, and ensembles following these guidelines:
382 fields for operas (from a discussion on MOUG-L, 6/18/2015:
"[LC doesn't] have a written policy, but for the most part the LC Music Division cataloging specialists skip the 382 for operas." (Valerie Weinberg)
However, it was acknowledged that using a partial medium of performance that includes the voice parts of the major roles or soloists, the orchestra, the chorus, and the conductor, without accounting for every singer, could be useful for users searching for parts or roles for a particular voice or range.
It was noted that one cannot always consider a recorded manifestation to be authoritative enough to make a work-based judgment unless the notes were authoritative or there was a score or thematic index to back it up.
Indicators | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
1st | _ = no information provided 0 = medium of performance 1 = partial medium of performance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2nd | always blank in authority records 0 = not intended for access (bibliographic records only) 1 = intended for access (bibliographic records only) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multiple mediums from the same source vocabulary may also be recorded in separate occurrences of the field if each medium is controlled by an authority record control number or standard number in subfield ‡0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡a | Medium of performance: a term that indicates the instrumental, vocal, and/or other medium of performance. ° multiple mediums from the same source vocabulary may be recorded in the same field in separate occurrences of subfield ‡a. ° terms from different source vocabularies are recorded in separate occurrences of the field. Use the term "percussion" unless cataloger judgment dictates the need for greater detail. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡b | Soloist: term for a soloist (a featured instrument or voice accompanied by an ensemble; do not code a solo instrument or voice in ‡b when the accompaniment is for a solo instrument, even when the accompaniment was originally for an ensemble) Examples: instrumental | vocal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡d | Doubling instrument: term for the instrument(s)/voice(s) a performer plays in addition to the primary instrument/voice in a musical work/expression ° may be recorded in separate occurrences of subfield ‡d ° may also be recorded in separate occurrences of the field if each medium is controlled by an authority record control number or standard number in subfield ‡0. Examples: instrumental |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡e | Number of ensembles of the same type named in the preceding subfield ° Use after ‡a (Medium of performance) or ‡p (Alternative medium of performance) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡n | Number of performers of the same medium named in the preceding subfield. ° may be omitted if the number equals 1 ° give the name of the instrument or voice in the singular ° do not enclose the number in parentheses: violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 Do not use ‡n if the medium includes an uncertain, unknown, or variable number of performers. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡p | Alternative medium of performance: term for an alternative instrument, vocal, and/or other medium of performance, given as an alternative to its primary medium of performance in preceding subfield ‡a, ‡b, or ‡d.
Record alternative instruments in one of two ways: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡r | Total number of individuals performing alongside ensembles. ° The total number of solo individual performers as indicated in all instances of subfield ‡b needed to perform in the musical work/expression alongside one or more ensembles ° However, use subfield ‡s, not ‡r, for individual performers when no accompanying ensembles are involved. Code ‡r before ‡t and ‡s. Examples: instrumental | vocal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡s | Total number of performers needed to perform the musical work. ‡s follows the last ‡a, ‡b, ‡d, ‡n, or ‡p ° Do not use ‡s when: ° the medium statement is partial (1st indicator 1) ° one or more ensemble terms are present in the medium statement ° when the medium is known, but the exact number of performers is unknown or variable Examples: instrumental | vocal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡t | Total number of ensembles needed to perform the musical work. When known, record the number of ensembles in ‡t following the last ‡e or ‡r, but before ‡s Examples: instrumental | vocal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡v | Free-text note for information that is not otherwise in the subfields of the field when further detail is desired. ° may contain a description of the relationship between an alternative medium of performance and its primary medium of performance, or other textual information Place ‡v immediately following the subfield to which it applies: 1. following ‡a, ‡b, ‡d, or ‡p when describing the nature of a specific medium component 2. following ‡n or ‡e when describing the numbering of a specific medium component 3. following all other subfields but preceding ‡2 when describing the performing forces as a whole ° use method 3 when in doubt From Hermine Vermeij on PCCLIST, 1/21/2014: Situations in which ‡v would be useful, when the medium isn't clear from the title, the preferred title, or the 382 field, if present: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
‡2 | MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° use ‡2 lcmpt for Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [684] (LCMPT) ° For guidelines on the application of LCMPT, see Provisional Best Practices for Using LCMPT [750] ![]() ° However, the exception g) at 6.28.1.9.1 still applies to instruments: omit range for an instrument: clarinet not bass clarinet But include it for a vocal range: soprano voice not soprano The names of some instruments and voices vary from past practice in the 382 field and from RDA:
|
Examples |
Instrumental examples |
The following examples represent practice allowed by the revision of the DCM Z1 document concerning the 382 field; further refinement may be forthcoming: 382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡v piano, 4 hands ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ prepared piano 382 0_ alto flute 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡s 1 382 0_ ‡b clarinet ‡a string orchestra 382 0_ oboe ‡p saxophone ‡v alternative for oboe |
Unspecified medium of performance for instruments |
382 0_ performer ‡2 lcmpt ° the definition of performer is "an unspecified participant in a musical work," which could apply to an unspecified instrument or unspecified vocalist. 382 0_ instrument ‡n 6 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt ° use "instrument" for an unspecified instrument; this may be indicated by the misleading word "voices" in an authorised access point for a 16th- or 17th-century work; e.g., Fantasia, ‡m voices (6) ° "voice" in this case should not be confused with an unspecified singing range, for which the term "singer" is used 382 0_ instrument ‡n 4 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ instrument ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a instrument ‡n 2 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt 380 0_ melody instrument ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 380 0_ bowed string instrument ‡n 12 ‡2 lcmpt 380 0_ instrument ‡v bass clef ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt ° use ‡v to indicate "bass clef," because "bass instrument," which is used in a preferred title, is not found in LCMPT |
Number of instrumental performers in ‡n and ‡s |
382 0_ violin ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt ° since "continuo" can consist of multiple instruments, ‡n and ‡s were omitted. An alternative practice for continuo, when multiple instruments are playing the continuo and each instrument is known, is to include two 382 fields: 382 0_ oboe ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt ° no ‡s, since continuo is a flexibly-sized group 382 0_ oboe ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a harpsichord ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt ° ‡s is included 382 0_ synthesizer ‡n 1 ‡a saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a speaker ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 2 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ vibraphone ‡n 2 ‡a marimba ‡n 2 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ synthesizer ‡n 3 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 380 0_ instrument ‡n 5 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 2 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a contrabassoon ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 9 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 2 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ trumpet ‡n 3 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt ° in the AAP, the timpani and percussion are subsumed under the term "percussion" 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 13 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ trumpet ‡n 3 ‡a horn ‡n 4 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a bass trombone ‡n 1 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡s 14 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 15 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 2 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡s 15 ‡2 lcmpt ° for 2 flutes, 2 clarinets, 2 oboes, 2 horns, 2 trombones, 2 bassoons, 2 trumpets, prepared piano ° note that score order places bassoons after trombones and trumpets after trombones 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 16 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 3 ‡a horn ‡n 4 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a contrabassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 16 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a saxophone ‡n 5 ‡a trumpet ‡n 4 ‡d flügelhorn ‡n 4 ‡a trombone ‡n 4 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡a drums ‡n 1 ‡s 18 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 4 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a alto clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 4 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a soprano saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a tenor saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a baritone saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 2 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 28 ‡2 lcmpt |
Electronics |
The number of "electronics" is not generally indicated because it is considered an ensemble. 382 0_ electronics ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ live electronics ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a live electronics ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt ° However, use ‡n may be used when the number of persons or ensembles operating/realizing or required to operate/realize the electronic component(s) is obvious or can be determined. |
Solo instrument(s) with ensemble (‡b) |
382 0_ ‡b marimba ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 4 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt ° for solo marimba with percussion quartet 382 0_ ‡b cello ‡n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b marimba ‡a percussion ensemble ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b viola ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡ t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b theremin ‡n 1 ‡a guitar ‡n 1 ‡a harmonic canon ‡n 1 ‡a chromelodeon ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 3 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt ° for solo theremin, guitar 1, harmonic canon 1, chromolodeon [that is, chromelodeon] 1, diamond marimba, bass marimba, zoomoozophone, and juststrokerods 382 0_ ‡b violin ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 2 ‡a cello ‡n 2 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 7 ‡2 lcmpt ° for string septet; 2 violins (one solo), 2 violas, 2 cellos, double bass 382 0_ ‡b piano ‡n 1 ‡b saxophone ‡n 4 ‡b pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡b percussion ‡n 4 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 10 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 3 ‡b oboe ‡n 2 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b accordion ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 15 ‡2 lcmpt Keep in mind that there may a difference in the terms that are appropriate as an attribute of the work and those that are appropriate for an access point. In the authorized access point, "instrumental ensemble" is used. There are two 382 fields, one in which "instrumental ensemble" is used and another in which each instrument in the instrumental ensemble is listed: In this example, the instruments in the flute ensemble/choir are listed in the 1st 382 field. In the 2nd and 3rd 382 fields, the name of the accompanying ensemble (called "flute orchestra" on the resource) is used: More examples of this: 382 0_ ‡b percussion ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a woodwind ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt |
Doubling (‡d) for instruments |
382 0_ clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡d harpsichord ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt ° for flute/alto flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, trumpet, trombone, piano, violin, viola 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡d celesta ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a vibraphone ‡n 1 ‡d marimba ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d alto flute ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt ° for flute/alto flute, oboe/English horn, clarinet/bass clarinet, viola, violoncello, double bass 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a keyboard instrument ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a kora ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 8 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 3 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 9 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡d celesta ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a chimes ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 9 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ alto flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d chimes ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡d chimes ‡n 1 ‡a bass trombone ‡n 1 ‡d chimes ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 12 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡d aerophone ‡v bassoon reed ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a trumpet ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡d edge-blown instrument ‡v nose flute ‡n 1 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡d aerophone ‡v saxophone mouthpiece ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 2 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡v 5-string ‡n 1 ‡s 16 ‡2 lcmpt Two or more of the same instrument, only one of which doubles another instrument flute ‡n 2 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡s 2 However, making the numerals in ‡n subfields of ‡a and ‡d pairs seems to be more amenable to machine processing. This situation will be addressed in the next revision of the Provisional Best Practices for Using LCMPT [751]. 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡d English horn ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 1 ‡d contrabassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 10 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡d piccolo ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡d bass clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a alto saxophone ‡n 1 ‡a bassoon ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡a double bass ‡n 1 ‡s 21 ‡2 lcmpt |
Alternate instruments (‡p) |
382 0_ horn ‡n 1 ‡p violin ‡n 1 ‡p flute ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt ° for horn or violin or flute and piano 382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡p pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ flute ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡p bassoon ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ trombone ‡n 1 ‡p horn ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a cello ‡n 1 ‡s 5 ‡2 lcmpt |
Total number of solo instruments (‡r) |
382 0_ ‡b violin ‡n 1 ‡b cello ‡ n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 2 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt ° for solo violin and cello with orchestra |
Total number of instrumental ensembles (‡t) |
382 0_ ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt ° for orchestra |
Explanatory note (‡v) for instruments |
382 0_ piano ‡n 1 ‡v prepared piano in the 1st and 3rd movements ‡2 lcmpt Pitch for an instrument, when other than typical More than one performer on one instrument Multiple 382 fields for different mediums of performance 382 0_ mixed chorus ‡n 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡b soprano ‡n 1 ‡b contralto ‡n 1 ‡b baritone ‡n 1 ‡v flute and oboe or violins in obligato ad libitum ‡2 lcmpt Multiple 382 fields to reflect differing instrumentation in each movement or part n 2014078001 nr 00026013 n 2014001809 nr2002022366 n 2015017771 n 2015040601 |
Vocal examples |
The following examples are being revised to conform to LCMPT.
The term "singer" is the LCMPT form for a performer who uses his or her voice to produce musical tone. |
Examples of numbers in ‡n and ‡s for voices |
Solo voice(s) (including narrator), without chorus: 382 0_ soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ soprano voice ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt ° since "continuo" can consist of multiple instruments, ‡n and ‡s were omitted from these two 382 fields. 382 0_ baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ alto voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ high voice ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡s 2 ‡2 lcmpt |
Explanatory note (‡v) for solo voice |
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡v wordless ° use for a vocalise Narrator/Speaker: Choruses: As of May 2021, vocal range has been separated from that of gender of the singers in terms for choruses: Number and ranges of parts not indicated: Number of choruses and range of voices indicated: Range of voices indicated: Number of parts and range of voices known: Number of parts, but not ranges of voices, known: Solo voice(s) (including narrator), with chorus: |
Solo voice(s) with ensemble (‡b) |
382 0_ ‡b singer ‡n 1 ‡a instrumental ensemble ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b singer ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡a clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b low voice ‡n 1 ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a viola ‡n 1 ‡a pedal harp ‡n 1 ‡s 4 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b singer ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 1 ‡a viola da gamba ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b female voice ‡a flute ‡n 1 ‡a percussion ‡n 1 ‡s 3 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡a trombone ‡n 1 ‡a tuba ‡n 1 ‡a singer ‡n 1 ‡s 6 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 1 ‡p English horn ‡n 1 ‡p clarinet ‡n 1 ‡a piano ‡n 1 ‡n 3 ‡2 lcmpt ° for soprano, French horn (or English horn or clarinet), and piano 382 0_ ‡b tenor voice ‡n 2 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 1 ‡a violin ‡n 2 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡n 1 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡a horn ‡n 2 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a bowed string ensemble ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt This is an example of one 382 field used to name an accompanying ensemble and one 382 field in which each instrument in the accompanying ensemble is listed: This is an example of one 382 field used to list each instrument in an accompanying ensemble and one 382 field in which the name of the accompanying ensemble is used: Choral music, without accompaniment or solo voice(s): Choral music, with accompaniment, without solo voice(s): |
Alternate voice(s) (‡p) |
382 0_ tenor ‡n 1 ‡p soprano ‡n 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b baritone voice ‡n 1 ‡p singer ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt ° for solo voice for baritone or singing actor 382 0_ male voice ‡n 4 ‡p with piano accompaniment ad libitum ‡v originally for voice and piano 382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡p soprano voice ‡p alto voice ‡p tenor voice ‡p bass voice ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 1 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt ° for soprano solo, SATB chorus (or soloists), and orchestra |
Total number of solo voices (‡r) |
382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡n 3 ‡b alto voice ‡ n 2 ‡b tenor voice ‡n 1 ‡b baritone voice ‡ n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡ n 1 ‡a orchestra ‡e 1 ‡r 8 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt ° for 8 solo voices (SSSAATBarB) and orchestra |
Total number of vocal ensembles (‡t) |
382 0_ ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB, SATB ‡e 2 ‡t 2 ‡2 lcmpt ° for two mixed choruses |
Explanatory note (‡v) for vocal ensembles |
382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡t 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a organ ‡n 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ mixed chorus ‡v SSATB ‡e 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ women's chorus ‡v SSS ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ soprano ‡n 1 ‡a alto ‡n 1 ‡a tenor ‡n 1 ‡a bass ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡v SATB ‡e 1 ‡a flute ‡n 2 ‡a trumpet ‡n 2 ‡a timpani ‡n 1 ‡a string orchestra ‡e 1 ‡2 lcmpt 382 0_ ‡b soprano voice ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡b alto voice ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡b bass voice ‡v ad libitum ‡n 1 ‡a mixed chorus ‡e 1 ‡a oboe ‡n 2 ‡a bowed string ensemble ‡e 1 ‡a continuo ‡2 lcmpt Other interesting examples: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
370: Associated place | 371: Address | 372: Field of activity | 373: Associated group | 374: Occupation | 375: Gender | 377: Language | 378: Fuller form of personal name
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for authority data [642] and Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [693], sections on field 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, and 378
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
37X | Subfields that apply to all fields in the 37X range (with exceptions noted) | ||||||||||||||
‡u | Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) ° Used to record the location of the source of information about a place recorded in the field that is accessible electronically. ° Data can be used for automated access to an electronic item using one of the Internet protocols. » For example, a URL or URN that provides electronic access data in a standard syntax. |
||||||||||||||
‡v | Source of information ° Source where the information recorded was found if not through a URI. |
||||||||||||||
‡2 | Source of term ° Specifies a code that identifies the source of a controlled vocabulary term for activity terms in subfield ‡a. » Does not apply to the 371 field. ° Follows immediately after the data to which it applies: 373 __ Universität für Musik und Darstellende Kunst Wien ‡2 naf ‡s 1992 not 373 __ Universität für Musik und Darstellende Kunst Wien ‡s 1992 ‡2 naf |
||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
370 | Associated place Use in conjunction with RDA 9.8-9.11 [752] for recording place of birth, death, country, residence, and address for persons RDA 6.5 [753] for recording place of origin for works and expressions A town, city, province, state, and/or country associated with persons, corporate bodies, families, works, and expressions. ° For a person: the town, city, province, state, and/or country associated with a person's place of birth, death, residence, and/or identity ° For a corporate body: a significant location associated with a corporate body (e.g., location of a conference, etc., location of the headquarters of an organization) ° For a family: a place where the family resides or has resided or has some connection ° For a work or expression: the country or other territorial jurisdiction from which a work or expression originated. Field 370 should be repeated when start and end periods in subfields ‡s and ‡t pertain to a different associated place. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 370, updated on 9/11/2013: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||
‡a | Place of birth ° The town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person was born. |
||||||||||||||
‡b | Place of death ° The town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person died. |
||||||||||||||
‡c | Associated country ° A country with which the person, corporate body, family, or work is identified. ° Dates that pertain to the country are recorded in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period). |
||||||||||||||
‡e | Place of residence/headquarters ° The town, city, province, state, locale, and/or country in which a person resides or has resided, or an organization has its headquarters or carries out its activities. ° Dates associated with a place of residence/location of headquarters are recorded in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period). |
||||||||||||||
‡f | Other associated place ° Other or additional town, city, province, state, and/or country associated with persons, corporate bodies, families, works, and expressions. ° Dates associated with other place are recorded in subfields in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period). |
||||||||||||||
‡g | Place of origin of work ° The country or other territorial jurisdiction from which a work originated. ° Dates associated with place of origin of work are recorded in subfields ‡s (Start period) and ‡t (End period). |
||||||||||||||
‡s | Start period ° The starting date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression. |
||||||||||||||
‡t | End period ° The end date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression. |
||||||||||||||
‡2 | Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° Subfield ‡2 follows the subfields to which it applies » naf = NACO authority file |
||||||||||||||
Examples: Persons: Place of birth only: 370 __ Los Angeles (Calif.) ‡2 naf 370 __ Donna (Tex.) ‡2 naf 370 __ Nuremberg (Germany) ‡2 naf 370 __ Mátészalka (Hungary) ‡2 naf 370 __ Odense (Denmark) ‡2 naf 370 __ Hamburg (Germany) ‡2 naf 370 __ Managua (Nicaragua) ‡2 naf _________________________________________ Place of death only: _________________________________________ Places of both birth and death: _________________________________________ Place of birth and death, and associated country: _________________________________________ Place of birth, associated country, and other associated place: _________________________________________ Place of residence: _________________________________________ Other associated place: _________________________________________ Place of birth and residence: _________________________________________ Place of birth, death, and residence (two 370 fields): _________________________________________ Place of birth and other associated place(s): _________________________________________ Place of birth, death, and associated country, with other associated places with start and end dates, in separate 370 fields: _________________________________________ Place of residence and other associated place(s): _________________________________________ Place of birth, residence, and other associated place: _________________________________________ Place of birth and country to which the composer emigrated (two 370 fields): _________________________________________ Place of birth and places of residence (two 370 fields): _________________________________________ Examples: Corporate bodies: _________________________________________ Examples: Works: |
|||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
371 | Address (For persons, see also RDA 9.12.1.3 [754])
An address (as well as electronic access information such as e-mail, telephone, fax, TTY, etc. numbers) associated with the entity described in the record. ° Multiple addresses, such as mailing addresses and addresses corresponding to the physical location of an item or facilities, are recorded in separate occurrences of field 371. ° For a person: the address of a person's place of residence, business, or employer and/or an e-mail or Internet address. ° For a corporate body: the address of the corporate body's headquarters or offices, or an e-mail or Internet address for the body. The difference between fields 370 and 371: Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 371: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||
‡a | Address ° All address information preceding the name of the city or town. ° The subfield can also contain information indicating that no address information is available. ° Subfield ‡a is repeated to indicate separations of address information. |
||||||||||||||
‡b | City ° Name of city or town in address of a person or corporate body. |
||||||||||||||
‡c | Intermediate jurisdiction ° Name of intermediate jurisdiction, such as state or province, in address of a person or corporate body. |
||||||||||||||
‡d | Country ° Name of country in address of a person or corporate body. |
||||||||||||||
‡e | Postal code ° Alphanumeric code assigned to the postal delivery area by a national postal agency. |
||||||||||||||
‡m | Electronic mail address ° Electronic mail address associated with the person or corporate body. » If more than one electronic mail address applies, subfield ‡m is repeated. |
||||||||||||||
‡s | Start period ° The starting date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression. |
||||||||||||||
‡t | End period ° The end date of association with a particular place by a person, corporate body, family, work, or expression. |
||||||||||||||
Examples: Persons: 371 __ ‡m janeoakland@stresspoints.co.uk [755] 371 __ ‡m merwinsiu@hotmail.com [756] ‡u http://www.angelfire.com/ms/merwinsiu/ [757] 371 __ ‡m musictheory@cmu.edu [758] ‡v David Berlin WWW site, Oct. 26, 2012 ‡u http://www.davidberlin.com [759] 371 __ ‡m pnagyp@gmail.com [760] ‡v Liszt Ferenc Zeneművészeti Egyetem WWW site, March 13, 2013 ‡u http://www.zeneakademia.hu/oktatok/1428 [761] Examples: Corporate bodies: |
|||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
372 | Field of activity (For persons, see also RDA 9.15 [767])
For a person: a field of endeavor, area of expertise, etc., in which the person is engaged or was engaged For a corporate body: a field of business in which the corporate body is engaged, its area of competence, responsibility, jurisdiction, etc. The field is repeated if the entity has multiple fields of activity for different time periods. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 372: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||
‡a | Field of activity: A field of endeavor or area of expertise in which the person or corporate body is or was engaged. ° Multiple characteristics from the same source vocabulary may be recorded in the same field in separate occurrences of subfield ‡a. ° Terms from different source vocabularies are recorded in separate occurrences of the field. |
||||||||||||||
‡s | Start period ° The starting date of engagement in a field of endeavor or field of business for a person or corporate body. |
||||||||||||||
‡t | End period ° The end date of engagement in a field of endeavor or field of business for a person or corporate body. |
||||||||||||||
‡2 | Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° Subfield ‡2 follows the subfields to which it applies » lcsh = Library of Congress Subject Headings |
||||||||||||||
Examples: Persons: 372 __ Music ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Composition (Music) ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Performing arts ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Arrangement (Music) ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Education ‡2 lcsh 373 __ Music ‡a Psychology ‡a Singing ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Musical performance 372 __ Contemporary music 372 __ Church music--Catholic Church ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Electronica (Music) ‡a Techno music ‡a Software ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Alternative rock music ‡a Punk rock music ‡a Emo (Music) ‡a Popular music ‡2 lcsh 372 __ Motion pictures--Production and direction ‡a Documentary films--Production and direction ‡a Documentary television programs--Production and direction ‡2 lcsh Examples: Corporate bodies: |
|||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
373 | Associated group (For persons, see also RDA 9.13 [768])
Information about a group, institution, association, etc., that is associated with the entity in the 1XX. ° This can also be a group with which a person is or has been affiliated, including dates of affiliation. ° The field is repeated if the person has multiple affiliations for different time periods. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 373: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||
‡a | Associated group | ||||||||||||||
‡2 | Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° Subfield ‡2 immediately follows the subfields to which it applies and precedes ‡s and ‡t » naf = NACO authority file |
||||||||||||||
‡s | Start period ° The starting date of the association. |
||||||||||||||
‡t | End period ° The end date of the association. |
||||||||||||||
Examples: Persons: 373 __ Los Angeles Chamber Orchestra ‡2 naf 373 __ Mostly Mozart Festival 373 __ Black Music Repertory Ensemble 373 __ Y Chamber Symphony ‡s 1976 ‡2 naf 373 __ Ball State University ‡s 1959 ‡t 1992 373 __ Lake Placid Sinfonietta ‡s 1948 ‡t 1990 373 __ Ciompi Quartet ‡s 1979 ‡t 1986 373 __ Eastman School of Music ‡s 1986 373 __ Nederlandse Opera ‡2 naf 373 __ Santa Fe Opera ‡2 naf ‡s 1957 ‡t 2000 373 __ University of Reading. Library ‡2 naf ‡s 1963 ‡t 1999 373 __ Oslo Sinfonietta ‡a neoN ‡a Curious Chamber Players 373 __ Toledo Symphony ‡a Zin String Quartet ‡a Bezonian Trio ‡a Cathay Trio 373 __ Clowns (Musical group) 373 __ Frauenkirche (Munich, Germany) ‡2 naf ‡s 1969 ‡t 2003 373 __ Universitätschor Leipzig (Germany) ‡2 naf ‡s 1963 ‡t 1973 ‡v German Wikipedia, viewed Sept. 27, 2013 373 __ University of Canterbury ‡a Liszt Ferenc Zeneművészeti Főiskola ‡a Staatliche Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst Stuttgart ‡2 naf |
|||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
374 | Occupation (For persons, see also RDA 9.16 [769])
Information about profession or occupation in which a person works or has worked, including dates applicable. ° The field is repeated if the person has multiple occupations for different time periods. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 374: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields: | |||||||||||||||
‡a | Occupation | ||||||||||||||
‡2 | Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° Subfield ‡2 follows the subfields to which it applies » lcsh = Library of Congress Subject Headings » lcdgt = LC demographic group terms See the LC documentation [772] for the Library of Congress Demographic Group Terms (LCDGT) and the entire list of terms in PDF [773] as of 2017. |
||||||||||||||
‡s | Start period ° The starting date of work in a profession or occupation. |
||||||||||||||
‡t | End period ° The end date of work in a profession or occupation. |
||||||||||||||
Examples 374 __ Cellists ‡2 lcdgt 374 __ Composers ‡2 lcdgt 374 __ Pianists ‡2 lcdgt 374 __ Music teachers ‡2 lcdgt 374 __ Hymn writers ‡2 lcsh 374 __ Editors ‡a Music librarians ‡a Musicologists ‡2 lcsh 374 __ Actors ‡a Psychologists ‡a Vocal coaches ‡a Voice teachers ‡a Sopranos (Singers) ‡2 lcsh 374 __ Keyboard players ‡2 lcsh 374 __ Keyboardists ‡2 lcdgt 374 __ Guitarists ‡2 lcdgt 374 __ Arrangers (Musicians) ‡2 lcsh 374 __ Music teachers ‡a Stamp collectors ‡a Composers ‡a Pianists ‡2 lcsh 374 __ Musical instrument repairers and tuners ‡2 onet [onet taken from Occupation Term Source Codes [774]] Difference between Field of activity (372 field) and Occupation (374 field):
|
|||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
375 | Gender: DO NOT RECORD
As per the PCC Ad Hoc Task Group on Recording Gender in Personal Name Authority Records Revised Report on Recording Gender in Personal Name Authority Records [775] of April 7, 2022. ° Do not record the RDA gender element (MARC 375) in personal name authority records. ° Delete existing 375 fields when editing a record for any other reason. |
||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
377 | Associated language (See also RDA 9.14 [776])
A language code identifying the language that a person, organization, or family uses for publication, communication, etc., or in which a work is expressed. ° Includes: » the language a person uses when writing for publication, broadcasting, etc. » a language a corporate body uses in its communications » a language of a family » a language in which a work is expressed. Do not use this field: Use language codes found in MARC code list for languages [777] Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 375: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||
‡a | Language code identifying the language that a person, organization, or family uses for publication, communication, etc., or in which a work is expressed. | ||||||||||||||
‡1 | Language term that a person, organization, or family uses for publication, communication, etc., or in which a work is expressed. | ||||||||||||||
Examples 377 __ ‡a ger |
|||||||||||||||
MARC | Definition | ||||||||||||||
378 | Fuller form of personal name (See also RDA 9.5 [778])
A name element used to distinguish a person from another person with the same name. ° It may be needed when: » a part of a name is represented only by an initial or abbreviation in the form chosen as the preferred name » a part of the name is not included in the form chosen as the preferred name. ° The 378 field applies only to the name in the 1XX. ° The 378 field is not repeatable. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, section on field 378: |
||||||||||||||
Indicators | |||||||||||||||
1st | blank | ||||||||||||||
2nd | blank | ||||||||||||||
Subfields | |||||||||||||||
‡q | Full form of name needed to distinguish a person from another person with the same preferred name. | ||||||||||||||
Examples 100 1_ Weill, Kurt, ‡d 1900-1950 378 __ ‡q Julian Kurt _________________________________________ 100 1_ Lloyd, James, ‡d 1964- _________________________________________ 100 1_ Albright, Philip H., ‡d 1927-2010 _________________________________________ 100 1_ Oakland, Jane _________________________________________ 100 1_ Best, C. W., ‡d 1865-1948 _________________________________________ 100 1_ Astenius, A. O. T. _________________________________________ 100 1_ Dana, C. Henshaw, ‡d 1846-1883 _________________________________________ 100 1_ Danning, Christian, ‡d 1867-1925 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Use in conjunction with Recording numeric designation for musical works [779] (RDA 6.16) and Best practices for music cataloging [780].
In 2024, the field was renamed and the definition and scope was broadened to accommodate numeric designations of musical expressions. See Interim Music Library Association Best Practices for Recording Numeric Designations of Musical Works and Expressions in Field 383 of the MARC Bibliographic and Authority Formats [781].
See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 381 [623]: Other distinguishing characteristics of a work or expression | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 384 [626]: Key
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [782] and authority data [783] and DCM Z1 [693]
Indicators | Subfields | Examples
In bibliographic and authority records: a serial number, opus number, or thematic index number assigned to a musical work by the composer, publisher, or a musicologist. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [693], section on field 383: |
||
Indicators | ||
1st | 0 = Work: Numeric designation associated with the work. 1 = Expression: Numeric designation associated with the expression |
|
2nd | blank | |
Subfields | ||
‡a | Serial number: a numeric designation of musical work that is assigned by a composer or a reference source that indicates a sequence of musical works that share the same title or that share the same title and the same representative medium of performance. | |
‡b | Opus number: a numeric designation of musical work that is assigned from a list of works of a composer indicating the chronological order of composition. The thematic index numbers used in an authorized access point should come from a recognized thematic index, but you may record numbers not found in such a source in the 383 field. |
|
‡c | Thematic index number: a numeric designation of musical work that is assigned from a list of works of a composer, usually arranged in chronological order or by categories, with the theme given for each composition or for each section of large composition. |
|
‡d | Thematic index code: code identifying thematic index represented by the number recorded in subfield ‡c. ° For codes, see Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784] |
|
‡e | Publisher associated with opus number: brief identification of publisher associated with number recorded in ‡b. ° Use only when different publishers assign » different opus numbers to the same work or » the same opus number to different works. |
|
‡2 | Source of term: MARC code that identifies the source of the term in subfield ‡a when it is from a controlled list. ° use ‡2 mlati for Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784]. |
|
Examples | ||
Serial number: | ||
383 __ no. 4 383 __ N. 1 383 __ 1. colección 383 __ conatum 15 383 __ 3r quadern 383 __ book 2 Range of consecutive serial numbers: 383 __ No. 5-6 383 __ no. 14-17 |
||
Opus number: | ||
383 __ ‡b op. 31 383 __ ‡b op. 30a 383 __ ‡b op. 99A 383 __ ‡b op. posth. ° op. posth. numbers are not used in authorized access points, but may be recorded in a 383 field. 383 __ ‡b WoO 53 ° WoO (Werke ohne Opus) numbers are not used in authorized access points, but may be recorded in a 383 field. Publisher associated with opus number: 383 __ ‡b op. 3 ‡e André 383 __ ‡b op. 5 ‡e Hummel Different opus numbers associated with the same work from different publishers: no2014154638 383 __ ‡b op. 30 ‡e André 383 __ ‡b op. 14 ‡e Hummel 383 __ ‡b op. 30 ‡e Sieber Serial number and opus number: 383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 38 383 __ no. 8 ‡b op. 27 383 __ book 1 ‡b op. 4 383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 77d 383 __ 4e recueil ‡b op. 118 Serial number within an opus number: 383 __ ‡b op. 11, no. 1 383 __ ‡b op. 125, no. 1b 383 __ ‡b op. 78, no. 2 383 __ ‡b 35, no. 2a Different serial number with opus numbers associated with the same work from different publishers: no2011193943 383 __ ‡b op. 23, no. 1 ‡e Gombart 383 __ ‡b op. 23, no. 3 ‡e Longman 383 __ ‡b op. 23, no. 2 ‡e Mollo 383 __ ‡b op. 35, no. 1 ‡e Sieber Serial number within an opus number with consecutively numbered works: 383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 8, no. 1 383 __ no. 1 ‡b op. 125, no. 46 Opus number with consecutive range of serial numbers: 383 __ ‡b op. 8, no. 1-4 |
||
Thematic index numbers: | ||
383 __ ‡c H. 431 383 __ ‡c H. VIIh, 1 383 __ ‡c H. VI, D1 383 __ ‡c WoO 32 383 __ ‡c T. 6 383 __ ‡c B. 15bis 383 __ ‡c WV 5.22 383 __ ‡c HWV Anh. B 383 __ ‡c W. B Inc 2 383 __ ‡c GraunWV Av:XV:50 383 __ ‡c VdGS no. 8 Thematic index number with serial number of part: 383 __ ‡c P. 249. No. 3 383 __ ‡c WV 4.11-4.13. No. 3 383 __ ‡c B. 410-415. No. 4-6 Range of consecutive thematic index numbers: 383 __ ‡c T. 66-71 383 __ ‡c G. 437-442 383 __ ‡c H. XV, 24-26 383 __ ‡c P. IX:24-26 383 __ ‡c BWV 1007-1012 Range of consecutive thematic index numbers with serial number of part: 383 __ ‡c W. B 43-48. No. 2 383 __ ‡c WV 4.11-4.13. No. 3 Range of consecutive thematic index numbers with consecutive serial numbers of parts: 383 __ ‡c W. B 36-41. No. 5-6 Thematic index numbers, with thematic index code and source of information code (in these examples: mlati [784]): 383 __ ‡c B. 77 ‡d Burghauser ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c H. II, 46 ‡d Hoboken ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c TWV 54:D3 ‡d Ruhnke ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c F. I, 22-25 ‡d Fanna ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c GraunWV Av:XIII:36 ‡d Henzell ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c WoO 10 ‡d McCorkle ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c TVWV15:15 ‡d Menke ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c RV 269 ‡c RV 315 ‡c RV 293 ‡c RV 297 ‡d Ryom ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c BWV 1001 ‡c BWV 1002 ‡c BWV 1003 ‡c BWV 1004 ‡c BWV 1005 ‡c BWV 1006 ‡d BWV ‡2 mlati |
||
Separate 383 fields for different types of numeric designations: | ||
383 __ Nr. 1 383 __ ‡c W. B70-B75 ‡d Warburton ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c L III:121 ‡d Lee ‡2 mlati |
||
Different numeric designations for the same work from different sources: | ||
383 __ ‡c H. 559 ‡d Helm ‡2 mlati 383 __ ‡c W. 137 ‡d Wotquenne ‡2 mlati |
||
Numeric designations from current and older editions of the same source: | ||
Both editions of the source have mlati [784] codes: | ||
383 __ no. 21 ‡c K. 304 ‡d Köchel ‡2 mlati | ![]() |
|
383 __ ‡c K. 300c ‡d Köchel6 ‡2 mlati | ![]() |
|
Numeric designations from current and older editions of the same source and from an alternate source: | ||
Separate 383 fields for alternate numbers from different sources (Ryom and Fanna) and numbering from an older edition of one of those sources (Ryom): The number in the current (2007) edition of Ryom is RV Anh. 103. In the current edition, there is a reference from an older form of numbering (RV 102), taken from the 1986 edition. Even though it is referenced in the current edition, it is considered to have be taken from the older edition. Because there is no mlati [784] code for the 1986 edition, there is no ‡2 code in the 383 field for the older from of number: |
||
383 __ ‡c RV Anh. 103 ‡d Ryom ‡2 mlati | ![]() |
|
383 __ ‡c RV 102 ‡d Ryom, 1986 | ![]() |
|
383 __ ‡c F. XII, 52 ‡d Fanna ‡2 mlati | ![]() |
|
Unusual examples: | ||
Symphony no. 5, op. 76; first published as Symphony no. 3; once known as op. 24 383 __ no. 3 383 __ no. 5 383 __ ‡b op. 76 383 __ ‡b op. 24 |
||
Divertimento no. 3 op. 15 also published as op. 16 383 __ ‡b op. 15, no. 3 383 __ ‡b op. 16, no. 3 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Use in conjunction with Recording other distinguishing characteristic of the expression of musicals work [785] (RDA 6.18)
See also 380 [622]: Form of work | 382 [624]: Medium of performance | 383 [625]: Numeric designation of musical work | 384 [626]: Key
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [786] and authority data [787] and DCM Z1 [693]
Indicators | Subfields | Examples
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
The 775 is a linking field that describes a "horizontal relationship: the relationship between versions of a bibliographic item in different languages, format, media, etc." It is used to describe the original edition when cataloging a reprint. | |
Indicators | |
1st | specifies whether or not a display note is to be generated from the field |
0 = displays a note 1 = does not display a note |
|
2nd | controls the generation of a display constant preceding the data in the linking entry field |
blank = generates "other edition available" 8 = does not generate a display constant; ‡i is used to create an implicit introductory phrase |
|
Subfields: See 775 Other edition entry [788] for a complete list |
|
‡i | Relationship information |
‡a | Main entry |
‡s | uniform title |
‡t | title |
‡b | edition |
‡d | place, publisher and date of publication |
‡h | physical description |
‡k | series |
‡n | note |
‡w | record control number |
775 08 ‡i Reprint of (manifestation): ‡a Foote, Arthur, 1853-1937. ‡t Night piece. ‡d Evanston, Ill. : Summy-Birchard, sole selling agent for the Arthur P. Schmidt Co., ©1934 ‡w (OCoLC)25769895 _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Also issued as: ‡a Hanson, Howard, 1896-1981. ‡t Laude. ‡d New York : C. Fischer, ©1976 ‡z 0825804981 ‡w (OCoLC)37914950 _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Reprint of (manifestation): ‡a Prokofiev, Sergey, 1891-1953. ‡t Concerto pour violon en ré maj. ‡d [Moscou, New-York] A. Gutheil (S. et N. Koussewitzky); Leipzig, Breitkopf & Härtel, ©1921 ‡w (OCoLC)9403134 _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Reprint of (manifestation): ‡a Debussy, Claude, 1862-1918. ‡t Pelléas et Mélisande. ‡d Paris : A. Durand, ©1907 ‡w (OCoLC)3106880 _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Grétry, Andre-Érnest-Modeste, 1741-1813. ‡t Récitativ et air. ‡d Frankfurt-Main : W. Zimmermann, [19--] ‡w (OCoLC)19911062 _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Hubay, Jenő, 1858-1937. ‡s Concertos, violin, orchestra, no. 3, op. 99, G minor; arranged ‡t 3ème concerto pour violon avec accompagnement d'orchestre, op. 99; réduction de piano par l'auteur ‡d Leipzig : Zimmermann, ©1907 ‡h 1 score (44 pages) + 1 part (15 pages) _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Pivoda, František, 1824-1898. ‡t Amaranth's Waldeslieder : aus Amaranth von Oscar von Redwitz : sieben Lieder für eine Singstimme mit Begleitung des pianoforte : op. 8. ‡d Leipzig : Verlag von F.E.C. Leuckart, [approximately 1877]. ‡n Publisher's number: F.E.C.L. 3086-87. Plate numbers: F.E.C.L. 3086--F.E.C.L. 2087. _________________________________________ 775 08 ‡i Reproduction of (manifestation): ‡a Reinecke, Carl, 1824-1910. ‡s Fabeln von La Fontaine und Florian ‡t Sechs Fabeln von La Fontaine und Florian : für eine Singstimme mit Klavierbegleitung : op. 277. ‡d Leipzig : Fr. Kistner, ©1907 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Voyager (007)
See also Fixed field codes for sound recordings (008) [587]
Multiple 007 fields are appropriate whenever more than one code would apply to the recording in any of the various subfields. Stereo/mono (SND) and capture/storage (C/ST) would be the most frequent candidates.
The 007 fixed field in Voyager:
The same 007 field in OCLC:
Voyager and OCLC | Definition | Maps to RDA1 | Codes for 78s | Codes for LPs | Codes for CDs | Codes for cassettes |
Specific material designation (007/01, OCLC ‡b) |
type of disc | 3.3.1.3 (Carrier type) | d = sound disc | d = sound disc | d = sound disc | s = sound cassette |
Speed (007/03, OCLC ‡d) |
speed | 3.16.4.3 (Playing speed) | d = 78 rpm | b = 33 1/3 rpm | f = 1.4 m. per sec | l = 1 15/16 ips |
Playback channel update (007/04, OCLC ‡e) |
kind of sound | 3.16.8.3 (Configuration of playback channels) | m = mono | m = mono q = quad, etc. 2 s = stereo 3 u = unknown |
m = mono q = quad, etc. 2 s = stereo 3 u = unknown |
m = mono q = quad, etc. 2 s = stereo 3 u = unknown |
Groove width 4 (007/05, OCLC ‡f) |
groove width | 3.16.5.3 (Groove characteristics) | s = coarse/standard | m = microgroove | n = not applicable | n = not applicable |
Dimensions (007/06, OCLC ‡g) |
dimensions | 3.5 (Dimensions) | d = 10 in. e = 12 in. |
e = 12 in. | g = 4 3/4 in. | i = 3 5/8 x 2 1/2 in. |
Tape width (007/07, OCLC ‡h) |
tape width | 3.5 | n = not applicable | n = not applicable | n = not applicable | l = 1/8 in. |
Tape configuration (007/08, OCLC ‡i) |
tape configuration | 3.16.7.3 (Tape configuration) | n = not applicable | n = not applicable | n = not applicable | c = quarter track |
Kind of disc, tape, etc. (007/09, OCLC ‡j) |
kind of disc | 3.10.2.3 (Generation of audio recordings) | m = mass produced | m = mass produced | m = mass produced | m = mass produced |
Kind of material (007/10, OCLC ‡k) |
kind of material | 3.6 (Base material) 3.7 (Applied Material) |
a = lacquered s = shellac |
p = plastic | m = metal and plastic | n = not applicable |
Kind of cutting (007/11, OCLC ‡l) |
kind of cutting | 3.16.5.4 (Details of groove characteristic) | l = lateral | l = lateral | n = not applicable | n = not applicable |
Playback characteristics (007/12, OCLC ‡m) |
playback | 3.16.9.3 (Special playback characteristics) | u = unknown | u = unknown | e = digital 5 | c = Dolby encoded |
Capture & storage techniques (007/13, OCLC ‡n) |
capture | 3.16.2.4 (Details of type of recording) | a = acoustical capture, analog direct storage b = electrical capture, analog direct storage d = electrical capture, digital storage e = electrical capture, analog electrical storage u = unknown capture and storage |
e = electric storage | e = electric storage 6 d = digital |
e = electric |
Update: You may begin using code "q" for recordings with more than two playback channels as per changes regarding sound recordings: 007/04
Configuration of Playback Channels code "q" definition. In order to allow for a direct equivalent coding for surround sound, code "q" was redefined to allow for playback configuration for recordings with more than two playback channels. Previous to this change, code "q" was restricted to quadraphonic recordings (four playback channels), a limitation that resulted in the use of code "z" for non-quadraphonic recordings with more than two playback channels. In order to align with equivalent definitions of code "q" in Motion Pictures and Videorecordings (007/08 - Configuration of playback channels), the definition of code "q" in Sound Recordings 007/04 was revised to read:
Configured to be played back on more than two channels. Use this code for Dolby surround sound tracks and other multichannel techniques.
The definition has already been revised in the MARC Documentation (www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd007s.html [789]); however, the renaming of the data element to Quadraphonic, multichannel, or surround has been delayed because it needs to be documented in the Content Designator History section. The change will be made official and documented in the next MARC Update.
note 1: From Kathy Glennan, 8/5/15, MOUG-L
note 2: Quadraphonic, multichannel, or surround: The sound recording is configured to be played back on more than two channels. Use this code for Dolby surround sound tracks and other multichannel techniques. (See Technical Bulletin 264 [790] (Formerly, Quadraphonic.)
note 3: LC practice is to "assume a CD is stereo unless there is a clear indication (wording on container, printed insert, or the disc itself) that the recording in hand intended to be mono." (MLA-L correspondence on 3/11/2005 from Joe Bartl, Music & Sound Recording Team 1, Special Materials Cataloging Division, Library of Congress)
note 4: Enter the code in subfield ‡f, even if the information does not appear on the item.
source: OCLC website [791]
note 5: The third letter "D" (for "digital") in the three-letter SPARS [792] code usually corresponds to code "e" in Playback characteristics (OCLC ‡m)
When a recording does not clearly indicate playback configuration, users may either use code u in subfield ‡e or infer a configuration from the recording itself.
note 6: The first letter "A" (for "analog") in the three-letter SPARS [792] code usually corresponds to code "e" in Capture & storage techniques (OCLC ‡n)
SPARS codes appeared on compact discs through the mid 1990s to indicate the type of equipment used to produce the disc. Its emphasis only on tape recorder as equipment is one reason it was discontinued. However, when the code appears on a compact disc, it can be useful to determine Playback characteristics and Capture & storage techniques.
1st letter = type of audio equipment (usually a tape recorder) used during initial recording (analog or digital)
2nd letter = type of audio equipment used during mixing/editing (analog or digital)
3rd letter = type of mastering used (digital only)
AAD = analog equipment for initial recording; analog equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
ADD = analog equipment for initial recording; digital equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
DDD = digital equipment for initial recording; digital equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
DAD = digital equipment for initial recording; analog equipment for mixing/editing; digital equipment for mastering
sources: OCLC website [793] and Sound Recordings Cataloging Workshop (Jay Weitz) at the 1996 OLAC conference
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also Recording production, publication, distribution & manufacture statements and copyright date [794] (RDA 2.7-2.11)
Source: LC MARC 21 format for 264 - Production, Publication, Distribution, Manufacture, and Copyright Notice (R) [795]
The 264 fields takes the information found in the 260 field (publication, distribution, etc. (Imprint)) and separates it into functions: ° production: inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form. ° publication: publication, release, or issuing of a resource. ° distribution: distribution, distributor(s), and date(s) of distribution of a resource in a published form. ° manufacture: printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form. ° copyright date: date associated with a claim of protection under copyright or a similar regime. The 264 field corresponds to RDA 2.7-2.11 (production, publication, distribution, and manufacture statements and copyright date [794]). Input conventions for spacing: Bracketing information: According to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets." From 264 field PCC Guidelines [796]: |
||||
Function | Indicators | Subfields | ||
Production | 1st 2nd |
blank 0 |
‡a ‡b ‡c |
place of production name of producer date of production |
Publication | 1st 2nd |
blank 1 |
‡a ‡b ‡c |
place of publication name of publisher date of publication |
Distribution | 1st 2nd |
blank 2 |
‡a ‡b ‡c |
place of distribution name of distributor date of distribution |
Manufacture | 1st 2nd |
blank 3 |
‡a ‡b ‡c |
place of manufacture name of manufacturer date of manufacture |
Copyright | 1st 2nd |
blank 4 |
‡c | copyright notice date ° includes both © and ![]() |
Examples: | ||||
Notated music: | ||||
#809908102 264 _1 [New York, NY] : ‡b Hendon Music : ‡b Boosey & Hawkes, ‡c [2012?] 2012564238 2013560310 #820630470 2012563883 2013568122 2012563869 #827561202 2012563758 2012563742 #827225792 #832709272 |
||||
Performed music: | ||||
#834574630 264 _0 ‡c [2012] #823893817 #752076836 #830314709 #799041816 #826293616 #828139539 #829091014 #829689304 #823869057 #835975014 #845044743 |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also: Publisher's and plate number for music [797] (RDA 2.15.2 & 2.15.3) and Manufacturer number for sound recordings [590] (MARC 028)
The MARC 028 field is used for formatted numbers assigned by publisher or distributors to sound recordings, printed music, other music-related materials, and video recordings. |
|||
Indicators | |||
1st (type of number) | 0 = issue number (sound recordings): assigned by a publisher to a specific sound recording, side of a sound recording, or performance on a sound recording or to a group of sound recordings issued as a set and may appearson the record label or, in some cases on the packaging for a group of sound recordings. (see Manufacturer number for sound recordings (MARC 028) [613]) 1 = matrix number (sound recordings): stamped or handwritten onto the non-grooved area near the recording's side and indicates the master from which the specific recording was pressed. (see Manufacturer number for sound recordings (MARC 028) [613]) 2 = plate number (scores): assigned by a publisher and usually is printed at the bottom of each page, and sometimes also appears on the title page. 3 = other music number (publisher's number) (scores): assigned by a publisher and normally appears only on the title page, the cover, and/or the first page of music. 4 = Video recording number 5 = Other publisher number 6 = Distributor number: is assigned by a distributor ° when in doubt as to whether a number is a publisher number or a distributor number, record it as a publisher number. |
||
2nd (note/added entry controller) | 0 = no note, no added entry 1 = note, added entry required 2 = note, no added entry 3 = no note, added entry required |
||
Subfields | |||
‡a | publisher or distributor number: the number assigned by the publisher or distributor | ||
‡b | source: for scores, use the publisher's name | ||
‡q (new subfield for 2.15.1.7) | qualifying information: qualifiers associated with the number, such as part to which the number pertains, where number found is on the item, etc. Examples: ‡q (on label) ‡q (parts) |
Music publishers plate numbers [189]: a list of publishers on IMSLP [798], many with plate numbers and dates of publications, to help estimate a date for a score with no date of publication.
Circumstances under which an explicit note for plate or publisher's number would be made:
1. a phrase precedes the number
2. there is a range of plate numbers or publishers numbers, or numbers in multiple volumes
3. the item is a reprint and the number applies to the original publisher.
Single plate or publisher's number:
2012564395
028 32 EP 7958 ‡b Edition Peters
OCLC #823380376
028 32 HL00296899 ‡b G. Schirmer, Inc.
OCLC #844732215
028 22 M.W.&Sons 7467-5 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
OCLC #841387176
028 32 MB 0211 ‡b Musica Baltica
2012562743
028 22 2106-4 ‡b J.L. Peters
2010536133
028 22 28 283 H.L. ‡b Editions Henry Lemoine
2012571074
028 22 L & Cie 542 ‡b Chez Mme. Lemoine & Cie
OCLC #43722937
028 22 D. & F. 14817 ‡b Editions Durand
OCLC #498308885
028 22 D. S. 3731 ‡b Durand & Schœnewerk
2013561002
028 22 342-40199 ‡b Merion Music, Inc.
OCLC #838538510
028 22 7177. P.351 HL ‡b Henry Lemoine
OCLC #840127383
028 22 S. 2624. (16) ‡b Schonenberger
2013561005
028 22 27531H.L. II/06 ‡b Editions Henry Lemoine
° "II/06" may actually be date of publication and not part of the plate number.
These examples follow 2.15.3.3 and include the final number, which corresponds to the number of pages:
OCLC #851697420
028 22 H. 1266 (2) ‡b Heugel et Cie.
° Resource has 2 unnumbered pages.
OCLC #853665900
028 22 ASP12-951-04 ‡b Abundant Silence Publishing
° Resource has 4 pages.
Both publisher's and plate number appear on item:
OCLC #850969380
028 32 EP 3087a ‡b C.F. Peters
028 22 8951 ‡b C.F. Peters
OCLC #654302342
028 32 DF 10852 ‡b Durand
028 22 D & F 10852 ‡b Durand
OCLC #832742047
028 22 CLE-146 ‡b Composers Library Edition
028 32 494-02931 ‡b Theodore Presser Company
Multiple publisher's or plate numbers
2011568076
028 32 AMP 8256 ‡b Associated Music Publishers, Inc.
028 32 50490421 ‡b Hal Leonard Corporation
2012563237
028 32 ED 446 ‡b G. Schirmer, Inc.
028 32 HL50334620 ‡b Hal Leonard Corporation
Number is preceded by a phrase:
2013560267
028 30 68149 ‡b Edition Peters
500 __ Publisher's no.: Edition Peters no. 68149.
2013560103
028 30 7786 ‡b Edition Peters
500 __ Publisher's number: Edition Peters no. 7786.
Range of numbers:
Consecutive numbers
Non-consecutive numbers
Three or more non-consecutive numbers:
2012564339
028 20 M.W. & Sons10031 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
028 20 M.W. & Sons10039 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
028 20 M.W. & Sons10042 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
028 20 M.W. & Sons10043 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
028 20 M.W. & Sons10048 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
028 20 M.W. & Sons10025 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
028 20 M.W. & Sons10028 ‡b M. Witmark & Sons
500 __ Plate numbers: M.W. & Sons10031/11028.
OCLC #841753687
028 20 19025 ‡b Boosey & Hawkes
028 20 19256 ‡b Boosey & Hawkes
028 20 19131 ‡b Boosey & Hawkes
500 __ Plate number: 19025 (movement 1), 19256 (movement 2), 19131 (movement 3-4).
Numbers vary on single item
2012564371
028 32 EP 7807 ‡b Edition Peters
028 30 7807 ‡b Edition Peters
500 __ Publisher's no.: Edition Peters no. 7807.
OCLC #820172542
028 30 68221 ‡b C.F. Peters Corporation
028 30 51022 ‡b C.F. Peters Corporation
500 __ Publisher's no.: Edition Peters no. 68221 (on page 1: 51022).
2013560103
028 20 15a ‡b Edition Peters
028 20 15b ‡b Edition Peters
500 __ Plate numbers: 15a (violin 1), 15b (violin 2).
Numbers on score and part vary:
2013560113
028 20 MXE36F ‡b Carl Fischer
028 20 MXE36M ‡b Carl Fischer
500 __ Plate numbers: MXE36F (score), MXE36M (parts).
Numbers on multiple volumes vary:
2013568084
028 20 PRB HGII-5 ‡b PRB Productions
028 20 HG2-V-5 ‡b PRB Productions
028 20 PRB HGII-7 ‡b PRB Productions
028 20 HG2-VII ‡b PRB Productions
500 __ Plate numbers: PRB HGII-5 (v. 5, score), HG2-V-5 (v. 5, vocal score and parts); PRB HGII-7 (v. 7, score), HG2-VII (v. 7, vocal score and parts).
Reprints
2012563881
028 20 D 12368 D ‡b F. Lucca
500 __ Originally published: Milan : F. Lucca, [1860?]. Plate number: D 12368 D.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Sources: LC MARC 21 format for 046 - Special coded dates [799] and DCM Z1 [81]
Indicators | Subfields persons | corporate bodies | families | works and expressions
Using the extended date/time format (edtf)
Examples: persons | corporate bodies | works and expressions
The 046 field (Special coded dates) is for dates associated with the entry described in an authority or bibliographic record. The date and time are recorded according to Extended Date/Time Format [800] (EDTF) schema in all cases except for centuries, in the pattern using 4 digits for the year, 2 for the month, and 2 for the day, each element separated by a hyphen: The application of EDTF to dates applies only to the 046 field, not to date(s) in subfields ‡s or ‡t in other fields (e.g., start and end dates in the 37X fields [621]) since ‡2 in those fields is already being used for other purposes and therefore cannot be used to identify EDTF as the source of the encoding for a date. Instructions for PCC catalogers in Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1 [81], section on field 046: |
||
Indicators | ||
1st | blank = no information provided 1 = work 2 = expression 3 = manifestation |
|
2nd | blank | |
Subfields | ||
persons examples |
a person's date of birth, date of death, and the date or date range of the person's period of activity Use in conjunction with Date associated with the person [801] (RDA 9.3) |
|
Subfields: | f = birth date (9.3.2 [802]): the year a person was born ° may include the month and day of the person's birth ° code in this format: yyyymmdd |
|
g = death date (9.3.3 [803]): the year a person died ° may include the month and day of the person's death |
||
s = start period (9.3.4 [804]): start date for period of activity associated with the person | ||
t = end period (9.3.4 [804]): end date for period of activity associated with the person | ||
corporate bodies examples |
a date or range of dates on which a conference, etc., is held, or a date with which the corporate body is otherwise associated (e.g., date of establishment, date of termination) | |
Subfields: | q = establishment date: the year a corporate body was established ° use when a corporate body’s date of establishment and date of termination are both unknown (11.4.5.3) ° may include the month and day of the corporate body’s establishment ° Valid to use as of 8/15/23 |
|
r = termination date: the year a corporate body was terminated ° use when a corporate body’s date of establishment and date of termination are both unknown (11.4.5.3) ° may include the month and day of the corporate body’s termination ° Valid to use as of 8/15/23 |
||
s = start period: earliest date in a period of activity | ||
t = end period: latest date in a period of activity | ||
families | a significant date associated with a family | |
works and expressions examples |
a significant date associated with a work or expression Use in conjunction with Recording date of work [805] (RDA 6.4-6.5) |
|
Subfields: | work [711]: k = Beginning or single date created: earliest date (normally the year) associated with a work ° may be the date the work was created or first published or released ° may be the starting date of a range or a single date |
|
expression [712]: k = Beginning or single date created: the earliest date (normally the year) associated with an expression ° may be the date of the earliest known manifestation of that expression ° may be the starting date of a range or a single date |
||
l = Ending date created: Ending date of the date range for which the beginning date is recorded in ‡k (applies to both work and expression) | ||
o = Single or starting date for aggregated content: Single or starting date of original release of the contents of a collection/aggregation | ||
p = Ending date for aggregated content: Ending date of original release of the contents of a collection/aggregation |
Using the Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification [800]: To check that a date for conforms to EDTF, use the EDTF validator [806] |
|||
Character: | Indicates: When there are multiple components (year and month, etc.), the characters goes to the immediate left of the component to which it applies and applies to that component only |
||
? | uncertain date | ||
~ | approximate date | ||
% | uncertain as well as approximate date | ||
Character: | Used: | ||
X | the unspecified date character, formerly lower case "u", is superseded by upper case "X" used in place of a digit to indicate that the value of that digit is unspecified; ° it may be substituted for each of multiple digits ° may occur anywhere within a component |
||
/ | use a forward slash to separate an interval of two dates representing a period of time beginning sometime during the start date and ending sometime during the end date ° either date may be a year, year-month, or year-month-day ° there is no space between the dates |
||
[ ] | use to enclose set of dates in a single-choice list (select one date) ° use a comma to separate two dates, indicating the date is known to be one of two years ° there is no space between the dates |
||
{ } | use to enclose an inclusive list of multiple dates (all dates included) ° for consecutive dates, this means a discrete set, not an interval, of dates ° use a comma to separate dates ° there is no space between the dates |
||
.. | double dots at the beginning or end of a date mean "on or before" or "on or after" respectively | ||
Formatting dates: 4 digits for the year, 2 for the month, and 2 for the day | |||
Use the pattern: | For: | ||
yyyy | single year | ||
yyyy-mm | single year and month | ||
yyyy-mm | single year and month | ||
yyyy-mm-dd | single year, month, and day | ||
yyyy~ | approximate year | ||
yyyy? | uncertain year | ||
yyyy% | approximate year that is uncertain | ||
yyyy-2x | season; spring = 21; summer = 22; autumn = 23; winter = 24 | ||
yy | century is known; Note: edtf format is not used for century; use the format "yy": e.g., "16" for 17th century; do not code as edtf | ||
yyyX | decade is known | ||
[yyyy,yyyy] | one of two consecutive years | ||
[..yyyy] | on or before | ||
[yyyy..] | on or after | ||
Go to www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/listserv.html [807] to subscribe to the listserv for discussion of the EDTF date/time format. | |||
Examples | |||
Examples: Persons: | |||
Known dates | Type of date | Example of ‡d | 046 |
Single year | year of birth | 1978- | ‡f 1978-04-26 ‡2 edtf |
year of birth; month needed to resolve conflict | 1956 January 29- | ‡f 1956-01-29 ‡2 edtf | |
year of death | -1625 | ‡g 1625 ‡2 edtf | |
Range of years | dates of birth and death known | 1910-2011 | ‡f 1910-08-27 ‡g 2011-02-21 ‡2 edtf |
years of birth and death known; month of birth needed to resolve conflict | 1937 February 26-2000 | ‡f 1937-02-26 ‡g 2003 ‡2 edtf | |
year of birth; month needed to resolve conflict | 1956 January 29- | ‡f 1956-01-29 ‡2 edtf | |
specific day of birth varies | 1912-1983 | ‡f [1912-07-14,1912-07-19,1912-07-27] ‡g 1983-03-07 ‡2 edtf | |
Known to be one of two dates in the same year | date of birth known; date of death varies in different sources: died April 24 or 25, 1939 |
1880-1939 | ‡f 1880-11-02 ‡g [1939-04-24,1939-04-25] ‡2 edtf |
date of birth known; date of death varies in different sources: died July 31, 2012 or August 1, 2012 |
1921-2012 | 2 046 fields: ‡f 1921-11-08 ‡2 edtf ‡g [2012-07-31, 2012-08-01] ‡2 edtf |
|
years of birth and death known; date of death differs in sources: died August 28 or 29, 1998; source of death dates given in ‡v in separate 046 fields | 1923-1998 | 3 046 fields: ‡f 1923-03-12 ‡2 edtf ‡g 1998-08-28 ‡v New York times WWW site, Nov. 19, 2012 ‡2 edtf ‡g 1998-08-29 ‡v Social Security death index, Nov. 19, 2012 ‡2 edtf |
|
Known to be one of two years | year of death | -1372 or 1373 | ‡g [1372,1373] ‡2 edtf |
year of birth | 1569 or 1570-1600 | ‡f [1569,1570] ‡g 1600 ‡2 edtf | |
year of birth and death | 1622 or 1623-1680 or 1681 | ‡f [1622,1623] ‡g [1680,1681] ‡2 edtf | |
Approximate dates | Type of date | Example of ‡d | 046 |
Single year | year of birth | approximately 1720- | ‡f 1720~ ‡2 edtf |
year of death | -approximately 1581 | ‡g 1581~ ‡2 edtf | |
Range of years | year of birth known; year of death approximate | 1566-approximately 1638 | ‡f 1566 ‡g 1638~ ‡2 edtf |
year of birth approximate; year of death known | approximately 1539-1582 | ‡f 1539~ ‡g 1582 ‡2 edtf | |
year of birth and death both approximate | approximately 1540-approximately 1600 | ‡f 1540~ ‡g 1600~ ‡2 edtf | |
year of birth one of two years; year of death one of two years | 1762 or 1764-1812 or 1814 | ‡f [1762-05-15,1764-05-07] ‡g [1812,1814] ‡2 edtf | |
Probable dates | Type of date | Example of ‡d | 046 |
Single year | year of death | -1557? | ‡g 1557? ‡2 edtf |
Unspecified dates | Type of date | Example of ‡d | 046 |
Single day | some day in December, 1411 | -1411 | ‡g 1411-12-XX ‡2 edtf |
Single decade | decade of birth | [no date in heading] | ‡f 189X ‡2 edtf |
Single estimated decade | 193-? | [no date in heading] | ‡f 1930?/1939? ‡2 edtf |
Single century | 17th century | [no date in heading] | ‡s 16 |
Active dates | Type of date | Example of ‡d | 046 |
Single year | known year | active 1745 | ‡s 1745 ‡2 edtf |
approximate year | active approximately 1490 | ‡s 1490~ ‡2 edtf | |
Range of years | start and end years both known | active 1639-1645 | ‡s 1639 ‡t 1645 ‡2 edtf |
start year known; end year approximate | active 1687-approximately 1735 | ‡s 1687 ‡t 1735~ ‡2 edtf | |
start year approximate; end year known | active approximately 1390-1417 | ‡s 1390~ ‡t 1417 ‡2 edtf | |
both years approximate | active approximately 1470-approximately 1485 | ‡s 1470~ ‡t 1485~ ‡2 edtf | |
start year questionable; end year known | active 1385?-1395 | ‡s 1390~ ‡t 1417 ‡2 edtf | |
century known | active 17th century | ‡s 16 | |
active in two centuries | active 16th century-17th century | ‡s 15 ‡t 16 | |
century of start is approximate; century of end is known | active approximately 12th century-13th century | ‡s 11~ ‡t 12~ | |
Approximate, probable years | Type of date | Example of ‡d | 046 |
probable year of birth; approximate year of death | 1656?-approximately 1712 | ‡f 1656? ‡g 1712~ ‡2 edtf | |
approximate year of birth; probable year of death | approximately 1560-1621? | ‡f 1560~ ‡g 1621? ‡2 edtf | |
approximate year of birth; death one of two known years | approximately 1708-1752 or 1753 | ‡f 1708~ ‡g [1752,1753] ‡2 edtf | |
probable year of birth; death one of two probable years | 1768?-1798 or 1799? | ‡f 1768? ‡g [1798?,1799?] ‡2 edtf | |
born c1500, died after 1547 | approximately 1500- | ‡f 1500~ ‡g [1548..] ‡2 edtf | |
One of two known years | Type of date | Example | 046 |
different year of birth in different sources | born 1945 in one source, 1946 in another | 2 046 fields: ‡f 1945 ‡v Contretänze, c1986 ‡2 edtf ‡f 1946-03-17 ‡v Grove Music online, viewed April 15, 2013 ‡2 edtf |
|
different year of death in different sources | died 1955 in one source, 1951 in another | 2 046 fields: ‡f 1955 ‡v Timbrell, C. French pianism, c1992 ‡2 edtf ‡f 1951 ‡v Portuguese Wikipedia, March 27, 2014 ‡2 edtf |
|
Examples: Corporate bodies: | |||
Known dates | Type of date | Example | 046 |
Single year | year of beginning | founded 1867 | ‡s 1867 ‡2 edtf |
year and month | founded: July 2010 | ‡s 2010-07 ‡2 edtf | |
Multiple years | year of beginning and end | formed 1981, disbanded 1998 reunited briefly in 2005 |
2 046 fields: ‡s 1981 ‡t 1998 ‡2 edtf ‡s 2005 ‡t 2005 ‡2 edtf |
Examples: Works and expressions: | |||
Single year | Type of date | Example | 046 |
year only | composed 2008 | ‡k 2008 ‡2 edtf | |
year of arrangement | arranged by the composer in 1982 | ‡k 1982 ‡2 edtf | |
probable year | composed in 1795? | ‡k 1795? ‡2 edtf | |
by a year | composed by 1775 | ‡k [..1775] ‡2 edtf | |
year and month | August 1960 | ‡k 1960-08 ‡2 edtf | |
composed no later than August 1762 | [..1762-08] ‡2 edtf | ||
year, month, and day | December 27, 1927 | ‡k 1927-12-27 ‡2 edtf | |
range of specific months within a single year | composed September-November 1986 | ‡k 1986-09 ‡l 1986-11 ‡2 edtf | |
Range of years | Type of date | Example | 046 |
years | composed 2006-2007 | ‡k 2006 ‡l 2007 ‡2 edtf | |
range of years | composed 2010-11 | ‡k 2010 ‡l 2011 ‡v Peter Fribbins WWW site, April 22, 2013 ‡u http://www.peterfribbins.co.uk/repertoire.html#piano [808] ‡2 edtf | |
season | written at Christmas 2011 | ‡k 2011 ‡l 2012 ‡2 edtf | |
range of specific months over two or more years | composed between December 16, 2011, and February 1, 2012 | ‡k 2011-12-16 ‡l 2012-02-01 ‡2 edtf | |
range of specific dates | composed January 4-18, 1878 | ‡k 1878-01-04 ‡l 1878-01-18 ‡2 edtf | |
beginning date uncertain; revised | composed before November 1792; revised in 1793 | ‡k 1792-11~ ‡l 1793 ‡2 edtf | |
different years given in different sources | 1890 given as date in one source, another source gives 1890 to the end of 1893 or the beginning of 1894 | ‡k 1890 ‡l [1893,1894-02] ‡2 edtf | |
approximate year | c. 1740 | ‡k 1740~ ‡2 edtf | |
range of approximate years | c1860-63 | ‡k 1860~ ‡l 1863~ ‡2 edtf | |
approximate decades | late 1840s or early 1850s | ‡k [184X,185X] ‡2 edtf | |
uncertain years | composed probably after about 1717, 1736 at the latest | ‡k 1717~/1736 ‡2 edtf | |
One of two known years | Type of date | Example | 046 |
different year of composition in different sources | 2008 in one source, 2009 in another | 2 046 fields: ‡k 2008 ‡2 edtf ‡k 2009 ‡2 edtf |
|
1977 in one source, 1978 in another | 2 046 fields: ‡k 1977 ‡v Dusapin, P. Trio, p1984 ‡2 edtf ‡k 1978 ‡v Grove music online WWW site, viewed June 9, 2014 ‡2 edtf |
||
Multiple separate dates | Type of dates | Example | 046 |
date of composition and revision date | composed 2003, revised 2005 | ‡k {2003,2005} ‡2 edtf | |
composition finished at 3:00 PM, September 25, 2004; revised September 2013 | ‡k {2004-09-25T15:00,2013-09} ‡2 edtf | ||
completed September 1985 and revised July 2009 | Note: ‡k and ‡l have also been used to indicate composition and revision dates: ‡k 1985-09 ‡l 2009-07 ‡2 edtf |
||
Dates of contents of a collection/aggregation | Type of dates | Example | 046 |
multiple single years | earliest and latest dates for 3 works published in a collection | ‡o 2010 ‡p 2013 ‡2 edtf |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
The International Standard Music Number is a "unique number for the identification of all printed music publications ... whether a part, a score, or an element in a multi-media kit" that became available at the end of 1993.
ISMN numbers from 1993 through 2007 are 9-digit numbers beginning with the letter "M"
ISMN numbers after 2007 are 13-digit numbers beginning with the 4 numbers "9790" (source [809])
Both may appear on scores:
The ISMN is entered in the 024 field.
9-digit number | 13-digit number (the first 4 numbers will be 9790) |
||
first indicator | = 2 | first indicator | = 2* |
second indicator | = blank | second indicator | = blank |
* Previously, the 13-digit ISMNs were treated as EANs, which were coded 1st indicator value 3 source [810]. As of June 2013, all ISMNs (both 10- and 13-digit) should be coded with a first indicator value of 2. source [811]. When transcribing the old format ISMN, include the initial letter M, followed by the numbers without spaces and hyphens. The new format ISMNs are transcribed without spaces.
If a publication has more than one ISMN and we choose not to transcribe all of the ISMNs, follow these guidelines, originally published in Fontes Artis Musicae, vol. 40/2, p. 148:
If the publication includes a score, give the ISMN of the score. If the publication includes parts,
give the ISMN of the score, if any, and the ISMN with the lowest item number among those of
the parts (e.g., of three parts with item numbers, 12345, 12344, and 12346, choose, 12344).
When a number on a publication is given as an ISMN number, but does not follow the standards of ISMN, tag it in the 024 field with indicator 2, but put the number in ‡z:
On item: | ISMN M-69400-039-40419 |
In bib record: | 024 2_ ‡z M6940003940419 |
See also ranges of ISMN numbers sorted by country or region [812] and The International ISMN Agency [813].
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
UPC, International (formerly European) Article Number (EAN), ISWC (International Standard Works Code)
The UPC code is a 12-digit number appearing underneath a barcode on commercial products in the US and Canada. The 1st and 12th digits are smaller and appear on either end of the barcode; the 2nd through 11th are divided into two groups of five underneath the barcode.
The UPC code is entered in the 024 field without any spaces.
1st indicator = 1
2nd indicator = blank
The ISWC (International Standard Works Code) code is an 11-digit number divided into three elements:
the letter T (the prefix element), followed by nine digits (the work identifier), and a numeric check digit.
It appears with or without hyphens and/or dots:
ISWC T-034.524.680-1
ISWC T0413603765
Enter the ISWC code in the 024 field without spaces, hyphens, or dots.
1st indicator = 7
2nd indicator = blank
in ‡2 add iswc (in lower case):
024 7_ T0413603765 ‡2 iswc
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ MARC tagging [10]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
The 246 field contains a form of the title appearing on different parts of an item or a portion of the title proper, or an alternative form of the title when the form differs significantly from the title in field 245. Source: MARC 21 LITE bibliographic format: title and title-related fields (20X-24X) [814]
Use the 246 field when:
° There is only one work, use the 246 field.
° There are two or more works and no collective title, use a 246 for variant forms of the title used as the title proper (usually the first in the 245 field); use the 740 field for all other titles and variants of them.
° There are two or more works and there is a collective title for the item as a whole, use the 246 field for any variant of the collective title.
When inputting a title in a 246 field, omit any initial article [531].
246 field arranged by indicator and subfield | 246 field arranged by location/type of title
Arranged by indicator and subfield The links in this table lead to examples at the end of the table. |
||
Indicators | Tag | Definition |
1st | 0 | Note, no title added entry |
1 | Note, title added entry | |
2 | No note, no title added entry | |
3 | No note, title added entry | |
2nd | [blank] | No information provided:
|
0 | Portion of title
|
|
1 | parallel title | |
2 | distinctive title | |
3 | other title | |
4 | cover title | |
5 | added title page title | |
6 | caption title | |
7 | running title | |
8 | spine title | |
Subfields | Tag | Definition |
i | any text you want to display; code ‡i before ‡a | |
a | title proper/short title | |
b | remainder of title | |
f | designation of volume and issue number and/or date of a work | |
g | miscellaneous information | |
n | number of a part/section of a work | |
p | name of work/section of a work |
Examples
Spelled-out form
100 2_ English Chamber Orchestra.
245 04 The English Chamber Orchestra plays 20th-century masterpieces.
246 3_ English Chamber Orchestra plays twentieth-century masterpieces
100 1_ Berio, Luciano, ‡d 1925-2003.
240 10 Sequenza, ‡n no. 8
245 10 Sequenza VIII : ‡b per violino solo / ‡c Luciano Berio.
246 3_ Sequenza 8
246 3_ Sequenza otto
Spelled-out form (1st 246) and portion of title (2nd 246):
100 1 Reger, Max, ‡d 1873-1916.
240 10 Pièces pittoresques
245 00 5 pièces pittoresques : ‡b für Klavier zu vier Händen : Opus 34 / ‡c Max Reger.
246 3_ Cinq pièces pittoresques
246 30 Pièces pittoresques
Uncorrected form of title:
100 1_ Beethoven, Ludwig van, ‡d 1770-1827.
240 10 Sonatas, ‡m horn, piano, ‡n op. 17, ‡r F major
245 00 Horn sonats / ‡c Beethoven, Cherubini, Danzi.
246 1_ ‡i Title should read: ‡a Horn sonatas
Parallel titles:
100 1_ Smetana, Bedrich, ‡d 1824-1884.
245 10 Má vlast = ‡b My country : cycle of symphonic poems / ‡c Smetana.
246 31 My country
100 1_ Britten, Benjamin, ‡d 1913-1976.
240 10 Burning fiery furnace. ‡l German
245 14 The burning fiery furnace = ‡b Die Jünglinge im Feuerofen : second parable for church performance : op. 77 / ‡c Benjamin Britten ...
246 31 Jünglinge im Feuerofen
Note that the initial German article "Die" was omitted from this title.
Multiple parallel titles:
100 1_ Rodrigo, Joaquín.
245 10 Juglares = ‡b Gaukler = Jugglers : 1923 / ‡c Joaquín Rodrigo ...
246 31 Gaukler
246 31 Jugglers
Subfield ‡i:
246 2_ ‡i Title on container: ‡a [Title]
246 2_ ‡i Vols. no. 3-5 have title: ‡a [Title]
100 1_ Schubert, Franz, ‡d 1797-1828.
240 10 Songs. ‡k Selections
245 10 Songs to poems by Johann Wolfgang von Goethe / ‡c Schubert.
246 1_ ‡i Title on program booklet: ‡a Lieder nach Gedichten von Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
246 1_ ‡i Title on container spine: ‡a Goethe-songs
100 1_ Handel, George Frideric, ‡d 1685-1759.
245 10 Almira / ‡c Georg Friedrich Händel.
246 1_ ‡i Title on container: ‡a Almira, Königen von Castilien
246 1_ ‡i Parallel title on container: ‡a Almira, Queen of Castile
Arranged by location or type of title | ||
Arranged by location |
||
Location of title | Indicators | Form of Note |
added title page | 15 | Title |
caption | 16 | Title |
colophon | 1 | ‡i Title from colophon: ‡a Title |
container | 1 | ‡i Title from container: ‡a Title |
cover | 14 | Title |
spine | 18 | Title |
any other location | 1 | ‡i Title from source: ‡a Title |
Arranged by type of title |
||
Type of title | Indicators | Form of Note |
Added title page | 15 | Title |
Alternate form of word | 3 | Title |
Alternative title | 30 | Title |
At head of title | 1 | ‡i At head of title: ‡a Title |
Binder's title | 1 | ‡i Binder's title: ‡a Title |
Half title | 1 | ‡i Half title: ‡a Title |
Incorrect form of title ([ ] in 245 has corrected form) | 3 | Title |
No collective title | 3 | Title |
Other title information from 245 | 30 | Title |
Other title information not from 245 | 1 | ‡i Introductory phrase: ‡a Title |
Parallel title from 245 | 31 | Title |
Parallel title on cover | 1 | ‡i Parallel title on cover: ‡a Title |
Parallel title on added t.p. | 1 | ‡i Parallel title on added t.p.: ‡a Title |
Parallel title on spine | 1 | ‡i Parallel title on spine: ‡a Title |
Parallel title from other source | 1 | ‡i Parallel title on source: ‡a Title |
Part or section title | 30 | Title |
Portion of title proper | 30 | Title |
Running title | 17 | Title |
Volumes with varying titles | 1 | ‡i Vols. [no. ]-[no. ] have title: ‡a Title |
All other conditions | 1 | ‡i Introductory phrase: ‡a Title |
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Authority files |
|
Library of Congress |
|
National library catalogs |
|
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14] ♪ Language tools [15]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
These are diacritics and special characters in languages encountered in music cataloging at Yale, as mapped for Orbis (Voyager). Not all diacritics are included, namely those for languages in which we do not catalog. For a complete list, see Diacritics and special characters [838] from Cataloging at Yale
See also ORBIS keys for diacritics and special characters arranged by name of diacritic/character with languages in which they are used [829]
Albanian | Armenian | Bulgarian | Catalan | Croatia [839] | Czech | Danish | Dutch | Estonian | Finnish | French | German | Greek (Modern) | Hungarian | Icelandic | Italian | Latvian | Lithuanian | Macedonian | Norwegian | Polish | Portuguese | Romanian | Russian | Slovak | Slovene | Spanish | Swedish | Turkish | Ukrainian | White Russian
Language | Diacritic (and the letter(s) it affects) or special character |
Albanian | acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u cedilla [841]: c circumflex [842]: a, e umlaut [843]: e |
Armenian | 'ayn: ch, p, k, t, ts hacek [844]: e macron [845]: e, o |
Bulgarian | breve [846]: i, u canrabindu: u ligature [847]: ia, ia, iu miagkii znak [848] tverdii znak [849] |
Catalan | acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u cedilla [841]: c dot at mid-line [850] grave [851]: a, e, o umlaut [843]: i, u |
Croatian | acute [840]: c eth (D with bar Ð) hacek [844]: c, s, z |
Czech | acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u, y circle above [852] (angstrom): u hacek [844]: c, d, D, e, n, r, s, t, T, z high comma, off center [853]: d, t |
Danish | Æ [854], æ [854] circle above [852] (angstrom): a Ø [855], ø [855] |
Dutch | acute [840]: a, e circumflex [842]: a, e grave [851]: e umlaut [843]: e, i |
Estonian | tilde [856]: o umlaut [843]: a, o, u |
Finnish | circle above [852] (angstrom): a umlaut [843]: a, o |
French | acute [840]: e cedilla [841]: c circumflex [842]: a, e, i, o, u grave [851]: a, e, u OE [857], oe [857] umlaut [843]: e, i, u |
German | "ess-zet" ß umlaut [843]: a, o, u |
Greek (Modern) | macron [845]: e, o |
Hungarian | acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u double acute [858]: o, u umlaut [843]: o, u |
Icelandic | acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u, y Æ [854], æ [854] eth (D with bar Ð) OE [857], oe [857] thorn (Þ þ) umlaut [843]: o |
Italian | grave [851]: a, e, i, o, u acute [840]: e |
Latvian | cedilla [841]: l hacek [844]: c, s, z high comma, centered: g left hook [859]: G, k, l, n, r macron [845]: a, e, i, o, u |
Lithuanian | hacek [844]: c, s, z right hook [860]: a, e, i, u macron [845]: u dot above [861]: e |
Macedonian | acute [840]: g, k hacek [844]: c, s, z |
Norwegian | Æ [854], æ [854] circle above [852] (angstrom): a Ø [855], ø [855] umlaut [843]: a, o |
Polish | acute [840]: c, n, o, s, z Polish L [862] right hook [860]: a, e dot above [861]: z |
Portuguese | acute [840]: a cedilla [841]: c, e circumflex [842]: o grave [851]: a tilde [856]: a, e, i, o, u umlaut [843]: u |
Romanian | breve [846]: a circumflex [842]: a, i hacek [844]: r left hook [859]: s, t |
Russian | breve [846]: i dot above [861]: e, f, y ligature [847]: ia, IA, ie, IE, iu, IU, ts, TS miagkii znak [848] tverdii znak [849] umlaut [843]: e |
Slovak | acute [840]: a, e, i, l, o, r, u, y circle above [852] (angstrom): u circumflex [842]: o hacek [844]: c, d, D, e, L, n, r, s, t, T, z high comma, off center: d, l, t umlaut [843]: a |
Slovene | acute [840]: a circumflex [842]: o hacek [844]: c, e, s, z |
Spanish | acute [840]: a, e, i, o, u tilde [856]: n umlaut [843]: u |
Swedish | circle above [852] (angstrom): a umlaut [843]: a, o |
Turkish | alif [863] breve [846]: g cedilla [841]: c, s circumflex [842]: a, I, u circumflex, Turkish i (î) dot above [861]: I umlaut [843]: o, u |
Ukrainian | breve [846]: i ligature [847]: ia, IA, ie, IE, iu, IU, zh, ZH miagkii znak [848] umlaut [843]: i |
White Russian | breve [846]: i, u ligature [847] :ia, IA, io, IO, iu, IU miagkii znak [848] dot above [864]: e |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Staff name headings search vs staff name/title headings search | Headings list vs title index
Staff name headings search vs staff name/title headings search
The staff name headings search retrieves a headings list. The highlighted entry in the headings list includes the authority record for the personal name and indicates the number of bibliographic records with that name heading:
Voyager search: Staff name headings search
Search key: magini francesco
Clicking on the highlighted index entry will retrieve a titles index:
The staff name/title headings search also retrieves a headings list, in which there is no entry for the personal name only; only name/title entries:
Voyager search: Staff name/title headings search
Search key: magini francesco
Headings list vs title index
Voyager search: Staff name/title headings search
Search key: bach johann sebastian
The results of this staff/name headings search is a headings list, with four columns.
Keep in mind that although the second column gives the number of bibliographic records represented by that heading, the number does not include the authority record.
Under this entry, there are actually two records: an authority record and a bibliographic record.
To retrieve the bibliographic record, click on the highlighted entry or click the "OK" button.
The bibliographic record will display:
To return to the headings list, click on the "Headings" button on the menu bar. At this point, there has been only one title retrieved, so the menu bar will only offer the option of going back to the headings list:
To get to the authority record, click on the "Authority" button.
You are given the option of selecting "one or more authority records," although, in most cases there will be only one authority record:
To view the authority record, click on "OK" or on the highlighted entry.
The authority record will display:
To return to the headings list, click on the "Headings" button on the menu bar:
Further down in the headings list, you will find this authorized heading. It should have an authority record and four bibliographic records associated with it:
To get to the title index for the four bibliographic records, either click on the "OK" button or on the highlighted entry.
The titles index display:
To retrieve any of the four bibliographic records, either double click on the entry or, if it is already highlighted, click the "OK" button.
Once the bibliographic record is displayed:
To return to the titles index, click on the "Titles" button on the menu bar.
To return to the headings list, click on the "Headings" button on the menu bar.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Commands | Searches | Authority file searching | Other things to remember
Commands | |
command | key(s) |
help | F1 |
send command | F11 |
next screen or page up | F4 or pup <F11> |
previous screen or page back | F5 or pdn <F11> |
go to first screen | hom <F11> |
go back to previous screen | gob <F11> |
next record | F9 |
next screen in submenu | F9 |
return to submenu | ctrol F9 |
previous screen in submenu | shift F9 |
print record | F12 |
export | xpo |
Searches | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Phrase searches | Number searches | Search qualifiers | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Phrase searches (See also Phrase searches [865] from OCLC) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
type | sca/fin | derived | notes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
personal name | sca pn [last first] | 4,3,1 | Surnames with a Mc or Mac prefix: If the prefix is followed by an uppercase letter, search the prefix as the single letter m. If the prefix followed by a lowercase letter, include the entire prefix in the search key. If in doubt, search both ways. Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
corporate name | sca co [name] | 4,3,1 | Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
corporate name | sca cn [name] | 4,3,1 | Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
title | sca ti [title] | 3,2,2,1 | For uniform titles (130), precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
subject | sca su [subject] | 5,3 | Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number searches (see also Numeric Searching [866] from OCLC) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
type | sca/fin | derived | notes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LCCN | fin in [LCCN] | [number] | sca/fin: include the entire number with or without the hyphen derived: includes the first 2 numbers, hyphen, and the last 6 numbers. Precede the derived search with a "[" to search the authority file. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISMN | fin nn [number] | sca/fin: include the initial "m"; do not include the hyphens example: fin nn m008058417 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISSN | fin sn [number] | [number] | sca/fin: include the entire number with or without the hyphen derived: include the hyphen between the 4th and 5th digits |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISBN | fin bn [number] | [number] | omit hyphens | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music number | fin mn [number] | mn: [number] | include only 2 letters and up to 10 numbers (see also Music publisher number search [867] from OCLC) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
OCLC control number | fin an [number] | #[number] | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Search qualifiers (not used in searching the authority file) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
type | qualifier | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
format | books: /bks scores: /sco recordings: /rec visual materials: /vis serials: /ser | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
cataloging source | Library of Congress: /DLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
year of publication |
|
Authority file searching |
The browse search is the best way to get to name/uniform title headings.
Type in the name, with a comma separating the last and first names.
If there are no other persons with that name, you can include an expanded term with no further additions to the search.
If there are other persons with that name, include at least the first year in the date portion of the heading with no comma before date.
The expanded term can be as little as the first initial of the title (excluding initial articles):
or as much as several words of the title (excluding initial articles):
When using more than one word of the title as the expanded term can be as little as the first initial of the title (excluding initial articles). Remove all commas or the search will take you to the end of the alphabet for the first word in your exanded term.
This search, with punctuation included: sonatas, piano, h. xvi, 3 will take you to the end of Haydn's sonatas: |
This search, with all punctuation, including those in the serial or work number, removed: sonatas piano h xvi 3 will take you a specific point in the alphabetic index: |
![]() |
![]() |
If you will not be using OCLC for a substantial amount of time, logoff so that other catalogers will be able to access OCLC.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
These are the keys to which diacritics and special characters encountered in music cataloging at Yale are mapped for Orbis (Voyager). Not all diacritics are included, namely those for languages in which we do not catalog. For a complete list, see Diacritics and special characters [838] from Cataloging at Yale
See also Diacritics and special characters by language [868]
acute | AE (Æ) | alif | angstrom | breve | cedilla | circumflex | eth (Ð) | dot above | dot in middle | dot below | double acute | grave | hacek | high comma, off center | hook, left | hook, right | ligature | macron | miagkii znak | slash O (Ø) | OE (Œ) | Polish L (Ł) | tilde | tverdii znak | umlaut
Diacritic/Special character | ORBIS Keys | Languages |
acute | ctrl alt o or keypad 8 | Albanian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, Dutch, French, Hungarian, Icelandic, Polish, Portuguese, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish |
Æ upper case æ lower case |
ctrl alt q ctrl alt shift q |
Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian |
alif | ctrl alt f or keypad 2 | Korean, Japanese, Turkish |
angstrom | ctrl alt shift / or alt keypad 3 | Czech, Danish, Finnish, Norwegian, Slovak, Swedish |
breve | ctrl alt shift . [period] or alt shift keypad 9 | Bulgarian, Korean, Romanian, Russian, Turkish, Ukrainian, Belarusian |
cedilla | ctrl alt h or keypad 6 | Albanian, Catalan, French, Latvian, Portuguese, Turkish |
circle above see angstrom |
ctrl alt shift / or alt keypad 3 | |
circumflex | ctrl alt shift p or keypad 6 | Albanian, Dutch, French, Portuguese, Romanian, Sinhalese, Slovene, Turkish |
Ð (eth) upper case ð lower case |
win alt w ctrl alt w |
Croatian, Icelandic, Serbian |
dot above | ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1 | Hebrew, Lithuanian, Polish, , Russian, Turkish, Belarusian |
dot in middle | ctrl alt shift b or left parenthesis [ | Catalan |
dot below | ctrl alt n or keypad 1 | Hebrew |
double acute | ctrl alt shift o or alt keypad 8 | Hungarian |
grave | ctrl alt ` or keypad 2 | Catalan, Dutch, French, Italian, Portuguese |
hacek | ctrl alt p or alt keypad 4 | Armenian, Croatian, Czech, Latvian, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene |
high comma, off center | ctrl alt shift : | Armenian, Czech, Georgian, Latvian, Macedonian, Slovak |
hook, left | ctrl alt shift h | Latvian, Romanian |
hook, right | ctrl alt shift j | Lithuanian, Polish |
ligature first half ligature second half |
ctrl alt shift k or keypad 0 ctrl alt shift l or alt keypad 0 |
Russian, Ukrainian, Belarusian |
macron | ctrl alt shift , [comma] or keypad 9 | Armenian, Greek (Modern), Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Russian, |
miagkii znak | ctrl alt g | Bulgarian, Hebrew, Russian, Ukrainian, Belarusian |
musical flat | ctrl alt x | |
musical sharp | ||
Ø (slash O) upper case ø lower case |
win alt y ctrl alt y |
Danish, Norwegian |
OE upper case oe lower case |
ctrl alt shift r ctrl alt r |
French, Icelandic |
Polish L upper case Polish l lower case |
ctrl alt shift e ctrl alt e |
Polish |
superior dot (dot above) see dot above |
ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1 | |
tilde | ctrl alt \ or keypad 5 | Estonian, Portuguese, Spanish |
tverdii znak | ctrl alt shift g | Bulgarian, Russian |
umlaut | ctrl alt shift m or keypad 7 | Albanian, Catalan, Chinese, Dutch, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Icelandic, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Diacritic/Special character | ORBIS Keys | Languages |
acute | ctrl alt o or keypad 8 | Albanian, Catalan, Croatian, Czech, Dutch, French, Hungarian, Icelandic, Polish, Portuguese, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish |
Æ upper case æ lower case |
ctrl alt q ctrl alt shift q |
Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian |
alif | ctrl alt f or keypad 2 | Korean, Japanese, Turkish |
angstrom | ctrl alt shift / [slash] or alt keypad 3 | Czech, Danish, Finnish, Norwegian, Slovak, Swedish |
breve | ctrl alt shift . [period] or alt shift keypad 9 | Bulgarian, Korean, Rumanian, Russian, Turkish, Ukrainian, White Russian |
cedilla | ctrl alt h or keypad 6 | Albanian, Catalan, French, Latvian, Portuguese, Turkish |
circle above see angstrom |
ctrl alt shift / [slash] or alt keypad 3 | |
Circumflex | ctrl alt shift p or keypad 6 | Albanian, Dutch, French, Portuguese, Rumanian, Sinhalese, Slovene, Turkish |
Ð upper case ð lower case |
win alt w ctrl alt w |
Croatian, Serbian |
dot above | ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1 | Gujarati, Hebrew, Lithuanian, Polish, , Russian, Turkish, White Russian |
dot in middle | ctrl alt shift b or left parenthesis [ | Catalan |
dot below | ctrl alt n or keypad 1 | Hebrew |
double acute | ctrl alt shift o or alt keypad 8 | Hungarian |
grave | ctrl alt ` or keypad 2 | Catalan, Dutch, French, Italian, Portuguese |
hacek | ctrl alt p or alt keypad 4 | Armenian, Croatian, Czech, Latvian, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene |
high comma, off center | ctrl alt shift : | Armenian, Czech, Georgian, Latvian, Macedonian, Slovak |
hook, left | ctrl alt shift h | Latvian, Rumanian |
hook, right | ctrl alt shift j | Lithuanian, Polish |
ligature first half ligature second half |
ctrl alt shift k or keypad 0 ctrl alt shift l or alt keypad 0 |
Russian, Ukrainian, White Russian |
macron | ctrl alt shift , [comma] or keypad 9 | Armenian, Greek (Modern), Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Russian, |
miagkii znak | ctrl alt g | Bulgarian, Hebrew, Russian, Ukrainian, White Russian |
musical flat | ctrl alt x | |
musical sharp | ||
Ø upper case ø lower case |
win alt y ctrl alt y |
Danish, Norwegian |
OE upper case oe lower case |
ctrl alt shift r ctrl alt r |
French, Icelandic |
Polish L upper case Polish l lower case |
ctrl alt shift e ctrl alt e |
Polish |
superior dot (dot above) see dot above |
ctrl alt shift n or alt keypad 1 | |
tilde | ctrl alt \ or keypad 5 | Estonian, Portuguese, Spanish |
tverdii znak | ctrl alt shift g | Bulgarian, Russian |
umlaut | ctrl alt shift m or keypad 7 | Albanian, Catalan, Chinese, Dutch, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Icelandic, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
See also Searching special characters in Voyager [834]
Under the "Non-Keyword" option, use the "Publisher Number (028a|b, 260d)" search.
number includes | example | search | search example = 1 blank space |
space | UE 10769 01 0035 08 |
![]() |
UE 10769 01 0035 08 |
period(s) | U.E.7371 | ° may include the periods or ° include them with a space following each period or ° omit the periods and replace with spaces |
U.E.7371 U. E. 7371 U E 7371 |
ampersand | M&M no. 1947 | ![]() |
M&M no. 1947 |
period and ampersand | B.&H.15960 | ° may include all or ° omit the periods and replace with spaces ![]() |
B.&H.15960 B &H 15960 |
period, ampersand, space | B. & H. 15966 | ° may include all or ° include periods but not spaces following them or ° omit the periods but not the spaces following them ![]() |
B. & H. 15966 B.& H.15966 B & H 15966 |
hyphen(s) | 01-039561-851 | ° include the hyphen(s) or ° may omit the hyphen(s), replacing with space(s) |
01-039561-851 01 039561 851 |
hyphen and space | PWM - 2384 | ° may include hyphen and spaces or ° may include hyphen but not spaces or ° may omit the hyphen, but include at least 1 space |
PWM - 2384 PWM-2384 PWM 2384 |
two hyphens | 15--4 | ° may include both hyphens or ° may omit both hyphens, but include at least 1 space or ° may include only one hyphen with or without spaces |
15--4 15 4 15 - 4 |
diacritic | DTÖ 137 | ![]() |
DTO 137 |
slash | MWV B XVII/2 | ° may include the slash or ° may omit the slash and replace with a space |
MWV B XVII/2 MWV B XVII 2 |
pound sign | WM #79 | ![]() |
WM #79 |
parentheses | 651 (S.) | ° may include the parentheses or ° may omit the parentheses and replace with spaces |
651 (S.) 651 S. |
comma | Misc 5, III | ° may include the comma or ° may omit the comma, but not the space following it |
Misc 5, III Misc 5 III |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also Searching music plate and publisher's numbers in Voyager [835]
Comma, colon, semi-colon, period, apostrophe | Ellipses | Hyphen | Ampersand | Plus sign | Parentheses | Brackets
Musical flat sign | Musical sharp sign | Diacritics | Special alphabetic characters
See also Searching music plate and publisher's numbers in Voyager [835]
Searching titles in both the cataloging module and the OPAC:
Comma, colon, semi-colon, period, apostrophe: | |
In the Voyager title search, omit or, if copying and pasting, include the punctuation. | |
Title: | Beethoven's grand mass in D, op. 123 |
Search: | beethovens grand mass in d op 123 or beethoven's grand mass in D, op. 123 |
Title: | Trio : no X, for alto flute, viola, and harp, 1977 |
Search: | trio : no X, for alto flute, viola, and harp, 1977 or trio no X for alto flute viola and harp 1977 |
This title includes several different types of punctuation. If omitting the apostrophe, do not leave a space. If omitting the hyphen in "F-Dur" and the colon in "XV:39" you must include spaces in their place. |
|
Title: | Trio : no. 4, F-Dur (Hob. XV:39) |
Search: | trio : no. 4, F-Dur (Hob. XV:39) or trio no 4 F Dur Hob XV 39 |
Ellipses: | |
In a Voyager title search, include or omit the ellipses with or without a space after them. | |
Title: | ... huésped de las nieblas ... |
Search: | ... huésped de las nieblas ... or huésped de las nieblas Either search may be done with or without the diacritic |
Hyphen: | |
In a Voyager title search, either include the hyphen in the search or delete it and replace it with a space | |
Title: | Konzert f-Moll für Cembalo und Streichorchester BWV 1056 |
Search: | konzert f-Moll für Cembalo und Streichorchester BWV 1056 or konzert f Moll für Cembalo und Streichorchester BWV 1056 |
versus a similar title without a hyphen: | |
In both, include the space in "f Moll" | |
Title: | Konzert f Moll für Klavier und Orchester |
Search: | konzert f Moll für Klavier und Orchester |
A hyphen in the name: | |
In a Voyager staff name headings search, either include the hyphens or omit the hyphens, in the name and date portions of the heading, and replace with spaces. | |
Name: | Eckhardt-Gramatté, S. C. (Sophie-Carmen), 1899-1974 |
Search: | eckhardt-gramatté, s. c. (sophie-carmen), 1899-1974 or eckhardt gramatté, s. c. (sophie carmen), 1899-1974 or eckhardt gramatté s c sophie carmen 1899 1974 Note: search with or without the comma. |
Ampersand: | |
In a Voyager title search, you must include the ampersand. It cannot be omitted or spelled out. | |
Title: | Sonata for violin & piano |
Search: | sonata for violin & piano |
Plus sign: | |
In a Voyager title search, you must include the plus sign. It cannot be omitted or spelled out. | |
Title: | Paduana + 2 galliards for 5 instruments |
Search: | paduana + 2 galliards for 5 instruments |
Parentheses: | |
In a Voyager title search, either omit or, if copying and pasting, include the parentheses. | |
Title: | 2e sonate (en mi majeur) pour violin et piano |
Search: | 2e sonate (en mi majeur) pour violin et piano or 2e sonate en mi majeur pour violin et piano |
Brackets: | |
In a Voyager title search, either include the brackets or omit them and do not add spaces. | |
Title: | Horn sonat[a]s |
Search: | horn sonat[a]s or horn sonatas |
Musical flat sign: | |
a Voyager title search, truncate the search to "sonata in b" and scroll down to the end of titles retrieved, which are in alphabetical order. | |
Title: | Sonata in B♭ for clarinet and piano |
Search: | sonata in b Note: The results are in alphabetical order; the musical flat sign is alphabetized at the end of the list of titles. or include the flat sign; do not substitute with a lower case "b": Sonata in B♭ for clarinet and piano |
Musical sharp sign: | |
In a Voyager title search, include the sharp sign. | |
Title: | Trio, F# minor, op. 1, no. 1 for pianoforte, violin and violoncello ♯ |
Search: | Search using the pound sign (#), with or without commas or periods: trio, f# minor, op. 1, no. 1 for pianoforte, violin and violoncello or trio f# minor op 1 no 1 for pianoforte violin and violoncello If the search retrieves no results, try the search again using the UNICODE sharp sign (♯), with or without commas or periods: trio, f♯ minor, op. 1, no. 1 for pianoforte, violin and violoncello or trio f♯ minor op 1 no 1 for pianoforte violin and violoncello |
Diacritics: | |
In a Voyager title search, either omit or, if copying and pasting, include the diacritics. | |
Title: | Sonate für Flöte (Altflöte) und Klavier, op. 25 |
Search: | sonate für flöte (altflöte) und klavier, op. 25 or sonate fur flote (altflote) und klavier, op. 25 |
Special alphabetic characters: | |
Special one-letter characters such as Polish L, d with bar, slash o, etc. | |
In a Voyager title search, substitute the character with the letter without the slash, bar, etc. or, if copying and pasting, search with the character. | |
Name: | Aksdal, Bjørn |
Search: | aksdal, bjørn or aksdal, bjorn Note: search with or without the comma. |
Special two-letter characters such as Æ, æ: | |
In a Voyager title search, search either as individual letters or, if copying and pasting, with the character. | |
Title: | Mediæval musical relics of Denmark |
Search: | mediæval musical relics of denmark or mediaeval musical relics of denmark |
Superscript o | |
This character may also be input as a regular lower-case o, so it would make sense to search this title with and without the o. In a Voyager title search, omit the superscript ° and replace it with a lower case letter o. |
|
Title: | Symphonie n° 5 en ut dièse mineur |
Search: | symphonie no 5 en ut diese mineur |
The German Eszett: ß | |
The ß should be input and searched as "ss" | |
Title: | Baßschlüssel, das ist, Anleitung für Anfänger und Liebhaber der Setzkunst |
Search: | bassschlussel das ist anleitung fur anfanger und liebhaber der setzkunst |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
° Staff headings keyword searches retrieve both bibliographic and authority records.
° There are four staff headings keyword searches: staff title headings, staff name headings, staff name/title headings, and staff subject headings.
° Voyager's SysAdmin manual lists subfields indexed in a staff subject subdivision headings keyword search, but this search does not seem to be available. Subject subdivisions can be searched as part of the staff subject headings keyword search, but without retrieving subject subdivision authority records (which are available only in LCDB).
° The filters in the staff headings searches may be used to limit by type of heading.
° Truncation is allowed in all four staff headings keyword searches:
|
° The boolean operator "and" is the default and does not need to be included in a search.
° Including the boolean operator "and" retrieves the same results.
° A search with the boolean operator "not" takes a very long time.
° Plus (+) or minus (-) signs are ignored.
° Words of one or two characters may be used as individual search words or in a phrase!
° The search takes a long time.
° To search two or more words as a phrase, enclose the words in quotation marks. Searching "violin clarinet" retrieves different results than searching "clarinet violin."
° A staff headings keyword search using a phrase will search across subfields in the same field.
° Searching the phrase "sonatas oboe" in a staff name/title heading keyword search will retrieve records in which "sonatas, ‡m oboe" appears.
° A staff headings keyword search does not search across fields.
° A search employing multiple words retrieves only those records in which the words appear in the same field.
° For example, it will not retrieve authority records in which one word appears in the 1XX field and another word appears in a 4XX field.
° Exception: it is possible with a staff name/title heading keyword search to retrieve a record with one search words in the 100 and another in the 245/‡a or ‡b.
° Nesting with the boolean operator "or" is possible:
° When no other boolean operators are used, parenthesis are not necessary:
allegros or adagios
° When other boolean operators are used, enclose the nested terms in parentheses:
(carl or sebastian) bach
(german or germany) music
° Truncation within nesting works:
(german? or engl?) music
° The searches tend to be slower than other staff headings keyword searches.
° The boolean operator "not" may also be used, but as with any search using "not," it takes a long time.
Bibliographic records | ||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
100 700 800 |
‡adq also ‡bc ‡adqt also ‡bc ‡adkqptv also ‡bc |
‡bc not listed in the Voyager SysAdmin manual; not ‡4 ‡bc not listed in the Voyager SysAdmin manual, up to ‡t; not ‡4 ‡bc not listed in the Voyager SysAdmin manual, up to ‡t |
110 710 810 |
‡abcdgkn ‡abcdefgkl ‡abcdefgklptv |
not ‡4 not ‡4; up to ‡t up to ‡t |
111 711 811 |
‡abcdefgklnpq ‡acdefgkl ‡abcdefgklptv |
up to ‡t up to ‡t |
Authority records | ||
° 008/14, ‡a (main or added entry heading use) must exist in the record in order for the record to be indexed | ||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
X00 X10 X11 X51 |
‡abcdkq ‡abcdgkn ‡abcdegknq ‡ab |
|
Bibliographic records | ||
° 1XX/245 is not validated | ||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
100 700 800 |
‡abcdkq ‡abcdkq up to t fgklmnoprt ‡abcdkq up to t fgklmnoprt |
100 will be combined with the first found 240/243 ‡adfgklmnopr or 245‡afgknps ° Note: it is possible to retrieve a record with the search words in the 100 and the 245/‡a or b |
110 710 810 |
‡abcdgkn ‡abcdgkn up to t dfgklmnoprst ‡abcdgkn up to t dfgklmnoprst |
110 will be combined with the first found 240/243 ‡adfgklmnopr or 245‡afgknps |
111 711 811 |
‡abcdegknq ‡abcdegknq up to t fgklnpst ‡abcdegknq up to t fgklnpst |
111 will be combined with the first found 240/243 ‡adfgklmnopr or 245‡afgknps |
Authority records | ||
° 008/14, ‡a (main or added entry heading use) must exist in the record in order for the record to be indexed | ||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
X00 X10 X11 |
‡abcdkq up to tfgklmnoprt ‡abcdgkn up to tdfgklmnoprstn ‡abcdegknq up to tfgklnpst |
|
Bibliographic records | ||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
130 | ‡adfgklmnoprs | will be combined only with 245 ‡afgknps; I was unable to search across the 130 and 245 fields |
440 | ‡anp | untraced series (490 field) are not indexeds |
730 | ‡adfgklmnoprs | |
830 | ‡adfgklmnoprs | |
Authority records | ||
° Authority 008/14 = ‡a (main or added entry heading use) as non-series ° Authority 008/16= (series heading use) as series |
||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
X30 | ‡adfgklmnoprs | searches headings (130) (including SARs for non-traced series and series-like phrases) and references (430 and 530) |
Bibliographic records | ||
° Indicator 2 or ‡2 used to determine thesaurus ° Lead subfields stop at the first ‡t, v, x, y, z found ° Title subfields stop at first ‡v, x, y, z found |
||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
600 | ‡abcdkq fgklmnoprt vxyz | using the "LC subject headings" filter will retrieve name/title authority record |
610 | ‡abcdgkn dfgklmnoprst vxyz | |
611 | ‡abcdegknq fgklnpst vxyz | |
630 | ‡adfgklmnoprs vxyz | |
650 | ‡abcd vxyz | |
651 | ‡ab vxyz | |
Authority records | ||
° Authority 008/14 = ‡a (main or added entry heading use) as non-series ° Authority 008/16= (series heading use) as series |
||
Field | Subfields indexed | Comments |
X00 X10 X11 X30 X50 X51 |
‡abcdkq fgklmnoprt vxyz ‡abcdgkn dfgklmnoprst vxyz ‡abcdegknq fglnpst vxyz ‡adfgklmnoprs vxyz ‡abcd vxyz ‡vxyz |
subject subdivision authority records are not retrieved |
This table is derived from Voyager's V5 SysAdmin manual, p. A-1ff
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Orbis and OCLC [14]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
This page demonstrates the differences between four types of non-keyword, staff searches using the same search key.
The search key is "bach johann"
Tthe four staff searches are the names search, staff names search, staff subject headings search, and staff name/title headings search.
Staff name headings search | Staff subject headings search | Staff name/title headings search | Names search
The result of the "staff name headings search" is an alphabetical list of name headings. The number of bibliographic records for each heading is indicated. The word "authorized" indicates that there is a name authority record for that heading.
Using the "staff subject headings search" retrives authority records for headings that are used as subject headings as well as the bibliographic records that include those headings (6XX). This includes name-only authority records as well as name/uniform title authority records:
Staff name/title headings search
The "staff name/title headings search" retrieves authority records for headings that are used as name headings as well as the bibliographic records that include those headings (1XX, 7XX):
Scroll through the list to get to the point in the alphabet you need:
The best way to get to the exact point in the alphabet in staff name/title headings search is to use the full name heading with the first word of the uniform title.
Which will take you exactly to the place in the alphabetical index:
The names search is a local Yale search developed to make it possible to simultaneously search a name as both a name heading (1XX, 7XX, 8XX) and a subject heading (6XX). This search does not retrieve authority records.
When using the "names" search, the resultings are displayed in a titles index:
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Initial title element (AACR2)/preferred title (RDA): Language (6.14.2.5.1) | Singular vs plural (6.14.2.5.2)
Statement of medium of performance: Medium | Number of elements | Implied numbering | Standard chamber combinations | vocal | Song and choral accompaniment | Adding medium of performance to resolve conflicts
Further additions: Selections | Language of text | Librettos |Arrangements | Selections/arrangements/language
Language (6.14.2.5.1 [910]) | ||
In AACR2, when the initial title element was a type of composition, all foreign language forms of the name of that type were translated into the accepted English form when it had cognates in English, French, German, and Italian. In RDA, when the preferred title is a type of composition, the English form is used whenever the name of the type in another language is a cognate. Those forms of the name that are not cognates are used in the original language. |
||
AACR2: RDA: |
Movimenti, ‡m instrumental ensemble Movements, ‡m organ, piano, recorders (2), flutes (2), clarinets (2), saxophone, violin, guitar, percussion, viola The change in medium of performance follows 6.15.1.5 |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pezzi, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 24 Pieces, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 24 |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
P'esy, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 110 Pieces, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 110 |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
P'esy, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 12. ‡p IUmoristicheskoe skertso Pieces, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 12. ‡p IUmoristicheskoe skertso Note that the preferred title is in English; the title of the part remains in Russian. |
|
AACR2: | Music, ‡m violoncello In AACR2, the word "music" had cognates in English, French, German, and Italian. Therefore, all foreign language forms of the word were translated into English. |
|
RDA: | Hudba, ‡m cello In RDA, because the word "hudba" is not a cognate of "music," so the Czech form is used. The change in medium of performance from "violoncello(s)" to "cello(s)" was implemented with RDA. |
|
Trio sonatas | ||
In AACR2 (25.29C1), the uniform title Trio sonata(s) was used for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo that were variously titled "Sonata," "Trio," "Sonate a tre," etc. This instruction was not carried over into RDA. In RDA use: Trio(s) for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo with the title "Trio" (or cognates of it) Sonata(s) for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo with the "Sonata" (or cognates of it) Trio sonata(s) for 17th- and 18th-century works for two treble instruments and continuo with the title "Trio sonata" (or cognates of it) |
||
Singular vs plural (6.14.2.5.2 [911]) | ||
In AACR2, it was unclear whether a title would be given in singular or plural form when a composer wrote two works of the same type and used a distinctive title for one of the works. RDA makes explicit that the title of a type of composition should be recorded in the plural if the composer wrote more than one work of that type with the same title [emphasis added]. |
||
Medium | ||
In AACR2, the medium was given according to the list in 25.30B4. RDA LC-PCC PS 6.28.1.9.1: use LCMPT [703] terms in the authorized access point, adjusting the form to plural if needed. |
||
Number of elements | ||
In AACR2, the number of elements that could be named in the statement of medium of performance was limited to three, except when the initial title element was "trio(s)," "quartet(s)," or "quintet(s)." In RDA, more than three elements are allowed. |
||
AACR2: RDA: |
Fantasies, ‡m recorder, strings Fantasies, ‡m recorder, violins (2), viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Partita, ‡m brasses Partita, ‡m trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Movimenti, ‡m woodwinds, horn Movements, ‡m flute, oboes (2), clarinets (2), horn, bassoons (2) The initial title element Movimenti was also changed to the preferred title Movements as per 6.14.2.5.1 |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pieces, ‡m winds, violin, violoncello Pieces, ‡m flutes (2), horn, trumpet, violin, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Toccatas, ‡m woodwinds, strings Toccatas, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Sextets, ‡m piano, strings Sextets, ‡m piano, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass The number of violins is indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Sextets, ‡m woodwinds, horn, strings Sextets, ‡m oboe, horn, bassoon, violin, viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Octet, ‡m woodwinds, horns (2) Octet, ‡m oboes (2), clarinet, basset horn, horns (2), bassoons (2) Each instrument can now be named. The number of each instrument is also indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Larghettos, ‡m woodwinds, horns (2) Larghettos, ‡m flutes (2), basset horn, horns (2), bassoon The number of each instrument is also indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Sonatina, ‡m winds, percussion Sonatina, ‡m flutes (2), oboes (2), clarinet, bassoons (2), horn, trumpets (2), trombones (3), timpani, xylophone |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Movement, ‡m harpsichord, piano, winds Movement, ‡m harpsichord, piano, flutes (3), clarinets (2), bassoon, horns (2), trumpet |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Concertinos, ‡m instrumental ensemble, string orchestra Concertinos, ‡m piano, saxophones (4), pedal harp, percussion, string orchestra |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pieces, ‡m instrumental ensemble Pieces, ‡m piano, clarinet, horn, trumpet, pedal harp, chimes, violin, viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pieces, ‡m instrumental ensemble Pieces, ‡m organ, trumpets (4), horns (4), trombones (4), baritone, tuba, timpani, percussion, pedal harp |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Nonet, ‡m winds, percussion, strings, ‡n op. 40 Nonet, ‡m flute, clarinet, bassoon, horn, percussion, trumpet, trombone, violin, double bass, ‡n op. 40 |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Impromptus, ‡m instrumental ensemble, ‡n no. 1, op. 133 Impromptus, ‡m piano, flute, clarinet, percussion, violin, cello, ‡n no. 1, op. 133 |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Movimenti, ‡m instrumental ensemble Movements, ‡m organ, piano, recorders (2), flutes (2), clarinets (2), saxophone, violin, guitar, percussion, viola The initial title element Movimenti was also changed to the preferred title Movements as per 6.14.2.5.1. |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Octet, ‡m instrumental ensemble Octet, ‡m flute, clarinets (2), percussion, violin, viola, cello The number of clarinets is indicated; implied numbering has been removed from RDA |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Introduzione, corale et marcia, ‡m instrumental ensemble Introduzione, corale et marcia, ‡m piano, piccolo, flutes (2), oboes (2), English horn, clarinets (3), bassoons (2), contrabassoon, horns (4), trumpets (3), trombones (3), tuba, percussion, double basses (4) |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Music, ‡m instrumental ensemble Music, ‡m organ, crumhorns (4), shawms (4), cornett, trombones (3), percussion, lute, theorbo, viole da braccio (2), viole da gamba (4) |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Inventions, ‡m instrumental ensemble Inventions, ‡m celesta, harpsichord, piano, piccolo, flute, oboe, clarinets (3), English horn, saxophone, bassoon, contrabassoon, trumpets (3), trombones (2), flügelhorn, horns (2), baritone, tuba, glockenspiel, pedal harp |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Song cycle, ‡m mezzo-soprano, instrumental ensemble Song cycle, ‡m mezzo-soprano, piano, flute, clarinet, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Prelude, adagio and chorale, ‡m unison voices, brasses Prelude, adagio and chorale, ‡m unison voices, trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Canti trilogy, ‡m mixed solo voices, instrumental ensemble Canti trilogy, ‡m soprano, tenor, bass, piano, flute, clarinet, trumpet, trombone, percussion, violin, viola, cello, double bass |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Evangelienmotetten, ‡m mixed voices, instrumental ensemble Evangelienmotetten, ‡m mixed voices, flute, pedal harp, double bass, timpani, gong, tam-tam This is a distinctive title that requires the medium of performance to resolve a conflict. Note that three individual percussion instruments are named, rather than using the term percussion. |
|
Implied numbering | ||
In AACR2, when two or more of a particular instrument or voice was required, the appropriated Arabic number in parentheses after the name of that instrument or voice unless the number is implicit in the initial title element. In RDA, always add the number of parts in the authorized access point when there is more than one part for a particular instrument or voice. |
||
AACR2: RDA: |
Duets, ‡m violins Duets, ‡m violins (2) |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Quartets, ‡m violins, violas Quartets, ‡m violins (2), violas (2) |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Quintets, ‡m trumpets, horn, trombone, tuba Quintets, ‡m trumpets (2), horn, trombone, tuba |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Sextets, ‡m violins, violas, cellos Sextets, ‡m violins (2), violas (2), cellos (2) |
|
Standard chamber combinations | ||
In AACR2 and RDA until April 2014, the following practice was applied to works for three to five instruments that fall into one of the standard combinations: Former practice: works for three to five instruments considered to be standard combinations followed the treatment outlined in this table: The April 2014 RDA update eliminated this practice. Current practice: Name each instrument. |
||
AACR2: RDA: |
Trios, ‡m piano, strings Trios, ‡m piano, violin, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Sonatas, ‡m piano trio Sonatas, ‡m piano, violin, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Trios, ‡m strings Trios, ‡m violin, viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Prelude, adagio and fugue, ‡m string trio Prelude, adagio and fugue, ‡m violin, viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Quartets, ‡m strings Quartets, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Variations, ‡m string quartet Variations, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pezzi, ‡m string quartet Pieces, ‡m violins (2), viola, cello The initial title element Pezzi was also changed to the preferred title Pieces as per 6.14.2.5.1. |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pieces, ‡m woodwind quartet Pieces, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Quintets, ‡m piano, strings Quintets, ‡m piano, violins (2), viola, cello |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Pastorale, ‡m wind quintet Pastorale, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, bassoon, horn |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Quintets, ‡m winds Quintets, ‡m flute, oboe, clarinet, horn, bassoon |
|
Vocal medium of performance | ||
Solo voice(s) | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
‡m voice ‡m singer use "singer" when no type or range of voice or age or gender of the performer is specified |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
‡m high voice ‡m high voice use when range, but not type of voice or age or gender of the performer is specified ‡m female voice use when gender (but not age) of the performer, but not range or type of voice, is specified ‡m child's voice use when the age (but not gender) of the performer, but not range or type of voice is specified ‡m soprano voice used when the type of voice is specified; note that the word "voice" is included |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
‡m soprano, tenor ‡m soprano voice, tenor voice note that the word "voice" is included |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
‡m voices ‡m soprano voice, tenor voice ‡m soprano voices (2) note that the word "voice(s)" is included |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
‡m mixed solo voices ‡m singers (4) |
|
Choruses | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
‡m mixed voices, ‡m women's voices, ‡m men's voices, ‡m children's voices, ‡m unison voices ‡m mixed chorus, ‡m women's chorus, ‡m men's chorus, ‡m children's chorus, ‡m unison chorus although it is not stated in RDA and it is not official LC policy, some preferred titles in the authority file include number of parts: ‡m mixed chorus (4 parts) ‡m equal voices was used in AACR2 and is still used in RDA for a chorus in which all the voices parts are for one type of voice |
|
Song and choral accompaniment | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
Songs, ‡m guitar acc. Songs, ‡m guitar accompaniment |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Songs, ‡m oboe, horn, strings acc. Songs, ‡m oboe, horn, violins (2), viola, cello accompaniment |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Songs, ‡m instrumental ensemble accompaniment Songs, ‡m piano, flute, violin, cello accompaniment |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Cantata, ‡m soprano, instrumental ensemble Cantata, ‡m soprano voice, piano, flute, clarinet, violin, cello, glockenspiel |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Rhapsodies, ‡m soprano, tenor, instrumental ensemble Rhapsodies, ‡m soprano voice, tenor voice, flute, clarinet, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Vocalise, unacc. Vocalise, unaccompanied |
|
Adding medium of performance to resolve conflicts | ||
In AACR2 (25.31B1), statements of medium of performance were added to identical distinctive uniform titles for two or more different works by the same composer, except when the works were all for the same medium of performance and medium of performance was insufficient to resolve the conflict. Some other element was added to render the uniform titles unique. Some catalogers are interpreting RDA as saying medium of performance is included even when the works are all for the same medium. |
||
AACR2: RDA: |
Petite suite ‡n (1889) Petite suite ‡n (1890) Petite suite ‡n (1889) Petite suite ‡n (1890) The AACR2 and RDA practices are the same in this example. |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Petite suite, ‡n op. 169 Petite suite, ‡n op. 189 Petite suite, ‡n op. 192 Petite suite, ‡n op. 198 Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 169 Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 189 Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 192 Petite suite, ‡m guitar, ‡n op. 198 The AACR2 and RDA practices differ in this example. |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Concert studies, ‡n op. 14, no. 1 Concert study, ‡n op. 48, no. 2 Concert studies, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 14, no. 1 Concert study, ‡m piano, ‡n op. 48, no. 2, ‡r E♭ In both AACR2 and RDA, when the only difference between two distinctive titles is that one is singular and the other is plural, they are considered to be identical. Note that medium of performance as well as key was added to the second title |
|
Further additions | ||
The order of further subfields in an authorized access point has changed from AACR2 to RDA: In other words |
||
Selections | ||
"Selections" is a work [711] element and should always follow the work title. | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
Médée. ‡l Italian. ‡k Selections Médée. ‡k Selections. ‡l Italian |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Who wants a wife. ‡s Vocal score. ‡k Selections Who wants a wife. ‡k Selections. ‡s Vocal score |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Ring des Nibelungen. ‡l Danish. ‡k Selections Ring des Nibelungen. ‡k Selections. ‡l Danish |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Literary works. ‡l German. ‡k Selections Literary works. ‡k Selections. ‡l German |
|
Language of text | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English & German In AACR2, two languages could be named, with the original language given second. Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score [no language indicated because it is German, the original language] Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English In RDA, separate authorized access points are created for each language expression (definition of expression [712]) |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Barnlige sange. ‡l Polyglot In AACR2, Polyglot was used for three or more languages. Barnlige sange. ‡l Norwegian Barnlige sange. ‡l German Barnlige sange. ‡l English In RDA, separate authorized access points are created for each language expression (definition of expression [712]) |
|
Librettos | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
Auber, D. F. E. ‡q (Daniel François Esprit), ‡d 1782-1871. ‡t Fra Diavolo. ‡l Libretto Scribe, Eugène, ‡d 1791-1861. ‡t Fra Diavolo |
|
See a list of authority records established in RDA for librettos [913] | ||
Arrangements | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
Aria, ‡m organ; ‡o arr. Aria, ‡m organ; ‡o arranged |
|
Selections/arrangements/language | ||
AACR2: RDA: |
English. ‡k Selections Selections. ‡l English |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
English. ‡k Selections; ‡o arr. Selections; ‡o arranged. ‡l English |
|
AACR2: RDA: |
Vocal score. ‡l English. ‡k Selections Selections. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11)
Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)
This applies to the following types of musical expression: ° arrangements, transcriptions, etc. (6.28.3.2) ° added accompaniments, etc. (6.28.3.3) ° sketches (6.28.3.4) ° vocal and chorus scores (6.28.3.5) ° translations (6.28.3.6) ° other types of musical expressions (6.27.3) Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. |
|
(6.28.3.2) Arrangements, transcriptions, etc. | |
(6.28.3.2.1) Arrangements of of "classical," etc. music | |
Apply to an arrangement, transcription, etc., of one or more works of one composer (or of parts of one composer's works) if the arrangement, transcription, etc., falls into one or more of the following categories: ° arrangements, transcriptions, versions, settings, etc., in which music for one medium of performance has been rewritten for another ° simplified versions of previously existing musical works Construct the access point for an arrangement, etc. of a work or part or parts of a work, broadly speaking, in the category of "serious," "classical," or "art" music: Example: LC-PCC PS: LC practice: When identifying an expression not already represented by a name authority record, do not add another characteristic to differentiate one such expression from another expression (e.g., do not differentiate one arrangement of Berlioz' Corsaire from another arrangement). Other elements in LC's bibliographic record (e.g., date, medium of performance) are available to the user for selecting a specific expression if desired; RDA 0.6.3 allows differentiating characteristics to be recorded as separate elements or as part of the authorized access points. If there is a name authority record with an authorized access point for an expression that includes an additional characteristic LC would not have added, use the form of the access point in that authority record; this action is consistent with the LC/PCC policy of using authorized access points in existing name authority records. |
|
(6.28.3.2.2) Arrangements of of "popular" music | |
Construct the access point for an arrangement, etc. of a work or part or parts of a work, broadly speaking, in the category of music in the "popular" idiom (e.g., rock, jazz): ° the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878]), as applicable ° the term arranged ° only when the resource is » an instrumental work arranged for vocal or choral performance or » a vocal work arranged for instrumental performance |
|
(6.28.3.3) Added accompaniments, etc. | |
If an instrumental accompaniment or additional parts have been added to a work or part or parts of a work, use the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878]), as applicable
LC-PCC PS: LC practice: |
|
(6.28.3.4) Sketches | |
Construct the authorized access point for a work or part or parts of a work consisting of a composer's sketches by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the completed work ° the term Sketches following the preferred title for the whole work |
|
(6.28.3.5) Vocal and choruses scores | |
Construct the authorized access point for a vocal score or a chorus score by combining (in this order):: ° the authorized access point representing the original work (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) or part or parts of the work (6.28.2 [878]) ° one of the following terms, as applicable: Vocal score(s) or Chorus score(s) |
|
(6.28.3.6) Translations | |
When the text of a vocal work (or part or parts of a vocal work) is a translation or the texts of all the works in a compilation are translations: construct the authorized access point by adding the name of the language to the authorized access point representing the work, part or parts, or compilation, as applicable. Record the name of the language by applying the instructions at 6.11. If the resource described contains expressions of the work in more than one language, create access points for each of the language expressions. LC-PCC PS: LC practice: If the resource described contains expressions of the same musical work in more than one language, identify an expression in a language different from that of the original expression by adding the name of the language in subfield $l to the authorized access point. When the original expression and one translation are in a compilation, give an analytical authorized access point for each expression. If a compilation contains the original expression and more than one translation, give analytical authorized access points for the original expression and at least one translation. See the LC-PCC PS for 6.27.3.: Identify an expression in a language different from that of the original expression by adding the name of the language in subfield $l to the authorized access point for the work. Example: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.10)
Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)
Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)
An access point is a name, term, code, etc., under which information pertaining to a specific entity will be found.
These instructions cover: These instructions do not cover: LC-PCC PS: Do not make an addition to the authorized access point when one or more instrumental parts for a work or a compilation of works by one composer are published separately. Use the same authorized access point that would be used for a score or a complete set of parts.
|
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.2) Musical works with lyrics, libretto, text, etc | ||||||||||||||||
For a musical work that includes words in the form of lyrics,
Music Bibliographic Access Section (MBAS), Music Division, Library of Congress interim* best practice to follow when encountering access points for operas, musicals, etc. for which the music and libretto is by the same creator: If the creator of an opera, musical, etc. is responsible for both music and libretto, do not follow the RDA instructions to differentiate access points for the music and for the libretto via qualifiers "(Opera)" and "(Libretto)." Instead, continue to structure and record these access points as under AACR2. For newly created access points: For unavoidable 1XX changes to existing access points:
|
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.3) Pasticcios [916], ballad operas [917], etc. | ||||||||||||||||
For pasticcios, ballad operas, etc., and excerpts from such works:
|
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.4) Musical works composed for choreographic movement | ||||||||||||||||
For a musical work composed for choreographic movement, such as a ballet or pantomime, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the music ° the preferred title [873] for the work |
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.5) Adaptations of Musical Works | ||||||||||||||||
For an adaptation that falls into one or more of the following categories: ° arrangements described as freely transcribed, based on, etc., and other arrangements incorporating new material ° paraphrases of various works or of the general style of another composer ° arrangements in which the harmony or musical style of the original has been changed ° performances of musical works involving substantial creative responsibility for adaptation, improvisation, etc., on the part of the performer or performers ° any other distinct alteration of another musical work. In case of doubt about whether a work is an arrangement, etc., or an adaptation, treat it as an arrangement, etc. (6.28.3.2)
|
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.6) Operas and other dramatic works with new text and title | ||||||||||||||||
If the text, plot, setting, or other verbal element of a musical work is adapted or if a new text is supplied and the title has changed, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the original work ° the title of the adaptation, enclosed in parentheses |
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.7) Cadenzas | ||||||||||||||||
Construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the cadenza ° the preferred title [873] for the cadenza If the cadenza does not have its own title, devise a title by applying the instructions at 2.3.2.1 and 2.3.2.11 (Devised titles for music): |
||||||||||||||||
(6.28.1.8) Music and incidental music for dramatic works, etc. | ||||||||||||||||
For music or incidental music composed for a dramatic work, film, etc., construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the composer of the music ° the preferred title [873] for the work |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
Authorized access point representing a part or parts of a musical work [878] (RDA 6.28.2)
Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)
These instructions cover additions to access points representing: ° musical works with titles that are not distinctive ° musical works with distinctive titles ° compilations of musical works |
|||||||||||||
(6.28.1.9) Titles that are not distinctive | |||||||||||||
For a musical work with a preferred title [873] that consists solely of the name of a type of composition [497], or of two or more types, of composition, make one or more of the following elements, in this order: ° the medium of performance [686] (6.28.1.9.1), ° a numeric designation [779] (6.28.1.9.2), ° a key [707] (6.28.1.9.3) _________________________________________ Medium of performance: Add the medium of performance (see 6.15 [686]) as applicable, in this order: a) voices b) keyboard instrument if there is more than one non-keyboard instrument c) the other instruments in score order d) continuo. For a work for solo instrument or instruments and accompanying ensemble, add the terms for the solo instrument or instruments followed by the term for the accompanying ensemble Exceptions:
» add the medium when it is not implied by the title b) If there is more than one part for a particular instrument or voice, add the number of parts: c) Do not add the number of players for percussion: d) Omit the designation of the key in which an instrument is pitched or terms indicating a range Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS: Interpret "one or more of the following" to mean "all of the following that are applicable and readily ascertainable." In some cases, thematic index numbers are to be preferred to opus numbers. Consult Thematic indexes used in the Library of Congress/NACO authority file [919]. LC-PCC PS: Serial number: When recording a serial number that is accompanied in the source by a term such as "number," "book," "collection," etc., apply the following: |
|||||||||||||
If the term is the English word "number" or its abbreviation, or an equivalent word or abbreviation in another language: | precede the number in the preferred title by the English abbreviation "no." | ||||||||||||
If the term is a non-English term not meaning "number" and the preferred title is in English: | substitute the English equivalent of the term and use an English abbreviation if the non-English term is abbreviated, or the full form of the term if the non-English form is fully spelled out. | ||||||||||||
In all other cases: | give the term as it appears in the source. | ||||||||||||
If no term appears with the number: | give the number as a cardinal number and precede it by the English abbreviation "no." | ||||||||||||
° Use Arabic numerals. ° Ordinal numerals: » English: use the form 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc. » languages other than English, Chinese, Japanese, and Korean: use the form 1., 2., 3., etc. |
|||||||||||||
(6.28.1.9.1) Additions for access points when medium of performance, etc. is insufficient, or not available | |||||||||||||
When the medium of performance, numeric designation, and key are not sufficient, or are not available, to distinguish between titles that are not distinctive, add one of the following elements (in this order of preference): ° the year of completion of composition (6.4 [920]) ° the year of original publication (6.4 [920]) ° any other identifying element, such as place of composition (6.5 [753]), or the name of the first publisher (6.6) Examples: Year of completion of composition: Name of the first publisher: no 98040609 Gyrowetz, Adalbert, ‡d 1763-1850. ‡t Divertimenti, ‡m piano, flute, cello, ‡n op. 50 (André), ‡r A major Manuscript repository and number: Number within Gordon Dodd's Thematic index of music for viols: |
|||||||||||||
Examples of the application of 6.28.1.9 | |||||||||||||
The term "cello" is used, not "violoncello" as per 6.15.1.6 [921] Duet, ‡m cellos (2) Sonatina, ‡m cellos (2) Quartets, ‡m cellos (4) Suites, ‡m cellos (4) Sextet, ‡m piano, violin, violas (2), cello, double bass The number is instruments/elements included in the medium of performance is no longer limited to three, as in AACR2 25.30B1 Indicating number of instruments: Score order: Accompanied vocal works: Unaccompanied vocal works: |
|||||||||||||
(6.28.1.10) Distinctive titles | |||||||||||||
Make additions to access points if needed to distinguish the access point from one that is the same or similar but represents a different work or represents a person, family, corporate body, or place. Add one of the following elements, using the same type of addition for each of the access points for different musical works with identical titles, in this order: ° the medium of performance [686] (6.15), ° another distinguishing characteristic [785] of the work (6.6) (6.28.1.11) Additions to resolve conflict: |
|||||||||||||
(6.28.1.11) Compilations of musical works | |||||||||||||
For a compilation containing works of one type, add the medium of performance to the access point, unless the medium is obvious or the works are for various media. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Access points representing musical works [876] (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8)
Additions to access points representing musical works [877] (RDA 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11)
Access points representing musical expressions [879] (RDA 6.28.3)
(6.28.2.2) One part | |
Construct the authorized access point representing a part of a musical work by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the work as a whole (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) ° the the preferred title for the part [922] (6.14.2.7) |
|
(6.28.2.3) Two or more parts | |
When identifying two or more parts of a musical work, construct authorized access points for each of the parts. Apply the instructions at 6.14.2.7.1 [923].
Alternative: |
|
that are consecutively numbered | Construct the authorized access point representing a part of a musical work by combining (in this order): ° the authorized access point representing the work as a whole (6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8 [876] and 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877]) ° the the preferred title for the parts [925] (6.14.2.7) |
that are unnumbered or are non-consecutively numbered parts of a work | Construct authorized access points for each of the parts
Alternative: When identifying two or more parts that are unnumbered or non-consecutively numbered, identify the parts collectively. Construct the authorized access point representing the parts by combining (in this order): LLC-PCC PS: LC practice for Alternative: Add Selections to the authorized access point representing the work as a whole. |
(6.28.2.4) Two or more unnumbered parts designated by the same general term | |
If a part of a musical work is designated by the same general term as other parts and the part is unnumbered: Add to the access point representing the part one or more of the identifying elements covered in the instructions at 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11 [877] ° Add as many as are necessary to distinguish the part. » If such additions are not appropriate, determine the number of the part in the set and add it |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also Access points representing musical works (RDA 6.28.1.1-6.28.1.8) [876]
An access point is a name, term, code, etc., under which information pertaining to a specific entity will be found. | |
Collaborative works (RDA 6.27.1.3) | |
If two or more persons, families, or corporate bodies are collaboratively responsible for creating the work, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): a) the authorized access point representing the person, family, or corporate body with principal responsibility b) the preferred title for the work Alternative: Construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Do not apply the alternative. Musical works. For collaborations between a composer and a lyricist, librettist, choreographer, etc., apply the instructions at 6.28.1.2 [926]–6.28.1.4 [927]. If two or more persons, families, or corporate bodies are represented as having principal responsibility for the work, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): If principal responsibility for the work is not indicated, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): If there is no consistency in the order in which the persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the work are named either in resources embodying the work or in reference sources, construct the authorized access point representing the work by combining (in this order): |
|
Compilations of works (RDA 6.27.1.4) | |
If the work is a compilation of works by different persons, families, or corporate bodies, construct the authorized access point representing the work by using the preferred title for the compilation.
If the compilation lacks a collective title, construct separate access points for each of the works in the compilation. Alternative: Construct an authorized access point representing the compilation by using a devised title (2.3.2.11 [928]). Construct this access point instead of, or in addition to, access points for each of the works in the compilation. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
For use in establishing access points for musical works and expressions [876]
See also: Multiple composers by country/region [929] | instrument or genre [882] | Music publishers' online catalogs [206]
Work lists of multiple composers: Classical composers database [930] | ClassicalNet [931] | Composers [932] from Geo.metry | Composers [933] from Thomas Moore, pianist | Klassika [934] | The living composers project [263] | Musique et musiciens: catalogs of works found on their site [935] | on other sites [935] | Wikipedia's composer composition lists [936]
See also: Composers' work lists in published scores, books, or periodicals [887]
Individual composers: A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ
These names may not be in the RDA-established forms found in the authority file.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
For use in establishing access points for musical works and expressions [876]
See also: Composers' work lists on the Web [886]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Instrumental music: cello | clarinet | flute | guitar | horn | oboe | organ | piano | saxophone | trombone | viola | viola da gamba
Vocal music: chorus | hymns | motets | opera | song
Instrumental music | |
Cello | A catalogue of twentieth-century cello ensemble music [453] (pdf) |
Clarinet | Clarinet compositions [455] The clarinet quintet [456] |
Flute | Claudia's flutepage [458] (composers and flutists) |
Guitar | Boije Collection [1125] in the Music Library of Sweden Classical guitar composers list - alphabetical [461] Classical guitar library [1126] (digital versions of guitar music in the public domain) Las compositoras españolas de obras con guitarra [284] Max Eschig [463] guitar catalog, pdf, 2001 gitaarplakboek.nl [1127] Guitar composers of the classical and early romantic period, circa 1780-1900 [464] The guitar in Italy in the nineteenth century, sixty biographies of Italian composers and guitarists [465] (PDF; Internet archive version of 12/6/05) Illiustrirovannyi biograficheskii entsiklopedicheskii slovar' gitaristy i kompository [409] (illustrated biographical encyclopedic dictionary of guitarists and composers (in Russian (Cyrillic)) International Guitar Research Archive [1128] database of works giving titles on early editions Mujer y guitarra española [294] (Spanish Women composers for guitar) Mantanya Ophee collection [1129] Partituras para guitarra clás [467] (use the list of composers along the right side of the page) Select list of works written in the last 25 years for guitar [468] held at the Australian Music Centre library Sheer pluck [469] Three composers significant to nineteenth century Nordic guitar tradition [470] |
Horn | Music for horns [1130] A database of music for horn ensembles |
Oboe | The Haynes catalog [1131] database of music for and with oboe up to 1800; includes incipits |
Organ | Biographical dictionary of organists, composers for organ and organ builders [481] Composers for the organ [482] Liste von Organisten [483] (from German Wikipedia) |
Piano | Pianopedia [484]: includes 894 composers, 5471 works (indicating 15748 movements or excerpt) Piano music for the left hand alone [485] |
Saxophone | Listes des compositeurs et leurs oeuvres [487] Catálogo de obras para saxofón de compositores de América Latina [392] |
Trombone | Canadian compositions for trombone [341] |
Viola | List of compositions for viola: A-E [491] | F-K [492] | L-R [493] | S-Z [494] |
Viola da gamba | Thematic index of music for viols [1132] |
Vocal music | |
Chorus | Seventeenth century choral music [1133]: vocal music to ca. 1825 Provides "information on the sources (manuscripts and early printed editions) to all currently available modern editions" Swedish music for choir 2000-2011 [1134] |
Hymns | Hymnary [472] |
Motets | The motet database catalogue online [1135] (indexes manuscripts and printed anthologies produced between 1475 and 1600; works with Latin texts only) |
Opera | The aria databases [1136] (aria titles are alphabetized under initial article!) Italian Opera [478] Opera composers [477] Operone [1137] (includes brief composer biographies with lists of operas) Opernführer [479] = Opera guide : 1001 Links zu Libretti und Inhaltsangaben in verschiedenen Sprachen Zarzuela! [480] |
Song | Index of composers of Lieder and art songs [488] Deutsches Lied [489] Italian composers whose songs have been recorded by or with the Trio Lescano A-C [384] | D-L [385] | D-L [386] | Q-Z [387] |
Preferred titles [8] ♪ Composers' worklists [887]
Source: Guitar composers of the classical and early romantic period, circa 1780-1900 [1138]
|
without opus number Cavatina d’Elvira per chitarra sola Gran Sonata per chitarra Introduzione dell’Atto 2° nell’Opera Ernani per chitarra sola Sinfonia nella Gazza Ladra per chitarra sola Cavatina d’Elvira ridotta per flauto e chitarra Fantasy on "Ernani" for flute & guitar [Cavatina d’Ernani ridotta per flauto e chitarra] Tre balli nazionali [La Mazzurca, La Gitana, e La Cachucha] Variazioni dalla "Armida" [Variazioni su tema del Duetto] Introduzione e Rondò Variazioni facili sopra un tema della Cenerentola Grand Caprice in D [This work is different from op. 6 and op. 34 The exact title (without opus number) is the following: "Gran Capriccio per chitarra sola" It is the same work (WoOp) of "Grande Sonata quasi Fantasia" per chitarra)] 36 Walzer / Thirty-six Short Valses [36 Valses di difficoltà progressiva] with opus number 1 Terremoto con variazioni 2 Legnani/Rossini/Op. 2 Ouverture de l'Italien a Alger [Gran Sinfonia] 3 Gran ricercario o studio 4 Tema con variazioni sul terzetto "Pria che l'impegno" op. 4 5 Duetto Nell Opera L'Italiana in Algeri di Rossini [Duetto Ai Capricci della sorte] 6 Gran Capriccio 7 Cavatina "Languir per una bella" 8 Coro e rondo "Pensa alla patria" nell'opera "L'Italiana in Algeri" de Rossini 10 Scherzo con Variazioni [Scherzo / ossia / quattro Variazioni] 12 Gran Variazioni sopra un Motivo Tirolese 16 Gran variazioni sul duetto, "Nel cor piu non mi sento," nell'opera "La Molinara" 18 & 24 2 themes de l'opera "La dame du lac": 1. Cavatine; 2. Marche favorite de Rossini [the 2 themes are the op. nos. 18 & 24: Deux themes. 1. Cavatine (Oh quante Lagrime), 2. Marche favorite. Also published separately with opus nos. 18 and 24 respectively] 18 Cavatine (Oh quante Lagrime) de l'opera "La dame du lac" [also published together with op. 24] 19 Fantasia 20 36 Caprices 21 Introduzione e variazioni per la chitarra sopra la cavatina favorita, "Sorte secondami," nell'opera "Zelmira," di Rossini 23 Duo Concertante Op. 23 (flute & guitar) 24 Variazioni sopra un tema della Donna del lago di Rossini [also published together with op. 18] 25 Variazioni sopra un Tema di Schuster 26 Melange favori sur Zelmira et Corradino de Rossini et autres motifs originaux composes. 27 Grand Variations on an original theme [Introduzione / Gran Variazioni e Coda / sopra un tema originale] 28 Variazioni Concertanti Op. 28 (guitar & pianoforte) [the exact title of this work, composed by Leidesdorf and Legnani, is Variations Concertantes / sur / un Thême de Rossini / pour / Piano et Guitare / avec Accompagnement / de deux Violons, Alto et Basse / Par / Leidesdorf et Legnani / Œuv. 28 (de Legnani)] 29 Theme avec variations brillantes et non difficiles 30 Variations Agreables sur la Romance favorite du Cendrillon "Non Piu Mesta Accanto al Foco" 31 Potpourri brillant 32 Potpourri en caprice 34 Gran Capriccio 40 Introduction / Theme / Avec variations 60 Gran Caprice Studio ["Gran Caprice ou Etude"] 61 Grande fantasia per chitarra sola 62 Introduzione e Rondò 63 36 Waltzes 64 Introduzione, /Tema, Variazioni / e Finale / per la / Chitarra Sola / composti da / Luigi Legnani / Opera 64 87 Gran Duetto Op. 87 (flute & guitar) 201 Fantasy on "Norma" (6 or 8 string) 202 Fantasy on William Tell (6 or 8 string) 203 Melodies National Hongroises (6 or 8 string) 204 Rondoletto scherzoso 222 Recueil des Mélodies modernes [Recueil des Melodies] 224 Introduction theme et variations 237 Introduction et theme 238 Gran pot-pourri: sopra alcuni motivi d'opere favorite 250 Method for the guitar & 6 Caprices from the Method [Metodo e 6 Capricetti per chitarra che servono di compimento dell’op. 250] |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Musical biographical resources on the Web [5] and Music dictionaries in the Yale Music Library [1445]
See also Authority tools for audiovisual and music catalogers: an annotated list of useful resources [211] from OLAC
General encyclopedias | Resources by specific time period | Women composers | National encyclopedias and books | Library catalogs | By form, genre, or medium of performance
Baker's biographical dictionary of musicians / revised by Nicolas Slonimsky. 8th ed. New York: Schirmer, 1992.
Ref. ML105 B168 1992
Earlier editions of this source sometimes include persons not covered in the current edition.
Brockhaus-Riemann-Musiklexikon / edited by Carl Dahlhaus and Hans Heinrich Eggebrecht. Wiesbaden: Brockhaus, 1978-1979.
Ref ML100 B864
Eitner, Robert. Biographisch-bibliographisches Quellen-Lexikon der Musiker und musikgelehrten christlicher Zeitrechnung bis Mitte und neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. 2. verb. Aufl. Graz: Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt, 1959.
Ref ML105 E36
Fétis, François-Joseph. Biographie universelle des musiciens et bibliographie générale de la musique. 2. éd. Bruxelles: Culture et Civilisation, 1963.
Ref ML105 F41 1963
A reprint of the second edition of 1875-1883 and the 1878-1880 supplement.
Internationaler biographischer Index der Musik: Komponisten, Dirigenten, Instrumentalisten und Sanger = World biographical index of music: composers, conductors, instrumentalists and singers. Munchen ; New Providence: K.G. Saur, 1995.
Ref ML105 I618+
An index to sources.
Kurzgefasstes Tonkünstler-Lexikon. 15. Aufl. Wilhelmshaven: Heinrichshofen's Verlag, c1971.
Ref ML105 A468
An excellent source for lesser-known German composers, editors, and arrangers, but also occasionally includes the non-German composer who does not appear anywhere else. Three volumes: volume 1 is a new printing of the 1936 edition, volume 2, parts 1 and 2 includes composers who were born or died after 1937 or updates the entries from volume 1.
Grove, George. Dictionary of music and musicians, eds. 1 through 5.
Ref ML100 G883 1927 (Yale has 3rd ed. in reference)
A less scholarly work than its successor (see New Grove), but occasionally will include biographical information about lesser-known English composers.
The international who's who in music and musician's directory. Cambridge, Eng.
Ref ML105 I61 (only the most current ed. in reference; older eds. in stacks)
Published periodically, earlier editions usually include persons not in the current edition.
Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Kassel: Bärenreiter, 1949-1986. (MGG)
Ref ML100 M987+
New Grove dictionary of music and musicians / edited by Stanley Sadie. London: Macmillan, 1980. (New Grove)
Ref ML100 G883 1980
20th century | 19th century | 17th-18th centuries | Before 1600
Bull, Storm. Index to biographies of contemporary composers. New York: Scarecrow Press, 1964-1974. 3 volumes.
Ref ML105 B935
Contemporary composers / editors, Brian Morton, Pamela Collins. Chicago: St. James Press, 1992.
Ref ML105 C761 M8+
International in scope, but includes only the more well-established composers.
Hermil, Hélène. Musique: 10,000 compositeurs du XIIe au XXe siècle: repertoire chrono ethnique. Paris: Groupe de recherches et d'études musicales, 1983.
Ref ML105 H554 M9+
Pazdírek, Franz. Universal-Handbuch der Musikliteratur aller Zeiten und Völker. Wien: Pazdírek, 1904-1910.
ML113 U58 P3
A good source for determining how many works with a given title a composer wrote. Particularly good for less well-known 19th-century composers.
Répertoire international des sources musicales = International inventory of musical sources. Series A/I
Ref. ML113 I61
Known as RISM; useful for finding 1st edition titles.
Brown, Howard Mayer. Instrumental music printed before 1600: a bibliography. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1965.
Ref. ML128 I59 B8
A good source for individual titles within larger works.
Boenke, Heidi M., compiler. Flute music by women composers: an annotated catalog. New York: Greenwood Press, 1988.
ML128 F64 B6
Claghorn, Charles Eugene. Women composers and hymnists: a concise biographical dictionary. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1984.
Ref BV325 C584 W8
Cohen, Aaron I. International encyclopedia of women composers. 2nd ed. New York: Books & Music, 1987.
Ref ML105 C678 I6+ 1987
Fuller, Sophie. The Pandora guide to women composers: Britain and the United States 1629- present. London ; San Francisco: Pandora, 1994.
ML82 F968 P1
Hixon, Don L., and Hennessee, Don A. Women in music: an encyclopedic bibliography. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1993.
Ref. ML105 H676 W8 1993
Jezic, Diane. Women composers: the lost tradition found. 2nd ed. prepared by Elizabeth Wood. New York: Feminist Press at the City University of New York, c1994.
ML390 J59 W8 1994
Johnson, Rose-Marie, compiler. Violin music by women composers: a bio-bibliographical guide. New York: Greenwood Press, 1989.
ML128 W872 J6
Laurence, Anya. Women of notes: 1,000 women composers born before 1900. New York: R. Rosen Press, 1978.
ML105 L379 W8+
LePage, Jane Weiner. Women composers, conductors, and musicians of the twentieth century: selected biographies. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1980-
Ref ML82 L591 W8
Marx, Eva, Gerlinde Haas. 210 österreichische Komponistinnen vom 16. Jahrhundert bis zur Gegenwart: Biographie, Werk und Bibliographie: ein Lexikon. Salzburg: Residenz Verlag, c2001.
ML82 M382 Z9
Meggett, Joan M. Keyboard music by women composers: a catalog and bibliography. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1981.
ML128 P58 M4
The Norton/Grove dictionary of women composers / edited by Julie Anne Sadie & Rhian Samuel. New York: W.W. Norton, c1995.
Ref. ML105 G883
Organ and harpsichord music by women composers: an annotated catalog / compiled by Adel Heinrich. New York: Greenwood Press, 1991.
ML128 O68 O68
Olivier, Antje, and Karin Weingartz-Perschel. Komponistinnen von A-Z. 1. Aufl. Dusseldorf: Tokkata, 1988.
ML105 O49 K8
Rieger, Eva, Martina Oster, Siegrun Schmidt, editors. Sopran contra Bass: die Komponistin im Musikverlag: Nachschlagewerk aller lieferbaren Noten. Kassel: Furore-Verlag, c1989.
ML128 W872 S7
Encyclopedias that focus on a particular nation usually will contain more in-depth articles about composers of that nationality, but also include better-known composers not of that nationality.
Argentina | Australia | Austria | Belgium | Bolivia | Brazil | Canada | Czechoslovakia | Cuba | Denmark | Ecuador | England/Great Britain | Estonia | Finland | France | Germany | Holland | Hungary | India | Ireland | Israel | Italy | Japan | Latin America | Netherlands | New Zealand | North and South America | Norway | Paraguay | Poland | Portugal | Romania | Russia/Soviet Union | Silesia | South Africa | Spain | Sweden | Switzerland | Ukraine | United States | Yugoslavia
Argentina
Arizaga, Rodolfo. Enciclopedia de la música Argentina. Buenos Aires: Fondo nacional de las Artes, 1971.
Ref ML106 A691 A7
Australia
Bebbingtton, Warren, ed. The Oxford companion to Australian music. Melbourne; New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.
Ref ML106 A93 O9
Broadstock, Brenton. Sound ideas: Australian composers born since 1950: a guide to their music and ideas. The Rocks, NSW: Australian Music Centre, 1995.
ML106 A93 B8
Glennon, James. Australian music & musicians. Adelaide: Rigby, 1968.
HSR ML106 A93 G55
Austria
Lang, Siegfried. Lexikon osterreichischer U-Musik-Komponisten im 20. Jahrhundert. Wien: im Auftrag des Osterreichischen Komponistenbundes (OKB)/Arbeitskreis U-Musik, 1986.
ML106 A938 L2
Belgium
CeBeDeM et ses compositeurs affilies: biographies, catalogues, discographie = CeBeDeM en zijn aangesloten componisten: biografieen, catalogi, discografie = CeBeDeM and its affiliated composers: biographies, catalogues, discography. Bruxelles: Centre belge de documentation musicale, c1977-c1980.
ML120 B429 V8
Only those composers published by CeBeDeM.
Levaux, Thierry. Dictionnaire des compositeurs de Belgique du Moyen Áge à nos jours. [Ohain-Lasne]: Éditions Art in Belgium, [200-]
Ref ML106 B429 L6
Roquet, Flavie. Vlaamse componisten geboren na 1800. Roeselare: Roularta Books, 2007.
Ref ML106 B429 R7
Bolivia
Rojas Rojas, Orlando. Creadores de la musica boliviana. La Paz, Bolivia: Produciones CIMA, 1995.
SML ML106 B6 R65 1995 (LC)
Rivera de Stahlie, Ma. Teresa. Musica y musicos bolivianos. La Paz, Bolivia: Los Amigos del Libro, 1995.
ML106 B689 R6
Brazil
Enciclopédia da música brasileira. 3a ed. rev. e atualizada, 1a reimpr. São Paulo: Art Editora, 1998 (2003 printing).
Ref ML101 B827 E5 2003+
Canada
Kallmann, H., Gilles Potvin, Kenneth Winters, ed. Encyclopedia of music in Canada. 2nd ed. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, c1992.
Ref ML106 C212 E56+ 1992
Czechoslovakia
Gardavsky, Cenek. Contemporary Czechoslovak composers. Prague: Panton, 1965.
Ref ML106 C998 G2
Titles of works are in English only, thus this book can be used to determine what the composer has written, but not necessarily what the correct uniform title should be.
Ceskoslovenský hudební slovník osob a institucí. 1. vyd. Praha: Státní hudební vydavatelství, 1963-1965.
ML106 C998 C4 (currently held in Music Technical Services)
Cuba
Orovio, Helio. Diccionario de la música cubana: biográfico y técnico. Ciudad de la Habana, Cuba: Editorial Letras Cubanas, 1981.
SML ML106 C8 O75 (LC)
Denmark
Danske komponister af i day = Danish composers of today. Købenavn: Dansk Komponistforening, 1980.
Ref ML120 D39 D191+
Ecuador
Guerrero Gutiérrez, Pablo. Enciclopedia de la música ecuatoriana: EMEc. Quito: Corporación Musicológica Ecuatoriana Conmusica: Archivo Sonoro de la Música Ecuatoriana, 2001-2002.
Ref ML101 E19 G9
England/Great Britain
Poulton, Alan J. A dictionary-catalog of modern British composers. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 2000.
Estonia
Eesti muusika biograafiline leksikon. Tallinn: Valgus, 1990.
ML106 E81
Eesti tänase muusika loojaid. Tallinn: Eesti Muusikafond, 1992.
ML106 E81 E2
20th-century emphasis.
Finland
Hillila, Ruth-Esther, and Barbara Blanchard Hong. Historical dictionary of the music and musicians of Finland. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1997.
ML101 F511 H6
Suomalaisia säveltäjiä. Helsingissa: Otava, c1994.
ML106 F511 S9
Includes lengthy bios for better-known Finnish composers. Brief bios for other Finnish composers are arranged alphabetically at the end of the volume.
France
Dictionnaire de la musique. Les hommes et leurs oeuvres. Nouv. éd. Paris: Bordas, 1986.
Ref ML100 D554 1986
Encyclopédie de la musique. Paris: Fasquelle, 1958.
Ref ML100 E56
Germany
Deutsches Musiker-Lexikon. Edited by Erich H. Müller. Dresden: Wilhelm Limpert-Verlag, 1929.
Ref ML106 G37 M9+
Good for really obscure Germans; includes work lists for most.
Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart: allgemeine Enzyklopädie der Musik. Kassel: Bäarenreiter-Verlag, 1949-1986.
Ref ML100 M987+
Holland
Algemene muziek encyclopedie. Haarlem: De Haan, 1979-1984.
Ref ML100 A394+
Bunge, Sas. 60 years of Dutch chamber music = 60 annees de musique de chambre neerlandaise = 60 Jahre niederlandische Kammermusik: 1913-1973. Amsterdam: Stichting Cultuurfonds BUMA: Stichting Nederlandse Muziekbelangen, 1974.
ML106 N469 B9+
Hungary
Contemporary Hungarian composers. 4th rev., enl. ed. Budapest: Editio Musica, 1979.
ML106 H936 C9 1979
Ki kicsoda a magyar zeneéletben? 2., bov. kiad. Budapest: Zenemukiado, c1988.
ML106 H936 K4 1988
Zenei lexikon / Szabolesi Bence, Tóth Aladár. Budapest: Zenemukiadó Vállat, 1965.
Ref ML100 Z54
India
Sambamoorthy, P. A dictionary of South Indian music and musicians. 1st ed. Madras: Indian Pub. House, 1952-
ML106 I39 S1
v. 1. A-F -- v. 2. G-K -- v. 3. L-N.
Ireland
Klein, Axel. Irish classical recordings: a discography of Irish art music. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 2001.
ML156.2 K64 I6
Israel
Tischler, Alice. A descriptive bibliography of art music by Israeli composers. Warren, Mich.: Harmonie Park Press, 1988.
ML120 I85 T6+
This source does not use LC transliteration.
Italy
Enciclopedia della music. Milano Ricordi, 1972.
Ref ML100 E5+ 1972
Dizionario enciclopedico universale della musica e dei musicisti. Le biografie. Torino: UTET, 1985-1990.
Ref ML100 D622 B6
Japan
Matsushita, Hitoshi. A checklist of published instrumental music by Japanese composers. Tokyo: Academia Music, c1989.
Ref ML128 I59 C5 M4+
In parallel Japanese and English; includes birth and death dates.
Latin America
Compositores de América. Washington, D.C.: Uniõn panamericana, 1955.
Ref ML105 P187 C7+
19 volumes with an index. The index serves as a locator for the set, since this source is not arranged alphabetically. To find a composer, you must know the composer's country of residence, and consult the index, which is arranged by country. This set is particularly good for Latin American composers.
Diccionario de la música española e hispanoamericana. [Spain]: Sociedad General de Autores y Editores, c1999-
REF ML101 S733 D5+
A guide to the Latin American art song repertoire: an annotated catalog of twentieth-century art songs for voice and piano. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, c2010.
REF ML128 S698 G9
Latin American classical composers: a biographical dictionary. Compiled and edited by Martha Furman Schleifer and Gary Galván. Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield, 2016.
Ref. ML105 F44 2016
Mayer-Serra, Otto. Música y músicos de Latinoamérica. México: Editorial Atlante, 1947.
SML ML230 M3 M39 (LC)
Scores and recordings at the Indiana University Latin American Music Center. Compiled and edited by Ricardo Lorenz with Luis R. Hernandez and Gerardo Dirie. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995.
Ref ML136 B655 I3 L3
New Zealand
Norman, Philip. Bibliography of New Zealand compositions. 2nd ed. Christchurch: Nota Bene Music, 1982-
ML106 N567 N8+
Thomson, John Mansfield. Biographical dictionary of New Zealand composers. Wellington: Victoria University Press, 1990.
ML106 N532 T4
North and South America
Compositores de América. Washington, D.C.: Uniõn panamericana, 1955.
Ref ML105 P187 C7+
19 volumes with an index. The index serves as a locator for the set, since this source is not arranged alphabetically. To find a composer, you must know the composer's country of residence, and consult the index, which is arranged by country. This set is particularly good for Latin American composers.
Norway
Cappelens musikkleksikon. Oslo: Cappelens Forlag, 1978-1980.
Ref ML100 C247+
Paraguay
Szarán, Luis. Diccionario de la música en el Paraguay. [Asunción, Paraguay: S.n., 1997]
ML101 P222 S9
Poland
Encyklopedia muzyczna PWM. Krakow: Polskie Wydawn. Muzyczne, 1979-
Ref ML100 E565+
Slownik muzyków polskich. Kraków: Polskie Wydawn. Muzyczne, 1964-1967.
Ref. ML106 P76 S6
Portugal
Enciclopédia da música brasileira popular, erudita e folclórica. 3a ed. rev. e atualizada, 1a reimpr. Saõ Paulo, SP : Art Editora : Publifolha, c1998 (2003 printing)
Ref ML101 B827 E5 2003+
Harper, Nancy Lee. Portuguese piano music : an introduction and annotated bibliography. Lanham, Md. : Scarecrow Press, 2013.
REF ML128 P58 H2+
Romania
Cosma, V. Muzicieni români: compozitori si muzicologi: Lexicon. Bucuresti: Editura muzicala Uniunii Compozitorilor, 1970.
Ref ML106 R758 C8
Popescu, Mihai. Repertoriul general al creatiei muzicale românesti. Bucuresti: Editura Muzicala, 1979-
ML106 R758 P8+
Russia/Soviet Union
Jüdische Musik in Sowjetrussland Berlin: E. Kuhn, 2002.
ML300.5 J93
Includes biographies and work lists for the following composers: Joseph Achron, Mikhail Fabianovich Gnesin, Aleksandr Abramovich Krein,
Grigorii Krein, Moshe Milner, Leonid Leonidovich Sabaneev, Lazare Saminsky, Aleksandr Veprik
Muzykal'naia entsiklopediia. Moskva: Izd-vo. "Sovetskiia entsiklopediia", 1973-1982.
Ref ML100 M9942+ 1973
Biographical dictionary of Russian/Soviet composers. New York: Greenwood Press, 1989.
Ref ML106 R96 H6
The transliteration of the names of composers and titles of work is not according to the LC style of transliteration.
Silesia
Schlesisches Musiklexikon. Augsburg: Wissner, 2001.
Ref ML101 S342
South Africa
South African music encyclopedia. Cape Town: Oxford University Press, 1979-1986.
Ref ML106 S726
Spain
Diccionario de la música española e hispanoamericana. [Spain]: Sociedad General de Autores y Editores, c1999-
REF ML101 S733 D5+
Musicos españoles de todos los tiempos: diccionario biográfico. Madrid: Tres, 1984.
ML106 S735 M9
68 compositors catalans. Barcelona: Generalitat de Catalunya, Departament de Cultura, 1989.
ML106 S735 S4+
Sweden
Sohlmans musiklexikon. Stockholm: Sohlmans førlag, 1975-1979.
Ref ML100 S682+
Switzerland
Schweizer Musiker-Lexikon, 1964. Zurich: Atlantis, c1964.
Ref ML106 S979 S4
Ukraine
Sonevyts'kyi, Ihor, and Palidvor-Sonevyts'ka, Nataliia. Dictionary of Ukrainian composers. L'viv: Union of Ukrainian composers, 1997.
SML ML390 S66 1997 (LC)
United States
American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers. The ASCAP biographical dictionary of composers, authors and publishers. 4th ed. New York: Bowker, 1980.
Ref ML106 U5 A5+ 1980
Brief biographical information; includes ASCAP members only.
Anderson, E.R. Contemporary American composers. 2nd ed. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1982.
Ref ML106 U58 A549 C7+ 1982
On occasion, a person in the first edition is not found in the second edition.
Butterworth, Neil. Dictionary of American composers. 2nd ed. New York: Routledge, 2005.
Ref ML106 U3 B9 2005
Claghorn, Charles Eugene. Biographical dictionary of American music. West Nyack, N.Y.: Parker Pub. Co., 1973.
Ref ML106 U58 C58
A good source for obscure nineteenth-century composers.
Ewen, David. American composers: a biographical dictionary. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons, 1982.
Ref ML390 E94 A5
The Macmillan encyclopedia of music and musicians. Compiled and edited by Albert E. Wier. New York: Macmillan, 1938.
Ref ML100 W64+
The New Grove dictionary of American music. Edited by H. Wiley Hitchcock and Stanley Sadie. New York: Grove's Dictionaries of Music, 1986.
Ref ML101 U58 N5+
The most well-established American composers are included. Entries for those of foreign birth include works composed after coming to the US.
Southern, Eileen. Biographical dictionary of Afro-American and African musicians. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1982.
Ref ML105 S727 B6+
Who's who in American music, classical. 2nd ed. Edited by Jacques Cattell press. New York: R.R. Bowker, 1985.
Ref ML106 U58 W624+
Yugoslavia
Leksikon jugoslavenske muzike. Zagreb: Jugoslavenske leksikografski zavod "Miroslav Krleza", 1984.
Ref ML100 L536+
Muzicka enciklopedija. Zagreb: Jugoslavenski lekskografski zavod, 1971.
Ref ML100 M994+
The catalogue of printed music in the British Library to 1980. London: K.G. Saur, 1981-1987. (CPM to 1980).
Ref ML136 L847 B86+
Even though the cut-off date is 1980, CPM to 1980 is valuable for finding first edition titles and ascertaining how many of a given form a composer has written.
Bayerische Staatsbibliothek. Katalog der Musikdrucke. München: K.G. Saur, 1988-1990. (BSB-Musik)
Ref ML136 M966 B3 K1+
Music, books on music, and sound recordings (MBMSR). Formerly Music and phonorecords.
New York Public Library. Research Libraries. Dictionary catalog of the music collection. 2nd ed. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1982.
Ref ML136 N567 D5+ 1982
Good for finding dates for lesser-known composers. Unfortunately, since the catalog itself is old, sometimes only the year of birth is given in the heading.
Band | Cello | Chamber music | Double bass Flute | Guitar | Horn | Opera | Orchestra | Organ | Percussion | Saxophone | Viola da gamba
Band
Rehrig, William H. Heritage encyclopedia of band music: composers and their music. Westerville, OH: Integrity Press, 1991.
Suppan, Wolfgang. Neue Lexikon des Blasmusikwesens. Freiburg-Tiengen: Blasmusikverlag Schulz, 1988. 3. Aufl.
Ref ML102 W71 S9 1988
Cello
Lambooij, Henk. A cellist's companion: a comprehensive catalogue of cello literature. Netherlands : ‡b Stichting The Cellist's Companion, c2007.
Ref ML128 V795 L2+ 2007
Gives some birth and death information along with lists of works for or with cello.
Chamber music
Secrist-Schmedes, Barbera. Wind chamber music: winds with piano and woodwind quintets: an annotated guide. Lanham, MD Scarecrow Press, 1996.
Secrist-Schmedes, Barbera. Wind chamber music: for two to sixteen winds: an annotated guide. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 2002.
Double bass
Planyavsky, Alfred. Geschichte des Kontrabasses. 2. Aufl. Tutzing: H. Schneider, 1984.
Flute
Goldberg, Adolf. Porträts und Biographien hervorragender Flöten-Virtuosen, -Dilettanten und -Komponisten. Celle: Moeck Verlag, 1987.
A reprint of the 1906 edition. Includes many obscure composers for the flute, but since it is current only to 1906, some entries do not have death dates.
Guitar
Moser, Wolf. Gitarre-Musik: ein internationaler Katalog. Aktualisierte Neuausg. in einem Band. Hamburg: J. Trekel, c1985.
Ref ML128 G9 M8 1985
Prat, D. A biographical, bibliographical, historical, critical dictionary of guitars (related instruments), guitarists (teachers, composers, performers, lutenists, amateurs), guitar-makers (luthiers), dances and songs, terminology. Columbus, Ohio: Editions Orpheé, c1986.
Ref ML102 GT P912+ 1934a
reprint of: Diccionario biográfico--bibliográfico--histórico--crítico de guitarras (instrumentos afines), guitarristas (profesores, compositores, concertistas, lahudistas, amateurs), guitarreros (luthiers), danzas y cantos, terminologiá. Buenos Aires: Romero y Fernández, 1934.
Horn
Hornisten-Lexikon. München: Hans Pizka, 1986.
ML955 H816+
Opera and vocal music
Barlow, Harold. A dictionary of vocal themes. New York: Crown Publishers, 1950.
ML128 V872 B2
Diccionario de la zarzuela: España e Hispanoamérica. Madrid: Instituto Complutense de Ciencias Musicales, 2006. 2a. ed.
Ref ML102 Z38 D5+ 2006
The Gramophone Shop encyclopedia of recorded music
hsr ML156 G747 G7 1948a
Hamilton, David. Metropolitan opera encyclopedia: a comprehensive guide to the world of opera. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1987.
Morgenstern, Sam. A dictionary of opera and song themes, including cantatas, oratorios, lieder, and art songs. New York: Crown Publishers, c1950.
hsr ML128 V872 B2 1950
New Grove dictionary of opera. London: Macmillan; New York: distributed in the United States of America and Canada by Grove's Dictionaries of music, 1992.
Parson, Charles H. Opera composers and their works. Lewiston, N.Y.: Edwin Mellon Press, 1986.
Steiger, Franz. Opernlexikon. Tutzing: H. Schneider, 1977.
Arranged in three sections, by title, composer, and librettist.
Orchestra
Symphony orchestra of the world: selected profiles. Edited by Robert Craven. New York: Greenwood Press, 1987.
Includes name in the language of country of origin as well as English translation of the name.
Organ
Beckmann, Klaus. Repertorium Orgelmusik: Komponisten, Werke, Editionen, 1150-2000, 57 Länder. 3. neu. und erw. Aufl. Mainz: Schott, 2001-
Very good resource; organized by country and then chronologically by date of birth. With work lists. Includes index.
Edson, Jean Slater. Organ-preludes. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1970.
Includes composers, with birth and death dates, not found elsewhere.
Henderson, John. A directory of composers for organ. Wiltshire, England, 1996.
Includes composers' last names and initials, birth and death dates, and country; lists of works
Vessia, Gian Nicola, and Marco Rossi. Le firme dell'organo: compositori e repertorio organistico del '900 italiano. Bergamo: Carrara, 2003.
ML128 O68 V5
Covers 20th-century Italian organ composers.
Percussion
Siwe, Thomas. Percussion ensemble & solo literature. Champaign, Ill.: Media Press, c1993.
Siwe, Thomas. Percussion ensemble literature. Champaign, Ill.: Media Press, c1998.
Siwe, Thomas. Percussion solo literature. Champaign, Ill.: Media Press, c1995.
Saxophone
Londeix, Jean-Marie. 150 years of music for saxophone: bibliographical index of music and educational literature for the saxophone, 1844-1994. Cherry Hill, NJ, USA: Roncorp, c1994.
Gives brief biographical information for lots of composers whose biographical information cannot be found elsewhere.
Viola da gamba
Dodd, Gordon. Thematic index of music for viols. London: Viola da Gamba Society of Great Britain, 1980-
Ref ML128 V785 V7+
Now online at www.vdgs.org.uk/thematic.html [1132]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
(6.4) Date of work | |
Use in conjunction with MARC 046 [615] field (Special coded dates). | |
Date of work is the earliest date associated with a work. It may be the date: ° the work was created or ° the work was first published or released. |
|
(6.4.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on date of work from any source. | |
(6.4.1.3) Recording date of work | |
Record the date of the work in terms of the calendar preferred by the agency creating the data. Best practices for music cataloging [1446]: If giving date of work as a component of an access point (i.e., to distinguish two works with the same preferred title), routinely also give date of work in an 046 [615] ‡k (and ‡l as appropriate). For other works, give date of work separately in a an 046 [615] ‡k (and ‡l as appropriate) if readily ascertainable. |
|
(6.5) Place of origin of the work | |
Use in conjunction with MARC 370 [1447] field (Associated place). | |
Place of origin of the work is the country or other territorial jurisdiction from which a work originated. | |
(6.5.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on place of origin of the work from any source. | |
(6.5.1.3) Recording place of origin of the work | |
Record the place of origin as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. Best practices for music cataloging [1448]: In authority records for works, give place of origin of the work in 370 [1449] ‡g if readily ascertainable. Give country or local place within a country, as appropriate. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Date of expression (6.10) | Language of expression (6.11) | Other distinguishing characteristic of the expression (6.12)
(6.10) Date of expression | |
Date of work is the earliest date associated an expression. If the date of expression is not known, treat the date of the earliest manifestation embodying the expression as the date of expression. |
|
(6.10.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on date of work from any source. | |
(6.10.1.3) Recording date of expression | |
Record the date of the expression in terms of the calendar preferred by the agency creating the data. LC-PCC PS: LC practice: Record dates in terms of the Gregorian calendar. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Record the date of the expression by giving the year or years alone unless a more specific date is needed to distinguish one expression from another expression. Record date of expression as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. For instructions on recording date of work as part of authorized access points representing musical works, see 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.10 [877]. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Generally do not record date of expression in a 046 field, in either bibliographic or authority records. In bibliographic records for scores, the date of expression can be inferred from the date of publication and/or copyright date. In bibliographic records for sound recordings, date of expression is equivalent to date of capture ( 7.11.3). |
|
(6.11) Language of expression | |
Language of expression is a language in which a work is expressed. | |
(6.11.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on language of expression from any source. | |
(6.11.1.3) Recording language of expression | |
Record the language or languages of the expression using an appropriate term or terms in a language preferred by the agency creating the data. Select terms from a standard list of names of languages, if available. LC-PCC PS: Form of Language Names When recording the language of expression, base the name of the language on the form found in the current edition of MARC Code List for Languages [664] (and the updates [777]). Note the following when using the code list: 1. Use the name found in boldface type. 2. Use the name for a specific language rather than the name of a language group. 3. Do not include parenthetical dates that appear with the name. 4. Retain other parenthetical qualifiers that appear with the name. 5. For the early form of a modern language that is found in an inverted form, use the early form in direct order within parentheses following the modern language. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Record language of expression as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If readily ascertainable, also record: Optionally, explain the language content in a 546 field (for primary language content) and/or a 500 field (for accompanying text), if deemed useful for identification and access. |
|
(6.11.1.4) Expressions involving more than one language | |
If a single expression of a work involves more than one language, record each of the languages. | |
(6.12) Other distinguishing characteristic of the expression | |
Other distinguishing characteristic of the expression is a characteristic other than content type, language of expression, or date of expression. It serves to differentiate an expression from another expression of the same work.
For additional instructions on other distinguishing characteristics of expressions of musical works, see 6.18 [785]. |
|
(6.12.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on other distinguishing characteristics of the expression from any source. | |
(6.12.1.3) Recording language of expression | |
Record other distinguishing characteristics of the expression as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. For instructions on recording other distinguishing characteristics of the expression as part of the authorized access point, see 6.27.3.
Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 5.8.1.3. |
|
(6.12.1.4) Selected parts or excerpts | |
Record Selections to identify an expression consisting of selected parts or excerpts from a larger work. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
(6.3) Form of work | |
Use in conjunction with Best practices for music cataloging using RDA and MARC 21 [1450], MLA's Best practices for using LCGFT for music resources [1451], and MARC 380 [622] field (Form of work). | |
Form of work is a class or genre to which a work belongs. | |
(6.3.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on form of work from any source. | |
(6.4.1.3) Recording form of work | |
Record form of work as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. Best practices for music cataloging [1450]: If giving form of work as a component of an access point [876] (i.e., preferred titles consisting of the name of one or more type of composition [869]), routinely also record form of work in a 380 [622] field. For consistency, capitalize the first term. When terms do not come from a controlled vocabulary, use the singular form. Do not record in a 380 field types of composition [869] terms that are: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also The names of keys in French, German, Italian, and Spanish [525]
Record the key if one or more of the following conditions applies:
° it is commonly identified in reference sources
° it appears in the composer's original title or the title proper of the first manifestation
° it is apparent from the resource described (unless it is known to be transposed in the resource).
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If giving key as a component of an access point, routinely also give key in a 384 [1452] field. For other works, give key separately in a 384 field if readily ascertainable.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow the same criteria for recording the mode ("major" or "minor") as for recording the pitch center; that is, if pitch center is given or apparent, but mode is not, record only the pitch center. Record the symbols ♯ and ♭ rather than the words "sharp" and "flat."
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Changes to this document that reflect recent updates to RDA are in process but are not complete
Medium of performance is the instrument, instruments, voice, voices, etc., for which a musical work was originally conceived.
Instrumental music: one performer to a part | Individual instruments | Accompanying ensembles with one performer to a part | Music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band | One or more solo instruments and accompanying ensemble | Vocal music: | Solo voices | Choruses | Accompaniment for songs, Lieder, etc. | Indeterminate/unspecified medium |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.2) Sources of information | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Take information on medium of performance from any source. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.3) Recording medium of performance | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Record the medium of performance by applying these instructions, as applicable: Record medium of performance as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. For instructions on recording medium of performance as part of the authorized access point, 6.28.1.9-6.28.1.11. If there is more than one part for a particular instrument or voice, record the number of parts. Use continuo for a thorough bass part whether it is named as basso, basso continuo, figured bass, thorough bass, or continuo, and whether the individual instrument or instruments of the continuo are specified or not. For guidelines on recording details about the medium of performance, apply the instructions for medium of performance of musical content at 7.21. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If giving the medium of performance as a component of an access point, routinely also give medium of performance in a 382 [624] field. For other works, give medium of performance in a 382 [624] field if readily ascertainable. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Instrumental music | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.4) Instrumental music intended for one performer to a part | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Record each instrument by applying the instructions at 6.15.1.5 and 6.15.1.11 Exceptions: ° If there is more than one percussion instrument, and the names of the individual instruments are not specified by the composer in the original title, use percussion. ° If the medium includes a continuo part, record the name of the part (6.15.1.3) ° If the medium includes instruments acting as an accompanying ensemble, record a term for the accompanying ensemble (6.15.1.6) Best practices for music cataloging [914]: There is no limit to the number of medium elements recorded, either as components of access points or in 382 [624] fields. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.5) Instruments | ||||||||||||||||||||||
When recording an individual type of instrument, use a term in a language preferred by the agency creating the data whenever possible. LC-PCC PS: Use a term in English whenever possible. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS Descriptive Cataloging Manual (DCM) Z1, 382, Medium of performance: Best practice: Record the medium of performance using RDA terminology when available. If a required term is not listed in RDA, use a term from a controlled vocabulary, such as LCSH. Use the following list of terms as a guide: LC-PCC PS: LC practice: In applying RDA 6.15.1.5, if a composer wrote works for or including various keyboard stringed instruments such as harpsichord, piano, or clavichord, use the one that predominates in the composer's works of a given type of composition in all preferred titles for works of that type. If no predominant instrument is apparent, use the term "keyboard instrument" in the medium of performance element. 6.15.1.5.1: Number of hands: For one instrument, specify the number of hands if other than two: piano, 1 hand piano, 3 hands keyboard instrument, 4 hands marimba, 8 hands For two or more keyboard or mallet (marimba, vibraphone, xylophone, etc.) instruments, specify the number of hands if other than two per instrument. 6.15.1.5.2: Pitch and range of instruments : If considered important for identification and access, record the designation of key in which an instrument is pitched and/or terms indicating the range of an instrument. Optional omission: ° a) the designation of the key in which an instrument is pitched ° b) terms indicating a range alto, tenor, bass, etc. » Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If deemed useful for identification and access, give specific ranges of instruments, etc. in a note 6.15.1.5.3: Alternative instruments: Record the names of alternative instruments. 6.15.1.5.4: Doubling instruments: Record the names of doubling instruments. Optional omission: ° Omit doubling instruments. Examples: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.6) Accompanying ensembles with one performer to a part | ||||||||||||||||||||||
For an accompanying ensemble with one performer to a part, record the appropriate term for the instrument or family of instruments followed by the word ensemble | ||||||||||||||||||||||
The ensemble consists of: | Record: | |||||||||||||||||||||
the same instrument or from the same family of instruments | record the appropriate term for the instrument or family of instruments followed by the word ensemble ° guitar ensemble, string ensemble |
|||||||||||||||||||||
instruments from two or more families of instruments | instrumental ensemble when a more specific term is not available | |||||||||||||||||||||
Alternative: For an accompanying ensemble with one performer to a part, record the appropriate term for each instrument of the accompanying ensemble instead of the name of the ensemble. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.7) Instrumental music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Record an appropriate term from the following list: ° orchestra (use for both full or reduced (chamber) orchestra) ° string orchestra ° band Don't list the individual instruments. Disregard continuo when it is part of an orchestra or string orchestra. The Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [1453] (LCMPT) gives scope notes for "orchestra" and "string orchestra":
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.8) One or more solo instruments and accompanying ensemble | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Record the term for the solo instrument or instruments and the term for the accompanying ensemble, in that order. ° For the solo instrument(s), follow 6.15.1.4-6.15.1.5 and 6.15.1.11 ° For the accompanying ensemble, see 6.15.1.6-6.15.1.7 LC-PCC PS: For an accompanying ensemble that has only one performer to a part, use the word "ensemble" preceded by the appropriate qualifying term (e.g., "string ensemble," "jazz ensemble," "wind ensemble") in the part of the medium of performance element that follows the solo instruments. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Vocal music | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.9) Solo voices | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Record an appropriate term from the following list to identify a type of solo voice: If no specific voice types or ranges can be ascertained for two or more solo voices of different ranges, record an appropriate term from the following list: For compositions that include solo voice(s) with chorus, record only the appropriate terms for the chorus (6.15.1.10) and the accompaniment, if any. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.10) Choruses | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Record an appropriate term from the following list to identify a type of choral ensemble (two or more performers to a part): ° mixed voices ° women's voices ° men's voices ° unison voices ° other terms as appropriate (e.g., children's voices) » Best practices for music cataloging [914]: other commonly used terms: equal voices, treble voices |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.11) Accompaniment for songs, Lieder, etc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
If: Examples: RDA doesn't cover what to do when the voice and instruments are equal in the ensemble. Current practice is to name all the instruments (following 6.15.1.3 to 6.15.1.6) but don't add the word accompaniment. If such a work is not accompanied, record unaccompanied. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.15.1.13) Indeterminate medium of performance | ||||||||||||||||||||||
If the specific medium of performance, or any part of it, is not stated in the resource or other source, record that part of the medium of performance as follows, in this order of priority: | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Use in conjunction with Best practices for music cataloging [780] and MARC 383 [625]. | |
The numeric designation of a musical work is a serial number, opus number, or thematic index number assigned to a musical work by a composer, publisher, or a musicologist. | |
(6.16.1.2) Sources of information | |
Take information on numeric designations of musical works from any source. | |
(6.16.1.3) Recording numeric designations | |
Record as many of the following numeric designations of musical works as can readily be ascertained. Use the following abbreviations found in appendix B.5.4: Use inclusive numbering for an aggregate work that is identified by consecutive serial numbers or thematic index numbers in music reference sources and/or thematic indexes [881]. Record numeric designations of musical works as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. For instructions on recording a numeric designation of a musical work as part of the authorized access point, see 6.28.1.9 [1454]-6.28.1.10 [1455]. Best practices for music cataloging [780]: If giving numeric designation as a component of an access point, routinely also give that numeric designation in 383 [625] field. For all works, give all numeric designations that are readily ascertainable in separate 383 [625] fields. |
|
(6.16.1.3.1) Serial number | |
For works | Record: |
with the same title and same medium of performance are consecutively numbered in music reference sources | the serial number |
different works in a consecutively numbered series have different forms of numeric designation, or different words introducing the number and the different forms or words are in the same sources from which the numeric designations for the individual works are taken |
select one form of numeric designation and use it for all the works in the series |
LC-PCC PS: For a serial number that is accompanied in the source by a term such as "number," "book," "collection," etc., apply the following: (Best practices for music cataloging [1456]: Follow LC-PCC PS) |
|
Term: | Use: |
the term is the English word "number" or its abbreviation, or an equivalent word or abbreviation in another language: | the number in the preferred title by the English preceded by the abbreviation "no." |
the term is a non-English term not meaning "number" and the preferred title is in English: | substitute the English equivalent of the term and use an English abbreviation if the non-English term is abbreviated, or the full form of the term if the non-English form is fully spelled out. |
In all other cases: | the term as it appears in the source. |
If no term appears with the number: | the number as a cardinal number and precede it by the English abbreviation "no." ° use Arabic numerals |
(6.16.1.3.2) Opus number | |
Record the opus number, if any, and the number within the opus, if any. ° Best practices for music cataloging [1457]: use "op.", "no.", and Arabic numerals If there is a conflict in opus numbering among works of the same title and medium |
|
(6.16.1.3.3) Thematic index number | |
In the case of certain composers, record the number assigned to a work in a recognized thematic index [881].
Precede the number by. WoO (Werke ohne Opus) numbers should also be taken from a recognized thematic index. LC-PCC PS: A bibliography of thematic indexes used in the Library of Congress/NACO Authority File [919] |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Arrangements, transcriptions, etc. (6.18.1.4) | Sketches (6.18.1.5) | Vocal and choruses scores (6.18.1.6)
A distinguishing characteristic serves to differentiate an expression of a musical work from another expression of the same work (e.g., an arrangement, sketches, vocal score). | |||||
(6.18.1.2) Sources of information | |||||
Take information on other distinguishing characteristics of the expression of a musical work from any source. | |||||
(6.18.1.3) Recording other distinguishing characteristics of the expression | |||||
Best practices for music cataloging, draft: If giving other distinguishing characteristic as a component of an access point, routinely also give other distinguishing characteristic in a 381 [623] field. | |||||
(6.18.1.4) Arrangements, transcriptions, etc. | |||||
Record the word arranged to one or more works, or to parts of one or more works, of one composer that are: ° "serious," "classical," or "art" music (broadly speaking) ° and are » arrangements, transcriptions, versions, settings, etc., in which music for one medium of performance has been rewritten for another medium and/or » simplified versions of previously existing musical works. » arranged, transcribed, etc. by the composer or by someone else ° in the "popular" idiom (e.g., rock, jazz) (broadly speaking) ° only if the expression is either » an instrumental work arranged for vocal or choral performance or » a vocal work arranged for instrumental performance From the LC-PCC PS: The following are not to be considered arrangements:
° Alternative instruments:
° Added accompaniments:
° Song transpositions:
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. |
|||||
(6.18.1.5) Sketches | |||||
If the expression consists of a composer's sketches for one or more musical compositions, record Sketches. | |||||
(6.18.1.6) Vocal and choruses scores | |||||
If the expression is a vocal score or a chorus score, record Vocal score(s) or Chorus score(s) as applicable.
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
For general instructions, see Recording titles of works [872] (RDA 6.2.1)
See also recording: medium of performance [686] (6.15) | numeric designation [779] (6.16) | key [707] (6.17) | other distinguishing characteristic of the expression [785] (6.18)
The preferred title (RDA 6.2.2) for a musical work is ° the title or form of title chosen to identify the musical work ° the basis for the authorized access point representing that work. Sources of information (6.14.2.2) | Choosing the preferred title (6.14.2.3) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.2) Sources of information | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Works created after 1500: Determine the title to be used as the preferred title from resources embodying the work or from reference sources Works created before 1500: Determine the title to be used as the preferred title from modern reference sources. If the evidence of modern reference sources is inconclusive, use (in this order of preference): ° modern editions ° early editions ° manuscript copies |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.3) Choosing the preferred title for a musical work | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Choose the composer's original title in the language in which it was presented. Exceptions: ° Better known: If the work has become better known by another title in the same language, choose it as the preferred title (see also 6.2.2.4–6.2.2.5). ° Long title: If the title is very long, choose (in this order of preference) » a brief title by which the work is commonly identified in reference sources » a brief title devised by the cataloger. ° Numbered sequence: Use the name of the type of composition [497] as the preferred title if: » all the titles of a composer's works include the name of a type of composition and » the works are also cited as a numbered sequence of compositions of that type. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.4) Recording the preferred title for a musical work | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
When recording the title chosen according to 6.14.2.3, omit from the title: ° a statement of medium of performance (even if such a statement is part of a compound word, provided that the resulting word or words is the name of a type of composition) ° key ° serial, opus, and thematic index numbers ° numbers (unless they are an integral part of the title) ° date of composition ° adjectives and epithets not part of the original title of the work See also general guidelines for on recording a title [1459] Examples: The placement of the generic information ahead of the distinctive portion does not mean all of the title (statement of medium included) should be retained. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For pre-twentieth century works, normally consider phrases such as "a due," "a cinque" to be statements of medium of performance and not part of the title as defined in this rule. For pre-twentieth century works with titles such as Duo concertant, Quartetto concertante (but not titles naming a form, such as Sinfonia concertante, Rondeau concertant, etc.), consider the word "concertant" or its equivalent to be an adjective or epithet not part of the original title of the work, and omit it from the preferred title. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.5) Preferred title consisting solely of the name of one type of composition | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
If the application of 6.14.2.3-6.14.2.4 results in a preferred title consisting solely of the name of one type of composition [497], record: ° the accepted form of that name in a language preferred by the agency creating the data.* ° in the plural unless the composer wrote only one work of the type. *LC-PCC PS: Language: Record the accepted form of name in English if the name has an English cognate form or if the same name is used in English. However: For works intended for concert performance called étude, fantasia, or sinfonia concertante or their cognates, record the form of the name in the original language. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Singular vs. plural: When cataloging the first occurrence of a work of a particular type of composition by a composer, choose the preferred title as follows:
When cataloging the second occurrence of a work of a particular type by a composer, if the singular form has been used in the authorized access point for the first work of that type, revise the preferred title to the plural. LC-PCC PS: for both 6.14.2.5 and 6.28.1: When choosing the preferred title for a work for solo voice with accompaniment other than a keyboard stringed instrument alone or without accompaniment having the French title "Mélodie" or "Mélodies," do not translate the title into English. Apply RDA 6.28.1.9 and add the medium of performance of the accompaniment, or "unaccompanied," in the authorized access point. When the English word "Melody" or "Melodies," or their cognates in another language (including French), is the title of a work that is not for solo voice and keyboard stringed instrument, consider it the name of a type of composition. Use the English form as the preferred title and add the medium of performance according to 6.28.1.9 [1454]. Liturgical words or phrases Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Consult the alphabetical list at Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [497] to determine whether the title in question meets the condition of the rule. Do not consider such titles as "Double concerto," "Tripelkonzert," etc. to be names of types of compositions. When a composer uses a word which is normally the name of a type of composition as the title of a work which is definitely not a work of the type designated by the word, do not consider the title to be the name of a type of composition. A title consisting of two words, each of which alone would be the name of a type of composition, may in combination produce a distinctive title. Generally treat such a compound title as a distinctive title. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.6) Duets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record Duets for works variously titled duos, duets, etc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.7) Recording the preferred title for a part or parts of a musical work | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.14.2.8) Compilations of musical works | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
This rule is used for a compilation of works that is not known by a title used in resources embodying that compilation or in reference sources. If a compilation of musical works has become known by a title through use in resources embodying that compilation or in reference sources, apply the instructions at 6.2.2.4-6.2.2.5. For other compilations, record the preferred title for a compilation that consists of, or purports to be, the complete musical works or complete works for a broad or specific medium in various or a single type by a composer by applying the instructions below. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
For music-specific instructions, see Recording preferred titles for musical works [873] (RDA 6.14)
A title of the work is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which a work is known.
There are two categories of titles that identify works: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.2) Sources of information | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take the title or titles of the work from any source. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.3) General guidelines on recording a title | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
When recording a title of a work, apply the guidelines on capitalization, numbers, diacritical marks, initial articles, spacing of initials and acronyms, and abbreviations, at 6.2.1.4-6.2.1.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.4) Capitalization | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capitalize the first word or the abbreviation of the first word in a title and in a title of a part, section, or supplement. Capitalize other words within titles applying the guidelines given in Appendix A, as applicable to the language involved. Other Terms Associated with Titles of Works Thematic index numbers (see 6.16 [1460]): follow the capitalization practice used in the thematic index Titles with unusual capitalization: follow the capitalization of the title as found on the source of information. Do not capitalize:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.5) Numbers expressed as numerals or as words | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the form in which they appear on the source of information | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.6) Diacritics | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record diacritical marks such as accents appearing in a title for a work as they appear on the source of information. Optional addition: Add diacritical marks such as accents that are not present on the source of information. Follow the standard usage for the language of the data. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.7) Initial articles [531] | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The rule says to include the article, but LC applies the alternative: Omit an initial article unless the title for a work is to be accessed under that article (e.g., a title that begins with the name of a person or place). |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.8) Spacing of initials and acronyms and Punctuation and spacing (LC-PCC PS for 1.7.1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.3) Punctuation: Transcribe punctuation as it appears on the source, omitting punctuation on the source that separates data to be recorded as one element from data to be recorded as a different element, or as a second or subsequent instance of an element.
Punctuation/spacing within access points and ending access points
The marks of punctuation are:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.2.1.9) Abbreviations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Use the abbreviations that are integral parts of the title of the work. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Work numbers for authorized access points [121]
A thematic catalog (or thematic index) is a list of works, usually of one composer, but occasionally of a specific collection of a specific institution or of multiple composers, based on medium of performance, type of work, etc. Some may include a detailed description of each work. These descriptions may include one or more of the following:
A catalog may be arranged in chronological order by opus or work number or by some other method, for example, by medium of performance. Those arranged by medium of performance may be sub-arranged in chronological order or by key.
Opus numbers
An opus number is a unique number assigned by a composer or by publishers to some or all of that composer's work or group of works.
According to New Grove, opus number were, until 1800, more common in instrumental music than in vocal music and stage works. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, opus numbers frequently were assigned by the publisher at the time of publication. It was not uncommon for different publishers to issue the same work under different opus numbers or to assign the same opus number to different works by the same composer. Considering all this, it is not safe to assume that opus numbering represents chronological order.
Opus numbers may appear in Arabic or roman form. The word "opus" may be in another language ("œuvre," "soch.," etc.), may be abbreviated ("op.," "œuv.," etc.), or may be another word meaning with the same meaning ("Werk").
WoO numbers
“WoO" is used when most, but not all, of a composer's works have opus numbers. The works that cannot be identified numerically are arranged chronologically or by form or genre and assigned numbers preceded by "WoO." This stands for Werke ohne Opuszahl, or "works without opus numbers." WoO numbers for a composer's works are used in authorized access points for music when they appear in a thematic index, in reference sources, or on published works.
Serial numbers
Serial numbers are usually assigned by the composer to a group of work of the same type of composition or in the same form in the order in which the works were written. Serial numbers that have been assigned posthumously are generally not used in authorized access points for music.
Work numbers (or thematic index numbers) are assigned by the person who creates a catalog of a composer's works. A "thematic index" or "thematic catalog" may be arranged chronologically, by medium of performance, by type of composition, or by some other criterion.
Thematic index numbers generally have an alphabetic prefix in the form of an initial or acronym. An initial may be first initial of the compiler's last name. The "K." in Mozart's thematic index number stands for Ludwig Köchel, the organizer of Mozart's works. When the numbers are taken from a reference source other than a thematic index, the first initial of the last name of the author of the article or book may be used. The thematic index numbers for Michel de Lalande are taken from the article by Sawkins in New Grove and are preceded by the letter "S." Two letters may represent the first initials of the composer's first and last names, as is the case with "MH," for Michael Haydn, or multiple authors of the composer's thematic index, such as "BI," standing for Bianchi and Inzaghi's index of Alessandro Rolla's works.
A thematic index number may also be an acronym representing the title of the thematic index. The letters in the thematic index numbers for J. S. Bach's works, "BWV," stand for Bach-Werke-Verzeichnis [Bach Work List], compiled by Wolfgang Schmieder.
Some thematic index numbers include indication of key, such as those for Johann Friedrich Fasch or Georg Philipp Telemann. In the following examples, the "FWV" is taken from the title of the thematic index for Fasch, Verzeichnis der Werke von Johann Friedrich Fasch [List of works by Johann Friedrich Fasch]. The thematic index is divided into sections by type of work/medium of performance, with each section assigned a letter. The letter is given in uppercase in an authorized access point. Section L lists Fasch's concertos. The letter following the colon signifies key, with uppercase letters for major keys and lowercase letters for minor keys. The number following the key indicates the position of that work within the sequence of works in that category and in that key, with numbers assigned by the compiler of the thematic index.
Thematic index number | Key |
FWV L:D11 | D major |
FWV L:e1 | E minor |
The thematic index numbers for Telemann's instrumental music are from Telemann-Werkverzeichnis, Instrumentalwerke [Telemann work list, instrumental works]. The source is divided into numbered sections. Section 42 includes works for two instruments and continuo, further subdivided by key.
Thematic index number | Key |
TWV 42:f1 | F minor |
TWV 42:F5 | F major |
Thematic catalogs may be superceded by newer catalogs. For example, the harpsichord sonatas of Domenico Scarlatti are currently assigned "K." numbers, for Ralph Kirkpatrick's ordering of the sonatas. Previously, "L." numbers, for Alessandro Longo's organization of the sonatas, were used. Generally, when a new thematic catalog is issued, it includes a concordance referring the new numbers to the numbers used in the older catalog.
When no thematic index exists for a composer, and some or all the works of that composer have been published in a monographic series, the numbering system by which the works have been organized in that source may be used. Work numbers for several early British composers, such as John Bull, William Byrd, Orlando Gibbons, and John Ward, are taken from the series Musica Britannica. Work numbers for these composers are preceded by "MB." The number in this authorized access point for a work by John Bull is taken from Musica Britannica volume 14, which is Bull's keyboard music. The work is number 25 in that volume:
Bull, John, -1628. In nomines, keyboard instrument, MB 25, A minor
For a list of thematic indexes currently being used in the creation of authorized and variant access points in the Library of Congress/NACO Authority File (LC/NAF), see the Music Library Association Cataloging and Metadata Committee's Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784]
Sources:
Koth, Michelle. Uniform titles for music. Lanham, Md: Scarecrow Press, 2008.
Classical music cataloging systems explained [1462]
Thematic catalog (index) in The Harvard dictionary of music
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
This is a list of types of composition for which there are corresponding subject headings.
Types of compositions that do not have corresponding subject headings (e.g., capriccios, impromptus, nocturnes) are not listed here.
For more information about the types of composition listed here, see Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music [1463].
For the purposes of this list, brief instructions for the subject headings are in the "Comments" column.
*These brief comments are not meant to replace information found in the Library of Congress Subject Cataloging Manual. For complete instructions on the subject headings, consult the Subject Cataloging Manual or the subject authority record for a specific subject heading.
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | XYZ
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Agnus Dei | Agnus Dei (Music) | Do not include medium of performance in either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Allemande/Allemandes | Allemandes | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for allemandes for a specific medium. |
Anthem/Anthems | Anthems | For collections of anthems for various mediums of performance; assign an an additional heading for individual anthems and collections for a specific medium of performance, e.g., 1. Anthems. 2. Choruses [1464], Sacred (Mixed voices, 4 parts [1465]), Unaccompanied. |
Aria/Arias Arietta/Ariettas |
Songs | For solo voice with secular texts; for art songs, qualify the heading as appropriate by voice range and specification of accompaniment, e.g., Songs (High voice) with piano; Songs with orchestra; Songs, Unaccompanied. |
Sacred songs | For solo voice with sacred texts; qualify the heading as appropriate by voice range and specification of accompaniment, e.g., Sacred songs (High voice) with piano; Sacred songs with string orchestra; Sacred songs, Unaccompanied. | |
Ave Maria | Ave Maria (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for ayres for a specific medium, e.g., Choruses, Sacred (Women's voices) with organ. |
Ayre/Ayres | Ayres | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for ayres for a specific medium, e.g., Songs (High voice) with lute. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Ballad/Ballads | Ballads | For collections of ballads in various unrelated languages. Works in a single language or group of languages are entered under this heading with language qualifier, e.g., Ballads, English. |
Ballade/Ballades (instrumental) |
Ballades (Instrumental music) | For ballades for a specific medium, a second heading is assigned, e.g. 1. Ballades (Instrumental music) 2. Piano music. |
Ballade/Ballades (vocal) |
Ballades (Polyphonic chansons) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Ballett/Balletts | Balletti (Part songs) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Barcarolle/Barcarolles Barcarollette/Barcarollettes |
Barcaroles new subject heading | There is no scope note in the subject authority record concerning qualifying by medium of performance. |
Basse danse | Basses danses (Music) | There is no scope note in the subject authority record concerning qualifying by medium of performance. |
Beguine/Beguines | Beguines (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for beguines for a specific medium. |
Blues | Blues (Music) | Assigned to blues with voice(s) or for two or more instrumentalists; LC is not qualifying this heading by medium of performance; headings for individual instruments may be qualified by "(Blues)". |
Bolero/Boleros | Boleros (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for boleros for a specific medium. |
Bossa nova | Bossa nova (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for bossa nova for a specific medium. |
Bourrée/Bourrées | Bourrées | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for bourrées for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Canción/Canciónes for vocal works |
Songs | See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Canon/Canons | Canons, fugues, etc. | For collections of canons, fugues, and similar compositions for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual canons, fugues, etc. and collections of canons, fugues, etc. for a specific medium of performance. |
Cantata/Cantatas | Cantatas | For collections of sacred and secular cantatas for chorus of mixed voices or for various types of chorus (men's, mixed, women's, etc.). |
Cantatas, Sacred | For sacred cantatas for mixed voices or collections of sacred cantatas for various groups of voices (men's, mixed, women's, etc.). | |
Cantatas, Secular | For secular cantatas for mixed voices or collections of secular cantatas for various groups of voices (men's, mixed, women's, etc.). | |
Solo cantatas | For collections of sacred and secular solo cantatas for various ranges of voices (high, low, medium). | |
Solo cantatas, Sacred | For collections of sacred solo cantatas for various ranges of solo voice (high, low, medium), collections for various combinations of two or more solo voices, or combinations of these types, and individual works for two or more solo voices. Assign an additional heading is assigned for the medium of performance for collections for the same combination of two or more solo voices, and individual works, e.g., 1. Solo cantatas, Sacred. 2. Sacred vocal duets; 1. Solo cantatas, Sacred. 2. Sacred vocal duets with orchestra; 1. Solo cantatas, Sacred. 2. Sacred vocal trios with organ. | |
Solo cantatas, Secular | For collections of secular solo cantatas for various voice ranges (high, low, medium). | |
Canticle/Canticles | Canticles | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Canto/Canti/Cantos for vocal works |
Songs | See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Canzonet/Canzonets Canzonetta/Canzonettas |
Canzonets (Part songs) | For collections of canzonets and individual canzonets in more than one language. Collections of canzonets and individual canzonets in a single language are entered under the heading qualified by the language, e.g. Canzonets (Part songs), English. |
Carol/Carols | Carols | For collections of carols in various languages. Collections of carols and individual carols in a single language are entered under the heading qualified by the language, e.g. Carols, English. |
Cassation/Cassations | Suites | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Catch/Catches | Glees, catches, rounds, etc. | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Chacarera/Chacareras | Chacareras (Music) | [Although there is no scope note indicating such, this subject heading is not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for chacareras for a specific medium.] |
Chaconne/Chaconnes | Chaconnes | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Chanson/Chansons (14th to 16th centuries) |
Polyphonic chansons | See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Chanson/Chansons | Songs | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Chant/Chants for vocal works |
Chants [name of rite] chants |
See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; do not include medium of performance in the subject heading; include the name of rite, e.g., Byzantine chants, Gregorian chants, etc., when applicable |
Choralbearbeitung/Choralbearbeitungen Chorale prelude/Chorale preludes Choralvorspiel/Choralvorspiele Choral-Vorspiel/Choral-Vorspiele |
Chorale preludes | Implied medium of performance: organ; for other mediums of performance, use the heading followed by the medium, e.g. Chorale preludes (Orchestra) |
Chorale/Chorales | Chorales | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Choro/Choros | Choros | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for choros for a specific medium. |
Chorinho/Chorinhos | Choros | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for choros for a specific medium. |
Concertino/Concertinos Concerto/Concertos |
Concertos | For concertos accompanied by full orchestra, use the heading followed by the solo instrument(s) in parentheses, e.g. Concertos (Piano); for concertos with accompaniment of an ensemble other than full orchestra, name the type of ensemble in the parenthetical statement following the word "with," e.g. Concertos (Flute with chamber orchestra) |
Concerto grosso/Concerti grossi | Concerti grossi | Use for a collections of concerti grossi; for an individual concerto grosso, use the heading "Concertos" with medium of performance. |
Conductus | Conductus | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Country dance/Country dances | Country-dances (Music) | Although there is no scope note with instructions to not qualify this heading by medium of performance, there are references from the heading qualified by medium; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for country dances for a specific medium. |
Courante/Courantes | Courantes | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for courantes for a specific medium. |
Credo | Credo (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Czarda/Czardas | Czardas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for czardas for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Dance/Dances | Dance music | For collections of miscellaneous dance music; individual dances are entered under headings for the dance form, e.g., Polkas; Waltzes. |
Divertimentino/Divertimentinos Divertimento/Divertimenti |
Suites | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Division/Divisions Divisions on a ground |
Variations | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Double canon/Double canons | Canons, fugues, etc. | For collections of canons, fugues, and similar compositions for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual canons, fugues, etc. and collections of canons, fugues, etc. for a specific medium of performance. |
Duet/Duets Duettino/Duettinos |
Duets | For collections of compositions for various combinations of two instruments; collections of compositions and individual works for the same two specified instruments are entered under medium of performance headings, e.g., Bassoon and piano music; Violin music (Violins (2)); collections of compositions and individual works for 2 unspecified instruments or for 1 specified instrument and 1 unspecified instrument are entered under Duets followed by the medium of performance. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Ecossaise/Ecossaises | Ecossaises | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for ecossaises for a specific medium. |
Entr'acte/Entr'actes | Entr'acte music | |
Estampie/Estampies | Estampies | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for fandangos for a specific medium. |
Estudio/Estudios Etude/Etudes Étude/Études Etüde/Etüden |
‡v Studies and exercises | For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments |
Exercise/Exercises | ‡v Studies and exercises | For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Fandango/Fandangos | Fandangos | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for fandangos for a specific medium. |
Fanfare/Fanfares | Fanfares | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for fanfares for a specific medium. |
Finale/Finales | Finales (Music) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Foxtrot/Foxtrots | Foxtrots | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for foxtrots for a specific medium. |
Fugue/Fugues Fughetta/Fughettas |
Canons, fugues, etc. | For collections of canons, fugues, and similar compositions for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual canons, fugues, etc. and collections of canons, fugues, etc. for a specific medium of performance. |
Furiant/Furiants | Furiants | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for furiants for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Galliard/Galliards | Galliards | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for galliards for a specific medium. |
Galop/Galops | Galops | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for galops for a specific medium. |
Gavotte/Gavottes | Gavottes | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for gavottes for a specific medium. |
Gesang/Gesänge | Songs | For works for solo voice, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Gigue/Gigues | Jigs | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for jigs for a specific medium. |
Glee/Glees | Glees, catches, rounds, etc. | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Gloria | Gloria in excelsis Deo (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Gradual/Graduals | Graduals (Chants) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Guajira/Guajiras for vocal works |
Guajiras | |
Gyakorlat/Gyakorlatok | ‡v Studies and exercises | For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Habanera/Habaneras | Habaneras | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for habaneras for a specific medium. |
Hornpipe/Hornpipes | Hornpipes | Not qualified by medium of performance. For hornpipes for a specific medium, an additional heading is assigned for the medium of performance. |
Hymn/Hymns | Hymns | For collections of hymns and hymns of a particular denomination, with qualification, when appropriate, by language, e.g. Hymns, English. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
In nomine/In nomines | In nomine (Music) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Interlude/Interludes | Interludes (Music) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Introit/Introits | Introits (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Jota/Jotas | Jotas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for jotas for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Krakowiak/Krakowiaks | Krakowiaks | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for krakowiaks for a specific medium. |
Kyrie | Kyrie eleison (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Ländler | Ländler (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for Ländler for a specific medium. |
Laulu/Laulut | Songs | For works for solo voice, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Lied/Lieder | Songs | For works for solo voice, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Madrigal/Madrigals | Madrigals | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for madrigals for a specific medium. For madrigals in a single language, qualify the heading by language, e.g. Madrigals, English. |
Magnificat/Magnificats | Magnificat (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Mambo/Mambos | Mambos (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for mambos for a specific medium. |
March/Marches Marcietta/Marciettas |
Marches | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Mass/Masses | Masses | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Mazurka/Mazurkas | Mazurkas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for mazurkas for a specific medium. |
Mélodie/Mélodies | Songs | For vocal works, see song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Milonga/Milongas | Milongas (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for milongas for a specific medium. |
Minuet/Minuets | Minuets | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for minuets for a specific medium. |
Miserere | Psalms (Music)--51st Psalm or Psalms (Music)--57th Psalm |
Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Modinha/Modinhas | Modinhas | [Although there is no scope note indicating such, this subject heading is not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for modinhas for a specific medium.] |
Motet/Motets | Motets | For collections of motets for various mediums of performance; assign an an additional heading for individual motets and collections for a specific medium. |
Musicals | Musicals | For theatrical productions, principally of 20th century American or British origin, consisting of musical numbers (songs, ensembles, and dances) integrated into a dramatic framework. |
Revues | For theatrical productions featuring a series of songs, dances, and other entertainments without any unifying dramatic element. | |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Noël/Noëls | Carols, French | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Nonet/Nonets | Nonets | For collections of compositions for nine instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of nine instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Octet/Octets | Octets | For collections of compositions for eight instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of eight instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Offertory/Offertories | Offertories (Music) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Overture/Overtures | Overtures | For overtures for orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for overtures for other mediums of performance. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Part song/Part songs Part-song/Part-songs Partsong/Partsongs |
Part songs | Secular vocal chamber music works for solo voices or chorus, unaccompanied or with instruments, including collections and individual works in more than one language; part songs in a single language are entered under the heading qualified by the language, e.g. ‡a Part songs, English |
Partita/Partitas | Suites | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Pasodoble/Pasodobles | Pasodobles | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for pasodobles for a specific medium. |
Passacaglia/Passacaglias | Passacaglias | For collections of passacaglias for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for individual passacaglias and collections of passacaglias for a specific medium of performance. |
Passamezzo/Passamezzos | Passamezzos | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for passamezzos for a specific medium. |
Passepied/Passepieds | Passepieds | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for passepieds for a specific medium. |
Pastoral/Pastorals Pastorale/Pastorales |
Pastoral music (Secular) | For instrumental and vocal pastoral(e)s; for sacred pastoral(e)s, assign the appropriate subject heading for the vocal form. |
Pavan/Pavans | Pavans | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for pavans for a specific medium. |
Polka/Polkas | Polkas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for polkas for a specific medium. |
Polonaise/Polonaises | Polonaises | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for polonaises for a specific medium. |
Potpourri/Potpourris Pot-pourri/Pot-pourris |
Potpourris | For collections of musical potpourris for various mediums of performance; enter individual compositions and collections of potpourris for a single medium of performance under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier indicating the medium. |
Prélude de choral/Préludes de chorals | Chorale preludes | For compositions originally written or arranged for organ; for other mediums of performance, use the heading followed by the medium, e.g. Chorale preludes (Orchestra) |
Psalm/Psalms | Psalms (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; for collections of various Psalms set to music and individual compositions with text from several Psalms; for individual works with text from a single Psalm, indicate the specific Psalm in ‡v, e.g., Psalms (Music) ‡v 100th Psalm. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Quadrille/Quadrilles | Quadrilles | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for quadrilles for a specific medium. |
Quartet/Quartets Quartettino/Quartettinos |
Quartets | For collections of compositions for four instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of four instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Quintet/Quintets Quintettino/Quintettinos |
Quintets | For collections of compositions for five instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of five instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Quodlibet/Quodlibets | Quodlibets (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for quodlibets for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Rag/Rags | Ragtime music | May be used as a qualifier under headings for certain individual instruments, e.g., Piano music (Ragtime) |
Requiem/Requiems | Requiems | For requiems for mixed voices and collections of requiems for various groups of voices (men's, mixed, women's, etc.); for individual requiems and collections of requiems for one group of voices, add the name of that vocal group in parentheses, e.g., Requiems (Men's voices) |
Rhapsody/Rhapsodies | Rhapsodies (Music) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Rigaudon/Rigaudons | Rigaudons | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for rigaudons for a specific medium. |
Romance/Romances (instrumental) |
Romances (Music) | Include medium of performance in uniform title; subject heading not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for romances for a specific medium |
Romance/Romances (vocal) |
Songs | See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Rondeau/Rondeaux | Rondeaux (Polyphonic chansons) | Do not include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Rondino/Rondinos Rondo/Rondos Rondoletto/Rondolettos |
Rondos | For collections of rondos for various mediums of performance; enter individual compositions and collections of rondos for a single medium of performance under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier indicating the medium. |
Rumba/Rumbas | Rumbas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for rumbas for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Saltarello/Saltarellos | Saltarellos | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for saltarellos for a specific medium. |
Salve Regina | Salve Regina (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Samba/Sambas | Sambas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sambas for a specific medium. |
Sanctus | Sanctus (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Saraband/Sarabands | Sarabands | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sarabands for a specific medium. |
Sardana/Sardanas | Sardanas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sardanas for a specific medium. |
Scherzando/Scherzandos Scherzettino/Scherzettinos Scherzino/Scherzinos Scherzino/Scherzinos Scherzo/Scherzos |
Scherzos | For collections of scherzos for various mediums of performance; enter individual compositions and collections of scherzos for a single medium of performance under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier indicating the medium. |
Seguidilla/Seguidillas | Seguidillas (Music) | For both instrumental and vocal seguidillas. |
Septet/Septets | Septets | For collections of compositions for seven instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of seven instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Serenade/Serenades | Suites | For instrumental music. |
Sevillana/Sevillanas | Sevillanas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sevillanas for a specific medium. [instructions based on LC practice.] |
Sextet/Sextets | Sextets | For collections of compositions for six instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of six instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Siciliana/Sicilianas | Sicilianas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for sicilianas for a specific medium. |
Sinfonia/Sinfonie Sinfonietta/Sinfoniettas |
Symphonies | For symphonies for orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for symphonies for other mediums of performance. |
Son/Sones | Sones | there is no scope note in the subject authority record concerning qualifying by medium of performance. |
Sonata/Sonatas Sonatille/Sonatilles Sonatina/Sonatinas Sonatinetta/Sonatinettas |
Sonatas | For works for one or two solo instruments; for collections of compositions for one or two solo instruments; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for individual sonatas and collections of sonatas for a specific medium of performance; sonatas for three or more solo instruments are entered under headings for the medium of performance; for sonatas for two melody instruments and continuo, see trio sonatas. |
Song/Songs | Songs | See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Spiritual/Spirituals TYPE when a vocal work |
Spirituals (Songs) | Not qualified by medium of performance or format subdivision |
Stabat Mater | Stabat Mater dolorosa (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Studie/Studien Studio/Studi Study/Studies |
‡v Studies and exercises | For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments |
Suite/Suites | Suites | Include medium of performance in both when appropriate |
Symphonic poem/Symphonic poems Sinfonische Dichtung/Sinfonische Dichtungen Sinfonische Gedicht/Sinfonische Gedichte Symphonische Dichtung/Symphonische Dichtungen |
Symphonic poems | Implied medium of performance: orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for symphonic poems for other mediums of performance. |
Symphony/Symphonies Sinfonietta/Sinfoniettas |
Symphonies | Implied medium of performance: orchestra; add medium of performance in parentheses to this heading for symphonies for other mediums of performance. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Tango/Tangos | Tangos | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for tangos for a specific medium. |
Tarantella/Tarantellas | Tarantellas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for tarantellas for a specific medium. |
Te Deum | Te Deum laudamus (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Terzettino/Terzettinos | Trios | For collections of compositions for three instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of three instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Toccata/Toccatas Toccatina/Toccatinas |
Toccatas | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for toccatas for a specific medium. |
Trio/Trios | Trios | For collections of compositions for three instruments belonging to various families and in various combinations; for collections of compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for a single combination of three instruments, and individual works, enter under this heading followed by a parenthetical qualifier with the names of the instruments; precede the heading with the name of the instrumental family [1467] when all are from the same family. |
Trio sonata/Trio sonatas | Trio sonatas | For collections of trio sonatas for two melody instruments and continuo; add medium of performance to this heading for individual trio sonatas and collections of trio sonatas for two specific melody instruments and continuo; for sonatas for one or two solo instruments, see sonatas. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Übung/Übungen | ‡v Studies and exercises | For pedagogical works; form subdivision under individual musical instruments and families of instruments |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Variation/Variations | Variations | For collections of variations for various mediums of performance; add medium of performance to this heading for individual variations and collections of variations for a specific medium of performance. |
Vesper/Vespers | Vespers (Music) | Do not include medium of performance to either; medium of performance may be used in uniform title to resolve conflicts |
Villancico/Villancicos | Villancicos (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; villancicos for a specific medium, assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for villancicos for a specific medium, e.g. Part songs, Spanish. |
Villanella/Villanelle | Villanelle (Part songs) | For vocal works. |
Vocalise/Vocalises | Vocalises | See song [1466] for medium of performance for uniform titles; include medium of performance in the subject heading |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Waltz/Waltzes | Waltzes | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for waltzes for a specific medium. |
Type | Subject heading | Comments* |
Zortzico/Zortzicos | Zortzikos (Music) | Not qualified by medium of performance; assign an additional heading for the medium of performance for zortzikos for a specific medium. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Preferred titles [8]
See also Thematic catalogs [881]
Many composer's works are assigned work (or thematic index) numbers [1468] in addition to or in place of opus or serial numbers.
For a list of thematic indexes currently being used in the creation of authorized and variant access points in the Library of Congress/NACO Authority File (LC/NAF), see the Music Library Association Cataloging and Metadata Committee's Thematic Indexes Used in Library of Congress NACO Authority Files [784]
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also Preferred titles [8]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Terminology | Abbreviations | Dimensions | Recording and transcribing | Inaccuracies, omissions | Dashes, brackets
Chief/preferred source | Edition statement | Publication statement | Publication dates and copyright/phonogram dates
Extent (RDA 3.4)/Physical description (AACR2) | Physical description of sound recordings | General material designation | Notation | Uniform titles/Preferred titles
Sources: RDA and sound recordings—a cataloging workshop [1509] by Kathy Glennan A brief introduction to RDA for scores & sound recordings [1505] by Nancy Lorimer Changes from AACR2 to RDA: a comparison of examples [1510] by Adam L. Schiff, Principal Cataloger, University of Washington Libraries Significant changes for cataloging music: AACR2 vs. RDA [1511] by Daniel Paradis, Concordia University |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Terminology: Some RDA terminology differs from that of AACR2: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
heading | authorized access point (AAP) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
uniform title | preferred title [8]; conventional collective title | ||||||||||||||||||||||
physical description | carrier [1512] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
sound disc, etc. | audio disc, etc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
author | creator (includes composers, librettists, lyricists) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
performer | contributor | ||||||||||||||||||||||
chief source | preferred sources [1478] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
general material designator | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Abbreviations: [1472]
From Kathy Glennan, MLA-L, 1/17/2014
Abbreviations are used only when they appear on the resource. The exceptions are no. and op. (which will be used the same way as they were in AACR2: in the title area, abbreviate only when abbreviated on the item; abbreviate in access points), thematic index numbers, voice range (SATB, etc.), and units of measurements. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
p. | pages | ||||||||||||||||||||||
ca. | approximately | ||||||||||||||||||||||
i.e. | that is | ||||||||||||||||||||||
acc. | accompanied | ||||||||||||||||||||||
unacc. | unaccompanied | ||||||||||||||||||||||
arr. | arranged | ||||||||||||||||||||||
ill. | illustrations | ||||||||||||||||||||||
col. | color | ||||||||||||||||||||||
facsim. | facsimile | ||||||||||||||||||||||
ed. | edition | ||||||||||||||||||||||
S.l. | [place of publication not identified] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
s.n. | [publisher not identified] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
n.d. | [date of publication not identified] | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of some of changes to abbreviations used in the physical description (extent of item) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
3 vol. | 3 volumes | ||||||||||||||||||||||
ca. 200 p. | approximately 200 pages | ||||||||||||||||||||||
48 [i.e. 96] p. | 48, that is, 96 pages | ||||||||||||||||||||||
[16] p. of plates | 16 unnumbered pages [1513] of plates | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dimensions [1514]: AACR2: the system of measurement used to record dimensions varies depending on the type of resource. RDA: metric units are used. (LCPS 3.5.1.3 allows for using inches for discs (RDA 3.5.1.4.4)) Metric units: Examples of changes to abbreviations used in dates [1515] in authorized access points representing persons (formerly known as name headings) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA | LC practice (when it varies from RDA) | |||||||||||||||||||||
b. 1825 | born 1825 | 1825- | |||||||||||||||||||||
d. 1859 | died 1859 | -1859 | |||||||||||||||||||||
fl. | flourished | active | |||||||||||||||||||||
ca. 1837 | approximately 1837 | ---- | |||||||||||||||||||||
1836 or 7 | 1836 or 1837 | ---- | |||||||||||||||||||||
18th cent. | 18th century | ---- | |||||||||||||||||||||
16th/17th cent. | active 16th century-17th century | ---- | |||||||||||||||||||||
Recording and transcribing: RDA differentiates between recording and transcribing [1470] elements. ° Recorded elements: the found information is often adjusted ° Transcribed elements: the data is accepted as found on the resource ° The transcribed elements are:
New to RDA: Other things: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Inaccuracies, omissions [1517]: AACR2: Inaccuracies are transcribed followed either by [sic] or by "i.e." and the correction in square brackets. Missing letter(s) are supplied in square brackets. RDA: Inaccuracies are transcribed as they appear on the source of information. If necessary, a note may be made correcting the inaccuracy, and the title as corrected may be recorded as a variant title if it is considered important for access. Examples RDA 1.7.9, 2.3.1.4 AACR2 1.0F RDA 1.7.9, 2.3.1.4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Dashes, brackets AACR2: ... (ellipses) and [ ] square brackets are replace by — and ( ). RDA: The punctuation is transcribed as it appears on the source. Example AACR2 1.1B1F RDA 1.7.3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief/preferred source [1478]: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Title: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
*Use the label: ° even when there is a collective title elsewhere on the resource ° only if the information found there represents the resource as a whole For multi-disc sets, use the labels collectively |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Edition statement [725]: (250 field) will now encompass elements relating to the format of music that were scattered over various areas in AACR2: ° Musical presentation statement (e.g., Score and parts), an AACR2 element tagged in the 254 field ° Statements of responsibility relating to the format of music (e.g., vocal score by [name]), currently tagged in 245/‡c ° Voice range statements (e.g., High voice) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Publication statement [794]: A new, repeatable MARC field (264) is used for production, publication, distribution, printing, and copyright date
Abbreviations [1472] are not used unless they appear on the resource. Place of publication: if more than one, only the first is required (2.8.2) Place, name, and/or date of publication not identified on resource: from: RDA Basics [1518] (PPT) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Publication dates and copyright (©)/phonogram (![]() If the date of publication is unknown, use [Date of publication not identified] or an estimated date in brackets, with a question mark, if necessary. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Extent [1485] (RDA 3.4)/Physical description (AACR2): The number and type of units (a physical or logical constituent of a resource; e.g., a volume, audiocassette, film reel, a map, a digital file) and/or subunit (a physical or logical subdivision of a unit; e.g., a page of a volume, a frame of a microfiche, a record in a digital file) Give the extent if the resource is complete or if the total extent is known Use the appropriate term, which may be a term from the carrier type list (3.3.1.3 [1512]) or a general term (3.4.1.3) Notated music: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA (see 7.20.13 or metadata registry [1520] for a full list of terms) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
v. of music, p. of music, leaves of music | score | ||||||||||||||||||||||
close score | condensed score (now used for both vocal and instrumental scores) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
miniature score | study score | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples | |||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
16 p. of music | 1 score (16 pages) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
1 miniature score | 1 study score | ||||||||||||||||||||||
1 close score | 1 condensed score | ||||||||||||||||||||||
1 sound disc | 1 audio disc | ||||||||||||||||||||||
1 sound cassette | 1 audiocassette | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Physical description of sound recordings: Most terms for types of carriers used in the extent are modified. The word "sound" is discontinued to avoid confusion with content. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
AACR2 | RDA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
sound cartridge | audio cartridge | ||||||||||||||||||||||
sound disc | audio disc | ||||||||||||||||||||||
piano, [etc.] roll | audio roll | ||||||||||||||||||||||
sound cassette | audiocassette | ||||||||||||||||||||||
sound tape reel | audio tape | ||||||||||||||||||||||
sound track film reel, [cassette, etc.] | sound-track reel | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Additionally, some details are given even if they are standard for the type of resource: ° type of recording: analog, digital (3.16.2.3) ° recording medium (3.16.3.3) ° playing speed (3.16.4.3) ° groove characteristic (3.16.5.3) (e.g., microgroove) ° track configuration (3.16.6.3) ° tape configure (number of tracks on an audiotape) (3.16.7.3) (e.g., 12 track) ° playback (3.16.8.3) (e.g., mono, stereo) ° special playback characteristics (3.16.9.3) (e.g., Dolby, CD audio, DVD audio, MP3, SACD) ° tape configuration (number of tracks on an audiotape) ° dimensions of cartridges and cassettes, including the width of the tape ° metric units are used for dimensions, but RDA allows for the use of another system of measure (e.g., inches: 4 3/4 in.) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
General material designation:
Three new fields (336, 337, 338) collectively replace the General material designation (245 ‡h) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Notation [1521]: indicating type of notation, even with it is staff notation, is required in RDA (7.13; see also metadata registry [1522]) and is given in the 546 field: graphic notation [1523], letter notation [1524], mensural notation [1525], neumatic notation [1526], number notation [1527], solmization [1528], staff notation, tablature [1529], tonic sol-fa [1530]. | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Uniform titles/Preferred titles (See also A comparison of uniform titles (AACR2) and preferred titles (RDA) [870] In progress) Two separate steps in RDA 1. record attributes (6.2-6.26) 2. determine which attributes to use in the authorized access point (6.27-6.31) Authorized access points comprise Differences from AACR2: |
RDA open metadata registry [1532] (controlled lists of vocabulary to be used in RDA) related to music:
° carrier type [1533] (includes all, not just music)
° content type: notated music [1534], tactile notated music [1535], performed music [1536]
° format: notated music [1537]
° extent: notated music [1520], performed music [1538] (includes non-audio carriers that may or may not apply to performed music)
Specific to sound recordings:
° type of recording [1539], configuration of playback channels [1540], special playback characteristics [1541], generation of audio recording [1542]
Specific to notated music:
° other distinguishing characteristics of the expression of a musical work [1543]
Medium of performance:
° medium of performance [1544], instrumental music for orchestra, string orchestra, or band [1545], standard combinations of instruments [1546], solo voices [1547], choruses [1548]
See also Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music [684] (not RDA)
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
name headings | other areas of the bib record | calendar divisions, time periods | other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc. | Miscellaneous See also Capitalization of key, opus, and numbers [527]
Name headings | |||||
Personal name headings (See also Recording names (RDA 8.4-8.5) [1488]) | |||||
English (A10-A.30) | French (A.40) | German (A.41) | Italian (A.43) | Spanish (A.53) | |
Prefixes [1490] | if in a language other than English, follow the usage of the person; if in doubt, capitalize it | prefixes consisting of an article or contraction of an article and a preposition | |||
Names of corporate bodies | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
Yes: capitalize the first word of each name ° the name of an international organization or alliance » the full name of a legislative or judicial body; administrative department, bureau, or office; armed force (or component part of an armed force) and an accepted shortened form of name for any of these; ° the name of an institution, association, conference, company, religious denomination or order, local church, etc., or of a department or division and a noun, noun phrase, adjective, or adjectival phrase derived from the name that refers to a member or members of the body but No: an article preceding the name, even when it is part of the official name; a generic word (e.g., society, company, conference) when used alone or with an article |
1st word, adjective preceding 1st noun, the 1st noun, all proper nouns | 1st word, proper nouns, religious terms, word following an adjective denoting royal or pontifical privilege | |||
(A.2.1) For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form | |||||
Other areas of the bibliographic record | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
Nouns | No ° Plural generic term belonging to two or more proper names Yes: when it precedes the distinctive nouns No: when it follows the nouns. |
capitalize nouns denoting nationality | Yes | ||
Titles of persons | Yes: ° any title or term of honour or address that immediately precedes a personal name; ° the name or abbreviation of an academic degree, honour, religious order, etc.; ° esquire, junior, senior and their abbreviations; ° religious title; ° term of honour or respect; ° epithet occurring with, or used in place of, a personal name; ° name of a people, race, tribe, or ethnic or linguistic group and an adjective derived from such a name; ° name of a language |
No: titles designation rank or office Yes: titles of address or reference ° Saint: No: when refers to a person; Yes: otherwise |
Yes for ceremonial titles consisting of a possessive pronoun and a noun expressing an abstract quality; No: otherwise ° San (santo, etc.): No: when refers to a person; Yes: when it is abbreviated and when it is an integral part of the name of a place, a building, etc. |
Yes: ° titles of honour and address when they are abbreviated; ° Su Excelencia, Su Majestad, etc., when used alone, written out or abbreviated but No: when used with a name or another title |
|
Proper name derivatives | No: a word derived from a personal or place name when it is used with a specialized meaning | No: names of and adjective derived from names of: » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations; » religions; » languages; ° adjectives derived from geographic names ° common noun used as a generic word in a geographic name Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality |
Yes: adjectives that consist of a personal name followed by an apostrophe and the ending –sche (including its inflected forms, but No: other adjectives containing a personal name Yes: ° indeclinable adjectives derived from geographic names; ° adjectives, pronouns, and numerals used as parts of a name or title No: proper adjectives |
No: names of and adjective derived from names of: » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations; » religions; » languages; ° adjectives derived geographic and personal names; Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality |
No |
Personal pronouns | No | No | No but Yes: Sie and Ihr and their inflected forms when used in formal address | No: io but Yes: pronouns of formal address | No: yo but Yes: pronouns of formal address |
Geographic names | Yes: name of a geographic feature, region, etc. but No: a descriptive adjective not part of an accepted name | ||||
Political divisions | Yes: ° the name of a political division (e.g., a country, state, province, city); ° a popular name of a place, or the name of a legendary place; ° a word such as empire, kingdom, state, country, and city following a proper name if it is a commonly accepted part of the name but No: when such a word when used alone to indicate a political division. |
Yes: état when it refers to the nation | Yes: stato when it refers to the nation | ||
Names of structures, streets, etc. | Yes: ° the name of a building, monument, or other structure, and the name of a road or street No: words such as avenue, bridge, hotel, and park when they are used alone |
No: rue and its synonyms ° église: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution |
No: via and its synonyms ° chiesa: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution |
° iglesia: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution | |
Calendar divisions, time periods | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
days of the week months seasons centuries cultural periods holidays |
Yes Yes No Yes |
No No |
No No Yes when proper names |
No No |
|
Other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc. | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
Single letters used as words or parts of compounds (e.g., A major; A-Dur [1549]) | Yes including ° the interjection O or Oh; ° a letter that refers to a letter of the alphabet. |
See Capitalization of key [1549] | |||
Hyphenated compounds | 1st part: Yes: when guidelines require 2nd part: Yes: when » it is a noun or a proper adjective; » it has the same force as the 1st part No: when » it modifies the 1st part; » the 2 parts constitute a single word |
||||
Hyphenated prefixes | No: when joined by a hyphen to a capitalized word, unless other guidelines require its capitalization | ||||
Miscellaneous | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
No: ° cardinal numbers under one million; ° adverbs; ° verbal phrases; ° adjectives modifying nouns that are implied if the noun has been expressed elsewhere in the same sentence; ° fractions when they directly precede a noun or a cardinal number |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
General guidelines on constructing access points (9.19.1) | Title or other designation (9.19.1.2) | Date of birth and/or death (9.19.1.3) | Fuller form of name (9.19.1.4) | Period of activity (9.19.1.5) | Profession or occupation (9.19.1.6) | General guidelines on constructing variant access points (9.19.2.1)
(9.19.1.1) General guidelines on constructing access points | |||||||||||
Use the preferred name for the person [1550] (9.2.2) as the basis for the access point.
Make additions to the name as instructed at 9.19.1.2-9.19.1.6, in that order, as applicable. Optional addition: Make the additions specified at 9.19.1.3-9.19.1.6 even if they are not needed to distinguish access points representing different persons with the same name. If no suitable addition is available, use the same access point for all persons with the same name. Use an undifferentiated name indicator (8.11) to indicate that the name is undifferentiated. LC practice/PCC practice: Differentiating authorized access points for persons |
|||||||||||
(9.19.1.2-9.19.1.6) Additions to access points representing persons | |||||||||||
(9.19.1.2) Title or other designation associated with the person | |||||||||||
Add to the name one or more of the following elements (in this order), as applicable: ° a title of royalty (9.4.1.4) or nobility (9.4.1.5) ° the term Saint [1551] (9.6.1.4) ° title of religious rank (9.4.1.6-9.4.1.8) ° the term Spirit [1551] (9.6.1.5) ° the profession or occupation [769] (9.16) for a person whose name consists of a phrase or appellation not conveying the idea of a person. Exceptions: |
|||||||||||
(9.19.1.3) Date of birth and/or death | |||||||||||
Add the date of birth [802] (9.3.2) and/or date of death [803] (9.3.3) if needed to distinguish one access point from another.
Optional addition: Add the date of birth and/or death even if there is no need to distinguish between access points. LC practice/PCC practice for Optional addition: Authority records: LC practice/PCC practice (9.19.11): Giving dates for persons: Examples:
|
|||||||||||
(9.19.1.4) Fuller form of name | |||||||||||
Add a fuller form of the person's name [778] (9.5) if needed to distinguish one access point from another. ° Make this addition when the person's date of birth or date of death (9.19.1.3) is not available. Optional addition: Add a fuller form of name even if there is no need to distinguish between access points. Add the fuller form of name before the date of birth and/or death. |
|||||||||||
(9.19.1.5) Period of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Add the period of activity of the person [804] (9.3.4) if needed to distinguish one access point from another. Make this addition when the following elements are not available: ° date of birth and/or death (9.19.1.3) or ° fuller form of name (9.19.1.4) Optional addition: Add the period of activity of the person even if there is no need to distinguish between access points. |
|||||||||||
(9.19.1.6) Profession or occupation | |||||||||||
Add a term indicating the class of persons engaged in the profession or occupation of the person [769] (9.16), if needed to distinguish one access point from another. Make this addition when the following elements are not available: ° date of birth and/or death (9.19.1.3) or ° fuller form of name (9.19.1.4) or ° period of activity (9.19.1.5) |
|||||||||||
(9.19.2.1) General guidelines on constructing variant access points | |||||||||||
Use a variant name for the person [1552] (9.2.3) as the basis for the access point.
Make additions to the name, if considered important for identification, applying the instructions at 9.19.1.2-9.19.1.6, as applicable. LC practice/PCC practice: In addition to the reason given in the instruction, also make additions to a variant access point when needed to break a conflict with an authorized access point in another record, or with another variant access point in the same record. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Three new fields (336, 337, 338) collectively replace the general material designation (GMD) (245 ‡h): ° Content type (RDA 6.9; MARC 336) ° Media type (RDA 3.2; MARC 337) ° Carrier type (RDA 3.3; MARC 338) ° Examples
source: Significant changes for cataloging music: AACR2 vs. RDA [1553] by Daniel Paradis, Concordia University |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.9) Content type (MARC 336 [1554]) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Content type is the form of communication through which the content is expressed and the human sense through which it is intended to be perceived. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.9.1.2) Sources of Information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take information on content type from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(6.9.1.3) Recording content type | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record the type of content contained in the resource using one or more of the terms listed in 6.9.1.3. [See music-specific content types below.] ° Record as many terms as are applicable to the resource being described. Record content type as a separate element, as part of an access point, or as both. If none of the terms listed in table 6.1 apply to the content of the resource being described, record other. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Content type is coded in the 336 field In bibliographic records: The form of communication through which a work is expressed. ° Used in conjunction with Leader /06 (Type of record), which indicates the general type of content of the resource. ° Enables expression of more specific content types and content types from various lists. In authority records: The form of communication through which a work is expressed ° Enables expression of content types from various lists when the authority record is for a title or name/title.
Sources: MARC 21 for bibliographic data [1557] and authority data [1554] If more than one term is appropriate, give each term in a separate 336 field OR use the term representing the predominant or most substantial content. Best practices for music cataloging [1558]: If deemed useful for identification and access, record content type(s) associated with accompanying material that is described in 500 note. Audio/video carriers with substantial accompanying volume of text (insert, booklet, etc.): If a score contains significant textual matter (e.g., critical commentary, libretto, preface), give "text" in a separate 336 field. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(3.2) Media type (MARC 337 [1559]) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Media type is the general type of intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(3.2.1.2) Sources of Information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording media type. If desired, take additional evidence from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(3.2.1.3) Recording media type | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record the media type using one or more of the terms listed in 3.1.2.3. [See music-specific media types below.]
Alternative: If the resource being described consists of more than one media type, record only If none of the terms listed in table 3.1 apply to the media of the resource being described, record other. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Media type is coded in the 337 field In bibliographic records: Media type reflects the general type of intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource. ° Used as an alternative to or in addition to the coded expression of Media type in field 007/00 (Category of material). ° Enables indication of more specific media types and media types from various lists.
Sources: MARC 21 for bibliographic data [1559] (3.2.1.3) If more than one term is appropriate, record the media type that applies to the predominant part of the resource, or to the most predominant part of the resource, or to the most substantial parts of the resource Scores: use the term "unmediated" when the resource can be perceived directly through one or more of the human senses without the aid of an intermediating device. This will apply to books and notated music that can be read by the human eye. (3.2.1.3) Recording media type for: Best practices for music cataloging [1561]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Record media type associated with the primary content of a resource in all cases. If feasible, record media type associated with any accompanying material that is described in 300 ‡e or in a separate 300, as follows. Record multiple instances of media type in separate 337 fields: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(3.3) Carrier type (MARC 338 [1562]) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrier type is the format of the storage medium and housing of a carrier in combination with the type of intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(3.3.1.2) Sources of Information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording carrier type. If desired, take additional evidence from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(3.3.1.3) Recording carrier type | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record the type of carrier used to convey the content of the resource using one or more of the terms listed in 3.3.1.3. [See music-specific carrier types below.] ° Record as many terms as are applicable to the resource being described. Alternative: If the resource being described consists of more than one carrier type, record only If none of the terms listed apply to the carrier type(s) of the resource being described, record other. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrier type is coded in the 338 field In bibliographic records: The form of communication through which a work is expressed. ° Enables expression of content types from various lists when the authority is for a title or name/title.
Sources: MARC 21 for bibliographic data [1562] If more than one term is appropriate, record the carrier type that applies to the predominant or most substantial parts of the resource Don't confuse carrier type with extent (MARC 300 ‡a), as they have some terms in common:
Best practices for music cataloging [1564]: If feasible, record carrier type associated with any accompanying material that is described in 300 ‡e or in a separate 300, as follows. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of content, media, and carrier type coded in the 336, 337, and 338 fields: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
book:
score: score (1 unnumbered leaf): recording: score with accompanying recording, using ‡3: 2013568122 OCLC #878958253 OCLC #902818148 score and part with accompanying recording, using ‡3: 2013569166: CD-ROM USB flash drive book with accompanying recording: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
These guidelines LC practice/PCC practice followed to determine whether a resource is a copy of an earlier edition or it is a separate edition requiring a separate bibliographic record. | |
Copy | New edition |
Consider that the book is a copy if the only variation is one or more of the following: ° a difference in the printing or copyright date when there is also a publication date; ° a minor variation in an entity's name when a publisher uses multiple forms concurrently; » A genuine name change, even if minor, should not be considered a variation; ° the addition, deletion, or change of an ISBN; ° a difference in binding; or, ° a difference in the edition statement or the series whenever the item is a CIP book issued by the publisher in both a hardbound and a softbound version. |
Consider that a new edition is involved whenever: ° there is an explicit indication of changes (including corrections) of content; or, ° anything in the MARC 245 field, 250 field, 300/‡a, or 4XX field differs from one bibliographic record to another. |
From Revised editions [1565], Dave Reser, LC Policy & Standards Division, December 2011
New Work | New expression | ||
The creator is the same but a title change or other information indicates the resource has a very different scope of content or coverage
The creator has changed but the resource is presented as an adaptation or revision of the previous work: |
The creator is the same and: ° there is no indication there has been a major shift in focus ° it is presented as an edition of the original work ° New expression : no change in title proper ° New expression : title proper changes
° New expression : order of creators' names differs ° New expression : additional creator Relating expressions |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Intended audience (7.7) | Date and place of capture (7.11) | Language of the content (7.12) | Form of notation (7.13) | Illustrative content (7.15) | Format of notated music (7.20) | Medium of performance (7.21) | Duration (7.22) | Performer, narrator, and/or presenter (7.23) | Artistic and/or technical credit (7.24)
These are guidelines on recording the attributes of works and expressions associated with the intellectual or artistic content of a resource that users typically rely on when selecting a resource to meet their requirements relating to content (nature of the content, intended audience, language, etc.) | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.1.1) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information used to describe content: ° from the resource itself ° from sources outside the resource in certain cases ° sources of information given for specific elements in RDA chapter 7 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.2) Nature of the content | |||||||||||||||||||
The nature of the content is the specific character of the primary content of a resource (e.g., legal articles, interim report). | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.2.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the nature of the content from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.2.1.3) Recording the nature of the content | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the nature of the content if it is considered to be important for identification or selection.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Make a note describing the genre/form of one or more of the works or expressions embodied in the resource if deemed useful for identification and access (i.e., if the work or expression is not adequately described by the title or by using appropriate genre/form or subject headings). Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.7) Intended audience | |||||||||||||||||||
The class of user for which the content of a resource is intended, or for whom the content is considered suitable, as defined by age group (e.g., children, young adults, adults), educational level (e.g., primary, secondary), type of disability, or other categorization. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.7.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the intended audience from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.7.1.3) Recording the intended audience | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the intended audience for the content if the information is stated on the resource or is readily available from another source and is considered to be important for identification or selection.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If applying this element, routinely encode 008/22. Additionally, make a note in a 521 field if deemed useful for identification and access. 2012562624 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.11) Place and date of capture | |||||||||||||||||||
The place and date associated with the capture (i.e., recording, filming, etc.) of the content of a resource. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.11.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the place and date of capture from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.11.2.1) Place of capture: | the place of capture, naming the specific studio, concert hall, etc., if applicable, in addition to the name of the city, etc. | ||||||||||||||||||
(7.11.3.1) Date of capture: | a date or range of dates associated with the capture (i.e., recording, filming, etc.) of the content of a resource. | ||||||||||||||||||
Sources of information for place and date of capture | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.11.2.2) Place of capture (7.11.3.2) Date of capture |
Take information on the place of capture from any source. | ||||||||||||||||||
Recording place and date of capture | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.11.2.3) Place of capture | Record the place of capture, naming the specific studio, concert hall, etc., if applicable, in addition to the name of the city, etc. | ||||||||||||||||||
(7.11.3.3) Date of capture | record the date of capture, giving the year, month, day, and time, as applicable. | ||||||||||||||||||
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For audio and video recordings, routinely record place and date of capture if readily ascertainable, in a 518 field. If feasible, also record place and/or date of capture in a 033 field.
If recording multiple places of capture in 033, include a separate field for each place (along with associated dates). Encode multiple dates within one 033 field as either a range or, if feasible, separately. Examples: Only range of dates of capture known: Place and single date of capture known: Place and month of capture known: Multiple years of capture known: Single place and multiple years of capture known: Multiple places and dates of capture: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.12) Language of the content | |||||||||||||||||||
a language used to express the content of a resource. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.12.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the language of the content from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.12.1.3) Recording language of the content | |||||||||||||||||||
Record details of the language or languages used to express the content of the resource if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.
LC-PCC PS: In addition to recording the language of the primary content, also supply the languages of other content (summaries, tables of contents, etc.) if it will assist identification and selection. Form of language: Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. That is, routinely record language for the following linguistic content: Examples: Single language, with accompanying material in the same language: Single language, with accompanying material in a different language: Single language, with accompanying material in the same language and one other language: Multiple languages, neither of which is a translation of the other: Multiple languages, one of which is the translated language: Multiple languages, none of which is a translation; with accompanying material: Multiple languages, only the predominant listed; with accompanying material in one of the languages: Single translated language; the original language is not included in the resource: Two languages one of which is a translation of the other: Two languages, one of which is a translation of the other; includes accompanying material in both languages: Two languages, neither of which is a translation of the other; includes accompanying material in two languages, one of which is a translation of the other: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.13) Form of notation | |||||||||||||||||||
a set of characters and/or symbols used to express the content of a resource. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the form of notation from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.1.3) Recording form of notation | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the following information, as applicable to the content of the resource: ° the script used to express the language content (7.13.2) ° the form of musical notation used to express the musical content (7.13.3) ° See RDA for other forms of notation |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.2) Script | |||||||||||||||||||
a set of characters and/or symbols used to express the written language content of a resource. LC-PCC PS: Script is a core element for LC if a language is commonly written in more than one script, and if the resource is in a script other than the primary one for the language. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.2.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the script from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.2.3) Recording scripts and (7.13.2.4) Details of scripts | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.2.3) Record the script or scripts used to express the language content of the resource using one or more of the terms listed in ISO 15924. LC practice/PCC practice: Use the English language names of scripts [1566]. Generally do not include the parenthetical information found in the list when recording the script name. If a resource is in a language that is commonly written in more than one script, name both the language and the script. If the resource is in a script other than the primary one for the language, name both the language and the script in the language note (MARC 546). (7.13.2.4) Record details of the script or scripts used to express the language content of the resource if they are considered to be important for identification or selection. Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.3) Form of musical notation | |||||||||||||||||||
a set of characters and/or symbols used to express the musical content of a resource. LC-PCC PS: Core element for LC/PCC Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. That is, routinely record form of musical notation. Use a separate 546 field. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.3.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the form of musical notation from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.3.3) Recording form of musical notation | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the form of musical notation used to express the musical content of the resource using appropriate terms from this list: ° graphic notation [1523] ° letter notation [1524] ° mensural notation [1525] ° neumatic notation [1526] ° number notation [1527] ° solmization [1528] ° staff notation ° tablature [1529] ° tonic sol-fa [1530] Encode multiple designations of form of musical notation and/or statements of details of form of musical notation in a single 546 field, in separate occurrences of ‡b. Capitalize the first word of each designation of form of musical notation and/or details of form of musical notation and separate each with a semi-colon (;). Examples: Best practices for music cataloging [914]: MLA recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS. Encode form of musical notation and/or details of form of musical notation in a separate 546 field from language and script. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.13.3.4) Details of form of musical notation | |||||||||||||||||||
Record details of the form of musical notation used to express the musical content of the resource if they are considered to be important for identification or selection. Examples: OCLC #798098908 500 __ Square notation on five-line staff. OCLC #834137572 546 __ ‡b Number notation, ‡b staff notation. 500 __ 2 works in staff notation. 2012413279 546 __ ‡b Number notation. 546 __ ‡b Letter notation. 2012563742 546 __ ‡b Staff notation. 500 __ Shape-note notation. OCLC #660057821 500 __ In staff and Tonic sol-fa notation. OCLC #770363409 500 __ Printed on two staves for voice and keyboard instrument with interlinear text and figured bass. chord symbols and chord diagrams: 2011569041 |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.15) Illustrative content | |||||||||||||||||||
The content designed to illustrate the primary content of a resource (see 7.2). | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.15.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on illustrative content from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.15.1.3) Recording illustrative content | |||||||||||||||||||
If the resource contains illustrative content, record illustration or illustrations, as appropriate. ° Tables containing only words and/or numbers are not considered as illustrative content. ° Disregard illustrated title pages, etc., and minor illustrations. Alternative: Record the type of illustrative content in place of or in addition to the term illustration or illustrations, if it is considered to be important for identification or selection, using one or more appropriate terms from the list below. Examples: If none of the terms listed above is appropriate or sufficiently specific, record details of illustrative content as instructed under 7.15.1.4. Optional addition: Record the number of illustrations if their number can be ascertained readily (e.g., when the illustrations are listed and their numbers stated). |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.15.1.4) Details of illustrative content | |||||||||||||||||||
Record details of the illustrative content if they are considered to be important for identification or selection. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.16) Supplementary content | |||||||||||||||||||
content (e.g., an index, a bibliography, an appendix) designed to supplement the primary content of a resource. LC-PCC PS: Supplementary content is a core element for LC for indexes and bibliographies in monographs. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. Note that "monographs" means all resources issued monographically, including scores and audio recordings. For audio recordings, this includes bibliographies and indexes found in accompanying inserts and booklets, since those form part of the resource. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.16.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on supplementary content from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.16.1.3) Recording supplementary content | |||||||||||||||||||
If the resource contains supplementary content, record the nature of that content (i.e., its type, extent, location within the resource, etc.), if it is considered important for identification or selection.
2006933958 LC-PCC PS: Record the presence of supplementary content in a note when the resource contains sections of special importance or would assist with identification or selection. Routinely consider the following as being important for selection: For the types of notes shown in the following examples, generally prefer a standardized construct, rather than a quotation from the resource: If a publication contains bibliographical citations in any form, generally use the following note: If there is a single bibliography, add the foliation/pagination to the note. Other examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.20) Format of notation music | |||||||||||||||||||
the musical or physical layout of the content of a resource that is presented in the form of musical notation. LC-PCC PS: core element for LC. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS. This element is incorporated into extent of notated music (3.4.3 [1485]). In addition, encode this element in 008/20 or 006/03 ("Format of music") and 008/21 or 006/04 ("Music parts") as appropriate. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.20.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the format of notated music from any source within the resource. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.20.1.3) Recording the format of notated music | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the musical format using one or more appropriate terms from the list below:
If none of the terms listed is appropriate or sufficiently specific, record details of the format of notated music as instructed under 7.20.1.4. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.20.1.4) Details of format of notated music | |||||||||||||||||||
Record details of the format of notated music if they are considered to be important for identification or selection.
Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.21) Medium of performance | |||||||||||||||||||
the instrument, instruments, voice, voices, etc., used (or intended to be used) for performance of musical content. LC-PCC PS: core element for LC. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.21.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on the medium of performance of musical content from any source within the resource. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.21.1.3) Recording the format of notated music | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the medium of performance of musical content if it is considered to be important for identification or selection. If the musical content is for solo instruments, record them all. If the work is for an orchestra, band, etc., do not list the instruments involved. Use abbreviations for voices as instructed in Appendix B.5.6:
Examples: Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Apply this element when the medium of performance is not adequately described by the title or by using controlled vocabularies. Examples: "Hybrid" notes may be constructed stating both genre/form (see 7.2) and medium of performance, especially if compilations of diverse works can be thus described more concisely than by giving the elements separately. Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.22) Duration | |||||||||||||||||||
the playing time, running time, etc., of the content of a resource. Duration also includes performance time for a resource containing notated music or notated movement. LC-PCC PS: core element for LC. |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.22.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on duration from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.22.1.3) Playing time, running time, etc. | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the time as follows, abbreviating terms for units of time as instructed in appendix B.5.3:
If the total playing time, running time, etc., Optional addition: If the actual playing time, running time, etc., differs significantly from the time stated on the resource, record the stated playing time followed by that is and the actual playing time, running time, etc. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.22.1.4) Performance time | |||||||||||||||||||
For notated music and notated movement, if the performance time is stated on the resource, record the time stated.
Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.22.1.5) Duration of individual parts | |||||||||||||||||||
For a resource consisting of more than one component, record the duration of each component.
Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.23) Performer, narrator, and/or presenter | |||||||||||||||||||
a person, family, or corporate body responsible for performing, narrating, and/or presenting a work. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.23.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on performers, narrators, and/or presenters from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.23.1.3) Recording performers, narrators, and/or presenters | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the names of performers, narrators, and/or presenters, if they are considered to be important. For performers of music, indicate the medium in which each performs. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: For audio and video recordings, routinely give performers, narrators and/or presenters in a 511 field. Optionally, give names of members of a musical group in parentheses after the name of the group, if deemed useful for identification and access. Examples: If there are numerous works/expressions embodied in the resource, and there are performers, etc. who perform only in some of the works/expressions, give all performers names, qualified by a designation for the works/expressions involved, if feasible. Optionally, give "Various performers" if giving fuller detail is not feasible or not deemed useful for identification and access. Examples: |
|||||||||||||||||||
(7.24) Artistic and/or technical credit | |||||||||||||||||||
a listing of persons, families, or corporate bodies making contributions to the artistic and/or technical production of a resource. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.24.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||
Take information on artistic and/or technical credits from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||
(7.24.1.3) Recording performers, narrators, and/or presenters | |||||||||||||||||||
Record the names of persons, families, or corporate bodies who have contributed to the artistic and/or technical production of a resource if they are considered to be important. Include a statement of function with each name or group of names. Examples: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Number and type of units and subunits (3.4.1.3-3.4.1.7) | Extent of notated music (4.3.4) (type of score) | Extent of text (3.4.5) (including paging of scores) | Dimensions
(3.4) Extent | |||||||||||
Extent is the number and type of units and/or subunits making up a resource. ° A unit is a physical or logical constituent of a resource (e.g., a volume, audiocassette) ° A subunit is a physical or logical subdivision of a unit (e.g., a page of a volume, a frame of a microfiche, a record in a digital file). Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record carrier type associated with any accompanying material that is described in 300 ‡e or in a separate 300, as follows. Record multiple instances of carrier type in separate 338 fields. Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers: Encode in 338 and 007/01. Audio/video carriers with accompanying volume (insert, booklet, etc.): Encode in 338. |
|||||||||||
(3.4.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording the extent of the resource. If desired, take additional evidence from any source. | |||||||||||
(3.4.1.3) Recording extent | |||||||||||
Record the extent of the resource by giving the number of units and an appropriate term for the type of carrier as listed under 3.3.1.3 [1568], giving the term in the singular or plural, as applicable. | |||||||||||
(3.4.1.4) Exact number of units not readily ascertainable | |||||||||||
If the exact number of units is not readily ascertainable, record an approximate number preceded by approximately.
Optional omission: If the number of units cannot be readily approximated, omit the number. |
|||||||||||
(3.4.1.5) Other terms used to designate the type of unit | |||||||||||
Use a term in common usage (including a trade name, if applicable) to designate the type of unit: ° if the carrier is in a newly developed format that is not yet covered in the list under 3.3.1.3 [1568] ° if none of the terms listed under 3.3.1.3 [1568] is appropriate or ° as an alternative to a term listed under 3.3.1.3 [1568], if preferred by the agency preparing the description. Optional omission: If the number of units cannot be readily ascertained or approximated, omit the number. |
|||||||||||
(3.4.1.6) Units and sets of units with identical content | |||||||||||
If the units of the resource have identical content, add identical before the term designating the type of unit.
Examples: LC is also using the AACR2 way: If the resource consists of multiple sets of units, and each set has identical content, record the number of sets and the number of units in each set. |
|||||||||||
(3.4.1.7) Number of subunits | |||||||||||
Specify the number of subunits as instructed under 3.4.1.7.1-3.4.1.7.8, as applicable, if readily ascertainable and considered important for identification or selection.
Record the number of subunits, in parentheses, following the term designating the type of unit. If the format of the resource parallels a print, manuscript, or graphic counterpart or if the resource consists of one or more files in a format that parallels a print, manuscript, or graphic counterpart (e.g., PDF), apply the instructions for extent (for notated music (3.4.3) or for text (3.4.5)) for: Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Routinely specify number of subunits for notated music content and audio files |
|||||||||||
(3.4.3) Extent of notated music | |||||||||||
Apply to the extent of a printed or manuscript resource consisting of notated music (with or without accompanying text and/or illustrations). | |||||||||||
(3.4.3.2) Recording extent of notated music | |||||||||||
Record the extent of a resource consisting of notated music by giving the number of units and an appropriate term for the format of notated music as listed under 7.20.1.3:
If the resource consists of more than one type of unit, record the number of each applicable type in the order listed above, in the singular or plural, as applicable. Specify the number of volumes and/or pages, leaves, or columns as instructed under 3.4.5, in parentheses, following the term designating the format of notated music. Definitions from RDA:
Examples: Exceptions: Examples: Resource consisting of a score and one or more parts in a single physical unit: when the resource consists of both a score and one or more parts in a single physical unit, record the extent in the form 1 score and 4 parts, etc., followed by the number of pages, leaves, or columns, in parentheses. Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5) Extent of text | |||||||||||
(3.4.5.1) Apply to a resource consisting of one or more volumes, sheets, portfolios, or cases containing printed or manuscript text, with or without accompanying illustrations. | |||||||||||
(3.4.5.2) Single volume with numbered pages, leaves, or columns | |||||||||||
Record the extent in terms of pages, leaves, or columns as appropriate to the presentation used in the resource, applying the following general guidelines:
Examples: Exception: Record pages, etc., that are numbered in words by giving the numeric equivalent. See 3.4.5.8 for complicated and irregular paging |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.3) Single volume with unnumbered pages, leaves, or columns | |||||||||||
Record the number of pages, leaves, or columns using one of the following methods: a) Record the exact number of pages, leaves, or columns, if readily ascertainable. b) If the number is not readily ascertainable, record an estimated number of pages, leaves, or columns preceded by approximately. c) Record 1 volume (unpaged) LC-PCC PS LC practice: For LC original cataloging, usually follow method c) Examples: Note that LC does not always follow the LC-PCC PS: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.3.1) Numbered and unnumbered sequences: | |||||||||||
When the resource consists of both numbered and unnumbered sequences of pages, leaves, or columns, disregard the unnumbered sequences, unless: When recording a sequence of unnumbered pages, etc., record either: LC-PCC PS LC practice: For LC original cataloging, usually follow method c above. Examples: Note that LC does not always follow the LC-PCC PS: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.3.2) Inessential matter: | |||||||||||
Disregard unnumbered sequences of inessential matter (advertising, blank pages, etc.) | |||||||||||
(3.4.5.4) Change in form of numbering within a sequence | |||||||||||
If the form of numbering within a sequence changes (e.g., from roman to arabic numerals), ignore the numbering of the first part of the sequence. | |||||||||||
(3.4.5.6) Misleading numbering | |||||||||||
If the numbering on the last page, leaf, or column of a sequence does not represent the total number of pages, leaves, or columns in that sequence, let it stand uncorrected unless it gives a completely false impression of the extent of the resource (e.g., when only alternate pages are numbered or when the number on the last page, leaf, or column of the sequence is misprinted).
Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.8) Complicated or irregular paging, etc. | |||||||||||
Record the number of pages, leaves, or columns using one of the following methods: a) Record the total number of pages, leaves, or columns (excluding those that are blank or contain advertising or other inessential matter) followed by in various pagings, in various foliations, or in various numberings, as appropriate.. b) Record the number of pages, leaves, or columns in the main sequences of the pagination and add the total number of the remaining variously numbered or unnumbered sequences. c) Record 1 volume (various pagings) LC-PCC PS LC practice: For LC original cataloging, usually follow method c. Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.9) Leaves or pages of plates | |||||||||||
If the leaves or pages of plates in a resource are not included in the numbering for a sequence or sequences of pages or leaves of text, etc., record the number of leaves or pages of plates at the end of the sequence or sequences of pagination, etc. ° Record the number of leaves or pages of plates after the pagination, etc., whether the plates are found together or distributed throughout the resource. ° If the resource contains both leaves and pages of plates, record the number in terms of whichever is predominant. Disregard unnumbered sequences of plates, unless: Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.10) Folded leaves | |||||||||||
Describe folded leaves as such. Example: 122 folded leaves |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.14) Single sheet | |||||||||||
Record the extent of a resource consisting of a single sheet as 1 sheet.
If the sheet is designed to be read in pages when folded, record the extent as 1 folded sheet followed by the number of imposed pages, in parentheses. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: This rule does not apply to notated music. Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.16) More than one volume | |||||||||||
Record the extent by giving the number of volumes and the term volumes.
Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.17) Continuously paged volumes | |||||||||||
Specify the number of pages, leaves, or columns, in parentheses, following the term designating the type of unit. Ignore separately paged sequences of preliminary matter in volumes other than the first. Optional addition: For multipart monographs and serials, omit the number of pages, etc. Example: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.18) Individually paged volumes | |||||||||||
Record the number of volumes and omit the pagination.
Optional addition: Specify the number of pages, leaves, or columns in each volume, in parentheses, following the term designating the type of unit. Example: |
|||||||||||
(3.4.5.20) More than one sheet | |||||||||||
Record the extent by giving the number of sheets and the term sheets.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Do not apply this rule to notated music. Describe notated music on multiple unbound sheets by combining an extent term with the number of leaves or pages, as appropriate. Example: |
|||||||||||
(3.5) Dimensions | |||||||||||
Dimensions are the measurements of the carrier or carriers and/or the container of a resource. Dimensions include measurements of height, width, depth, length, gauge, and diameter.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS, that is, record dimensions in all cases. |
|||||||||||
(3.5.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) as the basis for recording the dimensions of the resource. If desired, take additional evidence from any source. | |||||||||||
(3.5.1.3) Recording dimensions | |||||||||||
Unless instructed otherwise, record dimensions in centimeters to the next whole centimeter up, using the metric symbol cm (e.g., if the height measures 17.2 centimeters, record 18 cm).
Examples: If the width of the volume is either less than half the height or greater than the height, record the height x width. Examples: |
|||||||||||
(3.5.1.4) Dimensions of carriers | |||||||||||
(3.5.14.11) Sheets | |||||||||||
Record the height x width of the sheet, excluding any frame or mount. If the sheet is designed to be read in pages when folded, record only the height of the sheet when folded. For other folded sheets, record the height x width when extended followed by the height x width when folded. Example: |
|||||||||||
(3.5.14.14) Volumes: | |||||||||||
Record the height of the volume. If the volume measures less than 10 centimeters, record the height in millimeters, using the metric symbol mm. | |||||||||||
(3.5.1.6) Resources consisting of more than one carrier | |||||||||||
° More than one carrier of the same type and size: record the dimensions of a single carrier as instructed under 3.5.1.4.
Examples: ° More than one carrier of the same type but different sizes: record the dimensions of the smallest or smaller and the largest or larger size Example: Alternative: If the carriers are all of two sizes, record both. If they are of more than two sizes, record the dimensions of the largest followed by or smaller. Example: ° More than one type of carrier of the same type and size: Follow 3.1.4.2: Recording carrier type, extent, and other characteristics of each carrier: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Basic instructions on recording names of persons (9.2.1) | Choosing the preferred name (9.2.2.3) | Recording the preferred name (9.2.2.4) | Different forms of the same name (9.2.2.5) | Different names for the same person (9.2.2.6) | Individuals with more than one identity (9.2.2.8) | Recording names containing a surname (9.2.2.9) | Compound Surnames (9.2.2.10) | Surnames with one or more separately written prefixes (9.2.2.11) | Names containing neither a surname nor a title of nobility (9.2.2.18) | Variant names for persons (9.2.3)
(9.0) Identifying persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The preferred name for the person is used as the basis for the authorized access point. The variant name or names for the person are ° the name or form of name by which a person is known that differs from the name or form of name chosen as the preferred name for that person ° used as the basis for variant access points. Other identifying attributes of the person may also be included in the access point. Persons include fictitious entities, such as literary figures, legendary figures, etc. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.1) General guidelines on identifying persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.1.1) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take the name or names of the person from any source. For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred name for the person, see 9.2.2.2. Take information on other identifying attributes of the person from any source. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.1.2) Using access points to represent persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
An authorized access point is one of the techniques used to represent either a person associated with a resource (18.4.1) or a related person (30.1). Constructing authorized access points representing persons: 9.19.1 Constructing variant access points representing persons: 9.19.2. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.1) Basic instructions on recording names of persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A name of the person is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which a person is known. When identifying persons, there are two categories of names: ° preferred name for the person (9.2.2) ° variant name for the person (9.2.3). |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.1.2) Sources of Information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take the name or names of the person from any source. For additional guidance on sources of information for the preferred name for the person, see 9.2.2.2. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.1.3) General guidelines on recording names of persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Apply the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1569]. When those guidelines refer to an appendix, apply the additional instructions in that appendix, as applicable.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2) Preferred name for the person | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
the name or form of name chosen to identify the person. It is also the basis for the authorized access point representing that person. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Determine the preferred name for a person from the following sources (in order of preference): ° the preferred sources of information (2.2.2 [1478]) in resources associated with the person ° other formal statements appearing in resources associated with the person ° other sources (including reference sources).
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.3) Choosing the preferred name | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Generally choose the name by which the person is commonly known. The name chosen can be the person's real name, pseudonym, title of nobility, nickname, initials, or other appellation.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.4) Recording the preferred name | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Apply the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1569]. When those guidelines refer to an appendix, apply the additional instructions in that appendix, as applicable.
If the name consists of several parts, record as the first element that part of the name under which the person would normally be listed in authoritative alphabetic lists in the person's language, country of residence, or country of activity. Record the other part or parts of the name following the first element. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.5) Different forms of the same name | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
If a person is known by more than one form of the same name, choose the preferred name by applying these instructions, as applicable:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.6) Different names for the same person | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
° If a person is known by more than one name, choose the name by which the person is clearly most commonly known. ° If a person has changed his or her name, see 9.2.2.7 ° If a person has more than one identity, see 9.2.2.8 ° Otherwise, choose the preferred name according to the following order of preference: » the name that appears most frequently in resources associated with the person » the name that appears most frequently in reference sources » the latest name. Record the other names by which the person is known as variant names (9.2.3.10). |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.7) Change of name | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
° If a person has changed his or her name, choose the latest name or form of name as the preferred name. Exception: ° If there is reason to believe that an earlier name will persist as the name by which the person is better known, choose that name as the preferred name. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.8) Individuals with more than one identity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
° When an individual has more than one identity, choose the name associated with each identity as the preferred name for that identity. » record the relationships between these separate identities applying the instructions in chapter 30. ° Consider an individual to have more than one identity when the individual: *RDA definition of pseudonym: A name used by a person (either alone or in collaboration with others) that is not the person's real name. Exception: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.9) Recording names containing a surname | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Apply the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1569].
Record the surname as the first element:
Omit terms of honour and terms of address from any name that includes a surname unless: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.10) Compound Surnames | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Treat a surname as a compound surname when it ° consists of two or more proper names, sometimes connected by a hyphen, or conjunction, and/or preposition ° has the appearance of compound surnames Take regular or occasional initializing of a part preceding a surname as an indication that the part is not used as part of the surname. Record as variant names forms of the name using other parts of the compound surname as the first element (9.2.3.10). |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.11) Surnames with one or more separately written prefixes | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Apply the guidelines at 9.2.2.9 and the additional instructions below.
Record as a variant name a form using another part as the first element (9.2.3.10). The first element of the variant name can be another part of the prefix or the part of the name following the prefix. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.2.18) Names containing neither a surname nor a title of nobility | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
If a person is identified by a name that does not include a surname and this person is not identified by a title of nobility See RDA 9.2.2.13-9.2.2.17 for instructions for names containing a title of nobility record the name by which the person is identified by applying the general guidelines at 8.5 [1488]. Record as the first element the part of the name under which the person is listed in reference sources. Treat a roman numeral associated with a given name as an integral part of the name (e.g., in the case of some popes, royalty, and ecclesiastics). Record as variant names, as appropriate: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See RDA for: 9.2.2.19 Names including a patronymic 9.2.2.20 Names of royal persons 9.2.2.22 Names consisting of initials, or separate letters, or numerals 9.2.2.23 Names consisting of a phrase 9.2.2.24 Phrase consisting of a given name(s) preceded by a term of address, etc. 9.2.2.25 Phrase containing the name of another person 9.2.2.26 Names consisting of a characterizing word or phrase |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.3) Variant names for persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The variant name or names for the person are ° the name or form of name by which a person is known that differs from the name or form of name chosen as the preferred name for that person ° used as the basis for variant access points. Other identifying attributes of the person may also be included in the access point. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.3.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take variant names from resources associated with the person and/or from reference sources. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(9.2.3.3) General guidelines on recording variant names for persons | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record variant names for a person by applying the general guidelines on recording names at 8.5 [1488].
Record a variant name when it is different from the name recorded as the preferred name. Record as a variant name: Also apply instructions about recording variant names at 9.2.2.5 [1570]-9.2.2.26, as applicable.
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
(2.1.2.2) Choosing a source of information for resources issued as a single unit | |||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
(2.1.2.3) Choosing a source of information for resources issued in more than one part | |||||||||||||||||
Choose one of the following, as appropriate, as the basis for identifying the resource as a whole:
|
|||||||||||||||||
Music instructions from Best practices for music cataloging [914]:
Scores issued with parts: Generally apply 2.1.2.3 a) and treat the score (along with a cover* or wrapper if present) as a source of information identifying the resource as a whole.
Sets of parts with no score:
Multi-part sound recordings:
Books or scores issued with audio/video carriers:
|
|||||||||||||||||
(2.2.2.1) Choosing a preferred source of information: basic guidelines: | |||||||||||||||||
° Treat the storage medium (e.g., paper, tape, etc.) and any housing (e.g., cassette) that is an integral part of the resource as a part of the resource itself. ° Treat accompanying material as part of the resource ° Treat a container such as a box in which a game or kit is issued as part of the resource itself. |
|||||||||||||||||
(2.2.2.2) Preferred source of information for scores: Resources consisting of one or more pages, leaves, sheets, or cards (or images of them). This includes books and scores and PDF and microform reproductions of them. |
(2.2.2.4) Preferred source of information for sound recordings: Other resources (not covered under 2.2.2.2 or 2.2.2.3 (moving images)). |
||||||||||||||||
Preferred source of information is the title page. For resources lacking a title page, use the following sources, given in order of preference:
*a statement printed in a fixed position in each edition or issue of a newspaper, magazine, etc., giving the publication's name, the names of the owner and staff, contact information, etc. |
Preferred source of information is either:
|
||||||||||||||||
(2.2.3) What to do when there's more than one preferred source of information | |||||||||||||||||
When there is more than one source that qualifies as the preferred source of information, use the first occurring of those sources except under these conditions:
|
|||||||||||||||||
(2.2.4) What to do when identifying information doesn't appear on the resource | |||||||||||||||||
Use the source of information, in order of preference:
When information supplied for any of the elements below is taken from a source outside the resource itself, indicate it in a note or enclose the information in square brackets:
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See also MARC 028 field: Publisher or distributor number for scores [613]
Identifier for the manifestation (2.15) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.15.1.3) | More than one identifier for the manifestation (2.15.1.5) | Qualification (2.15.1.7) | Publisher's number (2.15.2) | Plate number (2.15.3)
(2.15) Identifier for the manifestation | |
a character string associated with a manifestation that serves to differentiate that manifestation from other manifestations.
If there is more than one identifier for the manifestation, prefer an internationally recognized identifier, if applicable. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: MLA recommendation: If feasible, record all standard identifiers present on the item, including but not limited to the following. MARC coding is indicated in parentheses: |
|
(2.15.1.3) Facsimiles and reproductions | |
When a facsimile or reproduction has an identifier or identifiers associated with the original manifestation as well as with the facsimile or reproduction, record the identifier associated with the facsimile or reproduction.
Record any identifier associated with the original manifestation as an identifier for a related manifestation (27.1). |
|
(2.15.1.5) More than one identifier for the manifestation | |
If describing a resource consisting of two or more parts and there is an identifier for the resource as a whole as well as identifiers for the individual parts, record the identifier for the resource as a whole. When describing only a single part, record the identifier for that part. Optional addition: Record both the identifier for the resource as a whole and any identifiers for individual parts. Add a qualification to each identifier by applying the instructions at 2.15.1.7 LC practice/PCC practice for Optional addition: When adding a part to a multipart monograph description, always give the identifier for the part. Optionally, add identifiers for any parts of a multipart monograph or serial. Alternative: If there are more than three identifiers for individual parts, record only the first identifier and the last identifier. |
|
(2.15.1.7) Qualification | |
If the resource has more than one identifier of the same type, record a brief qualification after the identifier. If the resource has only one identifier, add the type of binding, if considered important for identification. If identifiers for parts of the resource are recorded (2.15.1.5), follow each identifier with the designation of the part to which it applies. |
|
(2.15.2) Publisher's number for notated music | (2.15.3) Plate number for notated music |
numbering designation assigned to a resource by a music publisher that normally appears only on the title page, the cover, and/or the first page of music ° may include initials, abbreviations, or words identifying the publisher Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record all publisher's and distributor's numbers appearing on the item. Example: |
a numbering designation assigned to a resource by a music publisher that is usually printed at the bottom of each page, and sometimes also appears on the title page ° may include initials, abbreviations, or words identifying the publisher ° may be followed by a number corresponding to the number of pages or plates Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record all plate numbers appearing on the item. When a designation such as "no.," "Nr.," "cat. no.," "Ed. Nr." appears with a plate number, do not consider it to be part of the number and do not record it with the number in 028/1st indicator 3). If, however, initials, abbreviations, or words identifying the publisher also appear with the number, transcribe the entire statement as it appears in a 500 note, even if this means giving again a publisher's name already transcribed as such. Do this in addition to recording the number in 028; set 2nd indicator to 0 in this case. For reprint scores, optionally record the plate number(s) pertaining to the original manifestation in 028/1st indicator 2. Do this in addition to formulating a structured or unstructured description of the related manifestation (27.1). |
Sources of information | |
(2.15.2.2) Take publishers' numbers for music from any source | (2.15.3.2) Take plate numbers for music from any source |
Recording Publisher's and plate number for music | |
(2.15.2.3) if a publisher's number is preceded by an abbreviation, word, or phrase identifying the publisher, include that abbreviation, word, or phrase as part of the number | (2.15.3.3) If a plate number is preceded by an abbreviation, word, or phrase identifying the publisher, include that abbreviation, word, or phrase as part of the number
When a plate number on a score has an additional number (often after a dash) corresponding to the number of pages or plates, record it as part of the plate number. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Sources of information (2.5.1.2) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.5.1.3) | Recording edition statements (2.5.1.4) | Edition statements relating to issues or parts | Designation (2.5.2) and parallel designation (2.5.3) of edition | Statement (2.5.4) and parallel statement (2.5.5) of responsibility | Designation (2.5.6) and parallel designation (2.5.7) of a named revision | Statement (2.5.8) and parallel statement (2.5.9) of responsibility relating to a named revision
(2.5.1) Basic instructions on recording edition statements | |
An edition statement identifies the edition to which a resource belongs.
An edition statement may include
|
|
(2.5.1.2) Sources of information for edition | |
See below for sources of information for ° designation of edition ° parallel designation of edition ° statement of responsibility and parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition ° designation and parallel designation of a named revision of an edition ° statement of responsibility and parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition. |
|
(2.5.1.3) Facsimiles and reproductions | |
For a facsimile or reproduction that has an edition statement or statements relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction, record the edition statement or statements relating to the facsimile or reproduction.
Record any edition statement relating to the original as an edition statement pertaining to a related manifestation (27.1). |
|
(2.5.1.4) Recording edition statements | |
Transcribe an edition statement as it appears on the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription given under 1.7 [1470]. LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: If a resource lacks an edition statement but it is known to contain significant changes from other editions, supply a brief statement in the language and script of the title proper and enclose it in square brackets if considered necessary for identification. Examples: Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Separate multiple designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. in 250 by a comma. Example: |
|
(2.5.1.5) Edition statements relating to issues or parts | |
If the resource consists of multiple issues or parts, including accompanying material, and there are edition statements relating to the whole as well as to parts, record only the edition statements relating to the whole resource. Make a note giving edition statements relating to issues or parts if they are considered to be important for identification (2.20.4.3) Best practices for music cataloging [914]: A common case in music is when a score, cataloged together with parts, bears the statement "Score" (or its equivalent). Per this rule, do not treat such a statement as a designation of edition, as it does not apply to the entire resource. |
|
(2.5.2) Designation of Edition | |
A designation of edition is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters, identifying the edition to which a resource belongs. In some languages the same term or terms may be used to designate both edition and printing. In case of doubt about whether a statement is a designation of edition, consider the presence of a word such as edition, issue, release, level, state, or update (or its equivalent in another language), or a statement indicating: |
|
(2.5.2.2) Sources of information for designation of edition | |
Take designations of edition from the following sources (in order of preference): ° the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918] |
|
(2.5.2.3) Recording designation of edition | |
Apply the basic instructions on recording edition statements given under 2.5.1
If a designation of edition consists of a letter or letters and/or a number or numbers (expressed either as numerals or as words) without accompanying words, add an appropriate word. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]. If more than one designation of edition is being recorded, record the statements in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the statements on the source of information. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: The most common designations of edition in music resources fall into category g), "a statement indicating ... a particular voice range or format for notated music." Treat a statement indicating a particular voice range that is not grammatically linked to the title, other title information, etc. as a designation of edition, whether or not it includes the word "edition" or its equivalent. For the latter type ("format for notated music"), refer to the list of formats given at 7.20.1.3 [1573] for guidance in determining whether the statement in question fits the scope or not. Vocal scores and chorus scores are special cases inasmuch as they have dual identities: as a format of notated music (manifestation), subject to this rule, and as a type of arrangement (expression). Examples: #818906209 250 High voice, corrected edition. #860906479 250 Partitur mit Orgelauszug. Do not treat other statements of arrangement, transposition, etc. as designations of edition; transcribe those statements as statements of responsibility, per 2.4 [1484]. When in doubt, treat the statement as a statement of responsibility. |
|
(2.5.2.4) Designation of edition is in more than one language or script | |
If a designation of edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language and/or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first. | |
(2.5.2.6) Designation of edition integral to title proper, etc. | |
If a designation of edition is an integral part of the title proper, other title information, or statement of responsibility, or if it is grammatically linked to any of these, record it as such and do not record a further designation of edition.
Example: |
|
(2.5.3) Parallel designation of edition | |
A parallel designation of edition is a designation of edition (2.5.2.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the designation of edition element. | |
(2.5.3.2) Sources of information for parallel designation of edition | |
Take designations of edition from the following sources (in order of preference): ° the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918] |
|
(2.5.3.3) Recording parallel designation of edition | |
Apply the basic instructions on recording edition statements given under 2.5.1
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel designations of edition in 250 ‡b. Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
|
(2.5.4) Statement of responsibility relating to the edition and (2.5.5) Parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition | |
(2.5.4.1) Statement of responsibility | (2.5.5.1) Parallel statement of responsibility |
A statement of responsibility relating to the edition is a statement relating to the identification of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the edition being described but not to all editions. | A parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition is a statement of responsibility relating to the edition (2.5.4.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the statement of responsibility relating to the edition element.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition. Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
(2.5.4.2) Sources of information | (2.5.5.2) Sources of information |
Take statements of responsibility relating to the edition from the same source as the designation of edition (2.5.2.2). | Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition from the same source as the parallel designation of edition (2.5.3.2).
If there is no corresponding parallel designation of edition, take parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition from the same source as the designation of edition (2.5.2.2). |
(2.5.4.3) Recording statements of responsibility | (2.5.5.3) Recording parallel statements of responsibility |
>Record statements of responsibility relating to the edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].
Examples: In case of doubt about whether a statement of responsibility applies to all editions or only to some, or if there is no designation of edition, record such a statement as a statement of responsibility relating to title proper (2.4.2 [1575]). When describing the first edition, record all statements of responsibility as statements of responsibility relating to title proper (2.4.2 [1575]). Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all statements of responsibility relating to the edition. Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
Record statements of responsibility relating to the edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].
If there is more than one parallel statement of responsibility relating to the edition, record the statements in the same order as the parallel designations of edition to which they correspond; if that is not applicable, record them in the order found on the resource. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all parallel statements of responsibility relating to the edition. Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
(2.5.4.4) Statement of responsibility in more than one language or script | |
If a statement of responsibility relating to the edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first. | |
(2.5.6) Designation of a named revision of an edition and (2.5.7) Parallel designation of a named revision of an edition | |
(2.5.6.1) Named revision of an edition | (2.5.7.1) Parallel named revision of an edition |
A designation of a named revision of an edition is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters, identifying a particular revision of a named edition. | A parallel designation of a named revision of an edition is a designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the designation of a named revision of an edition element. |
(2.5.6.2) Sources of information | (2.5.7.2) Sources of information |
Take designations of a named revision of an edition from the following sources (in order of preference): ° the same source as the designation of edition (2.5.2.2) ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918] |
Take parallel designations of a named revision of an edition from the following sources (in order of preference): ° the same source as the designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.2) ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918] |
(2.5.6.3) Recording designations of a named revision of an edition | (2.5.7.3) Recording parallel designations of a named revision of an edition |
If the source of information has a statement indicating a revision of an edition (e.g., a named reissue of a particular edition containing changes from that edition), record the statement relating to that revision applying the instructions on recording designations of edition (2.5.2.3).
Do not record statements relating to a reissue of an edition that contains no changes unless the resource is considered to be of particular importance to the agency preparing the description. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all designations of named revision of edition, in 250 ‡a or ‡b, as applicable. Separate multiple designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. in 250 by a comma. |
Record parallel designations of a named revision of an edition applying the basic instructions on recording edition statements given under 2.5.1.
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe, in 250 ‡b, all parallel designations of edition. Any subsequent designations of edition, designations of named revision of edition, etc. should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
(2.5.6.4) Designation of a named revision of an edition in more than one language or script | |
If a designation of a named revision of an edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first. | |
(2.5.8) Statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition and (2.5.9) Parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition | |
(2.5.8.1) Statement of responsibility | (2.5.9.1) Parallel statement of responsibility |
A statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition is a statement relating to the identification of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for a named revision of an edition. | A parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition is a statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition (2.5.8.1) in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition element. |
(2.5.8.2) Sources of information | (2.5.9.2) Sources of information |
Take statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition from the same source as the designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.2). | Take parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition from the same source as the corresponding parallel designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.7.2).
If there is no corresponding parallel designation of a named revision of an edition, take parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition from the same source as the designation of a named revision of an edition (2.5.6.2). |
(2.5.8.3) Recording statements of responsibility | (2.5.9.3) Recording parallel statements of responsibility |
>Record statements of responsibility relating to one or more named revisions of an edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].
Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of edition, in 250 ‡b. Any subsequent statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
Record parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition applying the basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility given under 2.4.1 [1574].
If there is more than one parallel statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition, record the statements in the same order as the parallel designations of a named revision of an edition to which they correspond. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel statements of responsibility relating to a named revision of edition, in 250 ‡b. Note that any subsequent statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition should follow a comma in ‡b (250 ‡a and ‡b are not repeatable). |
(2.5.8.4) Statement of responsibility in more than one language or script | |
If a statement of responsibility relating to a named revision of an edition appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the statement in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the statement that appears first. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
(8.1.2) The term person refers to an individual or an identity established by an individual (either alone or in collaboration with one or more other individuals). (8.1.3) The term name refers to a word, character, or group of words and/or characters by which a person is known. |
||||||||||||||||
(8.4) Language and script | ||||||||||||||||
Record names in the language and script in which they appear on the sources from which they are taken. Alternative: Record a transliterated form of the name either as a substitute for, or in addition to, the form that appears on the source. See RDA Toolkit [1576] for LC-PCC PS. |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5) General guidelines on recording names | ||||||||||||||||
(8.5.1) General guidelines | ||||||||||||||||
Apply the general guidelines on capitalization, numbers, accents, etc., given under 8.5.2–8.5.7. When those guidelines refer to an appendix, apply the additional instructions given in that appendix, as applicable. |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.2) Capitalization (see also capitalization, Names of persons, families, corporate bodies, and places [1577] | ||||||||||||||||
Apply the instructions on the capitalization given in Appendix A2: ° In general, capitalize the first word of each name. ° Capitalize other words applying the guidelines given under A.10–A.55, as applicable to the language involved. ° For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form. Guidelines specific to names of persons: A.2.4: Other terms associated with names of persons: A.10: Capitalization: English language: |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.3) Numbers expressed as numerals or as words | ||||||||||||||||
When recording a name, record numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the form in which they appear on the source of information. Examples: 2012562496 James Lee III #746949507 Loudon Wainwright III #767565900 Edgar I. Ailor III and Edgar I. Ailor IV |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.4) Accents and other diacritical mark | ||||||||||||||||
Record accents and other diacritical marks appearing in a name as they appear in the source of information. Add them if it is certain that they are integral to a name but have been omitted in the source from which the name is taken.
If the application of the instructions on capitalization in appendix A requires the addition of accents and other diacritical marks to lower case letters in order to reflect standard usage for the language in which the data is recorded, add accents and other diacritical marks accordingly. |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.5) Hyphens | ||||||||||||||||
Retain hyphens between given names if they are used by the bearer of the name. Example: 2012564397 Hans-Martin Theopold |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.6) Spacing of initials and acronyms | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.6.1) Names of persons or families | ||||||||||||||||
When recording the name of a person: ° leave a space between a full stop following an initial representing a forename or surname and the subsequent initial or name Examples: 2012563437 G. Verdi 2012563434 J.S. Dwight ° if the name consists entirely or primarily of separate letters, leave a space between the letters (regardless of whether they are followed by full stops or not) ° if the name includes initials or abbreviations forming part of a title or term of address, leave a space between the initial or abbreviation and a subsequent initial, abbreviation, number, or word. Examples: 2012563802 Mr. Handel 2012571071 Mlle. Henriette Martin 2012563880 Bohuslav Czernohorský, o.f.m. conv. 1684-1742 |
||||||||||||||||
(8.5.7) Abbreviations | ||||||||||||||||
Apply the instructions on the use of abbreviations in names of person given in Appendix B.2: ° In names of persons use only the abbreviations that are integral parts of the name (e.g., "Wm.") if the person uses the abbreviation. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Numbers expressed as numerals or as words | Dates
(1.8) Numbers expressed as numerals or as words | ||||||||||||||||||||
(1.8.1) Apply these guidelines to when recording numbers expressed as numerals or as words in the following elements: ° Numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence ° Chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence ° Alternative numeric and/or alphabetic designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence ° Alternative chronological designation of first issue or part of sequence, or last issue or part of sequence ° Date of production, publication, distribution, manufacture ° Copyright date ° Numbering within series and subseries ° Year degree granted Alternative: For early printed resources, transcribe numbers expressed as numerals or as words appearing in numbering of serials, date of production, date of publication, date of distribution, or date of manufacture in the form in which they appear on the source of information. LC practice/PCC practice for Alternative: Apply the alternative for early printed resources. When recording numbers expressed as numerals or as words in a transcribed element, transcribe them in the form in which they appear on the source of information, applying the general guidelines on transcription in 1.7 [1470], as applicable. |
||||||||||||||||||||
(1.8.2) Form of numerals | ||||||||||||||||||||
Record numerals in the form preferred by the agency creating the data, unless the substitution would make the numbering less clear.
Alternatives: Example: 2nd: Record the numerals in the form in which they appear on the source. Add the equivalent numerals in the form preferred by the agency creating the data, indicating that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]. |
||||||||||||||||||||
(1.8.3) Numbers expressed as words | ||||||||||||||||||||
Substitute numerals for numbers expressed as words. | ||||||||||||||||||||
(1.8.4) Inclusive numbers | ||||||||||||||||||||
When recording inclusive dates and other inclusive numbers, record both the first and last number in full. | ||||||||||||||||||||
(1.8.5) Ordinal numbers | ||||||||||||||||||||
When recording ordinal numbers (expressed either as numerals or as words) taken from an English-language source, record them as numerals in the form 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.
When recording ordinal numerals (expressed either as numerals or as words) taken from a source in a language other than English, Chinese, Japanese, or Korean, record them as numerals, following the usage of the language if ascertainable: If the usage of a language cannot be ascertained, use the form 1., 2., 3., etc. |
||||||||||||||||||||
(1.9) Dates | ||||||||||||||||||||
When recording dates appearing on the source of information, apply the guidelines given under 1.8.
Apply the instructions in 1.9.2 below when recording a supplied date of production (2.7.6.6), publication (2.8.6.6), distribution (2.9.6.6), or manufacture (2.10.6.6) [1578]. |
||||||||||||||||||||
(1.9.2) Supplied dates | ||||||||||||||||||||
Record a supplied date or dates as instructed below. Indicate that the date was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
|
name headings | other areas of the bib record | calendar divisions, time periods | other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc. | Miscellaneous See also Capitalization of key, opus, and numbers [527]
Name headings | |||||
Personal name headings (See also Recording names (RDA 8.4-8.5) [1488]) | |||||
English (A10-A.30) | French (A.40) | German (A.41) | Italian (A.43) | Spanish (A.53) | |
Prefixes [1490] | if in a language other than English, follow the usage of the person; if in doubt, capitalize it | prefixes consisting of an article or contraction of an article and a preposition | |||
Names of corporate bodies | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
Yes: capitalize the first word of each name ° the name of an international organization or alliance » the full name of a legislative or judicial body; administrative department, bureau, or office; armed force (or component part of an armed force) and an accepted shortened form of name for any of these; ° the name of an institution, association, conference, company, religious denomination or order, local church, etc., or of a department or division and a noun, noun phrase, adjective, or adjectival phrase derived from the name that refers to a member or members of the body but No: an article preceding the name, even when it is part of the official name; a generic word (e.g., society, company, conference) when used alone or with an article |
1st word, adjective preceding 1st noun, the 1st noun, all proper nouns | 1st word, proper nouns, religious terms, word following an adjective denoting royal or pontifical privilege | |||
(A.2.1) For names with unusual capitalization, follow the capitalization of the commonly known form | |||||
Other areas of the bibliographic record | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
Nouns | No ° Plural generic term belonging to two or more proper names Yes: when it precedes the distinctive nouns No: when it follows the nouns. |
capitalize nouns denoting nationality | Yes | ||
Titles of persons | Yes: ° any title or term of honour or address that immediately precedes a personal name; ° the name or abbreviation of an academic degree, honour, religious order, etc.; ° esquire, junior, senior and their abbreviations; ° religious title; ° term of honour or respect; ° epithet occurring with, or used in place of, a personal name; ° name of a people, race, tribe, or ethnic or linguistic group and an adjective derived from such a name; ° name of a language |
No: titles designation rank or office Yes: titles of address or reference ° Saint: No: when refers to a person; Yes: otherwise |
Yes for ceremonial titles consisting of a possessive pronoun and a noun expressing an abstract quality; No: otherwise ° San (santo, etc.): No: when refers to a person; Yes: when it is abbreviated and when it is an integral part of the name of a place, a building, etc. |
Yes: ° titles of honour and address when they are abbreviated; ° Su Excelencia, Su Majestad, etc., when used alone, written out or abbreviated but No: when used with a name or another title |
|
Proper name derivatives | No: a word derived from a personal or place name when it is used with a specialized meaning | No: names of and adjective derived from names of: » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations; » religions; » languages; ° adjectives derived from geographic names ° common noun used as a generic word in a geographic name Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality |
Yes: adjectives that consist of a personal name followed by an apostrophe and the ending –sche (including its inflected forms, but No: other adjectives containing a personal name Yes: ° indeclinable adjectives derived from geographic names; ° adjectives, pronouns, and numerals used as parts of a name or title No: proper adjectives |
No: names of and adjective derived from names of: » members of religious groups, etc., political, other organizations; » religions; » languages; ° adjectives derived geographic and personal names; Yes: nouns indicating nationality, but No: adjectives indicating nationality |
No |
Personal pronouns | No | No | No but Yes: Sie and Ihr and their inflected forms when used in formal address | No: io but Yes: pronouns of formal address | No: yo but Yes: pronouns of formal address |
Geographic names | Yes: name of a geographic feature, region, etc. but No: a descriptive adjective not part of an accepted name | ||||
Political divisions | Yes: ° the name of a political division (e.g., a country, state, province, city); ° a popular name of a place, or the name of a legendary place; ° a word such as empire, kingdom, state, country, and city following a proper name if it is a commonly accepted part of the name but No: when such a word when used alone to indicate a political division. |
Yes: état when it refers to the nation | Yes: stato when it refers to the nation | ||
Names of structures, streets, etc. | Yes: ° the name of a building, monument, or other structure, and the name of a road or street No: words such as avenue, bridge, hotel, and park when they are used alone |
No: rue and its synonyms ° église: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution |
No: via and its synonyms ° chiesa: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution |
° iglesia: No: when it indicates a building, but Yes: when it refers to the church as an institution | |
Calendar divisions, time periods | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
days of the week months seasons centuries cultural periods holidays |
Yes Yes No Yes |
No No |
No No Yes when proper names |
No No |
|
Other: hyphenated prefixes, single letters, abbreviations, etc. | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
Single letters used as words or parts of compounds (e.g., A major; A-Dur [1549]) | Yes including ° the interjection O or Oh; ° a letter that refers to a letter of the alphabet. |
See Capitalization of key [1549] | |||
Hyphenated compounds | 1st part: Yes: when guidelines require 2nd part: Yes: when » it is a noun or a proper adjective; » it has the same force as the 1st part No: when » it modifies the 1st part; » the 2 parts constitute a single word |
||||
Hyphenated prefixes | No: when joined by a hyphen to a capitalized word, unless other guidelines require its capitalization | ||||
Miscellaneous | |||||
English | French | German | Italian | Spanish | |
No: ° cardinal numbers under one million; ° adverbs; ° verbal phrases; ° adjectives modifying nouns that are implied if the noun has been expressed elsewhere in the same sentence; ° fractions when they directly precede a noun or a cardinal number |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Date associated with the person (9.3) | Title of the person (9.4) | Fuller form of name (9.5) | Other designation (9.6) | Gender (9.7) | Place of birth, death, country, and residence; address (9.8-9.12) | Affiliation (9.13) | Language (9.14) | Field of activity (9.15) | Profession or occupation (9.16) | Biographical information (9.17) | Identifier for the person (9.18)
(9.3) Date associated with the person | |||||||||||
(9.3.1) Basic instructions on recording dates | |||||||||||
A date associated with the person is a significant date associated with a person (e.g., date of birth, date of death). | |||||||||||
(9.3.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on dates associated with the person from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.3.1.3) Recording dates associated with persons | |||||||||||
Record dates associated with persons, applying these instructions, as applicable: ° date of birth (9.3.2) ° date of death (9.3.3) ° period of activity (9.3.4) Record a date associated with a person by giving the year or years in terms of the calendar preferred by the agency creating the data. Exception: If two or more persons have the same name and are born in the same year, see 9.3.2.3 for instructions on recording their dates of birth.
Record dates as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. Exceptions: |
|||||||||||
(9.3.2-9.3.3) Date of birth and date of death | |||||||||||
Date of birth is the year a person was born. ° Date of birth may also include the month and day of the person's birth. Date of death is the year a person died. ° Date of death may also include the month and day of the person's death. |
|||||||||||
(9.3.2.2-9.3.3.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on date of birth and date of death from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.3.2.3-9.3.3.3) Recording date of birth and date of death | |||||||||||
Record the person's date of birth and the date of death of a deceased person, applying the basic instructions on recording dates associated with persons at 9.3.1.
If the person was born in the same year as another person with the same name, record the date of birth in the form [year] [month] [day]. LC practice/PCC practice for recording date of birth: LC practice/PCC practice for recording date of death: |
|||||||||||
(9.3.4) Period of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Period of activity of the person is a date or range of dates indicative of the period in which a person was active in his or her primary field of endeavour | |||||||||||
(9.3.4.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on period of activity of the person from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.3.4.3) Recording period of activity | |||||||||||
Record a date or range of dates indicative of the person's period of activity, by applying the basic instructions on recording dates associated with persons at 9.3.1.
If it is not possible to establish specific years of activity, record the century or centuries in which the person was active. LC practice/PCC practice: |
|||||||||||
(9.4) Title of person | |||||||||||
Title of the person is a ° word or phrase indicative of royalty, nobility, or ecclesiastical rank or office ° term of address for a person of religious vocation. |
|||||||||||
(9.4.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on the title of the person from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.4.1.3) Recording titles of persons | |||||||||||
Record the title of the person by applying the instructions below, as applicable. ° See RDA 9.4.1.4 (Titles of royalty), 9.4.1.5 (Titles of nobility), and 9.4.1.6-9.4.1.8 for religious titles. Record titles as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. ° See Title or other designation associated with the person [1580] (9.19.1.2) for additional instructions on recording titles as parts of authorized access points. |
|||||||||||
(9.5) Fuller form of name | |||||||||||
A fuller form of name is the full form of: ° a part of a name represented only by an initial or abbreviation in the form chosen as the preferred name, or ° a part of the name not included in the form chosen as the preferred name. The most common instances occur when the preferred name contains initials and the spelled out form is known. |
|||||||||||
(9.5.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on fuller forms of names from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.5.1.3) Recording fuller forms of names | |||||||||||
If a fuller form of a person's name is known and the preferred name [1550] (9.2.2) does not include all of that fuller form then, record, as appropriate: ° the fuller form of all the inverted part of the name (given names, etc.) and/or ° the fuller form of the part of the name recorded as the first element of the name (surname, etc.) Record fuller forms of names as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. Variant names: Record the name in its fuller form as a variant name [1552] (9.2.3.10), when appropriate. |
|||||||||||
(9.6) Other designation associated with the person | |||||||||||
Other designation associated with the person is a term other than a title that is associated with a person's name. | |||||||||||
(9.6.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on other designations associated with the person from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.6.1.3) Recording other designations associated with the person | |||||||||||
Record other designations by applying the instructions below, as applicable. ° 9.6.1.4: Saints: For a Christian saint, record Saint ° 9.6.1.5: Spirits: For a spirit, record Spirit Record other designations associated with the person as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. |
|||||||||||
(9.7) Gender | |||||||||||
Gender is the gender with which a person identifies. | |||||||||||
(9.7.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on gender from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3: ° When recording other identifying attributes of a person indicate, when appropriate, the source from which the information was derived. ° Cite other sources consulted that provided no information of use in establishing the preferred name. » Record No information found following the citation for the source consulted. |
|||||||||||
(9.7.1.3) Recording gender | |||||||||||
Record the gender of the person as a separate element using an appropriate term from the following list: ° female ° male ° not known If none of the terms listed is appropriate or sufficiently specific, record an appropriate term or phrase. Record gender as a separate element. |
|||||||||||
(9.8-9.12) Place of birth (9.8), death (9.9), country (9.10), and residence (9.11); and address (9.12) | |||||||||||
(9.8.1.1) Place of birth is the town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person was born. (9.9.1.1) Place of death is the town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person died. (9.10.1.1) A country associated with the person is a country with which a person is identified. (9.11.1.1) Place of residence is a town, city, province, state, and/or country in which a person resides or has resided. (9.12.1.1) Address of the person is the address of a person's place of residence, business, or employer and/or an e-mail or Internet address. |
|||||||||||
(9.8.1.2-9.12.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on place of birth, place of death, country or countries associated with the person, place or places of residence, and address or addresses of the person from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3. |
|||||||||||
(9.8.1.3) Recording lace of birth (9.8.1.3), death (9.9.1.3), country (9.10.1.3), and residence (9.11.1.3); and address (9.12.1.3) | |||||||||||
Rule | Record | ||||||||||
(9.8.1.3) Place of birth (9.9.1.3) Place of death |
Record the place (town, city, province, state, and/or country) in which the person was born or in which in which the person died as instructed in chapter 16. Abbreviate the names of countries, states, provinces, territories, etc., as instructed in appendix B (B.11), as applicable. Record the place of birth and place of death as separate elements. |
||||||||||
(9.10.1.3) Country or countries associated with the person (9.11.1.3) Place of residence |
Record the name of the country and the place or places (town, city, province, state, and/or country) in which the person resides or has resided as instructed in chapter 16. Abbreviate the names of countries and of of countries, states, provinces, territories, etc.,as instructed in appendix B (B.11), as applicable. Record a country and a place of residence as separate elements. |
||||||||||
(9.12.1.3) Address of the person | Record the address of the person's place of residence, business, or employer, and/or an e-mail or Internet address.
Record an address as a separate element. |
||||||||||
(9.13) Affiliation | |||||||||||
An affiliation is a group with which a person is affiliated or has been affiliated through employment, membership, cultural identity, etc. | |||||||||||
(9.13.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on affiliation or affiliations from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3. |
|||||||||||
(9.13.1.3) Recording affiliations | |||||||||||
Record the names of groups with which the person is affiliated or has been affiliated through employment, membership, cultural identity, etc.
Record an affiliation as a separate element. |
|||||||||||
(9.14) Language of the person | |||||||||||
Language of the person is a language a person uses when writing for publication, broadcasting, etc. | |||||||||||
(9.14.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on the language of the person from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3. |
|||||||||||
(9.14.1.3) Recording languages of the person | |||||||||||
Record the language or languages the person uses when writing for publication, broadcasting, etc. Use an appropriate term or terms in a language preferred by the agency creating the data, selecting terms from a standard list of names of languages, if available. Record a language used by the person as a separate element. |
|||||||||||
(9.15) Field of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Field of activity of the person is a field of endeavour, area of expertise, etc., in which a person is engaged or was engaged. | |||||||||||
(9.15.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on the field or fields of activity of the person from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3. |
|||||||||||
(9.15.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Record the field or fields of endeavour, area or areas of expertise, etc., in which the person is engaged or was engaged by recording a term indicating the field.
Record a field of activity of the person as a separate element. |
|||||||||||
(9.16) Profession or occupation | |||||||||||
Profession or occupation is a profession or occupation in which a person works or has worked. | |||||||||||
(9.16.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on the profession or occupation of the person from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3. |
|||||||||||
(9.16.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Record the profession or occupation in which the person works or has worked by recording a term indicating the class of persons engaged in the profession or occupation.
Record professions or occupations as separate elements, as parts of access points, or as both. |
|||||||||||
(9.17) Biographical information | |||||||||||
Biographical information is information about the life or history of a person. | |||||||||||
(9.17.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take biographical information from any source. Indicate the source of information by applying the instructions at 8.12.1.3. |
|||||||||||
(9.17.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Record information about the life or history of the person. As appropriate, incorporate information associated with specific identifying elements (see 9.3–9.16 above) into a biographical information element. Record biographical information as a separate element. |
|||||||||||
(9.18) Identifier for the person | |||||||||||
An identifier for the person is a character string uniquely associated with a person, or with a surrogate for a person (e.g., an authority record). The identifier serves to differentiate that person from other persons. | |||||||||||
(9.18.1.2) Sources of information | |||||||||||
Take information on identifiers for the person from any source. | |||||||||||
(9.18.1.3) Recording fields of activity of the person | |||||||||||
Record an identifier for the person preceding the identifier with the name or an identification of the agency, etc., responsible for assigning the identifier, if readily ascertainable. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
See Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.4) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6) | Examples
(2.3.4) Other title information | (2.3.5) Parallel other title information | |
Other title information is information that appears in conjunction with, and is subordinate to, the title proper of a resource.
Other title information includes:
|
Parallel other title information is other title information in a language and/or script different from that recorded in the other title information element. | |
(2.3.4.2) Sources of information for other title information | (2.3.5.2) Sources of information for parallel other title information | |
Take other title information from the same source as the title proper [1584]. | Take parallel other title information from the same source as the corresponding parallel title proper 2.3.3.2 [1585]
If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take parallel other title information from the same source as the title proper 2.3.2.2) [1571] |
|
(2.3.4.3) Recording other title information | (2.3.5.3) Recording parallel other title information | |
Record other title information appearing on the same source of information as the title proper applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1 [1479].
If more than one element of other title information is being recorded, record the elements in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the elements on the source of information. If an original title appears on the same source of information as the title proper, and it is in the same language as the title proper, record it as other title information. LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: When there is a section title (2.3.1.7 [1583]), give other title information that is appropriate only for the title of the larger resource in a note. Give subtitles, alternative titles, etc., appearing on other sources (e.g., cover, caption, container, spine of an audio carrier) if deemed useful for identification and access. Since other title information as defined in RDA can only be transcribed from the same source as the title proper, record such subtitles as variant titles (per 2.3.6 [1483]) in 246 13/‡i, or other indicator values according to local practice, as appropriate. |
Record parallel other title information in the same order as the parallel titles proper to which the information corresponds
If there are no parallel titles proper, and if other title information appears in one or more languages or scripts that are different from that of the title proper, record the other title information that appears first as other title information (2.3.4.4) and record the other title information in other languages as parallel other title information. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel other title information. See D.1.2.2 for guidance on recording parallel data in the 245 field, using ISBD presentation. |
|
(2.3.4.4) Other title information in more than one language or script | ||
If other title information appears in more than one language or script, record the other title information that is in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the other title information that appears first. | ||
Examples: | ||
Other title information: Parallel other title information Examples of recording multiple instances of parallel other title information data using ISBD in MARC On resource: On resource: On resource: Explanation: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
see Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6)
(2.3.3) Parallel title proper | |
A parallel title proper is the title proper title proper in another language and/or script
The parallel title proper includes:
|
|
(2.3.3.2) Sources of information for parallel title proper | |
Take parallel titles proper from any source within the resource. ° If the parallel title is not taken come from the same source as the title proper, indicate the source in a note if that fact is considered important for identification. |
|
(2.3.3.3) Recording parallel titles proper | |
If there is more than one parallel title proper, record the titles in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source or sources of information.
If an original title in a language different from that of the title proper is presented as an equivalent to the title proper, record it as a parallel title proper. If a parallel title proper is taken from a different source than the title proper, and that fact is considered important, make a note on the source (2.20.2.3) Best practices for music cataloging [914]: When a parallel title is taken from outside the preferred source and included in 246 (in addition to 245/‡b or ‡c), apply 2.20.2.3 (Note on title source) by including a note or or an introductory phrase in the 246/‡i. Alternatively, parallel titles from outside the preferred source may be recorded only in 246 1_ with an introductory phrase in 246/‡$i. This approach may be preferable when multiple parallel titles appear in different sources, and therefore the second paragraph at 2.3.3.3 is difficult to apply |
|
(2.3.3.4) Medium of performance, key, etc. | |
If the source of information includes statements of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and/or number that are treated as part of the title proper (2.3.2.8.1 [1589]) in more than one language or script, record such statements in the order in which they appear on the source of information as part of the parallel title proper. Examples: Example of recording parallel other title proper information data using ISBD in MARC |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Place and Parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
Name and Parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer
Date of of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture
Copyright date
See also Production, publication, distribution, manufacture, and copyright notice (MARC 264) [618]
(2.7.1.1) production statement: ° the place(s) of production, producer(s), and date(s) of production of a resource in an unpublished form. ° includes statements relating to the inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form. (2.8.1.1) publication statement: ° identifies the place(s) of publication, publisher(s), and date(s) of publication of a resource. ° includes statements relating to the publication, release, or issuing of a resource. (2.9.1.1) distribution statement: ° identifies the place(s) of distribution, distributor(s), and date(s) of distribution of a resource in a published form. (2.10.1.1) manufacture statement: ° identifies the place(s) of manufacture, manufacturer(s), and date(s) of manufacture of a resource in a published form. ° includes statements relating to the printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Facsimiles and reproductions | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.1.3) production (2.8.1.3) publication (2.9.1.3) distribution (2.10.1.3) manufacture |
For a facsimile or reproduction that has a production (2.7.1.3), publication (2.8.1.3), distribution (2.9.1.3), or manufacture (2.10.1.3) statement or statements relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction record: ° the production, publication, distribution, or manufacture statement or statements relating to the facsimile or reproduction ° any production, publication, distribution, or manufacture statement relating to the original as pertaining to a related manifestation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recording statements of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.1.4) production statement for a resource that is in an unpublished form (e.g., a manuscript, a painting, a sculpture, a locally made recording). ° transcribe places of production and producers' names in the form in which they appear on the source of information. (2.8.1.4) publication statement: ° transcribe places of publication and publishers' names in the form in which they appear on the source of information.. (2.9.1.4) distribution statement: ° transcribe places of distribution and distributors' names in the form in which they appear on the source of information. (2.10.1.4) manufacture statement for a resource that is in a published form: ° record a manufacture statement or statements if neither the publisher's name nor the distributor's name is identified, and/or if neither the date of publication nor date of distribution is identified. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Optional omission for recording statements of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture: Omit levels in a corporate hierarchy that are not required to identify the producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer. LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally do not omit levels in corporate hierarchy. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2) production (2.8.2) publication (2.9.2) distribution (2.10.2) manufacture |
If more than one place of publication (2.8.2), distribution (2.9.2), or manufacture (2.10.2) appears on the source of information, only the first recorded is required. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Place of: | is associated with the: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2.1) production | inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If deemed useful for identification and access, transcribe place of production in 264 [618] _2 ‡a or 260 ‡e. (260 field: MLA strongly recommends using the 264 [618] field). |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.8.2.1) publication | publication, release, or issuing of a resource If more than one place of publication appears on the source of information, only the first recorded is required. Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Follow LC-PCC PS: If more than one place is given in the resource and it is unclear which is the "true" place of publication and which is a place of distribution, foreign office, etc., give all places |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.9.2.1) distribution | distribution of a resource in a published form
Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If transcribing a distribution statement separately from a publication statement, record it in 264 [618] _2. It is usually not necessary to record a separate date of distribution if date of publication and copyright are already recorded. When in doubt as to whether a person, family or corporate body is functioning as publisher or distributor, transcribe the name as a publisher's name. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.10.2.1) manufacture | printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form
LC-PCC PS: (2.10) LC practice: If manufacture data elements are being given in lieu of missing publication and missing distribution elements, give a complete manufacture statement. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sources of information for place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2.2) production (2.8.2.2) publication (2.9.2.2) distribution (2.10.2.2) manufacture |
Take places of production (2.7.2.2), publication (2.8.2.2), distribution (2.9.2.2), and manufacture (2.10.2.2) from the following sources (in order of preference): ° a) the same source as the producer's name (2.7.4.2), publisher's name (2.8.4.2), distributor's name (2.9.4.2), or manufacturer's name (2.10.4.2) » a) the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) » b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) » c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918] ° b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recording place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2.3) production (2.8.2.3) publication (2.9.2.3) distribution (2.10.2.3) manufacture |
Include both the local place name (city, town, etc.) and the name of the larger jurisdiction or jurisdictions (state, province, etc., and/or country) if present on the source of information
Examples: Optional additions: Include the full address as part of the local place name if it is considered to be important for identification or access. Include any preposition appearing with the place name that is required to make sense of the statement. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
More than one place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2.4) production (2.8.2.4) publication (2.9.2.4) distribution (2.10.2.4) manufacture |
If more than one place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is named on the source of information, record the place names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source of information.
Examples: If there are two or more producers, publishers, distributors, or manufacturers, and two or more places associated with one or more of them, record the place names associated with each producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the place names on the source of information. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture in more than one language or script | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2.5) production (2.8.2.5) publication (2.9.2.5) distribution (2.10.2.5) manufacture |
If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the form that is in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the place name in the language or script that appears first. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture not identified in the resource | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.2.6) production (2.8.2.6) publication (2.9.2.6) distribution (2.10.2.6) manufacture |
If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is not identified in the resource, supply the place or probable place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture as instructed below. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918].
Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets." If neither a known nor a probable local place or country, state, province, etc., of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture can be determined, record Place of production not identified, Place of publication not identified, Place of distribution not identified, or Place of manufacture not identified. Examples: LC-PCC PS: (2.8.2.6) LC practice/PCC practice: Supply a probable place of publication if possible rather than give "[Place of publication not identified]." Known place of production (2.7.2.6.1), publication (2.8.2.6.1), distribution (2.9.2.6.1), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.1) If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is known, supply the local place name (city, town, etc.). Include the name of the larger jurisdiction if necessary for identification. Examples: Probable place of production (2.7.2.6.2), publication (2.8.2.6.2), distribution (2.9.2.6.2), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.2) If the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is uncertain, supply the name of the probable local place. Include the name of the larger jurisdiction if necessary for identification. If only the local place name is supplied, follow it with a question mark. If the name of the larger jurisdiction is included, and the place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is known to be within that jurisdiction, but the locality within that jurisdiction is uncertain, add a question mark following the name of the probable local place. Otherwise, add a question mark following the name of the larger jurisdiction. Example: Known country, state, province, etc., of production (2.7.2.6.3), publication (2.8.2.6.3), distribution (2.9.2.6.3), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.3) If the probable local place is unknown, supply the name of the country, state, province, etc. Example: Probable country, state, province, etc., of production (2.7.2.6.4), publication (2.8.2.6.4), distribution (2.9.2.6.4), or manufacture (2.10.2.6.4) If the country, state, province, etc., of publication, distribution, or manufacture is uncertain, supply the name of the probable country, state, province, etc., followed by a question mark. Example: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A parallel place of production (2.7.3), publication (2.8.3), distribution, (2.9.3), or manufacture (2.10.3) is in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture elements. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sources of information for parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.3.2) production (2.8.3.2) publication (2.9.3.2) distribution (2.10.3.2) manufacture |
Take parallel places of production (2.7.3.2), publication (2.8.3.2), distribution (2.9.3.2), and manufacture (2.10.3.2) from the following sources (in order of preference): ° a) the same source as the place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture, ° b) another source within the resource itself 2.2.2 [1572]), ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recording parallel place of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.3.3) production (2.8.3.3) publication (2.9.3.3) distribution (2.10.3.3) manufacture |
Record parallel places of production (2.7.3.3), publication (2.8.3.3), distribution, (2.9.3.3), or manufacture (2.10.3.3) applying the basic instructions on recording production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1) statements.
If there is more than one parallel place of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture, record the names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source or sources of information. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4) producer (2.8.4) publisher (2.9.) distributor (2.10.4) manufacturer |
If more than one publisher's name (2.8.4), distributor's name (2.9.4), or manufacturer's name (2.10.4) appears on the source of information, only the first recorded is required. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name of: | is the name of a person, family, or corporate body responsible for: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.1) producer | inscribing, fabricating, constructing, etc., a resource in an unpublished form Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If deemed useful for identification and access, transcribe producer's name in 264 [618] _4 ‡b. Alternatively, transcribe it in 260 ‡f. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.8.4.1) publisher | publishing, releasing, or issuing a resource. Treat printers and booksellers of early printed resources as publishers Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: Transcribe the names of all publishers appearing on the preferred source. If feasible, transcribe the names of all publishers appearing anywhere in the item. Transcribe in 264 [618] _1 ‡b or 260 ‡b. If an audio/video recording bears both the name of the publishing company and the name of a subdivision of that company or a trade name or brand name used by that company (i.e., a "label" in the case of audio recordings), give the name of the subdivision or the trade name or brand name as the name of the publisher. Note that there is no option to transcribe a publisher name in the "shortest form in which it can be understood and identified internationally." Thus, when in doubt as to whether a presentation of two names in the same source represents a publishing company and the name of a subdivision of that company or a trade name or brand name used by that company, or whether it represents two unrelated publishers, transcribe both names as separate publishers. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.9.4.1) distributor | distributing a resource in a published form. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.10.4.1) manufacturer | printing, duplicating, casting, etc., a resource in a published form. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sources of information for name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.4) producer (2.8.4.4) publisher (2.9.4.4) distributor (2.10.4.4) manufacturer |
Take name of producer (2.7.4.4), publisher (2.8.4.4), distributor (2.9.4.4), and manufacturer (2.10.4.4) from the following sources (in order of preference): ° a) the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) ° b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recording producers', publishers', distributors', and manufacturers' names | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.3) producer (2.8.4.3) publisher (2.9.4.3) distributor (2.10.4.3) manufacturer |
Record name of producer (2.7.4.3), publisher (2.8.4.3), distributor (2.9.4.3), or manufacturer (2.10.4.3) names applying the basic instructions on recording statement of production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1).
If the name as transcribed is known to be fictitious, or requires clarification, make a note giving the actual name, etc. (2.20.7.3). Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.10.4. Manufacturer's name: Record manufacturer's name in 264 [618] _2 ‡b or 260 ‡f. Examples: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Statement of function of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.4) producer (2.8.4.4) publisher (2.9.4.4) distributor (2.10.4.4) manufacturer |
Record words or phrases indicating the function performed by a person, family, or corporate body as they appear on the source of information. Optional addition: If the function of a person, family, or corporate body recorded in the producer's, publisher's, distributor's, or manufacturer's name sub-element is not stated explicitly or is not clear from the context, add a term indicating the function. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]. Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.8.4.4. Publisher's name, statement of function: Generally do not apply the optional addition. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
More than one producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.5) producer (2.8.4.5) publisher (2.9.4.5) distributor (2.10.4.5) manufacturer |
If more than one person, family, or corporate body is named as a producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer of the resource, record the producers', publishers', distributors', or manufacturers' names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source of information. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name of producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer in more than one language or script | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.6) producer (2.8.4.6) publisher (2.9.4.6) distributor (2.10.4.6) manufacturer |
If the name of a producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer appears on the source of information in more than one language or script, record the form that is in the language or script of the title proper. If this criterion does not apply, record the name in the language or script that appears first. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
No producer, publisher, distributor, or manufacturer identified | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.4.7) producer | If no producer is named within the resource itself, record producer not identified. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.8.4.7) publisher | For a resource in a published form, if no publisher is named within the resource itself, and the publisher cannot be identified from other sources as specified under 2.2.4 [918], record publisher not identified.
Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets." Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: If transcribing a separate distributor statement in 264 [618] _2, record "[publisher not identified]" in 264 [618] _2 ‡b or 260 ‡b. If not transcribing a separate distributor statement in 264 [618] _2, and it is believed the distributor is also the publisher, transcribe the distributor name in square brackets in 264 [618] _1 ‡b or 260 ‡b. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.9.4.7) distributor | For a resource in a published form, if no publisher is named within the resource itself, and the publisher cannot be identified from other sources as specified under 2.2.4 [918], record distributor not identified. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.10.4.7) manufacturer | If no manufacturer is named within the resource itself, record manufacturer not identified. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A parallel producer's (2.7.5.1), publisher's (2.8.5.1), distributor's (2.9.5.1), or manufacturer's (2.10.5.1) name is a producer's name, publisher's name, distributor's name, or manufacturer's name in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the producer's, publisher's, distributor's, or manufacturer's name elements. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sources of information for parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take parallel name of producer (2.7.5.2), publisher (2.8.5.2), distributor (2.9.5.2), and manufacturer (2.10.5.2) from the following sources (in order of preference): ° a) the same source as the name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer, ° b) another source within the resource itself 2.2.2 [1572]), ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recording parallel name of producer, publisher, distributor, and manufacturer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.5.3) producer (2.8.5.3) publisher (2.9.5.3) distributor (2.10.5.3) manufacturer |
Record parallel producer's (2.7.5.3), publisher's (2.8.5.3), distributor's (2.9.5.3), or manufacturer's (2.10.5.3) names applying the basic instructions on recording statement of production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1).
If there is more than one parallel producer's, publisher's, distributor's, or manufacturer's name, record the names in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source or sources of information. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Date of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Date of: | is associated with the: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.6.1) production | inscription, fabrication, construction, etc., of a resource in an unpublished form. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.8.6.1) publication | publication, release, or issuing of a resource. Date of distribution is a core element for a resource in a published form if the date of publication is not identified. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.9.6.1) distribution | distribution of a resource in a published form.
Date of manufacture is a core element for a resource in a published form if neither the date of publication, the date of distribution, nor the copyright date is identified. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.10.6.1) manufacture | printing, duplicating, casting, etc., of a resource in a published form. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sources of information for date of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.6.2) production (2.8.6.2) publication |
Take date of production (2.7.6.2) and date of manufacture (2.10.6.2) from any source | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.9.6.2) distribution (2.10.6.2) manufacture |
Take date of publication (2.8.6.2) and date of distribution (2.9.6.2) from the following sources (in order of preference): ° a) the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) ° b) another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° c) one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918]. For multipart monographs and serials, take the beginning and/or ending date of publication from the first and/or last released issue or part, or from another source. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recording date of production, publication, distribution, and manufacture | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.6.3) production (2.8.6.3) publication (2.9.6.3) distribution (2.10.6.3) manufacture |
Record date of production (2.7.6.3), publication (2.8.6.3), distribution (2.9.6.3), or manufacture (2.10.6.3) applying the basic instructions on recording statement of production (2.7.1), publication (2.8.1), distribution (2.9.1), and manufacture (2.10.1). Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.7.6: record date of production in 264 [618] _2 ‡c. Alternatively, record date of production in 260 ‡c. Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.10.6: Follow LC-PCC PS, that is, routinely infer a publication date from a date of manufacture and/or copyright date. Do this even if also giving date of manufacture separately in 264 [618] _2 ‡c or 260 ‡g. Example: If the date as it appears in the resource is not of the Gregorian or Julian calendar, add the corresponding date or dates of the Gregorian or Julian calendar. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chronograms A chronogram is a sentence or inscription in which specific letters, interpreted as numerals, stand for a particular date when rearranged. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.6.4) production (2.8.6.4) publication (2.9.6.6) distribution (2.10.6.4) manufacture |
If the date of production (2.7.6.4), publication (2.8.6.4), distribution (2.9.6.4), or manufacture (2.10.6.4) as it appears on the source of information is in the form of a chronogram, transcribe the chronogram as it appears.
Optional addition: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multipart monographs, serials, and integrating resources | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.6.5) production (2.8.6.5) publication (2.9.6.5) distribution (2.10.6.5) manufacture |
If the first issue, part, or iteration of a multipart monograph, serial, or integrating resource is available, record the date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of that issue, part, or iteration, followed by a hyphen.
If production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of the resource has ceased or is complete and the first and last issues, parts, or iterations are available, record the dates of production of those issues, parts, or iterations, separated by a hyphen. If production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of the resource has ceased or is complete and the last issue, part, or iteration is available, but not the first, record the production date of the last issue, part, or iteration, preceded by a hyphen. If the date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is the same for all issues, parts, or iterations, record only that date as the single date. If the first and/or last issue, part, or iteration of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is not available, supply an approximate date or dates applying the instructions given under 2.7.6.6, 2.8.6.6, 2.9.6.6, or 2.10.6.6. If the date or dates of publication, distribution, or manufacture cannot be approximated, do not record a date of publication, distribution, or manufacture. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture not identified in a single-part resource | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.7.6.6) production (2.8.6.6) publication (2.9.6.6) distribution (2.10.6.6) manufacture |
If the date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture is not identified in the single-part resource, supply the approximate date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture. Apply the instructions on supplied dates given under 1.9.2 [1592].
Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets." Examples: If the date or an approximate date of production, publication, distribution, or manufacture for a single-part resource cannot reasonably be determined, record date of production not identified, date of publication not identified, date of distribution not identified, or date of manufacture not identified. Best practices for music cataloging [1591]: 2.8.6.6: Follow LC-PCC PS. Note that copyright date (whether © or Examples: If the resource is in an unpublished form (e.g., a manuscript, a painting, a sculpture), record nothing in the date of distribution element. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Copyright date (2.11) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.11.1.1) A copyright date is a date associated with a claim of protection under copyright or a similar regime. Copyright dates include phonogram dates ( ![]() Copyright date is a core element if neither the date of publication nor the date of distribution is identified. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.11.1.2) Sources of information for copyright date | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Take information on copyright dates from any source. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2.11.1.3) Recording copyright dates | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Record copyright dates applying the general guidelines on numbers expressed as numerals or as words given under 1.8 [1474]. Precede the date by the copyright symbol (©) or the phonogram symbol ( ![]()
LC-PCC PS: Record a copyright date for a single-part monograph if neither the date of publication nor the date of distribution is identified. It is not required to record copyright dates for multipart monographs, serials, and integrating resources. Note: According to MARC 21 format for bibliographic data: 008: all materials [1594], 06 - Type of date/Publication status, t - Publication date and copyright date: "Deposit dates (i.e., those preceded by "D.L." (Dépot légal), etc.) may be treated as copyright dates." Examples:
Problematic copyright dates:
If the resource has multiple copyright dates that apply to various aspects (e.g., text, sound, graphics), record only the latest copyright date. Optional addition: Make a note giving the other copyright dates (2.20.10.3) or record the other dates as copyright dates of related manifestations (27.1). |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Basic instructions (2.4.1.1) | Sources of information (2.4.1.2) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.4.1.3) | Recording statements of responsibility (2.4.1.4) | Statement naming more than one person, etc. (2.4.1.5) | More than one statement of responsibility (2.4.1.6) | Clarification of role (2.4.1.7) | Noun phrases occurring with a statement of responsibility (2.4.1.8) | No person, family, or corporate body named in the statement of responsibility (2.4.1.9) | Statement of responsibility relating to title proper (2.4.2) and parallel title proper (2.4.3)
(2.4.1.1) Basic instructions on recording statements of responsibility | |
A statement of responsibility is a statement relating to the identification and/or function of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the creation of, or contributing to the realization of, the intellectual or artistic content of a resource. ° The persons, families, or corporate bodies include: » performers of music whose participation is confined to performance, execution, or interpretation » performers, narrators, and/or presenters » persons who have contributed to the artistic and/or technical production of a resource » persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the production, publication, distribution, or manufacture of a resource A statement of responsibility may: |
|
(2.4.1.2) Sources of information | |
statement of responsibility relating to title proper and parallel title proper | |
(2.4.1.3) Facsimiles and reproductions | |
When describing a facsimile or reproduction that has a statement or statements of responsibility relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction, record the statement or statements of responsibility relating to the facsimile or reproduction. [emphasis added]
Record any statement of responsibility relating to the original manifestation as a statement of responsibility pertaining to a related manifestation (27.1) |
|
(2.4.1.4) Recording statements of responsibility | |
Transcribe a statement of responsibility as it appears on the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription given under 1.7 [1470].
Optional omission: LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally do not abridge a statement of responsibility. Examples: |
|
(2.4.1.5) Statement naming more than one person, etc. | |
Record a statement of responsibility naming more than one person, etc., as a single statement regardless of whether the persons, families, or corporate bodies named in it perform the same function or different functions.
Optional omission: LC practice/PCC practice for Optional omission: Generally do not omit names in a statement of responsibility. If the members of a group, ensemble, company, etc., are named as well as the name of the group, etc., omit the names of the members from the statement of responsibility. |
|
(2.4.1.6) More than one statement of responsibility | |
If there is more than one statement of responsibility, record the statements in the order indicated by the sequence, layout, or typography of the source of information from which the associated title, designation of edition, or designation of a named revision of an edition is taken. ° If the sequence, layout, and typography are ambiguous or insufficient to determine the order, record the statements in the order that makes the most sense. Examples: When recording statements of responsibility in sources other than the source from which the associated title, designation of edition, or designation of a named revision is taken, record them in the order that makes the most sense. |
|
(2.4.1.7) Clarification of role | |
If the relationship between the title, designation of edition, etc., and any person, family, or corporate body named in a statement of responsibility is not clear, add a word or short phrase clarifying the relationship. Indicate that the information was taken from a source outside the resource itself as instructed under 2.2.4 [918]
Examples: |
|
(2.4.1.8) Noun phrases occurring with a statement of responsibility | |
If a noun or noun phrase occurs with a statement of responsibility, treat the noun or noun phrase as part of the statement of responsibility.
Examples: Best practices for music cataloging [914]: This rule applies regardless of whether the noun(s) or noun phrase(s) is/are indicative of the nature of the work, and regardless of whether the noun(s) or noun phrase(s) appear(s) immediately adjacent to the prepositional phrase(s) following it. If deemed useful for identification and access, record a variant title in 246, using indicators 13, for any noun(s) or noun phrase(s) not already recorded as title information. |
|
(2.4.1.9) No person, family, or corporate body named in the statement of responsibility | |
Record a statement of responsibility even if no person, family, or corporate body is named in that statement. | |
(2.4.2) Statement of responsibility relating to title proper and (2.4.3) parallel title proper | |
(2.4.2.1) Title proper | (2.4.3.1) Parallel title proper |
a statement that relates to the identification and/or function of any persons, families, or corporate bodies responsible for the creation of, or contributing to the realization of, the intellectual or artistic content of the resource. | a statement in a language and/or script that differs from that recorded in the statement of responsibility relating to title proper element. |
(2.4.2.2) Sources of information | (2.4.3.2)Sources of information |
° the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) ° another source within the resource itself (2.2.2 [1572]) ° one of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918] |
° the same source as the corresponding parallel title proper (2.3.3.2 [1585]). ° If there is no corresponding parallel title proper, take parallel statements of responsibility relating to title proper from the same source as the title proper (2.3.2.2 [1571]) |
(2.4.2.3) Recording statements of responsibility | (2.4.3.3) Recording parallel statements of responsibility |
Record statements of responsibility relating to title proper applying the basic instructions in 2.4.1.
If not all statements of responsibility appearing on the source or sources of information are being recorded, give preference to those identifying creators of the intellectual or artistic content. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record all statements of responsibility relating to title proper appearing on the preferred source. Optionally, record statements of responsibility relating to title proper appearing elsewhere in the item. Example: Statements of responsibility relating to title proper from any source in the item may be transcribed in 245 ‡c, without square brackets. Example: If transcribing statements from multiple sources, apply 2.4.1.6 and give them in the order that makes the most sense, according to judgment. Generally, give statements from prominent sources (e.g., cover [1595], caption, title page verso) before statements from other sources, and give all statements appearing in the item before statements from outside the item (which are given in square brackets). Note that according to D1.2.1, "when adjacent elements within one area are to be enclosed in square brackets, enclose each in its own set of square brackets." Example: For the purposes of this rule, do not consider attributions, etc. embedded in text to be statements of responsibility. If desired, apply 2.20.3 and give such attributions as notes on statement of responsibility. |
Record statements of responsibility relating to title proper applying the basic instructions in 2.4.1 If there is more than one parallel statement of responsibility relating to title proper, record the statements in the same order as the parallel titles proper to which they correspond; if that is not applicable, record them in the order found on the resource. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, transcribe all parallel statements of responsibility relating to the title proper. See D.1.2.2 [1596] for guidance on record parallel data in 245, using ISBD presentation. Examples: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
The entry element for a personal name consisting of several words is based on:
° agreed usage in the of which the author is a citizen
or, if that is not possible for whatever reason,
° agreed usage in the language the author generally uses.
The guidelines for determining entry element can be found in the 4th edition of Names of persons : national usages for entry in catalogues [1597].
This resource is out of print (but available in PDF) and is under revision.
For a complete list of languages and their entry elements, see RDA Appendix F.
Entry element for Spanish and Portuguese surnames
Language: | RDA: | Article/preposition: | Record as first element: | |
Afrikaans | F. 11.1 | De, Du, Van der, Von | prefix | |
Czech | F. 11.2 | z | part following prefix | |
Danish | F.11.10 | is of Scandinavian, German, or Dutch origin: af, av | part following prefix | |
is Dutch de or is of other origin | prefix | |||
Dutch | F.11.3 | ver (when the surname is of Dutch origin) | prefix | |
De, Den, op de, ter, Van, Van der, ten, Van 't | part following prefix | |||
If the surname is not of Dutch origin: | ||||
° the name of a Netherlander | part following the prefix | |||
° the name of a Belgian | follow the instructions for the language of the name | |||
English | F.11.4 | À D', De, De la, Du, Le, Van, Van der Von | prefix | |
Flemish | F.11.3 | See Dutch | ||
French | F.11.5 | prefix consisting of a contraction of article and preposition: La, Le, Du, Des | prefix | |
prefix consisting of a preposition alone: D', De | part following preposition | |||
German | F.11.6 | German names: prefix consists of an article or of a contraction of an article and a preposition: Am, Aus'm, Vom, Zum, Zur; Dutch names: De, Ten |
prefix | |
other German and Dutch names: Von, Von der, Zu | part following prefix | |||
the name is neither German nor Dutch | follow the instructions for the language | |||
Italian | F.11.7 | Modern names: A, D', Da, De, Del, Della, Di, Li, Lo | prefix | |
Medieval and early modern names: consult reference sources: When the preposition is sometimes omitted | part following the prefix | |||
Do not treat the preposition in an Italian title of nobility used as the first element as a prefix | ||||
Norwegian | F.11.10 | is of Scandinavian, German, or Dutch origin: af, av | part following prefix | |
is Dutch de or is of other origin | prefix | |||
Portuguese | F.11.8 | Da, Dos | part following prefix | |
Romanian | F.11.9 | A | prefix | |
De | part following prefix | |||
Slovak | F.11.2 | z | part following prefix | |
Spanish | F.11.11 | prefix consists of an article only: El, La, Las | prefix | |
all other prefixes: De, De las, Del | part following prefix | |||
Swedish | F.11.10 | is of Scandinavian, German, or Dutch origin: af, av | part following prefix | |
is Dutch de or is of other origin | prefix |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
see Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.3) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6)
Sources of information ((2.3.2.2) | Facsimiles and reproductions (2.3.2.3) | Title in more than one language or script (2.3.2.4) | Title in more than one form (2.3.2.5) | Collective title and titles of individual contents (2.3.2.6) | Recording the title proper (2.3.2.7) | Other elements recorded as part of the title proper (2.3.2.8) | Resource lacking a collective title (2.3.2.9) | Resource with no title (2.3.2.10) | Recording devised titles (2.3.2.11)
(2.3.2) Title proper | ||
The title proper is the chief name of a resource (i.e., the title normally used when citing the resource)
|
||
(2.3.2.2) Sources of information for title proper | ||
Take the title proper from the preferred source of information for the identification of the resource: Scores: 2.2.2.2 [1584] Sound recordings: 2.2.2.4 [1598] If there is no title provided within the resource itself, take the title proper from one of the sources specified under 2.2.4 [918] Make a note on the source of the title proper, if required, applying the instructions given under 2.20.2.3:
|
||
(2.3.2.3) Facsimiles and reproductions | ||
The title of the facsimile or reproduction is different from the title of the original manifestation: |
Record the title of the facsimile or reproduction as the title proper |
|
The title of the facsimile or reproduction appears on the same source of information as the title of the original manifestation: | Record the title of the original as either: ° as a parallel title proper, if it is in a language or script different from the title of the facsimile (2.3.3 [1481]) or ° as other title information (2.3.4 [1482]) or ° as the title of a related manifestation (27.1) |
|
The title of the original manifestation appears elsewhere in the resource: | Record it as the title of a related manifestation (27.1) | |
(2.3.2.4) Title in more than one language or script | ||
When the source of information for title proper bears a title in more than one language or script, choose as the title proper the one in the language or script of the main written, spoken, or sung content of the resource. If this criterion is not applicable, choose the title proper on the basis of the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source of information |
||
(2.3.2.5) Title in more than one form | ||
When the source of information for title proper: If the other title or titles are considered to be important for identification or access, record them either as: |
||
(2.3.2.6) Collective title and titles of individual contents | ||
The resource has a source of information for the title proper bearing both a collective title and the titles of individual contents within the resource: |
Record the collective title as the title proper |
|
The resource has a source of information for the title proper bearing both the title of the content being described and a collective title for the larger resource: | Record the title of the content being described as the title proper Record the collective title for the larger resource as a series title (2.12.2) ° Optional addition: Record the collective title for the larger resource as a series title (2.12.2) LC-PCC PS: LC practice for Optional addition (2nd): Do not record the collective title for the larger work as an authorized access point for the series for LC's original cataloging. |
|
(2.3.2.7) Recording the title proper | ||
Record the title proper applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1
LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: Generally set the 2nd indicator [1599] position (nonfiling characters) of the field 245 to disregard initial articles [120] for sorting and filing purposes. However, retain an initial article when: Examples: |
||
(2.3.2.8) Other elements recorded as part of the title proper | ||
(2.3.2.8.1) Type of composition, medium of performance, key, etc. If a music title consists only of the name or names of one or more types of composition [497], or the name or names of one or more types of composition and one or more of the following: ° medium of performance [686] ° numeric designation [779] ° date of composition [920] ° key [707] Treat all the elements together (in the order in which they appear on the source of information) as the title proper. Examples: If one or more statements of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and/or number are found on the source of information, treat those elements as other title information (2.3.4 [1482]) Example: In case of doubt, treat statements of medium of performance, key, date of composition, and number as part of the title proper. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Example: ° When a composer uses a word that is normally the name of a type of composition as the title of a work which is definitely not a work of the type designated by the word, do not consider the title to be the name of a type of composition. ° A title consisting of two words, each of which alone would be the name of a type of composition, may in combination produce a distinctive title. |
||
(2.3.2.9) Resource lacking a collective title | ||
When a resource lacks a collective title, record the titles proper of the parts as they appear on the source of information for the resource as a whole.
Examples: If the sources of information identifying the individual parts are being treated as a collective source of information for the resource as a whole (2.1.2), record the titles proper of the parts in the order in which they appear in the resource. Alternative: Devise a collective title, 2.3.2.11: Record the titles of individual parts as the titles proper of related manifestations (27.1), if considered to be important. |
||
(2.3.2.10) Resource with no title | ||
When a resource lacks a title, record as the titles proper either: ° a title taken from another source (2.2.4 [918]) or ° a devised title (2.3.2.11) Make a note to indicate the source of the title proper as instructed under 2.20.2.3. |
||
(2.3.2.11) Recording devised titles | ||
When a resource itself bears no title (2.3.2.10), and a title cannot be found in any of the other sources of information specified under 2.2.4 [918], devise a brief descriptive title that indicates either: ° the nature of the resource (e.g., map, literary manuscript, diary, advertisement) or ° its subject (e.g., names of persons, corporate bodies, objects, activities, events, geographical area and dates) or ° a combination of the two, as appropriate. Except where specific terminology is prescribed, use the language and script appropriate to the content of the resource being described. Examples: If the resource is of a type that would normally carry identifying information, (e.g., a published book), make a note to indicate that the title has been devised (2.20.2.3) |
||
(2.3.2.11.1) Devised titles for music | ||
In a devised title proper for music, include medium of performance, numeric designation (e.g., serial number, opus number), key, and/or other distinguishing characteristic, as applicable. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.3) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5) | variant title [1483] (2.3.6)
(2.3.1.1) Basic instructions on recording titles | |||||||||||||||
A title is a word, character, or group of words and/or characters that names a resource or a work contained in it.
More than one title may appear in the resource itself (e.g., on a title page, title frame; as a caption title, running title; on a cover, spine; on a title bar), on a jacket, sleeve, container, etc., or in material accompanying the resource. The categories of titles that most commonly apply to scores and recordings are: Record as part of the title a name, etc. that would normally be treated as statement of responsiblity, but which is an integral part of the title. |
|||||||||||||||
(2.3.1.1) Facsimiles and reproductions | |||||||||||||||
When describing a facsimile or reproduction that has a title or titles relating to the original manifestation as well as to the facsimile or reproduction, record the title or titles relating to the facsimile or reproduction. [emphasis added]
Record any title relating to the original manifestation as a title pertaining to a related manifestation (27.1) Exception: Apply 2.3.2.3 [1600] when the title of the original manifestation appears on the same source of information as the title of the facsimile or reproduction |
|||||||||||||||
(2.3.1.3) Sources of information | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||
(2.3.1.4) Recording titles | |||||||||||||||
Transcribe a title as it appears on the source of information. Apply the general guidelines on transcription given under 1.7.
Optional omission: |
|||||||||||||||
(2.3.1.5) Names of persons, families, and corporate bodies | |||||||||||||||
If a title consists solely of the name of a person, family, or corporate body, record the name as the title.
If a title includes a name that would normally be treated as part of a statement of responsibility or as the name of a publisher, distributor, etc., and the name is an integral part of the title (e.g., connected by a case ending), record it as part of the title. |
|||||||||||||||
(2.3.1.6) Introductory words | |||||||||||||||
Do not transcribe words that serve as an introduction and are not intended to be part of the title. » Optional addition: Record the form in which the title appears on the source of information as a variant title if it is considered to be important for identification or access. Examples: |
|||||||||||||||
(2.3.1.7) Titles of parts, sections, and supplements | |||||||||||||||
The resource is a separately issued part or section of, or supplement to, another resource and its title as presented on the source of information consists of: ° the title common to all parts or sections (or the title of the larger resource) as well as ° the title of the part, section, or supplement and ° these two titles are grammatically independent of each other, |
Record the common title, followed by ° the title of the part, section, or supplement: ° disregard the order in which the parts of the title are presented on the source of information ° use a full stop to separate the common title from the title of the part, etc.: [Common title]. [Title of part, etc.] |
||||||||||||||
When the the title of the part, section, or supplement has an enumeration or alphabetic designation, | Record the common title, followed by ° the enumeration or designation, followed by ° the title of the part, section, or supplement ° disregard the order in which the parts of the title are presented on the source of information ° use a full stop to separate the common title from the enumeration or alphabetic designation ° use a comma to separate the alpha/numeric designation from the title of the part, etc: [Common title]. [alpha/numeric designation], [Title of part, etc.] |
||||||||||||||
When If the title of a part, section, or supplement is presented on the source of information without the title that is common to all parts or sections | Record the title of the part, section, or supplement as the title ° For a part or section, record the title that is common to all parts or sections as part of the series statement (2.12) ° For a supplement, record the title of the main resource as the title of a related work (25.1) |
||||||||||||||
LC-PCC PS: When the the title of the part of a monographic series or multipart monograph lacks a title other than that of the comprehensive title or has a title that is dependent on the comprehensive title, prepare a separate bibliographic record for that publication or part, regardless of whether it is numbered or not. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS Examples: |
° Transcribe the title proper of the monographic series or multipart monograph in 245/‡a ° Transcribe any numbering as enumeration in 245/‡n ° Transcribe a dependent title as a section title in 245/‡p ° Do not formulate a series statement. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
see Recording titles [1479] (RDA 2.3) for basic instructions on recording titles
For specific information on recording categories of titles that most commonly apply to notated and performed music, see
title proper [1480] (2.3.2) | parallel title proper [1481] (2.3.3) | other title information [1482] (2.3.4) and parallel other title information [1482] (2.3.5)
(2.3.6) Variant title | ||||||||||||||||
A variant title a title associated with a resource that differs from a title recorded as the title proper, a parallel title proper, other title information, parallel other title information, earlier title proper, later title proper, key title, or abbreviated title.
Variant titles include
|
||||||||||||||||
(2.3.6.2) Sources of information for variant title | ||||||||||||||||
Take variant titles from any source. | ||||||||||||||||
(2.3.6.3) Recording variant titles | ||||||||||||||||
Record variant titles that are considered to be important for identification or access applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1 [1479]
Make a note on the source or basis for the variant title (2.20.2.3) if it is considered important for identification or access. LC-PCC PS: LC practice/PCC practice: There are two ways to accommodate variant titles in the MARC bibliographic record: When recording variant titles in 246 or 740 field, omit any initial article from the variant title unless the intention is to file on the article. Best practices for making variant titles for permutations related to titles proper A. General: The best practices in the following subsections represent an attempt to standardize, to a certain extent, practice in giving variant forms of the title proper. They are not meant to be an exhaustive treatment. Apply cataloger's judgment to situations not addressed here. When in doubt, be liberal in making variant titles but generally do not make a variant title that is not sufficiently distinctive to be a useful access point. B. Alternate forms:
Examples: 2010562594 2013560058 2012564330 2012563878 2012564379 2012465727 2011568268 2012564424 C. Corrected titles proper: For titles proper that contain an incorrect form of some kind, insure that there is title access through both the incorrect and the corrected forms by making a variant title for the corrected form of the title proper. Examples: 2011567300 OCLC #780269398 D. Portion of title proper:
Examples: 2012562903 2013568122 E. Introductory words to title proper: If introductory words to the title proper were not transcribed as part of the title proper (2.3.1.6 [1608]), make a variant title including those words Examples: 2012562023 |
||||||||||||||||
(2.3.6.4) Translations or transliterations of the title proper | ||||||||||||||||
Record a translation or transliterated form of the title proper created by the agency preparing the description as a variant title applying the basic instructions on recording titles given under 2.3.1 [1479] |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Consult RDA Appendix I for a complete list of relationship designators.
See also LC's Metadata Guidance Documentation: Relationship Labels [1495] and scroll down to "Relationship Labels for Persons"
See also PCC's Training Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records [1609]
See also Relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items (RDA Appendix J) [1496]
A relationship designator indicates the nature of the relationship between entities represented by authorized access points, descriptions, and/or identifiers.
(I.1) General guidelines on using relationship designators used to specify the relationship between a resource and a person, family, or corporate body associated with that resource: PCC guidelines [1610]: The LC-PCC PS for I.1 links to a PCC training manual that says ‡e is always preceded by a comma unless the preceding field is an open date, e.g.:
Relationship designators for persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with a work (I.2) | an expression (I.3) |
|||||||||
(I.2) Relationship designators for persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with a work | |||||||||
(I.2.1) Relationship designators for creators | |||||||||
author | Creates a work that is primarily textual in content, regardless of media type (e.g., printed text, spoken word, electronic text, tactile text) or genre (e.g., poems, novels, screenplays, blogs).
Use also for persons, etc., creating a new work by paraphrasing, rewriting, or adapting works by another creator if the modification has substantially changed the nature and content of the original or changed the medium of expression. Music-related creators under the category of author are also:
|
||||||||
compiler | Responsible for creating a new work (e.g., a bibliography, a directory) by selecting, arranging, aggregating, and editing data, information, etc. | ||||||||
composer | Creates a musical work. Use also for persons, etc., who ° adapt another musical work to form a distinct alteration (e.g., free transcription), paraphrasing a work ° create a work in the general style of another composer ° create a work that is based on the music of another composer (e.g., variations on a theme). |
||||||||
honouree | person, family, or corporate body honoured by a work (e.g., the honouree of a festschrift) ° may be used for person, family, or corporate body associated with a work written "in memory of" ° "dedicatee" has also been used in this situation |
||||||||
MARC subfield coding for relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items: | |||||||||
In bibliographic records: ‡e the designation of function that describes the relationship between a name and a work |
|||||||||
Examples:
2013560472 Cruz, Orfa V., ‡e compiler Multiple relationship designators for creators: 2012560047 Clark, Larry, ‡d 1963- ‡e composer, ‡e compiler |
|||||||||
(I.2.2) Relationship designators for other persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with a work | |||||||||
producer | Responsible for most of the business aspects of a production for screen, audio recording, television, webcast, etc. The producer is generally responsible for fund raising, managing the production, hiring key personnel, arranging for distributors, etc. | ||||||||
producer | Responsible for most of the business aspects of a production for screen, audio recording, television, webcast, etc. The producer is generally responsible for fund raising, managing the production, hiring key personnel, arranging for distributors, etc. | ||||||||
production company | Responsible for financial, technical, and organizational management of a production for stage, screen, audio recording, television, webcast, etc. | ||||||||
sponsoring body | Sponsors some aspect of a work, e.g., funding research, sponsoring an event. | ||||||||
(I.3) Relationship designators for persons, families, or corporate bodies associated with an expression | |||||||||
(I.3.1) Relationship designators for contributors | |||||||||
arranger of music | Rewrites the composition for a medium of performance different from that for which the work was originally intended. ° may also modify the work for the same medium of performance, etc., keeping the musical substance of the original composition essentially unchanged. For extensive modification that effectively results in the creation of a new musical work, see composer at I.2.1. For a work transcribed from one system of notation to another, see transcriber in I.3.1. |
||||||||
composer (expression) | Adds music to a work that originally lacked it, by composing new music to substitute for the original music, or by composing new music to supplement the existing music. | ||||||||
editor | Revises or clarifies the content, e.g., adding an introduction, notes, or other critical matter. ° may also prepare an expression of a work for production, publication, or distribution. For major revisions, adaptations, etc., that substantially change the nature and content of the original work, resulting in a new work, see author at I.2.1 |
||||||||
Note: with the April 22, 2014 update to the RDA Toolkit, this relationship has will be deleted. Use editor | |||||||||
musical director | A person, family, or corporate body contributing to an expression of a work by coordinating the activities of the composer, the sound editor, and sound mixers for a moving image production or for a musical or dramatic presentation or entertainment. | ||||||||
performer | Contributes to an expression of a work by performing music, acting, dancing, speaking, etc., often in a musical or dramatic presentation, etc.
Music-related contributors under the category of performer are also:
|
||||||||
recording engineer | Supervises the technical aspects of a sound or video recording session. | ||||||||
recordist | Uses a recording device to capture sound and/or video during a recording session, including field recordings of natural sounds, folkloric events, music, etc. | ||||||||
transcriber | Changes the work from one system of notation to another. For a work transcribed for a different instrument or performing group, see arranger of music at I.3.1 |
||||||||
translator | Expresses the original text of the work in a language different from that of the original work. A translator may also translate a text from an older form of a language into the modern form. |
||||||||
writer of supplementary textual content | Provides supplementary textual content (e.g., an introduction, a preface) to the original work.
Music-related contributors under the category of performer are also:
|
||||||||
Examples:
Arrangers: Composers of expression: Editors: Performers: Musical directors: Recordists: Transcribers: Translators: writers of supplementary textual content: Relationship designators not found in Appendix I: Multiple relationship designators for creators: Arrangers, etc.: 2013563006 Firfov, Živko, ‡e compiler, ‡e editor Composers as well as contributors: |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
See definitions for work [711], expression [712], and manifestation [1612].
This page does not cover relationships between items.
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind. Consult RDA Appendix J for a complete list of relationship designators.
See also PCC's Training Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records [1609]
See also Relationship designators between a resource and persons, families, and corporate bodies associated with the resource (RDA Appendix I) [723]
Relationship designators for related:
works (J.2): Derivative relationships (J.2.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.2.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.2.5)
expressions (J.3): Derivative relationships (J.3.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.3.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.3.5)
manifestations (J.4): Equivalent relationships (J.4.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.4.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.4.5)
A relationship designator indicates the nature of the relationship between between works, expressions, manifestations, or items (e.g., related work, related item). Relationship designators provide more specific information about the nature of the relationship (e.g., parody of, facsimile of). (J.1) General guidelines on using relationship designators: PCC guidelines [1610]: Relationship designators for related works (J.2) | related expressions (J.3) | related manifestations (J.4) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.2) Relationship designators for related worksDerivative relationships (J.2.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.2.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.2.5) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.2.2) Derivative work relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
based on (work) | A work used as the source for a derivative work. Reciprocal relationship: derivative (work) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
derivative (work) | A work that is a modification of a source work. Reciprocal relationship: based on (work) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
MARC subfield coding for relationship designators between works, expressions, manifestations, and items: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
In bibliographic records and authority records: ‡i may contain either ° a designation of a relationship of the entity OR ° a textual reference instruction phrase that is to be used for a user display indicating the relationship |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of derivative work relationships Note: Some examples use relationship designators from previous updates of RDA |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bibliographic records:
Musical work on which another musical work is based: Musical work on which variations are based: Musical work that was adapted to create a new musical work: Musical work that was adapted to create motion picture: Literary work on which the an instrumental work was based: Literary work on which the libretto was based: Book on which an opera is based: Text that the composer set to music and the work on which the text was based: Text that the composer set to music: Authority records: no 97067728 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.2.4) Whole-part work relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
container of (work) | A work that is a discrete component of a larger work. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of whole-part work relationships: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2013560123 700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Chopin, Frédéric, ‡d 1810-1849. ‡t Ballades, ‡m piano, ‡n no. 1, op. 23, ‡r G minor. 2013568120 700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Shostakovich, Dmitriĭ Dmitrievich, ‡d 1906-1975. ‡t Romansy na slova E. Dolmatovskogo. _________________________________________ #849651813 700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Concertos, ‡m harpsichord, string orchestra, ‡n BWV 1056, ‡r F minor. 700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Concertos, ‡m harpsichord, string orchestra, ‡n BWV 1052, ‡r D minor. 700 12 ‡i Container of (work): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Concertos, ‡m harpsichord, string orchestra, ‡n BWV 1058, ‡r G minor. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.2.5) Accompanying work relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
augmentation of (work) | A work whose content is added to by another work. Reciprocal relationship: augmented by (work) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
augmented by (work) | A work that adds to the content of a predominant work. Reciprocal relationship: augmentation of (work) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
complemented by (work) | A work paired with another work without either work being considered to predominate. Reciprocal relationship: complemented by (work) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of accompanying work relationships: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Bibliographic records: #835648240 700 1_ ‡i Augmentation of: ‡a Legendre, Louis, ‡d 1851-1908. ‡t Beaucoup de bruit pour rien. #858280397 700 1_ ‡i Augmentation of (work): ‡a Browne, Walter, ‡d 1856-1911. ‡t Everywoman. 2013568122 700 1_ ‡i Complemented by (work): ‡a Leavitt, William, ‡d 1926-1990. ‡t Modern method for guitar. Incidental music: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.3) Relationship designators for related expressionsDerivative relationships (J.3.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.3.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.3.5) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.3.2) Derivative expression relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
based on (expression) | An expression used as the basis for a derivative expression. Reciprocal relationship: derivative (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
derivative (expression) | An expression that is a modification of a source expression. Reciprocal relationship: based on (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of derivative expression relationships: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Musical arrangement: 2012564253 730 0_ ‡i Musical arrangement of (work): ‡a Keep me from sinking down. 2013465261 700 1_ ‡i 2nd and 3rd movements arrangement of (work): ‡a Kaprálová, Vítězslava, ‡d 1915-1940. ‡t Dubnová preludia. Literary work on which the libretto was based: Text that the composer set to music and the work on which the text was based: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.3.4) Whole-part expression relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
contained in (expression) | An expression of a larger work of which the expression is a discrete component. Reciprocal relationship: container of (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
container of (expression) | An expression of a work that is a discrete component of a larger expression. Reciprocal relationship: contained in (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of whole-part expression relationships: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012560098 700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l German. 700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Johann Sebastian, ‡d 1685-1750. ‡t Ich armer Mensch, ich Sündenknecht. ‡s Vocal score. ‡l English. _________________________________________ #18206386 700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, ‡d 1714-1788. ‡t Stücke, ‡m musical clock, ‡n H. 635. ‡n No. 19; ‡o arranged. 700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, ‡d 1714-1788. ‡t Stücke, ‡m musical clock, ‡n H. 635. ‡n No. 20; ‡o arranged. 700 12 ‡i Container of (expression): ‡a Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel, ‡d 1714-1788. ‡t Stücke, ‡m musical clock, ‡n H. 635. ‡n No. 21; ‡o arranged. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.3.5) Accompanying expression relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
augmentation of (expression) | An expression of a work whose content is added to by another expression. Reciprocal relationship: augmented by (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
augmented by (expression) | An expression of a work that adds to the content of a predominant expression. Reciprocal relationship: augmentation of (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
complemented by (expression) | An expression of a work paired with another expression without either expression being considered to predominate. Reciprocal relationship: complemented by (expression) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.4) Relationship designators for related manifestationsEquivalent relationships (J.4.2) | Whole-part relationships (J.4.4) | Accompanying relationships (J.4.5) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.4.2) Equivalent manifestations relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See the discussion paper Instructions for recording structured descriptions of related manifestations [1613] for tentative instructions for the following relationships: Reproduced as (Manifestation); Reproduction of (Manifestation) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
equivalent manifestation | A manifestation that embodies the same expression of a work. Reciprocal relationship: equivalent (manifestation) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.4.4) Whole-part manifestation relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See the discussion paper Instructions for recording structured descriptions of related manifestations [1613] for tentative instructions for the following relationships: Container of (Manifestation); Contained in (Manifestation) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
contained in (manifestation) | A larger manifestation of which a part is a discrete component. Reciprocal relationship: container of (manifestation) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
container of (manifestation) | A manifestation that is a discrete component of a larger manifestation. Reciprocal relationship: contained in (manifestation) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examples of whole-part manifestation relationships: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2013364306 700 12 ‡i Container of (manifestation): ‡a Krutikov, G. A. ‡q (Geliĭ Andreevich), ‡d 1931- ‡t Akh ty, Rus' razdol'naia. 2013560346 730 0_ ‡i Container of (manifestation): ‡a World magazine, ‡g December 23, 1917. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(J.4.5) Accompanying manifestation relationships | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
See the discussion paper on Instructions for describing accompanying material in RDA [1614] | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
accompanied by (manifestation) | A manifestation issued with another manifestation, without any relationship to its content. Reciprocal relationship: accompanied by (manifestation) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Music-related relationships under this category are:
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
RDA 3.16 Sound characteristics | |
(3.16.1.1) Sound characteristics are technical specifications relating to the encoding of sound in a resource that include: ° type of recording (3.16.2) ° recording medium (3.16.3) ° playing speed (3.16.4) ° groove characteristics (3.16.5) ° track configuration (3.16.6) ° tape configuration (3.16.7) ° configuration of playback channels (3.16.8) ° special playback characteristics (3.16.9) For instructions on recording additional characteristics of digitally encoded sound (e.g., audio encoding formats such as MP3), see 3.19. |
|
(3.16.1.2) Sources of information | |
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) ° If desired, take additional evidence from any source. |
|
(3.16.1.3) Recording sound characteristics | |
If the resource consists primarily of recorded sound, record the sound characteristics in 3.16.1.1, as applicable to the resource, if they are considered important for identification or selection.
Optional addition: Record the sound characteristics listed above for a resource other than one that consists primarily of sound, as applicable, if they are considered important for identification or selection. Record details of sound characteristics as instructed under 3.16.1.4 |
|
(3.16.1.4) Details of sound c characteristic | |
Record details of any special equipment requirements for the playback of sound as instructed under 3.20.1.3: (3.20.1.3) Recording equipment or system requirements: Record any equipment or system requirements beyond what is normal and obvious for the type of carrier or type of file (e.g., the make and model of equipment or hardware, the operating system, the amount of memory, programming language, other necessary software, or any plug-ins or peripherals required to play, view, or run the resource). Alternative: Record the equipment or system requirements as they are presented on the resource. Example: |
|
(3.16.2) Type of recording | |
the method used to encode audio content for playback (e.g., analog, digital). | |
(3.16.2.2) Sources of information | |
Use evidence presented by the resource itself (or on any accompanying material or container) ° If desired, take additional evidence from any source. |
|
(3.16.2.3) Recording type of recording | |
Record the type of recording using an appropriate term from the list below: ° analog ° digital If neither of the terms listed above is appropriate or sufficiently specific, use a term designating the type of recording as concisely as possible. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: If feasible, record type of recording for all audio carriers. |
|
(3.16.2.4) Details of type of recording | |
Record details of the type of recording if they are considered important for identification or selection. | |
MARC 344 | |
Definition | |
Technical specifications relating to the encoding of sound in a resource. | |
Indicators | |
1st | blank |
2nd | blank |
Subfields | |
‡a | Type of recording ° The method used to encode audio content for playback (e.g., analog, digital) |
‡b | Recording medium ° The type of medium used to record sound on an audio carrier (e.g., magnetic, optical) |
‡c | Playing speed ° The speed at which an audio carrier must be operated to produce the sound intended |
‡d | Groove characteristic ° The groove width of an analog disc or the groove pitch of an analog cylinder |
‡e | Track configuration ° The configuration of the audio track on a sound-track film |
‡f | Tape configuration ° The number of tracks on an audiotape |
‡g | Configuration of playback channels ° The number of sound channels used to make a recording (e.g., one channel for a monophonic recording, two channels for a stereophonic recording) |
‡h | Special playback characteristics ° An equalization system, noise reduction system, etc., used in making an audio recording |
Source: LC MARC 21 format for bibliographic date [1615] |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ RDA [7]
Note: this page was created with music cataloging in mind.
Capitalization (1.7.2) | Punctuation (1.7.3) | Diacritical marks (1.7.4) | Symbols (1.7.5)
Spacing of initials and acronyms (1.7.6) | Letters or words intended to be read more than once (1.7.7) | Abbreviations (1.7.8) | Inaccuracies (1.7.9)
First, a discussion of transcribing versus recording:
Transcription: RDA's emphasis on transcription is consistent with the International Cataloging Principles' [1616] principle of representation, that is: represent the resource the way it represents itself. This is a shift away from AACR2's rules on abbreviations, capitalization, punctuation, numerals, and symbols, and on the correction of data that is known to be incorrect, such as typos. RDA favors generally not altering what is on the resource when transcribing information for certain elements. Transcribed information = "Take what you see" and "accept what you get." General guidelines in 1.7.1 (and appendices A (capitalization) and B (abbreviations) address transcription of what is on the resource: punctuation, abbreviations, inaccuracies, symbols, initials, numbering. In short, generally follow what is on source. However, 1.7.1 includes alternatives that allow for adjusting data following in-house guidelines or a preferred style manual. Transcribed elements are "recorded" exactly as they appear on the resource, except when specific instructions say otherwise. In fact, RDA's instructions in Chapter 2, on "recording" the attributes of manifestations and items, use the verb "record." RDA 1.4 contains a list of elements to be transcribed from the resource in the found language and script:
When information for any of these elements does not appear on the resource and is taken from a source outside the resource, indicate it in a note or enclose the information in square brackets (see 2.2.4 [918]). Recording: For those elements that recorded, the found information may be adjusted or taken from another source. The information is taken on the source, but not necessarily exactly as it appears on the source (for example, the hyphens in an ISBN are omitted). For non-transcribed elements: Sources: rda-l [1617]; LC's RDA training module Module 1: Introduction to RDA [1618]; RDA in brief : the body of the record [1619] © 2012-2013 Mark K. Ehlert |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.1) These are guidelines on general guidelines on capitalization, punctuation, symbols, abbreviations, etc., when transcribing an element as it appears on the source of information. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Alternative 1: If the agency creating the data has established in-house guidelines for capitalization, punctuation, numerals, symbols, abbreviations, etc., or has designated a published style manual, etc., use those guidelines or that style manual in place of the instructions given under 1.7.2-1.7.9 and in the appendices. Alternative 2: If a description created by another agency is used or if data are derived from a digital source of information using an automated scanning, copying, or downloading process, accept the data without modification. Note: Catalogers using data derived from a digital source are permitted (though not required) to make the capitalization conform to Appendix A. Best practices for music cataloging [914]: Follow LC-PCC PS, including for both alternatives. That is, for each separate element, either "take what you see" from the resource or apply Appendix A, per local policy and/or cataloger's judgment. If applying Appendix A, or when in doubt, leave a space between a caption (e.g., "op.") and an opus or thematic index number. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.2) Capitalization See also Capitalization of foreign terms based on RDA Appendix A [1473] |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Apply the instructions on capitalization given in appendix A: Guidelines on capitalization for English and a selected number of other languages that are to be applied when transcribing or recording specified elements. ° Unless there are specific guidelines under guidelines below, capitalize words according to the guidelines for the language involved. » Record any words not covered by the guidelines in this appendix in lower case. Alternative: When recording the attributes of a manifestation or item, if the agency creating the data has established in-house guidelines on capitalization, or has designated a published style manual, etc., as its preferred guide, use those guidelines or that style manual in place of the instructions given in this appendix. ° (A.2) Names of persons, families, corporate bodies, and places ° (A.3) Titles of works ° (A.4) Titles of manifestations ° (A.5) Edition statement ° (A.7) Numbering within series and subseries ° (A.8) Notes ° (A.10) English language |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.3) Punctuation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transcribe punctuation as it appears on the source, omitting punctuation on the source that separates data to be recorded as one element from data to be recorded as a different element, or as a second or subsequent instance of an element. Add punctuation, as necessary, for clarity. Instructions on the use of prescribed punctuation for the display of descriptive data in ISBD form are in Appendix D.1.2: When in an area or an element the same information appears in two or more languages and/or scripts, the following provisions apply: ° When, in a single area, two or more elements are recorded in two or more languages and/or scripts, the elements in each language and/or script are given together with the appropriate preceding punctuation for each element. The whole group of elements for the first language and/or script recorded is preceded by punctuation appropriate to the first element and each group after the first is preceded by an equals sign. ° When a single statement (e.g., a statement of responsibility) is recorded partly in one language and/or script and partly in two or more languages and/or scripts, the several linguistic forms are transcribed together. Equals signs or other punctuation symbols are used as appropriate. (D.1.2.2) Title and statement of responsibility area
(D.1.2.5) Publication, production, distribution, etc., area
(D.1.2.6) Physical description area
(D.1.2.7) Series description area
(LC-PCC PS for 1.7.1) Notes area
(LC-PCC PS for 1.7.1) Ending punctuation by MARC field
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.4) Diacritical marks | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transcribe diacritical marks such as accents as they appear on the source of information. Add diacritical marks that are not present on the source of information in accordance with standard usage for the language of the data. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.5) Symbols | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transcribe diacritical marks such as accents as they appear on the source of information. ° Make an explanatory note if necessary (see 2.20). Ignore typographical devices that are used as separators, etc. LC practice/PCC practice: The objective in treating signs and symbols not represented in the character set is to render or convey the intention without undue time and effort and with a minimum of interpolation, using one of the techniques described in this section. Note that a minimum of interpolation is wanted because those searching the machine catalog cannot very often be expected to "second-guess" the cataloger in this respect, i.e., users will normally formulate search queries that necessarily do not take interpolations into account. As judged appropriate, use notes to explain and use access points to provide additional access; the examples below are illustrative, not prescriptive. 1. If the symbol is judged not to be an integral or essential part of the title, do not intervene in the transcription. 2. Use existing characters when this can be done without serious distortion or loss of intelligibility. 3. Use the double underscore convention (see the section on Special Letters, Diacritical Marks, and Punctuation Marks in Policy Statement 1.4.) 4. Substitute in the language of the context the word, phrase, etc., that is the obvious spoken/written equivalent (if unknown in the language of the context, use English); bracket the interpolated equivalent. If the element in the source is not preceded or followed by a space, in general precede or follow the bracketed interpolation by a space unless a space would create an unintended result for searching. Exception 1: Do not transcribe symbols that indicate birth (e.g., an asterisk) or death (e.g., a dagger) even if such characters are in the character set. Exception 2: Ignore symbols indicating trademark (registered or otherwise), patent, etc. 5. If the spoken/written equivalent is not obvious, give an explanation or a description in the language of the context (if unknown in the language of the context, use English). 6. If a title consists solely of a sign or symbol or one or more marks of punctuation, provide an equivalent in all cases, even if the particular symbol is itself in the character set. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.6) Spacing of initials and acronyms | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
If separate letters or initials appear on the source of information without full stops between them, transcribe the letters without spaces between them, regardless of spacing on the source.
If such letters or initials have full stops between them, omit any internal spaces. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.7) Letters or words intended to be read more than once | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
If a letter or word appears only once but the design of the source of information makes it clear that it is intended to be read more than once, repeat the letter or word. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.8) Abbreviations | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Apply the instructions on the use of abbreviations in transcribed elements given in appendix B.4: ° For transcribed elements, use only those abbreviations found in the sources of information for the element. ° If supplying all or part of a transcribed element, generally do not abbreviate words. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The abbreviations allowed in appendex B4 that are encountered frequently in music are:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1Use only when recording details of medium of performance of musical content to indicate voice range of vocal works when two or more voices are given. (See an explanation of SATB, Mz, and Bar [186]) 2Do not use when recording the extent of notated music. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1.7.9) Inaccuracies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
When instructed to transcribe an element as it appears on the source of information, transcribe an inaccuracy or a misspelled word as it appears on the source, except where instructed otherwise.
Make a note correcting the inaccuracy if it is considered to be important for identification or access (see 2.20). Examples: |
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]
Note: this page was created as an aid for cataloging sound recordings.
Excerpted from Preparing for the brave new world of sound recordings cataloging
by Mary Huismann, University of Minnesota; used with permission
See the complete power point presentation [1633] from the 2006 OLAC Conference [1634]
information also from Wikipedia and other sources
Year | Physical format | Content format |
1870s | Phonograph cylinder | Analog; "hill-and-dale" grooves, vertical stylus |
1895 | Gramophone record | Analog; lateral grooves, horizontal stylus |
ca. 1898 | 78rpm or 78s | disc first produced around 1898; popular from 1910-1950s; by 1910 actual speed ranged from about 78 to 80 rpm; size was 10 or 12 inches |
1930s | Wire recording | Analog |
1940s 1 | Reel-to-reel tape Magnetic tape |
Analog |
1948 | Vinyl record | Analog; lateral grooves, horizontal stylus also known as LP or long-playing records |
1954 | ||
1957 | Stereophonic vinyl record | Analog; lateral/vertical stylus (each channel encoded 45 degrees to vertical) |
1963 2 | Audio cassette | Analog; 1/8 in. tape width; 1 7/8 ips popular in the US through the 1990s |
1964 | 8-track tape | Analog; 1/4 in. tape width; 3 3/4 ips in an endless loop cartridge |
1969 | Microcassette | Analog |
1970 | Dolby noise reduction introduced (cassettes) | |
1975 | Betamax digital audio | "Dolby Stereo" cinema surround sound |
1982 | Compact disc | Digital; usually 4 3/4 in. diameter first available in Japan in October 1982, in Europe in February 1983, and in the US in March 1983 |
1985 | CD-ROM | |
1987 | Digital audio tape (DAT) | cassette version of the CD; used in the recording industry until 2000; DAT players ceased production in 2005 |
1990s | Digital compact cassette | |
1991 | MiniDisc | |
1992 | WAVEform (WAV) Dolby digital surround cinema sound |
|
1993 | Dolby theatre system (DTS) Sony dynamic digital sound (SDDS) |
|
1995 | MP3 | |
1996 | DVD | |
1999 3 | Streaming audio | |
1999 | Super audio CD (SACD) | Windows media audio (WMA) (higher sampling rate, spatial sound capability) |
2000 | DVD-Audio | |
2004 | DualDisc | CD on one side, DVD on the other |
2005 | Playaway | |
Cataloging guidelines: | Playaway Guide to cataloging playaway devices [1635] (MLA/OLAC Playaway Cataloging Joint Task Force) WAV, WMA, MP3: Best practices for cataloging streaming media [1636] (OLAC Cataloging Policy Committee) |
OCLC gives different dates; see www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx/260.shtm [1637] under REC guidelines for $c
1 OCLC gives this date as 1954
2 OCLC gives this date as 1965
3 This date is from OCLC
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]
Internet
Performers' short biographies [1638] (short biographies of every performer who has taken part in a recording of Bach's vocal works: mainly singers, conductors, chorus masters, choral and instrumental groups)
yiddishmusic.jewniverse.info [1639]: in English, Russian, and Yiddish; performer biographies from the 79 RPM and 33 1/3 RPM eras.
Big bands, jazz, etc.
Big bands from Canada [1640] | United States [1641] | Great Britain [1642] | Europe (1920s-1960s) [1643]
Solid! [1644] online encyclopedia of big band music and classic jazz
Singers
Dutch divas in opera & concert [1645] (updates [1646])
Grandi tenori [1647] | Historical tenors [1648] | Biographical list of tenors [1649] by John Potter
Great Russian voices [1650] (note: archived version of the site)
Great singers [1651] from a personal collection; some have dates of birth/death
Malibran-Music [1652] specializing in French song
Musicals
Who's who in musicals [1653]
Opera
Čeští operni pěvci [1654] (Czech opera singers)
Historic opera [1655]
Includes images of singers (with biographical information) (listed near top of page)
and listings of singers without images
A [1656] | B [1657] | C [1658] | D [1659] | E [1660] | F [1661] | G [1662] | H [1663] | IJ [1664] | K [1665] | L [1666] | M [1667] | N [1668] | OP [1669] | QR [1670] | S [1671] | T [1672] | UV [1673] | WXYZ [1674]
Operaone [1137]
Cowden, Robert H. Classical singers of the opera and recital stages: a bibliography of biographical materials. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press, 1994.
L128 V872 C8 1994
Kutsch, K.J. and Leo Riemens. Grosses Sängerlexikon. 3. erw. Aufl. München: K.G. Saur, c1997.
ML105 K97 G8 1997
Sources for authority work in cataloging popular music [1675]: bibliographies of print sources for
blues [1676], country and folk [1677], jazz [1678], musical theater [1679], and miscellaneous popular music [1680]
Jacobsson, Stig. Svenska tonsättare: diskografi. [Stockholm] Rikskonserter, 1986, c1985.
HSR ML156.4 N2 S9
Who's who in opera: an international biographical directory of singers, conductors, directors, designers, and administrators, also including profiles of 101 opera companies. New York: Arno Press, 1976.
lsf ML102 O6 W5 (LC)
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]
This document is for use by participants in the the Cataloging Historical Audio Collections project, a grant funded by the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation. The project funds the cataloging of historical 78 rpm sound recordings issued singly (e.g. not in sets).
General information | What to do with OCLC records for Library of Congress preservation tapes | Examples of 300 fields
_________________________________________
The following information is excerpted and modified from: Mudge, Suzanne, and D.J. Hoek. Describing Jazz, Blues, and Popular 78 RPM Sound Recordings: Suggestions and Guidelines. Cataloging & Classification Quarterly, vo. 29, no. 3, 2001, p. 21-48. Online text [1681] (requires subscription)
Relatively limited information is provided by 78 rpm discs, since most were issued in paper sleeves with no additional accompanying materials. However, there is a general consistency in the types of information included on 78 rpm labels and discs. The record label name (i.e., publisher’s name or record-company name) is usually quite prominent.
The title of the sound recording is also clearly presented and the genre or medium of performance is sometimes indicated. Performers are often given equal or near-equal prominence to titles. Composers, lyricists, and arrangers, if included at all, are regularly listed by their last names only, in most cases smaller typeface than that used for titles and performers, often separated by dashes or in parentheses, with no indication of specific functions.
When the chief source does not include information about the performers or provides only an abbreviated roster, and a reference source includes a more complete listing,transcribe the statements of responsibility as they appear on the chief source, followed by any supplementary information taken from the reference source in brackets. Include a citation for the source of the information
Place and date of publication are less consistently printed on the chief source. Discographies or record-label catalogs [1682] may be consulted. Careful consideration must be taken, however, when a date is determined using a reference source. Usually, the dates listed in discographies and label guides are not the actual dates of publication but, rather, are the dates of recording sessions. While such historical information is valuable, especially when no date of publication is available, a recording-session date provides only an approximation of the date of publication. (When information on the recording session is found in a discography or other reference source, record the information in a note and code the 033 field. Provide a brief citation for the source of the information.)
The physical description of 78 rpm discs is fairly straightforward. All are analog, monophonic recordings. Most are ten-inch discs, although 78 recordings of other dimensions, particularly twelve-inch, were issued.
Both label and matrix numbers [1683] (Internet Archive version) can appear on a 78 rpm disc, and in a variety of ways. The label number is a unique identifier for the entire item that is usually printed on both sides of the label (e.g., the same number appears on both sides of the disc). The matrix number is a unique identifier for each side of the 78 that is generally imprinted into the shellac or plastic of the disc, on the smooth surface area between the label and grooves. Matrix numbers may also be printed on the label, and the number appearing on the label may be an abbreviated version of the complete matrix number. Matrix numbers appearing directly on the disc may provide additional information, such as recording locations or particular take designations, that can be used in the description.
Though LCRI 6.7B19 states that matrix numbers should be recorded "only if they are the only numbers shown on the item," for archival and research purposes it is desirable to record all unique identifying elements appearing on the item.
The note "acoustic recording" should be included when describing any 78 rpm discs that were produced using acoustic recording processes, if such information can be ascertained from the item or a reference source.
_________________________________________
What to do with OCLC records for Library of Congress preservation tapes
LC has cataloged their preservation tapes of 78 rpm recordings. The bib records include information for the original format in the 300 field, with a 533 field for the preservation copy. Usually there are two 007 fields, one for each format:
LCCN 97705883
007 __ s ‡b d ‡d d ‡e m ‡f s ‡g d ‡h n ‡i n ‡j m ‡k s ‡l l ‡m u ‡n b
007 __ s ‡b t ‡d p ‡e m ‡f n ‡g d ‡h m ‡i a ‡j u ‡k n ‡l n ‡m u ‡n e
300 __ 1 sound disc : ‡b analog, 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 10 in.
533 __ Preservation master. ‡b Washington, D.C. : ‡c Library of Congress Magnetic Recording Laboratory, ‡d 1963. ‡e 1 sound tape microfilm reel : analog, 15 ips, 1 track, mono. ; 10 in.
According to Jay Weitz, these records are for the preservation master reel-to-reel tapes, not for the original 78s. The master records should not be edited to change them into records for the 78s themselves. If you are cataloging the actual 78s, separate records for them should be created if they do not already exist.
_________________________________________
300 __ 1 sound disc : ‡b analog, 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 10 in.
300 __ 2 sound discs : ‡b 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 12 in
300 __ on 1 side of 1 sound disc : ‡b analog, 78 rpm, mono. ; ‡c 10 in. (see 6.5B3)
300 __ 2 sound discs : ‡b analog, 78 rpm ; ‡c 12 in.
300 __ 4 sound discs : ‡b analog, 78 rpm ; ‡c 10 in.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]
General | Dating 78 RPM recordings: print | online | Catalogs by: company name: print | online | genre, medium of performance, etc.: print | online | performer: print | online | Library catalogs and national archives: print | online | Miscellaneous
The 78rpm record home page [1684]
Discography of American historical recordings [1685]
_________________________________________
Print sources
Daniels, William R. The American 45 and 78 rpm record dating guide, 1940-1959. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1985.
HSR ML156.2 D186 A5
Gart, Galen. ARLD : the American record label directory and dating guide, 1940-1959. Milford, N.H. : Big Nickel, c1989.
HSR ML1055 G244 A7+
Barr, Steven C. The (almost) complete 78 rpm record dating guide. [Toronto] : S.C. Barr, c1979, c1980.
HSR ML156.2 B268 A4+
------------. The almost complete 78 rpm record dating guide. (II). Huntington Beach, Calif. : Yesterday Once More, 1992.
HSR ML156.2 B268 A4 1992+
Peel, Tom. Seventy years of issues : historical 78rpm pressings from original masters, 1931-2001. Toronto : Dundurn Press, 2001.
LSF ML156.4 V872 P3
Shaw, Eddie. Date about all those English seventy-eights : Pt.1 (2nd rev. ed.), suppl.B. (2 pts.). London : E. & E. Shaw, 1995.
In Process
_________________________________________
Australian and New Zealand78 label dates [1686]
Early or historical sound recordings collections [1687] and other 78 & cylinder sites of interest
The online discographical project [1688]
Staunton, Ted. 78 rpm labels. [1689]
Der yidisher Gramofon [1690]: 78 rpm recordings of European Jewish music
_________________________________________
This section is limited to record labels beginning with the A-D. The Yale University Music Library and Historical Sound Recording Archives will be cataloging 78 rpm recordings in the record label range A-D.
Print sources
Ruppli, Michel. The Aladdin/Imperial labels : a discography. New York : Greenwood Press, 1991.
HSR ML156.2 R946 A3
Ruppli, Michel. Atlantic Records : a discography. Westport, CT : Greenwood Press, 1979.
HSR ML156.2 R946 A8
Cuscuna, Michael and Michel Ruppli. The Blue Note label : a discography. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 2001.
HSR ML156.4 J42 C9 2001
Laird, Ross. Brunswick records: a discography of recordings, 1916-1931. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 2001.
HSR ML156.2 L188 B9 [temporarily in music library office]
Carter, Sydney H. A catalogue of Clarion & Ebonoid records. Bournemouth, Eng. : Talking Machine Review, c1977.
HSR ML156.2 C325 C3
Andrews, Frank (H. Frank) Columbia 10" records, 1904-30. [London] : City of London Phonograph and Gramophone Society, [1985]
HSR ML156 A566 C7+
Brooks, Tim. The Columbia master book discography. Westport, CT : Greenwood Press, 1999.
HSR ML156.2 B873 C7
Smith, Michael. Columbia Graphophone Company, ltd. : English celebrity issues : D and LB series, L and LX series, X and PB series, 7000 and PX series, ROX and SDX series, YB series. [Lingfield, Surrey] : Oakwood Press, [1970?]
HSR ML156.4 V872 V8 v.8
Temporary catalogue of the Columbia Phonograph Co.’s musical records : for use on graphophones and phonographs.
SML Fiche B2264 2937
Decca Record Company. Main catalog : alphabetical and numerical. London.
HSR ML155.3 D291
Ruppli, Michel. The Decca labels : a discography. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1996.
HSR ML156.2 R946 D2
_________________________________________
General
Abrams, Steven; with contributions from other collectors. The online discographical project
settlet.fateback.com/ [1691]
Catalogue of Finnish records 1901-1945 [1692]
recordings held in the innish Institute of Recorded Sound
The database [of] Swedish 78-rpm records. database [1693]
The E-discographer.
www.hensteeth.com/e_discog/ [1694]
a bibligraphy of chiefly print discographies, with links to online discographies
Fitzgerald, Michael. Jazz record label listings.
www.jazzdiscography.com/Labels/index.html [1695]
Settlemier, Tyrone. Tyrone's record and phonograph links.
www.proaxis.com/~settlet/record/links.html [1696]
scroll down to "labels," very near to the the top of this very long page.
Thomas, Mike. Dance band encyclopaedia: label index [1697]
By label
Settlemier, Tyrone. American Record Company.
www.angelfire.com/or/settlet/AmericanMatrix.htm [1698]
APGA (Association Phonique des Grands Artistes); Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]
Atlantic Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/atlantic/ [1700]
Artiphon; Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]
Huenemann, Robert Gilchrist. The original Audiophile discography.
home.flash.net/~bobgh/nunncat.htm [1701]
Bethlehem Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/bethlehem/ [1702]
Blue Note Records Catalog: 78 rpm series - single index includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/bluenote/78r-cat/ [1703]
Bray, Colin J. and Jack Litchfield. The Canadian Columbia group of labels 1921-1931: how to distinguish Canadian from American.
www.geocities.com/SoHo/Museum/8764/colcan.htm [1704]
Englund, Björn. Engelska Columbias matriskronologi 1925-1946.
www.ljudochbildarkivet.se/SLBA/NOTISER/discografi/engelskacolumbia.htm [1705]
Weber, Helmut. Columbia (American).
wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columa.htm [1706]
------------. Columbia (English/German/French).
wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columb.htm [1707]
Contemporary Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/contemporary/ [1708]
Debut Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/debut/ [1709]
------------. Decca (American).
wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccaa.htm [1710]
------------. Decca (English/German).
wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccab.htm [1711]
Dial Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/dial/ [1712]
Odeon (including Fonotopia); Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]
Mercury Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/mercury/ [1713]
Odeon (including Fonotopia); Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]
The Prestige Labels: Prestige SP series (10" 78 rpm), New Jazz SP series (10" 78 rpm), Prestige EP series (7" 45 rpm), New Jazz EP series (7" 45 rpm); includes session indexes
www.plosin.com/milesAhead/prestigeLabel.html [1714]
Riverside Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/riverside/ [1715]
Savoy Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/savoy/ [1716]
Verve Records Discography Project includes session indexes
www.jazzdisco.org/verve/ [1717]
Encyclopedic discography of Victor recordings
victor.library.ucsb.edu/index.php [1718]
Dating Victor 78s
members.tripod.com/~Vinylville/faq-9.html [1719]
International Zon-o-phone; Excel zip file from Truesound online discographies; scroll down to find list of labels
www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm [1699]
_________________________________________
Catalogs by genre, medium of performance, etc.
Nelson, Susan. The flute on record : the 78 rpm era : a discography. Lanham, Md. : Scarecrow Press, 2006.
HSR ML156.4 F64 F6+
McBeth, Amy. A discography of 78 rpm era recordings of the horn : solo and chamber literature with commentary. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1997.
LSF ML156.4 H8 M1
Arnold, Claude G. The orchestra on record, 1896-1926 : an encyclopedia of orchestral recordings made by the acoustical process. Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press, 1997.
HSR ML156.4 O64 A7
Raymond, Jack. Show music on record : the first one hundred years. New rev. ed. Washington, D.C. : J. Raymond, c1998.
HSR ML156.4 M977 R2 1998+
_________________________________________
Acoustic opera sets [1720]
Coverage is from the earliest acoustic sets (ca. 1907) until the introduction and almost immediate dominance of electrical recordings in 1925.
Historical opera recordings from 78rpm discs [1721]: complete and abridged sets
Historical Operetta Recordings from 78rpm discs [1722]: complete and abridged sets
ODE [1723] (Opera discography encyclopedia)
78opera [1724]
_________________________________________
Complete recordings of John McCormack [1725]
Finnish vocal art on records, 1902-1945 [1726]
_________________________________________
Dictionary catalog of the G. Robert Vincent Voice Library at Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan. Boston : G.K. Hall, 1975.
HSR ML156.2 V771 D5+
Dictionary catalog of the Rodgers and Hammerstein Archives of Recorded Sound. Boston, Mass. : G.K. Hall, 1981.
HSR ML156.2 R691 D5+
Weihermüller, Manfred. Deutsche National-Discographie. Serie 3, Discographie der deutschen Gesangsaufnahmen [= Discography of German Operatic and Lieder]. Bonn : Birgit Lotz, c1995-
HSR ML156.4 V872 W4
_________________________________________
Bibliothèque et Archives nationales Québec. Disques 78 tours [1727]
Database of the Finnish Institute of Recorded Sound [1728]
SONIC (Sound ONline Inventory and Catalog): a portion of the Library of Congress Audio Collection:
database [1729] (with searches by commercial 78s, 45s, and cassettes or by music only, etc.)
The Swedish National Archive of Recorded Sound and Moving Images [1730]
The virtual gramophone: Canadian historical sound recordings: search [1731]
_________________________________________
Bauer, Roberto. The new catalogue of historical records 1898-1908/09. 2nd ed. London : Sidgwick and Jackson, [1947]
HSR ML156 B344 1947
Rust, Brian. Discography of historical records on cylinders and 78s. Westport, CT : Greenwood Press, 1979.
HSR ML156.2 R971 D6+
The world’s encyclopedia of recorded music. London : Sidgwick & Jackson, [1952] and 1953-1957.
Ref ML156.2 C647 W9; Ref ML156.2 C647 W9
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Examples of MARC holdings for 78 RPM recordings in the Historical Sound Recordings Collection
Tag 852 = call number
Indicator 1: 8 = local classification
Indicator 2: 0 = single disc
Indicator 2: 1 = multiple disc set
Tag 866 = volume holdings (for multiple disc set)
Indicator 1: 4 = detailed extent of holdings information
Indicator 2: 1
‡b = holding library (‡b mushsr)
‡t = copy number (‡t 1, ‡t 2, etc.)
‡x = staff note (box number)
single disc, with single number:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
single disc, with nonconsecutive multiple numbers:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
single disc, with consecutive matrix numbers:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
multiple disc set:
852 8 1 ‡b mushsr ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a disc [ ]-[ ]
multiple disc set in more than 1 box:
multiple copies require a separate MFHD for each copy.
Use ‡t [_] to indicate 1st, 2nd, etc. copies:
For copy 1:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡t 1 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
For copy 2:
852 8 0 ‡b mushsr ‡t 2 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
multiple copies of a multiple disc set require a separate MFHD for each copy:
For copy 1:
852 8 1 ‡b mushsr ‡t 1 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a disc [ ]-[ ]
For copy 2:
852 8 1 ‡b mushsr ‡t 2 ‡h [label name] [label number] ‡x Box __
866 4 1 ‡8 0 ‡a disc [ ]-[ ]
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Sound recording cataloging [12]
This is a brief guide to aid in cataloging
Sources:
Mudge, S., D.J. Hoek. Describing jazz, blues, and popular 78 RPM sound recordings: suggestions and guidelines. Cataloging & Classification Quarterly, vo. 29, no. 3, 2001, p. 21-48.
Bill's 78rpm beginner's page [1732]; Explanation of side coupling for 78rpm sets [1733]; Grove Music Online; A history of vinyl [1734]; Wikipedia; Recording Industry Association of America [1735] (RIAA) website
_________________________________________
Any flat disc record, made between about 1898 and the late 1950s and playing at a speed around 78 revolutions per minute is called a "78" by collectors. The materials of which discs were made and with which they were coated were also various; shellac eventually became the commonest material. Generally 78s are made of a brittle material which uses a shellac resin (thus their other name is shellac records). During and after World War II when shellac supplies were extremely limited, some 78 rpm records were pressed in vinyl instead of shellac (wax), particularly the six-minute 12" 78 rpm records produced by V-Disc for distribution to US troops in World War II.
78s come in a variety of sizes, the most common being 10 inch (25 cm) and 12 inch (30 cm) diameter, and these were originally sold in either paper or card covers, generally with a circular cutout allowing the record label to be seen. Since most 78 rpm discs were issued in paper sleeves with no additional accompanying materials, relatively limited information is provided by the items themselves.
Earliest speeds of rotation varied widely, but by 1910 most records were recorded at about 78 to 80 rpm. In 1925, 78.26 rpm was chosen as a standard for motorized phonographs, because it was suitable for most existing records, and was easily achieved using a standard 3600-rpm motor and 46-tooth gear (78.26 = 3600/46). Thus these records became known as 78s (or "seventy-eights"). This term did not come into use until after World War II when a need developed to distinguish the 78 from other newer disc record formats. Earlier they were just called records, or when there was a need to distinguish them from cylinders, disc records.
The durations of 78 RPM recordings is about three to five minutes per side, depending on the disc size:
12": ca. four to five minutes
10": ca. three minutes
As late as the 1970s, some children's records were released at the 78 rpm speed.
The older 78 format continued to be mass produced alongside the newer formats into the 1950s, but had faded from the scene by 1955.
Recording techniques
Before 1925, all 78s were recorded by means of the artist singing or speaking into a horn, the power of their voice directly vibrating the recording stylus and thus cutting the wax of the master disc. Collectors call these discs "acoustic" recordings.
The acoustical era: 1877–1925
The earliest methods of sound recording are described as "acoustical" and employ only mechanical means for both recording and playback. The sounds to be preserved are directed into a large horn, which at its tapered end is connected to a cutting stylus. In response to the vibrations of air in the horn, the stylus cuts a spiral groove in the thick wax coating of a cylinder or disc, rotated steadily by means of a crank. The cutting process creates variations in the groove analogous to the varying frequency and amplitude of the vibrations; the stylus moves up and down in "hill-and-dale" or "vertical cut" recording and from side to side in "lateral cut" recording.
Acoustical recording never yielded high fidelity, its dynamic range was limited.
[By the 1910s] flat discs were the predominant medium for sound recording.
Edison's Diamond Discs were available 1910 in 7, 10, 12, 14, 16, and 21 inch formats. They were played at around 78 rpm and contained up to 8 minutes of sound. The disc was made of an early plastic known as Amberol, which "gave it little surface noise and superb clarity, [but] was incompatible with any other system. It employed a vertical, rather than lateral cut, groove and could not be played on any other machine."
Recording and playing speeds ranged from 72 to 86 rpm before the standard settled at 78 (though Columbia, for example, issued 80 rpm discs for some time after 1920).
The electrical era: 1925–47
Electrical recording was first used in 1925. After about 1925, 78s were recorded by the artist singing or speaking into a microphone and amplifier which then cut the master record. This allowed a wider range of sound to be recorded. Records recorded by this process are called "electrical" recordings. Collectors can identify these discs by either by listening or by means of small marks in the record surface close to the label.
The first electrical recording was issued in 1925.
By around 1920 lateral cut recording was the norm; a less exacting technique than vertical cut, it produced a level of fidelity adequate to the standard of the equipment the general public could afford to buy.
The physical format of electrical recordings remained the same as that of the many acoustical ones utilizing the lateral cut technique.
The term "electrical recording" is normally used in contradistinction to "acoustical recording" (in the preceding era) and "magnetic tape recording" and "microgroove recording" (in the succeeding era) the term "electrical recording" is not customarily used after the introduction of magnetic tape in 1947.
In electrical recording the sounds to be preserved are gathered by a transducer (a microphone) and the vibrations converted into an analogously varying electrical signal, which is amplified and applied to another transducer (a stylus), which cuts a spiral groove in a waxed or (later) lacquered disc.
Hill-and-dale [vertical cut] recording:
A term applied to a sound-recording technique in which, in both recording and playback, the stylus moves up and down in the spiral groove on a cylinder or disc.
Vertical cut recording:
A term applied to a sound-recording technique that utilizes variations in the depth of the spiral groove on a cylinder or disc.
Lateral cut recording:
A term applied to a sound-recording technique in which, in both recording and playback, the stylus moves from side to side in the spiral groove on a disc.
78 RPM sets
Many 78 RPM sets, particularly electrical sets, were issued in up to three side couplings:
° Manual side
° Slide automatic
° Drop automatic
In a hypothetical set comprising four records, the alignment of the sides would have been:
° Manual: 1/2, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8
° Slide automatic: 1/5, 2/6, 3/7, 4/8
° Drop automatic: 1/8, 2/7, 3/6, 4/5
♪ Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
Chronological subdivisions for popular music | Jazz and popular music subject heading subdivisions
From Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings (See the Manual for the complete instructions) | ||||
H 1916.5, 2: Geographic and chronological subdivisions: | ||||
Select the chronological subdivision on the basis of: | ||||
|
||||
H 1160, 3: Musical compositions: Geographic subdivisions: | ||||
This instruction sheet applies to headings representing musical forms and types of compositions, medium of performance, style, etc. Rock music is given as an example. The following instructions, excerpted from H 1160, apply to jazz and popular music subject headings: | ||||
|
||||
When both chronological and geographic subdivisions are used in a heading, the geographic subdivision comes before the chronological subdivision. |
Chronological subdivisions for popular music
For chronological subdivisions for classical music (i.e., western art music), see Chronological subdivisions [1752]
Subject heading | Chronological subdivision |
Bluegrass music | --To 1951; 1951-1960 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
Blues (Music) | --To 1931; 1931-1930 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
Country music | --To 1951; 1951-1960 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
Jazz | --To 1921; 1921-1930 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
Popular instrumental music | --To 1901; 1901-1910 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
Popular music | --To 1901; 1901-1910 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
Rock music | --To 1961; 1961-1970 ... 1981-1990; 1991-2000; 2001-2010; 2011-2020 |
SOURCE: Music Cataloging Bulletin, vol. 19, no. 4, p. 4; LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1619.6
Jazz and popular music subject heading subdivisions
Certain popular music styles and genres that originated in the United States are not subdivided by --United States. They may, however, when appropriate, be subdivided by regions, states, and cities of the United States.
Subject heading | Subdivide chronologically? | Subdivide by --United States if brought out in item |
Add 043 n-us--- when implied in the subject heading |
Big band music Bluegrass music Blues (Music) |
No Begin --To 1951 Begin --To 1931 |
No No No |
Yes Yes Yes |
Boogie Woogie (Music) Bop (Music) Calypso (Music) |
No No No |
No No Yes |
Yes Yes No |
Christian rock music Contemporary Christian music Country music |
No No Begin --To 1951 |
Yes Yes No |
No No Yes |
Disco music Dixieland music Doo-wop (Music) |
No No No |
Yes No No |
No Yes Yes |
Folk-rock music Funk (Music) Gospel music Honky-tonk music |
No No1 No No |
No No Yes/No2 No |
Yes No1 Yes Yes |
Jazz Jazz vocals Klezmer music |
Begin --To 1921 No No |
No No Yes |
Yes Yes No |
Old-time music Popular music Popular instrumental music Ragtime music |
No1 Begin --To 1901 Begin --To 1901 No |
No Yes Yes No |
Yes1 No No Yes |
Rap (Music) Reggae music Rhythm and blues music |
No No No |
No Yes No |
Yes No Yes |
Rock music Rockabilly music Salsa (Music) Soul music |
Begin --To 1961 No No No |
Yes No Yes No |
No Yes No Yes |
Steel band music Swing (Music) Western swing (Music) Women's music3 |
No No No |
Yes No No No |
No Yes Yes Yes |
1 Inferred from LC practice.
2 Original LC handout said no; however, LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1619.6 does not list Gospel music as one of the headings not to be subdivided by "--United States."
3 Do not confuse with the subject headings Music by women composers and Feminist music Sources: LC handout, 1992 OLAC meeting; Music Cataloging Bulletin, vol. 33, no. 3, Mar. 2002; LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1619.6
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
See also Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737]
See Guide to the usage of LCSH free-floating form subdivisions [1753] for a more complete list of subdivisions and their coding
Consult instruction sheet H 1160, Musical compositions: Pattern headings for musical compositions; includes guidelines for arranged works and subdivisions and list of free-floating subdivisions and form/topical subdivisions, in the Library of Congress' Subject Headings Manual.
The free-floating subdivisions listed here may be used as appropriate under headings for collections of music, individual musical works, and literature and other materials about music.
Use ‡v when the subdivision indicates what the item is, or the form of the item
Use ‡x when the subdivision indicates what the item is about, or the topic of the item
Subdivisions for musical compositions | Subdivisions for books about music
List of subdivisions arranged by ‡v and ‡x coding |
|
subdivisions for musical compositions |
|
Code as ‡v | Code as ‡x |
2-harpsichord scores 2-organ scores 2-piano scores 3-piano scores Cadenzas Chorus scores with piano Chorus scores without accompaniment Drama Excerpts Excerpts, Arranged Facsimiles Fake books Hymns Hymns ‡v Texts Instructive editions Instrumental settings Juvenile Juvenile ‡x Instruction and study ‡v Lead sheets ‡v Librettos Manuscripts ‡v Facsimiles Methods Methods ‡v Group instruction Methods ‡v Juvenile Methods ‡v Self-instruction Methods (Jazz [(Rock, Bluegrass, etc.]) Musical settings Orchestral excerpts Organ scores Parts Parts (solo) Piano scores Piano scores (4 hands) Scores Scores and parts Scores and parts (solo) Simplified editions Solo(s) with Songs and music Stories, plots, etc Studies and exercises Studies and exercises ‡x Juvenile Studies and exercises ‡x (Jazz, [Rock, Bluegrass, etc.]) Teaching pieces Texts Vocal scores with Vocal scores without accompaniment |
Instruction and study |
Code as ‡v | Code as ‡x |
Bibliography Bibliography ‡v Graded lists Discography Early works to 1800 Interpretation (Phrasing, dynamics, etc.) Music Stories, plots, etc. Thematic catalogs |
Analysis, appreciation Characters Discography ‡x Methodology First performances History and criticism Literary themes, motives Manuscripts ‡x Facsimiles Performances Production and direction |
H1161 Subdivisions for specific musical instruments or groups of musical instruments. This does not cover the subject heading "Musical instruments" |
|
Code as ‡v | Code as ‡x |
Catalogs, Manufacturers' Catalogs and collections Chord diagrams Methods Methods ‡v Group instruction Methods ‡v Juvenile Methods ‡v Self-instruction Orchestra studies Studies and exercises Studies and exercises ‡v Juvenile |
Acoustics Construction Customizing Embouchure Fingering Fingering ‡v Charts, diagrams, etc. Instruction and study Instruction and study ‡v Juvenile Multiphonics Pedaling Performance Religious aspects Tuning |
Early works to 1800:
This free-floating form subdivision is used for early texts on a subject, as the last element in the subject heading. It is tagged in ‡v (not ‡y), as it is a form/topical subdivision, not a chronological subdivision [1752].
Assign the subdivision to all editions of a work, including editions issued after 1800, as long as the original text has not been altered or reworked. Also assign the subdivision for literal translations of such texts, regardless of the date of the translation.
Do not use this subdivision under headings for musical compositions. Also, do not confuse this subdivision with the obsolete "To 1800," which once was added to subject headings for musical compositions.
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
Local (non-LC) subject headings | Subject subdivisions for rare materials
Until July 2001, local subject headings were tagged as LC subject headings with second indicator 4. As of July 13, 2001, use 69X tags when assigning subject headings that are not LC headings, including headings that are assigned according to locally-developed (Yale) standards.
Former practice | Current practice | |
Personal names | 600 _4 | 692 _4 |
Corporate names | 610 _4 | 693 _4 |
Conference names | 611 _4 | 694 _4 |
Uniform titles | 630 _4 | 695 _4 |
Topical subjects | 650 _4 | 690 _4 |
Geographic subjects | 651 _4 | 691 _4 |
This is a list of subdivisions (‡x) applied to 600s and 610s in the Yale Music Library:
Add a 590 note, for example:
590 __ Purchased from J & J Lubrano with income from the Rose Jackson Fund, 1997.
590 __ Gift of Richard F. French, 1996.
590 __ From the Estate of Virgil Thomson.
We add these to rare materials when applicable, e.g.:
590 MUS : Signature of Lowell Mason on cover. 590 MUS : Lowell Mason bookplate: 2139. 692 Mason, Lowell, |d 1792-1872 ‡x Bookplate, 2139. 692 Mason, Lowell, |d 1792-1872 ‡x Signature. |
590 MUS: From the library of Newell Jenkins. 692 Jenkins, Newell ‡x Provenance. |
590 Bookplates on front endpaper: Rinck's Library ... Lowell Mason Library of Music 693 Rinck's Library ‡x Bookplate. |
or to non-rare materials when they are purchased from specific funds, e.g.:
590 MUS: Purchased with income from the Carl Miller Fund, 1991. 692 Miller, Carl S. ‡x Gift, 1991. |
§ Based in part on e-mail messages of July 13, 2001 from Martha Conway (for local (non-LC) subject headings) and of Nov. 4, 1997 from Helen Bartlett (for subject subdivisions for rare materials)
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
This page describes and links to music-specific instruction sheets in the Subject Cataloging Manual.
General instruction: Assign the heading that represents the predominant topic of the work as the first subject heading. (see H 80 Order of subject headings [1755])
If the predominant topic cannot be represented by a single heading:
° assign as the first and second headings the two headings that, taken together, express the predominant topic.
° if one of the two more closely approximates the class number it is usually assigned first.
Overview | Assigning subject headings | Free-floating subdivisions
Source: List of the Subject Heading Manual PDF Files [1756]
Overview |
||
H 1916.3 [1757] | Music: General | Overview of the assignment of subjects headings for all materials in the field of music ° musical form, genre, type, etc. ° medium of performance ° music for occasions ° music about a topic, person, or other named entity ° language of vocal text ° certain liturgical texts ° musical style ° music of ethnic, national, and religious groups ° musical presentation or format subdivisions ° geographic subdivisions ° literature and other materials about music ° instructional materials |
Assigning subject headings |
||
Instruction sheet # and title | The type(s) of subject heading(s) covered | |
H 1917.5 [1758] | Music form/genre headings: medium of performance | Headings for musical compositions, specifically, those music form/genre headings that include medium of performance
For more information, see medium of performance headings for instrumental music [1759] | vocal music [1760] |
H 1916.5 [1761] | Jazz and popular music | Guidelines for assigning headings to jazz and popular music, and for using geographic and chronological subdivisions
For more information, see Chronological and geographic subdivisions for subject headings for jazz and popular music [1740] |
H 1917 [1762] | Music of ethnic, national, and religious groups | Headings for works that consist of or discuss the music of ethnic groups, music with national emphasis, religious music of certain groups, and non-Western art music, including works about the musical instruments of these groups. |
H 1918 [1763] | Musical instruments | Guidance in establishing and using headings for the names of musical instruments and families of instruments. For free-floating subdivisions used with headings for musical instruments see H 1161. For musical instruments as the medium of performance in form/genre headings for musical compositions, see H 1917.5. |
H 1438 [1764] | Composers and works about music of individual composers | Headings for works about specific compositions by a composer and works about a composer's compositions in a musical form or for a general or specific medium of performance
Refers to H 1110 [1765]: Free-floating subdivisions: names of persons |
Free-floating subdivisions |
||
Instruction sheet # and title | The type(s) of subject heading(s) covered | |
H 1160 [1766] | Pattern headings for musical compositions | Free-floating subdivisions for: ° musical forms and types of compositions ° medium of performance, style, function, ° music for special seasons or occasions, ° musical settings of special texts, etc., ° headings including the subdivisions ° Hymns ° Music ° Musical settings ° Songs and music. Includes guidelines for arranged works and subdivisions and list of free-floating subdivisions and form/topical subdivisions. This category does not include the general heading Music. |
H 1161 [1767] | Pattern headings for individual musical instruments | Includes free-floating subdivisions for headings for brands and models of instruments, and families of instruments
Includes a list of form subdivisions. This category does not include the general heading Musical instruments. |
H 2075 [1768] | Songs and music | Guidelines on the use of the free-floating subdivisions "--Songs and music" for vocal or instrumental music Use for music that ° interprets or that is inspired by a person or geographic location ° is otherwise associated with the heading. "--Songs and music--History and criticism" Use for works that discuss the songs or music about a topic or entity |
H 2190 [1769] | Texts | For vocal music, use the free-floating subdivision "--Texts" in headings for specific types of vocal music for works that contain the words to one or more songs, hymns, etc., without the music. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
See also: Subject headings for vocal music [731] | Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737] | Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]
Musical form/genre headings are used when the work is in a specific form and that form is found in LCSH. Some forms are found in LCSH: Sonatas, Rondos, Waltzes, etc., and others are not: Fantasies, Preludes.
The most specific form heading should be used when that form is found in LCSH. This means that in most cases, a single subject heading will sufficiently describe the work. For example, a sonata for piano will be assigned the subject heading Sonatas (Piano). To assign a second subject heading for medium of performance, such as Piano music, would be incorrect, since the first subject heading is more specific and sufficient.
Musical form/genre headings are usually qualified by medium of performance. The name of the instrument is enclosed in parentheses. When a parenthesis is the final element of a subject heading, there is no final period.
Examples:
650 0 Suites (Organ)
650 0 Rondos (Piano)
650 0 Sonatas (Cello [1770])
650 0 Variations (Violin)
The form subject heading "Sonatas" is applied to music for one or two instruments only. When a work for three or more instruments is titled "Sonata," the uniform title may use that term as the initial title element, but the subject heading will be either "Trio sonatas" or a medium of performance heading (trios, quartets, etc.). A work titled "Sonata" for four violins would be assigned the subject heading: String quartets (Violins (4))
Musical form/genre headings that are not qualified by medium of performance
There are two reasons why a form heading would not be qualified by medium of performance:
1. because the medium of performance is implied in the form;
2. for some unknown, mysterious reason, the Library of Congress has decided that a particular form heading should not be qualified by medium of performance.
[» Note: It is not LCSH practice to bring out the medium of performance in the majority of headings assigned to popular music.]
1. Some form headings have an implied medium of performance and will not be qualified. The scope note under the heading in LCSH will indicate when the form heading is usually for a specific instrument and should not be qualified by the name of that instrument. When that same form is for a medium of performance other than the implied medium, that form heading is qualified by the name of the instrument(s):
010 sh 85024709 150 Chorale preludes 550 Chorales 680 Here are entered compositions originally written or arranged for organ. Similar compositions written for media other than organ receive the heading Chorale preludes, followed by specification of medium, e.g. Chorale preludes (Orchestra) |
Examples:
Sonatas (Piano) Symphonies. Symphonies (String orchestra) Chorale preludes. Chorale preludes (Orchestra) |
no medium is implied by "sonata" orchestra is implied since orchestra is implied by "Symphonies," any other medium must be specified organ is implied since organ is the medium implicit in "Chorale preludes," any other medium must be specified |
2. Some form headings cannot be qualified by medium of performance. The scope notes in LCSH indicate which form headings are never qualified by medium of performance, regardless of instrumentation:
010 sh 93006216 150 Toccatas 680 Here are entered works composed in the form of the toccata. Works on the toccata as a musical form are entered under Toccata. 680 A second heading for medium of performance is assigned if a specific medium of performance is given in the work. |
In these cases, a second heading for medium of performance is assigned. Neither subject heading by itself would completely describe the work. This is one circumstance under which more than one subject heading is assigned to describe one work:
650 0 Toccatas.
650 0 Organ music.
650 0 Pavans.
650 0 Harpsichord music.
650 0 Tarantellas.
650 0 Band music.
form subject headings that at time were qualified by medium of performance (and therefore require an additional heading for medium of performance) | form subject headings that were never qualified by medium of performance (and therefore require an additional heading for medium of performance) | types of compositions in forms for which there were never corresponding form subject headings (and therefore require medium of performance subject headings) | ||
dance forms such as:
|
fanfares toccatas |
fantasies inventions nocturnes preludes ricercars |
Works for more than one instrument
When more than one instrument is involved, they are added to the form heading in parentheses in the following order: by instrument family name first, then within each family.
See the chart The order of instruments in subject headings [1467]
Headings for two instruments use "and" to connect the names of the instruments:
650 0 Suites (Flute and violin)
650 0 Rondos (Violin and cello [1770])
Headings for three or more instruments are given in the correct order, without the word "and":
650 0 Suites (Piano, flute, violin)
650 0 Rondos (Bassoon, clarinet, flute, horn, oboe)
650 0 Canons, fugues, etc. (Violin, viola, cello [1770])
When there are two or more of one instrument, it is given in the plural and qualified by the number in parentheses:
650 0 Suites (Horn, trombone, trumpets (2), tuba)
650 0 Rondos (Cellos [1770] (4))
650 0 Canons, fugues, etc. (Bassoons (8))
650 0 Sonatas (Unspecified instruments (2))
Headings for works for two instruments in which the keyboard instrument plays a chordal role (such as sonatas) or functions as the accompaniment, the keyboard instrument is given second, even though it is first on the list of instrumentation:
650 0 Sonatas (Flute and piano)
Medium of performance headings
Medium of performance headings are assigned to works that are not composed in a specific form of composition or in a form of composition not in LCSH (e.g., Polonaises, Fantasies, Preludes) or when the form heading in LCSH (e.g., Toccatas, Pavans, Galliards) is not to be qualified by medium of performance. Medium of performance headings for chamber music will usually include the names of the instruments or name of instrument families.
Form of the name of instruments in subject headings
Use "and" to connect the names of two solo instruments.
Use commas and no connecting word to connect the names of three or more solo instruments.
Use "with" preceding the name of a solo instrument or instrumental ensemble used as accompaniment.
The key of the instrument is not included in the subject heading. Use "clarinet" not "B♭ clarinet"; "trumpet" not "C trumpet," etc.
Instruments with indication of range (alto, tenor, bass, etc.) have different treatment in subject headings.
680 The term "[alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument]" is used as a medium of performance in headings for works for one or two solo instruments. In headings for other works that include "[alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument]", the generic term "[name of instrument]" is used as the medium of performance. |
bass clarinet, alto flute, bass trombone, contrabass clarinet, etc.: the term "bass clarinet," "alto flute," "bass trombone, "contrabass clarinet," etc., is used only in subject headings for works for one or two solo instruments, alone or accompanied by an ensemble. For headings for works for three or more instruments, the generic term "clarinet" is used.
680 Here are entered compositions not in a specific form or of a specific type for solo [alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument], and collections of compositions in several forms or types for [alto, tenor, bass, etc.] [name of instrument]. |
contrabassoon, alto horn, treble viol, etc.: all subject headings for works including these instruments include the full name of the instrument, not the generic form, e.g.,: Brass quintets (Alto horn, baritone, cornets (2), tuba); Suites (Treble viols (2), tenor viol, continuo)
Subject authority records have been created for many, but not all, medium of performance subject headings. This is does not mean that only those headings with authority records are valid for use. However, the name of the instrument(s) and ensemble must have been established. For example, the following subject headings: "Piccolo and saxophone music" and "Cello [1770] with percussion ensemble" have not been established. They are valid subject headings because "piccolo," "saxophone," and "cello [1770]" have all been established in subject heading records, as has "percussion ensembles." Note that the latter is in plural form in the subject authority record; it is used in the singular when it is an accompanying ensemble.
Examples of form and medium of performance subject headings
one to two instruments: like instruments | different instruments | one chordal and one other
three to nine instruments in standard chamber combinations | other chamber combinations: number of instruments: three | four | five | six | seven | eight | nine
Ten or more instruments: one to a part | two or more to a part
Large ensembles: Band or orchestra | One or more instruments accompanied by large ensemble
One to Two Instruments (See also Percussion music) | |
One to two like instruments | |
Unaccompanied works for solo instruments: the qualifier ", Unaccompanied" is not added to headings for instrumental music. It is added only to certain vocal subject headings [1771] | |
If the work is a specific type for one instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the instrument: | Sonatas (Piano)
Suites (Violin) |
If the work is not a specific type for one instrument, use the medium of performance as the subject heading followed by "music": | Piano music
Violin music |
If the work is a specific type for two of the same instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the instrument: | Sonatas (Pianos (2))
Suites (Violins (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for two of the same instrument, use the medium of performance as the subject heading followed by "music" and qualified to indicate two of the instruments: | Piano music (Pianos (2))
Violin music (Violins (2)) |
A work not of a specific type for two pianos being performed by one person is assigned the subject heading: | Piano music (Pianos (2), 1 performer) |
Two different instruments | |
If the work is a specific type for two different instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the names of the instruments. The names of the instruments will be connected by the word "and": | Rondos (Flute and oboe)
Suites (Horn and viola) |
If the work is not a specific type for two different instruments, use the medium of performance as the subject heading. The names of the instruments will be connected by the word "and" and followed by "music": | Flute and oboe music
Horn and viola music |
One chordal instrument and one other instrument | |
If the work is a specific type and the keyboard/plectral instrument plays a chordal role, use the subject heading for that type and name the keyboard/plectral instrument second: | Sonatas (Flute and piano)
Suites (Violin and harp) |
If the work is not a specific type and the keyboard/plectral instrument plays a chordal role, use the medium of performance as the subject heading. The names of the instruments will be connected by the word "and", with the keyboard/plectral instrument named second: | Flute and piano music
Horn and piano music |
Three to Nine Instruments | |
Standard chamber combinations (Standard chamber combinations are no longer used in statements of medium of performance in authorized access points for musical works and expressions. (See Standard chamber combinations [1772] for an explanation.) However, the names of standard chamber combinations are still used in LCSH. |
|
For the following standard chamber combinations, use the subject headings in the right-hand column when the work is not a specific type of composition. Do not specify instruments when the ensemble is a standard chamber ensemble. Woodwind quartets and Wind quintets do not fall into this category for subject headings as they do for uniform titles. | |
Piano, violin, cello [1770]
Piano, violin, viola, cello [1770] Piano, 2 violins, viola, cello [1770] violin, viola, cello [1770] 2 violins, viola, cello [1770] |
Piano trios
Piano quartets Piano quintets String trios String quartets |
When the work is a specific type of composition (with the exception of sonatas), use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the medium of performance, using the terms from the right-hand column above in the singular form: | Rondos (Piano trio)
Suites (Piano quartet) Variations (String trio) |
Standard chamber combination functioning as accompanying ensemble | |
The names of standard chamber combination are not used when the group is an accompanying ensemble. For example, a subject heading with medium of performance for a work with string quartet accompaniment would include "with string ensemble" not "with string quartet." The scope note in the subject authority record for String ensembles (sh 85129012) is: "When used for an accompanying ensemble in headings with medium of performance, the term "string ensemble" stands for two or more bowed stringed instruments." Similarly, "with instrumental ensemble" is used in headings with medium of performance when the accompaniment is for two or more solo instruments belonging to different families. A subject heading with medium of performance for a work with piano trio accompaniment would include "with instrumental ensemble" not "with piano trio." |
|
Other chamber combinations | |
The following combinations of three to nine instruments are not standard chamber combinations. Specify the name and number when applicable of each instrument in the subject heading. The number of percussion instruments is not specified. See also One performer playing one piano, 1 hand with two to eight other instruments | |
Three instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for three instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (3))
Suites (Horns (2), oboe) |
If the work is not a specific type for three of the same instruments, use "trios" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String trios (Violins (3))
Woodwind trios (Oboes (3)) |
If the work is not a specific type for three different instruments from the same family, use "trios" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String trios (Violins (2), viola)
Wind trios (Oboes (2), trumpet) |
If the work is not a specific type for three different instruments from different families, use "Trios" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | Trios (Flute, violin, viola)
Trios (Piano, horns (2)) |
Four instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for four instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (4))
Suites (Flute, horns (2), violin) |
If the work is not a specific type for four of the same instruments, use "quartets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String quartets (Violins (4))
Brass quartets (Horns (4)) |
If the work is not a specific type for four different instruments from the same family, use "quartets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String quartets (Violins (2), violas (2))
Wind quartets (Oboes (3), trumpet) |
If the work is not a specific type for four different instruments from different families, use "Quartets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | Quartets (Flute, oboe, violin, viola)
Quartets (Piano, horns (2), violin) |
Five instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for five instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (5))
Suites (Horns (3), oboes (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for five of the same instruments, use "quintets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String quintets (Violins (5))
Woodwind quintets (Oboes (5)) |
If the work is not a specific type for five different instruments from the same family, use "quintets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String quintets (Violins (3), viola, cello [1770])
Woodwind quintets (Bassoons (2), flute, oboes (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for five different instruments from different families, use "Quintets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | Quintets (Flute, oboe, trumpet, violin, viola)
Quintets (Piano, horns (2), violas (2)) |
Six instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for six instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (6))
Suites (Horns (4), oboes (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for six of the same instruments, use "sextets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String sextets (Violins (6))
Woodwind sextets (Oboes (6)) |
If the work is not a specific type for six different instruments from the same family, use "sextets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String sextets (Violins (3), violas (2), cello [1770])
Brass sextets (Horns (2), trombones (2), trumpet) |
If the work is not a specific type for six different instruments from different families, use "Sextets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | Sextets (Bassoon, flute, oboe, trumpet, violin, viola)
Sextets (Piano, flute, horns (2), violas (2)) |
Seven instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for seven instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (7))
Suites (Horns (2), oboes (2), violins (3)) |
If the work is not a specific type for seven of the same instruments, use "septets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String septets (Violins (7))
Brass septets (Horns (7)) |
If the work is not a specific type for seven different instruments from the same family, use "septets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String septets (Violins (3), viola (2), cellos [1770] (2))
Wind septets (Horns (4), oboes (2), trumpets) |
If the work is not a specific type for seven different instruments from different families, use "Septets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each (except for percussion): | Septets (Flute, oboes (2), trumpet, violin, violas (2))
Septets (Piano, clarinet, horns (2), percussion, violas (2)) |
Eight instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for eight instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (8))
Suites (Horns (2), oboes (2), violins (2), violas (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for eight of the same instruments, use "octets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String octets (Violins (8))
Plucked instrument octets (Guitars (8)) |
If the work is not a specific type for eight different instruments from the same family, use "octets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String octets (Violins (4), viola (2), cellos [1770] (2))
Wind octets (Flutes (2), horns (4), oboes (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for eight different instruments from different families, use "Octets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each (except for percussion): | Octets (Flute, oboes (2), percussion, violins (2), viola)
Octets (Piano, clarinet, flute, oboe, horn, tuba, violin, viola) |
Nine instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for nine instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the instruments: | Rondos (Flutes (9))
Suites (Flutes (2), horns (2), oboes (2), violins (2), violas (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for nine of the same instruments, use "nonets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instrument and the number: | String nonets (Violins (9))
Woodwind nonets (Oboes (9)) |
If the work is not a specific type for nine different instruments from the same family, use "nonets" preceded by the instrument family name as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | String nonets (Violins (3), viola (3), cellos [1770] (3))
Brass nonets (Baritones (2), horns (4), trumpets (3)) |
If the work is not a specific type for nine different instruments from different families, use "Nonets" as the subject heading. Name the instruments and the number of each: | Nonets (Flutes (2), oboes (2), trumpet, violins (2), violas (2))
Nonets (Piano, bassoon, clarinet, flute, oboe, horn, tuba, violin, viola) |
Ten or More Instruments | |
One to a part | |
Ensembles of ten or more solo instruments are given a term to describe the group of instruments, followed by "ensembles." The specific instrumentation is not designated. | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more of the same solo instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensemble": | Rondos (Flute ensemble)
Suites (Violin ensemble) |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more different solo instruments from the same family, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensemble": | Rondos (Brass ensemble)
Suites (Woodwind ensemble) |
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more of the same solo instrument, use the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensembles": | Flute ensembles
Violin ensembles |
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more different solo instruments from the same family, use the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensembles": | Wind ensembles
String ensembles |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more different solo instruments from the different families, use the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "ensembles": | Rondos (Instrumental ensemble)
Suites (Instrumental ensemble) |
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more different solo instruments from the different families, use the subject heading "Instrumental ensembles": | Instrumental ensembles |
Two or more to a part | |
Ensembles of ten or more of the same instruments, two or more to a part, are given the name of the instrument, followed by "choirs."
For ensembles ten or more different instruments, two or more to a part, follow the instructions for ten or more instruments, one to a part. |
|
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for ten or more of the same non-solo instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the descriptive term for the ensemble followed by "choir": | Rondos (Flute choir)
Suites (Violin choir) |
If the work is not a specific type for ten or more of the same non-solo instrument, use the name of the instrument followed by "choir music": | Clarinet choir music
Violin choir music |
Large ensembles | |
Band or orchestra | |
If the work is a specific type for a large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the ensemble. Note that orchestra is the implied medium of performance for "Symphonies"; it is not qualified unless it is for another medium of performance: | Rondos (Orchestra)
Suites (Band) Symphonies Symphonies (String orchestra) |
If the work is not a specific type for a large ensemble, use the medium of performance followed by "music": | Brass band music
Orchestral music String orchestra music |
One or more instruments accompanied by large ensemble | |
Concertos* and concertinos accompanied by orchestra | |
If the work is a concerto or concertino for one or more solo instruments with accompaniment of orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s). Orchestral accompaniment is not indicated: | Concertos (Violin)
Concertos (Pianos (2)) Concertos (Violin and viola) Concertos (Percussion) (The word "percussion" may stand for any number of percussionists. See Percussion music) |
If the work is a concerto or concertino for a standard chamber combination with accompaniment of orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name of the standard chamber ensemble. Orchestral accompaniment is not indicated: | Concertos (Piano trio)
Concertos (String quartet) |
Concertos and concertinos accompanied with accompaniment other than orchestra | |
If the work is a concerto or concertino for one or more solo instruments with accompaniment other than orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s), followed by "with" and the accompaniment: | Concertos (Violin with string orchestra)
Concertos (Trombone and trumpet with brass band) Concertos (Piano with clarinet choir) |
If the work is a concerto or concertino for a standard chamber combination with accompaniment other than orchestra, use "Concertos," qualified by the name of the standard chamber ensemble, followed by "with" and the accompaniment: | Concertos (Piano quartet with string orchestra)
Concertos (String quartet with band) |
Works in forms other than concertos and concertinos | |
If the work is a specific type other than concerto or concertino for one or more solo instrument accompanied by large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s), followed by "with" and the accompaniment: | Variations (Piano with orchestra)
Potpourris (Violin with chamber orchestra) Rondos (Flute with flute choir) |
If the work is a specific type other than a concerto or concertino for a standard chamber combination with accompaniment of large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, the name of that standard chamber ensemble, followed by "with" and the accompaniment: | Canons, fugues, etc. (String trio with string orchestra)
Variations (String quartet with string orchestra) |
Works not in a specific form | |
If the work is not a specific type for one or more solo instrument accompanied by large ensemble, use the name(s) of the solo instrument(s), qualified by number if applicable, and subject heading for that type, qualified by the name(s) and number of the solo instrument(s) followed by "with" and the accompaniment: | Pianos (2) with orchestra Horns (4) with chamber orchestra Violin and viola with string orchestra Violin, viola, cello [1770], double bass with string orchestra Bass trombone with trombone choir |
If the work is not a specific type for a standard chamber combination accompanied by a large ensemble, use the subject heading for that type, the name of that standard chamber ensemble: | Piano quintet with string orchestra.
String quartet with orchestra |
*H 1917.5, 5e: "Concerto headings are not assigned to chamber music, where there is one player to a part, even if the composer has used the term "concerto"."
The name of the accompanying ensemble:
H 1917.5 10. b.: "accompanying instruments are indicated by the appropriate term for the type of ensemble." (e.g.: "... with woodwind ensemble")
H1917.5 4.b.(5) on p.9 Non keyboard accompaniment. When indicating non-keyboard accompaniment (accompaniment follows the connecting word with & ) in both instrumental and vocal headings, ensemble usually stands for 2 more instruments.
H 1917.5 4.a.(2) (a) on p. 7 Ensembles of different instruments
Keyboard (harpsichord, piano, organ, etc.) music
Music for one or more performers, 1 or more hands, 1 or more piano(s): One performer: 1 piano | 2 pianos | Two or more performers: 1 piano
Two performers: 2 pianos | Three or more performers: 2 pianos | 3 or more pianos
Prepared piano music
The subject heading "Piano music" can be qualified by number of hands when other than 2 hands. The default (no indication of number of hands) is 2 hands per performer: Piano music = for 2 hands Piano music (Pianos (2)) = for 2 performers on two pianos Otherwise, the number of hands is indicated Piano music (1 hand) Piano music (3 hands) Piano music (4 hands) = for 2 performers on one piano Piano music (6 hands) |
|
One performer, 1 piano | |
One performer playing one piano, 2 hands | |
If the work is a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 2 hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "piano": | Suites (Piano)
Sonatas (Piano) |
If the work is not a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 2 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music": | Piano music |
One performer playing one piano, 1 hand | |
If the work is a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 1 hand, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "piano, 1 hand": | Suites (Piano, 1 hand)
Sonatas (Piano, 1 hand) |
If the work is not a specific type for one performer playing one piano, 1 hand, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (1 hand)": | Piano music (1 hand) |
One performer playing one piano, 1 hand with two to eight other instruments | |
For chamber works requiring piano, 1 hand (one performer) and other instruments, use "piano (1 hand)": | Quintets (Piano (1 hand), violins (2), viola, cello [1770]) Suites (Piano (1 hand), violins (2), cello [1770]) |
One performer, 2 pianos | |
If the work is a specific type for one performer playing two pianos, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), 1 performer": | Concertos (Pianos (2), 1 performer) |
If the work is not a specific type for one performer playing two pianos, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), 1 performer)": | Piano music (Pianos (2), 1 performer) |
Two or more performers, 1 piano | |
Two or more performers playing one piano, 3 or more hands | |
If the work is a specific type for two or more performers playing one piano, 3 or more hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Piano, __ hands": | Suites (Piano, 4 hands)
Sonatas (Piano, 3 hands) |
If the work is not a specific type for one performers playing one piano, 3 or more hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (__ hands)": | Piano music (3 hands)
Piano music (8 hands) |
Two performers, 2 pianos | |
Two performers playing two pianos, 1 hand each | |
If the work is a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 1 hand each, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), 1 hand each": | Concertos (Pianos (2), 1 hand each) |
If the work is not a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), 1 hand each)": | Piano music (Pianos (2), 1 hand each) |
Two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands | |
If the work is a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2)": | Suites (Pianos (2))
Sonatas (Pianos (2)) |
If the work is not a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 4 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2))": | Piano music (Pianos (2)) |
Two performers playing two pianos, 3 hands | |
If the work is a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 3 hands, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), 3 hands": | Concertos (Pianos (2), 3 hands) |
If the work is not a specific type for two performers playing two pianos, 3 hands, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), 3 hands)": | Piano music (Pianos (2), 3 hands) |
Three or more performers, 2 pianos | |
If the work is a specific type for three or more performers playing two pianos, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Pianos (2), __ hands": | Suites (Pianos (2), 6 hands)
Rondos (Pianos (2), 8 hands) |
If the work is not a specific type for two or more performers playing two pianos, use the medium of performance "Piano" as the subject heading followed by "music (Pianos (2), __ hands)": | Piano music (Pianos (2), 8 hands)
Piano music (Pianos (2), 5 hands) |
Three or more performers, 3 or more pianos | |
If the work is a specific type for three or more performers playing three or more pianos, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Piano ensemble": | Suites (Piano ensemble)
Variations (Piano ensemble) |
If the work is not a specific type for three or more performers playing three or more pianos, use the medium of performance "Piano ensembles" as the subject heading: | Piano ensembles |
Prepared piano music | |
"Prepared piano" refers to a piano whose sound has been altered by attaching objects such as clips, paper, rubber, or felt to the strings; mis-tuning the unison strings; etc. | The subject heading "Prepared piano music" can be qualified by number of hands when other than 2 hands. The default (no indication of number of hands) is 2 hands per performer: Prepared piano music = for 2 hands Prepared piano music (Prepared pianos (2)) = for 2 performers on two prepared pianos Otherwise, the number of hands is indicated Prepared piano music (1 hand) Prepared piano music (3 hands) |
Music for percussion instruments is treated differently in LCSH. According to the scope in the subject authority record for "Percussion music," the heading "The word 'percussion' may stand for any number of percussionists when used as a medium of performance or as accompaniment ... e.g., Concertos (Percussion); Percussion with orchestra; Songs with percussion"
There are different subject headings for works requiring one percussionist playing one instrument, one percussionist playing two or more instruments, and two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments. Subject headings for works including percussion and non-percussion instruments follow a different practice than that explained above (see works for more than one instrument).
Music for 1 or more performers playing 1 or more percussion instrument:
One percussionist: 1 instrument | 2 or more instruments
Two or more percussionists: one instrument | two or more instruments
Indicating number of percussion instruments
One percussionist | |
One percussionist playing one instrument | |
If the work is a specific type for one percussionist playing one percussion instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the name of the instrument: | Suites (Marimba)
Sonatas (Timpani) |
If the work is not a specific type for one percussionist playing one percussion instrument, use the name of the instrument as a medium of performance heading as the subject heading followed by "music": | Snare drum music
Xylophone music |
Music for one percussionist playing one unspecified solo percussion instrument and for collections of compositions for several different solo percussion instruments: | Percussion instrument music |
Chimes vs. tubular bells: "Chimes" is a generic subject heading; "Tubular bells" is a specific kind of chimes. Both are subject headings. The former term is used when no specific kind of chimes is indicated. When tubular bells are specified, use "tubular bells." Source: e-mail from G. Ostrove, CPSO, Nov. 21, 2005 |
|
One percussionist playing two or more instruments | |
If the work is a specific type for one percussionist playing two or more percussion instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the "percussion": | Rondos (Percussion)
Sonatas (Percussion) |
If the work is not a specific type for one percussionist playing two or more percussion instruments, use the medium of performance "Percussion" as the subject heading followed by "music": | Percussion music |
Two or more percussionists | |
Two percussionists playing one instrument | |
If the work is a specific type for two percussionists playing one instrument, use the subject heading for that type, qualified the name of the instrument followed by "(__ hands)": | Sonatas (Marimba, 4 hands) |
If the work is not a specific type for two percussionists playing one instruments, use the medium of performance followed by "music (__ hands)": | Marimba music (4 hands) |
Two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments | |
If the work is a specific type (with the exception of sonatas) for two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Percussion ensemble": | Suites (Percussion ensemble)
Sonatas (Percussion ensemble) |
If the work is not a specific type for two or more percussionists, each playing one or more instruments, use the subject heading "Percussion ensembles": | Percussion ensembles |
Indicating number of percussion instruments
In subject headings for chamber combinations that include percussion, the number of percussion instruments is not indicated | |
In this subject heading there is only one percussionist: Quintets (Percussion, violins (2), viola, cello [1770])
In this subject heading there are three percussionists: Quartets (Percussion, viola) |
|
a sonata for flute and marimba
a sonata for flute and one percussionist playing two or more instruments |
Sonatas (Flute and marimba)
Sonatas (Flute and percussion) |
a quintet for string quartet and marimba
a quintet for flute, bass clarinet, tubular bells, violin, and cello a quintet for string quartet and one percussionist playing two or more instruments a quintet for violin, viola, cello, and 2 marimbas a quintet for violin, viola, cello, and two percussionists playing two or more instruments a quintet for violin, viola, cello, and two percussionists, one playing timpani, the other playing marimba |
Quintets (Marimba, violins (2), viola, cello [1770])
Quintets (Clarinet, flute, tubular bells, violin, cello [1770]) Quintets (Percussion, violins (2), viola, cello [1770]) Quintets (Marimbas (2), violin, viola, cello [1770]) Quintets (Percussion, violin, viola, cello [1770]) Quintets (Marimba, timpani, violin, viola, cello [1770]) |
Music using non-musical instruments as instruments
The heading "Sound effects music" for music produced by means of various objects or devices not normally regarded as musical instruments.
See MCB, vol. 44, no. 1 [1773] for a discussion of establishing subject headings for natural objects such as leaves, tree branches, sand, rocks, water, etc., taken "out of the wild" and used as musical instruments.
>
Music for solo non-musical instrument | |
If the work is not a specific type for a specific non-musical instrument, use the subject heading for that medium, followed by "music": | Glass music
Leaf music Computer music |
Duets with one non-musical instrument and one traditional instrument or soloist | |
For works not of a specific type for one non-musical instrument and one traditional instrument or soloist use the names of both followed by "music" following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467]. | Balloon and electronic music
Radio receiver and piano music Guitar and computer music |
Works for one or more non-musical instrument and two or more traditional instruments or soloists | |
For works not of a specific type for one non-musical instrument and two or more traditional instruments or soloists, use a form heading qualified by the names of the instruments following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467]. | Trios (Electronics, sound effects)
Quartets (Clarinet, flute, computer, double bass) Sextets (Clarinet, flute, keyboard controller, mallet controller, violin, cello [1770]) Septets (Piano, clarinet, flute, radio receiver, xylorimba, violin, cello [1770]) |
Works for one non-musical instrument and accompanying ensemble | |
For works of a specific type for one non-musical instrument and accompanying ensemble, use the subject heading for that type qualified by the names of the non-traditional instrument. When the type is "concerto," specify the accompanying ensemble only with it is not orchestra: | Concertos (Cellular telephone)
Concertos (Saxophone and computer with chamber orchestra) |
Works for two or more non-musical instruments of the same kind | |
For works either of a specific type for two or more non-musical instruments of the same kind, use the name of the instrument in the plural, qualified by number: | Overtures (Computers (2))
Overtures (Tin cans (4)) |
Works for two or more different non-musical instruments | |
For works not of a specific type for two or more different non-musical instruments, use the heading "Sound effects music": | Sound effects music |
Works for soloist and two or more non-musical instruments as accompaniment | |
Use "sound effects" as the name of the accompaniment: | Songs (High voice) with sound effects
Vocal quartets with computer. |
Those darn electronic music headings!
Usual LC practice for pieces with tape is to treat "electronics" as an instrument. For a work for 4 percussionists and tape, the heading would be Quintets (Electronics, percussion) and the class would be M585. Since "electronics" appears in the Quintets heading, there is no need to add the second heading Electronic music. Current practice is to add Electronic music as a second heading only when the electronic element is not brought out in the main form/genre heading.
Source: very slightly modified from a message from Joe Bartl, LC, posted June 27, 2012, on MOUG-L
Solo electronic music | |
If the work is a specific type for electronics, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "Electronics" enclosed in parenthesis: | Suites (Electronics)
Canons, fugues, etc. (Electronics) |
If the work is not a specific type for electronics, use "Electronic music" as the heading: | Electronic music |
Duets with one traditional instrument or soloist | |
For works either of a specific type or not of a specific type for electronics and one traditional instrument or soloist use "____________ and electronic music" or "Electronic and ____________ music," following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467]. | Flute and electronic music
Electronic and percussion music |
Works for electronics and chordal instrument | |
For works not of a specific type for electronics and one chordal instrument the name of the chordal instrument followed by "and electronic music": | Harpsichord and electronic music
Organ and electronic music Piano and electronic music |
Works for electronics and two or more other instruments | |
Following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467], use "electronics": | |
If the work is a specific type, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by the names of the instruments: | Canons, fugues, etc. (Electronics, violin, viola, cello [1770]) |
If the work is not a specific type, use a form heading qualified by the names of the instruments: | Trios (Clarinet, flute, electronics)
Octets (Piano, clarinet, flute, harp, electronics, percussion, violin, cello [1770]) Septets (Electronics, percussion) |
Works for electronics and large ensemble | |
Following the order of instruments in subject headings [1467], use "electronics": | |
If the work is a specific type, use the subject heading for that type, qualified by "electronics" enclosed in parenthesis: | Concertos (Electronics) |
If the work is not a specific type, use a medium of performance heading that includes "electronics": | Electronics with string orchestra Recorder and electronics with orchestra Piano and electronics with orchestra |
"Electronics" as an accompanying ensemble | |
Use "electronics" as the name of the accompanying ensemble: | Vocal ensembles with electronics
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with electronics |
Music with audience participation
For works in which audience members are required to participate, use a subject heading for the non-audience performers and an additional subject heading "Music with audience participation": | Piano music
Music with audience participation |
LCSCM H1160: The qualifier ", Arranged" is added to subject headings for works that have been arranged. When it is added to a subject heading that includes medium of performance, the subject heading will be for the arranged medium of performance. This varies from practice for uniform titles. With a uniform title for a work that has been arranged, and AACR2 Chapter 25 requires that the uniform title include the original medium of performance, followed by ";‡o arranged"
See comparisons of music uniform titles and music subject headings: arrangements [1774] and uniform title/subject heading combinations: arrangements [1775] for more information.
When to use and when not to use the qualifier ", Arranged"
Instrumental music
650 0 Organ music, Arranged. 650 0 Suites (Organ), Arranged. 650 0 Toccatas. |
It is not added to the subject heading "Toccatas" because that subject heading is not qualified by medium of performance The qualifier is not added to subject headings for instrumental music in which the medium of performance is not given.
650 0 Incidental music, Arranged. 650 0 Motion picture music, Arranged. |
650 0 Fanfares. 650 0 Waltzes. |
A second subject heading with the arranged medium of performance would be assigned:
650 0 Fanfares. 650 0 Trumpet and piano music, Arranged. |
Vocal music
"‡v Instrumental settings" is generally used for vocal forms arranged for an instrumental medium:
650 0 Brass octets (Trombones (8)), Arranged ‡v Scores and parts. 650 0 Madrigals, Italian ‡v Instrumental settings. |
Other
650 0 Symphonies ‡v Excerpts, Arranged. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
CHORUSES |
CANTATAS |
|
Indication of secular/sacred:
|
Choruses, Secular |
Cantatas, Secular |
Indication of type of voice:
|
Single works: Choruses, Secular (Women's voices) Choruses, Sacred (Equal voices) Choruses, Secular (Unison) |
Single works: Cantatas, Secular (Women's voices) Cantatas, Sacred (Equal voices) Cantatas, Secular (Unison) Cantatas, Secular ["Mixed voices" is implicit for single works for mixed voices.] |
Collections: Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices) [all for men's voices] Choruses, Secular [for various types of voices] |
Collections: Cantatas, Sacred (Men's voices) [all for men's voices] Cantatas, Secular [for various types of voices] |
|
Indicate number of parts? | Yes, when applicable; see Chorus subject headings [1464] Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) --------------------------- Note: It is Yale's practice [1465] to not add the number of voices to any chorus subject heading. |
No Cantatas, Secular (Men's voices) |
Indicate accompaniment or lack of accompaniment? |
Yes, when applicable; see Chorus subject headings [1464] Choruses, Secular (Men's voices) with orchestra Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices) with instrumental ensemble Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices), Unaccompanied |
No Cantatas, Secular (Men's voices) Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices) Cantatas, Secular |
Add "Arranged" for works arranged for chorus? | No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. | No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. |
Add ‡v for format subdivision? | Yes, when applicable; see Chorus subject headings [1464] Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with band ‡v Scores. |
Yes Cantatas, Secular (Women's voices) ‡v Scores. |
VOCAL ENSEMBLES |
VOCAL ENSEMBLES |
|
Indication of secular/sacred:
|
Vocal quartets |
Vocal ensembles |
Indication of type of voice: | Type of voice is not indicated | Type of voice is not indicated |
Indicate accompaniment or lack of accompaniment? |
Yes. Vocal septets with instrumental ensemble Sacred vocal trios with continuo Vocal quintets, Unaccompanied |
Yes. Vocal ensembles with electronics Vocal ensembles with flute Sacred vocal ensembles, Unaccompanied |
Add "Arranged" for works arranged for vocal ensemble? | No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. | No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. |
Add ‡v for format subdivision? | No when:
|
No when:
|
Yes when accompanied by:
|
Yes when accompanied by:
|
|
SONGS |
SOLO CANTATAS |
|
Indication of secular/sacred:
|
Secular is implied for songs; do not invert for sacred songs.
Songs Sacred songs |
Neither is implied for solo cantatas; invert to designate secular or sacred
Solo cantatas, Secular Solo cantatas, Sacred |
Indication of type of voice:?
|
Songs (High voice)
Sacred songs (Medium voice) |
Solo cantatas, Secular (High voice)
Solo cantatas, Sacred (Medium voice) |
Indicate accompaniment or lack of accompaniment? | Yes
Songs (Low voice) with piano Sacred songs (High voice), Unaccompanied. |
No
Solo cantatas, Secular (Low voice) Solo cantatas, Sacred (High voice) |
Add "Arranged" for works arranged for solo voice? | No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. | No. "Arranged" is added only to subject headings for instrumental music. |
Add ‡v for format subdivision? | No when:
|
No when:
|
Yes when accompanied by:
|
Yes when accompanied by:
|
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
See also: Subject headings for instrumental music [730] | Subject subdivisions and qualifiers for music subject headings [1737] | Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]
Instrumental accompaniment of vocal works | Subject headings for liturgical works
Works for one voice with or without accompaniment: Songs | Accompaniment | Solo cantatas | Accompaniment
Works for two or more voices, one to a part with or without accompaniment: Accompaniment
Works for two or more voices, two or more to a part with or without accompaniment: Choruses | Accompaniment | Cantatas | Accompaniment | Oratorios | Accompaniment
Unaccompanied works
Musicals and revues
Arrangements
Qualifying by language of text
Vocal music is assigned form headings or medium of performance headings just as instrumental music is. | ||
Form headings |
Medium of performance headings |
|
Songs Oratorios Cantatas Masses |
Vocal trios, Unaccompanied Choruses Vocal duets with harp Sacred vocal ensembles |
|
Form heading are usually qualified by medium of performance (vocal range or vocal grouping) unless it is implied: | ||
Choruses (Mixed voices) | no vocal group is implied; it must be stated | |
Songs (High voice) | no vocal range is implied; it must be stated | |
Masses | chorus is implied | |
Subject headings for vocal music may also indicate: | ||
number of voices: | Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts [1464]) | |
type of accompaniment: | _________________________ with piano Unaccompanied |
|
secular or sacred use: | Choruses, Secular Songs [secular is implied] Vocal trios [secular is implied] Secular oratorios |
Choruses, Sacred Sacred songs Sacred vocal trios Oratorios [sacred is implied] |
Medium of performance headings are not assigned to works that are
[» Note: It is not LCSH practice to bring out the medium of performance in the majority of headings assigned to popular music.]
Subject headings for liturgical music are added when applicable. Most are given in the singular, with no medium of performance:
Holy-week music.
Magnificat (Music)
Nunc dimittis (Music)
Song of Solomon (Music)
Christmas music.
These headings can also be assigned to instrumental music.
The subject heading "Psalms (Music)" is given in the plural, with no medium of performance. When appropriate, subdivide the heading by the specific psalm:
650 0 Psalms (Music) ‡v 23rd Psalm
The numbering in subject headings for psalms follows the Authorized version (e.g., the Hebrew and Protestant Bible) and to the table under BS1450 in the LC Classification schedule. Wikipedia [1776] gives a summary:
Hebrew (and Protestant) |
Greek/Latin (Catholic) |
1–8 9-10 11-113 114-115 116 117-146 147 148-150 |
1–8 9 10–112 113 114–115 116–145 146–147 148–150 |
Instrumental accompaniment of vocal works | |
A single instrument is named following the word "with": | _________________________ with accordion
_________________________ with violoncello |
The name of two of the same keyboard instrument follows the word "with" and is qualified with "(2)": | _________________________ with pianos (2)
_________________________ with harpsichords (2) |
Use "keyboard instrument ensemble" when there are two different keyboard instruments: |
_________________________ with keyboard instrument ensemble |
When there are » two or more of the same non-keyboard instrument OR » two or more non-keyboard instruments from the same instrumental family [1467] use the instrumental family name followed by "ensemble": |
_________________________ with string ensemble This would include string quartets, quintets, etc. _________________________ with woodwind ensemble This would include woodwind quartets, quintets, etc. |
When there are two or more instruments from different instrumental families (one to a part), use "instrumental ensemble": | _________________________ with instrumental ensemble |
When there are two or more instruments from different instrumental families (two or more to a part), use the name of the ensemble: | _________________________ with orchestra
_________________________ with band |
When there are two or more of the same solo instruments (one to a part), use the name of that instrument followed by "ensemble": | _________________________ with violoncello ensemble |
Works for one voice with or without accompaniment See also Songs vs. solo cantatas [1777]
Songs | |
The heading "Songs" implies secular; for sacred works use "Sacred songs". Note that "Sacred songs" is not in inverted order | Songs
Sacred songs |
The range of the solo voice, when known, is indicated as high, medium, or low.
Even if the specific voice type is known, it is not designated in a subject heading, unlike in a uniform title, in which either specific voice type or vocal range may be indicated. |
Songs (High voice)
Sacred songs (Low voice) |
Other forms | |
Variations (Voice ...) | |
Accompaniment | |
Unaccompanied | |
Unaccompanied songs are qualified as such: | Songs (Medium voice), Unaccompanied |
Accompanied | |
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________." | |
Accompaniment of one instrument: | Songs (High voice) with piano
Sacred songs (Low voice) with violoncello |
Accompaniment of one to two keyboard instruments: | Songs (High voice) with pianos (2)
Sacred songs (Medium voice) with organs (2) |
Accompaniment of one keyboard instrument and one non-keyboard instrument OR two or more non-keyboard instruments is indicated as "instrumental ensemble" ![]() |
Songs (High voice) with instrumental ensemble Variations (Voice with instrumental ensemble) Songs (High voice) with Songs (High voice) with |
Solo cantatas | |
The heading "Solo cantatas" implies neither secular nor sacred. Both must be indicated, and the headings are in inverted form. |
Solo cantatas, Secular
Solo cantatas, Sacred |
The range of the solo voice, when known, is indicated as high, medium, or low.
Even if the specific voice type is known, it is not designated in a subject heading. |
Solo cantatas, Secular (High voice)
Solo cantatas, Sacred (Low voice) |
Accompaniment | |
Accompaniment for solo cantatas is not indicated in the subject heading. |
Works for two or more voices, one to a part See also Vocal ensembles [1778]
Form headings | |
These are some of the form headings for works for two or more solo voices: | |
Part songs | |
The heading "Part songs" implies secular. For sacred works use "Part songs, Sacred." Note that it is in inverted order |
Part songs Part songs, Sacred |
For secular Part songs all in one language, qualify the heading by that language. | Part songs, English |
Latin is implied in the heading "Part songs, Sacred" | Part songs, Sacred not: Part songs, Sacred, Latin |
For sacred Part songs in other languages are assigned 2 headings: | Part songs, Sacred Part songs, English |
Specific forms of Part songs | |
These headings may also be used for works for choral ensemble (two or more voices, two or more to a part). Accompaniment is not indicated in subject headings for Part songs or any of the specific types of Part songs. |
|
Secular: | Polyphonic chansons |
Sacred: | Motets Anthems |
Other forms | |
Canons, fugues, etc. (Vocal quartet) | |
Medium of performance headings | |
The headings "Vocal duets," "Vocal trios," "Vocal quartets," etc. are used for groups of two to nine solo voices. For ten or more solo voices, use "Vocal ensembles." Neither the vocal range nor voice type is designated. These headings imply secular works. For sacred works, use "Sacred vocal duets," "Sacred vocal trios," "Sacred vocal quartets," etc., and "Sacred vocal ensembles" | |
Secular: | Vocal duets Vocal quintets Vocal ensembles |
Sacred: | Sacred vocal duets Sacred vocal quintets Sacred vocal ensembles |
Accompaniment | |
Unaccompanied works are qualified as such: | Vocal duets, Unaccompanied Sacred vocal quintets, Unaccompanied Sacred vocal ensembles, Unaccompanied |
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________." | |
Accompaniment of one instrument: | Vocal sextets with piano
Sacred vocal quartets with harp Vocal ensembles with guitar |
Accompaniment of one to two keyboard instruments: | Sacred vocal trios with pianos (2)
Vocal quartets with harpsichords (2) |
Accompaniment of one keyboard instrument and one non-keyboard instrument OR two or more non-keyboard instruments is indicated as "instrumental ensemble" ![]() |
Vocal trios with instrumental ensemble
Vocal trios with |
Works for two or more voices, two or more to a part See also Choruses vs. cantatas [1779]
Choruses See also Those darn chorus subject headings! [1464] | |
The heading "Choruses" implies neither secular nor sacred and is used without designation of secular or sacred for collections of both secular and sacred works. | |
For individual works or collections that are either secular or sacred, the term "secular" or "sacred" is added to the heading, in inverted form. | |
Collections for more than one voice grouping which do not all have the same accompaniment: Do not add: voice grouping number of voices accompaniment ![]() |
Choruses, Secular
Choruses, Sacred |
Single works and collections for one voice grouping: Add: voice grouping mixed voices, women's voices, men's voices, children's voices, equal voices, unison [not unison voices] number of voices may be added. ![]() |
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) Choruses, Secular (Equal voices) Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices) |
Number of voices is indicated only when these conditions apply: a. 8 parts or fewer AND b. accompaniment of either one instrument (i.e., piano, violoncello, harp, etc.) two of the same keyboard instrument continuo OR c. unaccompanied |
Choruses, Secular (Women's voices, 4 parts) with piano
Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices, 4 parts) with pianos (2) Choruses, Secular (Children's voices, 3 parts), Unaccompanied. |
Accompaniment | |
Unaccompanied choruses are qualified as such: | Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts), Unaccompanied
Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices), Unaccompanied |
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________." | Choruses, Sacred (Women's voices) with piano
Choruses with organ Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with violoncello |
Accompaniment of one or two of the same keyboard instrument: | Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices, 5 parts) with pianos (2)) |
Accompaniment of two different keyboard instruments (indicated as "keyboard instrument ensemble"): | Choruses, Sacred (Men's voices) with keyboard instrument ensemble |
Accompaniment of one keyboard instrument and one non-keyboard instrument OR two or more non-keyboard instruments is indicated as "instrumental ensemble" ![]() ![]() |
Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with instrumental ensemble
Choruses, Sacred (Children's voices) with instrumental ensemble |
Cantatas | |
The heading "Cantatas" implies neither secular nor sacred and is used without designation of secular or sacred for collections of both secular and sacred works. | |
For individual works or collections that are either secular or sacred, the term "secular" or "sacred" is added to the heading, in inverted form. | |
Collections for mixed voices or for more than one voice grouping and Single works for mixed voices |
Cantatas, Secular
Cantatas, Sacred |
Single works and collections for one voice grouping other than mixed voices Add: voice grouping (other than "mixed voices") women's voices, men's voices, children's voices, equal voices, unison [not unison voices] ![]() |
Cantatas, Secular (Women's voices)
Cantatas, Sacred (Unison) |
Accompaniment | |
Type of accompaniment or lack of accompaniment is not designated in subject headings for cantatas. | |
Oratorios | |
The heading "Oratorios" implies a sacred text. The heading is used without the designation "sacred." For oratorios with secular texts, use "Secular oratorios." Unlike the subject headings for choruses and cantatas, the heading is in direct order (not "Oratorios, Secular) |
|
Vocal grouping (mixed voices, women's voices, etc.) is not indicated in subject headings for oratorios. | |
Accompaniment | |
Type of accompaniment or lack of accompaniment is not designated in subject headings for oratorios. | |
Works with accompaniment reduced for a keyboard instrument include the subject subdivision [203] "Vocal scores with ..." |
Oratorios ‡v Vocal scores with organ Secular oratorios ‡v Vocal scores with piano |
Other forms | |
Works in a specific form are assigned with the medium of performance "Chorus" added. | Canons, fugues, etc. (Chorus ...) Waltzes (Chorus ...) Polkas (Chorus ...) |
Accompaniment | |
Unaccompanied works are not indicated as such:
Accompaniment is indicated by the phrase "with __________." |
Canons, fugues, etc. (Chorus) Rondos (Chorus) Waltzes (Chorus) Polkas (Chorus with orchestra) Waltzes (Chorus with piano) Waltzes (Chorus with piano, 4 hands) |
equal voices: voices of the same type when employed in a polyphonic work, e.g., all sopranos or all tenors; sometimes also merely all male or all female (New Harvard Dictionary of Music)
The qualifier "unaccompanied" is used with vocal music subject headings except for with these forms: cantatas, musicals, operas, oratorios or with subject headings in which lack of accompaniment is already implied (e.g., Canons, fugues, etc. (Voices (3))
Do not add "Unaccompanied" to parenthetical qualifiers in headings of this type (for two or more solo voices) when voice is the sole medium of performance (H1917.5, 8)
Musical: a theatrical production consisting of musical numbers (songs, ensembles, and dances) integrated into a dramatic framework
Revue: a theatrical production featuring a series of songs, dances, and other entertainments without any unifying dramatic element
The qualifier "Arranged" is not used with vocal music subject headings.
The subject heading is assigned for the medium into which the work has been arranged.
A work originally for high voice and harp, arranged for voice and piano: | |
Correct: | Songs (High voice) with piano |
Incorrect: | Songs (High voice) with piano, Arranged. |
A work originally for chorus and orchestra; arranged for chorus and organ |
|
Correct: | Choruses, Sacred (Mixed voices) with orchestra ‡v Vocal scores with organ. |
Incorrect: | Choruses, Sacred (Mixed voices) with organ, Arranged. |
However, LC is using "Arranged" in the subject heading "Oratorios": |
|
An oratorio with accompaniment originally for piano or organ, arranged for orchestra | |
Oratorios, Arranged. |
Qualifying by language of text
Source: LC Subject Cataloging Manual H 1916.3
Vocal works are qualified by the language of the text when they are:
Vocal works are not qualified by the language of the text when they:
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
See also: Music subject headings for instrumental music [730] and vocal music [731]
Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]
Subdivisions may bring out topical, geographic, chronological, or form aspects.
° Free-floating subdivision for musical format
° Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings
° Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names
° Qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music (Arranged, Instrumental settings)
° Qualifying by language of text [1780]
Free-floating subdivision for musical format Chronological subdivisions | Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions
The following chronological subdivisions are valid for use with music form or genre subject headings or with subject headings for collections of Western art music by two or more composers devoted to a specific period or century:
‡y To 500 ‡y 500-1400 ‡y 15th century ‡y 16th century ‡y 17th century ‡y 18th century ‡y 19th century ‡y 20th century ‡y 21st century |
Note that ‡y To 1800 is not a valid subdivision, but once was.
Note that ‡v Early works to 1800 [1781] is not a chronological subdivision, but a form/topical subdivision [729]. Chronological subdivisions combining centuries, such as "‡y 15th-16th centuries," are not permitted |
These chronological subdivisions are not valid for use under form/genre headings for musical works:
° when the period or century is referred to only in a series statement
° for works by one composer
° for individual musical works
° in headings for folk or non-Western music
° following the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music
See also Chronological subdivisions for popular music [1740].
Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions:
The table below includes the list of free-floating musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions.
Free-floating musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions | |||
‡v 2-harpsichord scores ‡v 2-piano scores ‡v 3-piano scores ‡v Chorus scores with organ |
‡v Parts ‡v Parts (solo) ‡v Scores ‡v Organ scores |
‡v Solo with harpsichord ‡v Solo with harpsichord and piano ‡v Solo with keyboard instrument ‡v Solo(s) with organ ‡v Solo(s) with piano ‡v Solo(s) with pianos (2) ‡v Cadenzas ‡v Orchestral excerpts |
‡v Vocal scores with accordion ‡v Vocal scores with continuo ‡v Vocal scores with guitar ‡v Vocal scores with harpsichord ‡v Vocal scores with keyboard instrument ‡v Vocal scores with organ ‡v Vocal scores with organ and piano ‡v Vocal scores with piano ‡v Vocal scores with piano (4 hands) ‡v Vocal scores with pianos (2) ‡v Vocal scores without accompaniment |
‡v 2- piano scores and ‡v Solo(s) with pianos (2) when used for works for solo instrument(s) and accompaniment of larger ensemble: Use "‡v 2-piano scores" when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument and the accompaniment has been arranged for that same instrument: Concertos (Piano) ‡v 2-piano scores Passacaglias (Piano with orchestra) ‡v 2-piano scores Concertos (Harpsichord) ‡v 2-harpsichord scores However, when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument, and the accompaniment is arranged for another type of keyboard instrument, use "‡v Solo(s) with (2)" ‡v 2-piano scores, ‡v 2-harpsichord scores, ‡v 2-organ scores, etc., are also used in subject headings for large works such as operas, ballets, etc.: Ballets "‡v 2-organ scores Operas ‡v 2-piano scores. |
|||
‡v Excerpts is used as a form subdivision under motion picture forms and genres and under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance. ‡v Excerpts, Arranged is used as a form subdivision under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance. |
|||
‡v Instructive editions vs. ‡v Teaching pieces: From Glossary and General Guidelines [1782] of Class M (Music): Instructive edition: "an edition of a work heavily annotated with textual instructions about how to practice and interpret various passages. Do not class as instructive editions those that merely contain standard interpretive markings, fingering, etc., whether the composer's own or subsequently added." Teaching piece: "a work composed principally for pedagogical purposes." |
|||
‡v Parts (solo): "Parts (solo)" is used for the solo part(s) in a concertante work. ‡v Scores and parts (solo) is used for the full score of a concertante work and the soloist's part only. |
|||
‡v Piano scores is used for arrangements for solo piano of works originally in a different medium of performance. This concept also applies to ‡v Piano scores (4 hands) (as opposed to the heading Piano music (4 hands), which is for original music for piano, 4 hands) and ‡v Organ scores. |
These subdivisions can be used in subject headings for: | |||||
° printed music; the only free-floating subdivisions authorized for use with sound recordings in LCSH are headings for concertante work in which the orchestral accompaniment has been arranged for one or two keyboard instruments (e.g., piano, pianos (2), etc.): ‡ Solo with _________. | |||||
° collections of musical works or to individual musical works where the medium of performance is generally stated or implicit | |||||
° specific form/genre headings | |||||
° works for for 2 or more instruments and performers Examples: Oboe and violin music ‡v Scores. Piano music (Pianos (2)) ‡v Scores. |
|||||
° these collective headings: Chamber music Dramatic music Instrumental music Sacred vocal music Vocal music |
|||||
These subdivisions cannot be used in subject headings for: | |||||
° headings for music of special seasons, occasions, or styles, etc., or for specific texts that neither state nor imply medium of performance, in which the medium is not directly stated or implied. Examples: Christmas music Country music Te Deum laudamus (Music) |
° the following vocal forms and types:
|
||||
° headings for types of works that are generally published in only one musical presentation or format:
|
° the following vocal music forms and types when the works are unaccompanied, accompanied by one instrument, accompanied by continuo, or accompanied by two keyboard instruments:
|
||||
° the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music |
Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings:
H 364 of the Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings (SCM): Headings for musical form/genre [1783] and for medium of performance [1759] may be subdivided geographically, to be assigned according to the following guidelines:
Geographic subdivisions are not used:
Don't confuse place with language.
correct: | Songs, English ‡z United States |
incorrect: | Songs, American. |
Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names
Subdivision | Instructions for use |
‡v Musical settings | use when a literary work has been set to music with no collaboration between composer and author. Do not include a ‡t with the title of the work that has been set to music. Songs and choruses frequently fall into this category. Make an added entry for the author as well. Opera librettists, who usually collaborated with the composer, are not assigned a subject heading.) |
‡v Songs and music | use when a non-dramatic composition (such as an oratorio) is about a person. |
‡v Drama | use when a dramatic composition (operas, ballets, etc.) is about a person. |
‡v Songs and music may also be used with topical subject headings: | |
650 0 Seasons ‡v Songs and music. 650 0 Robin Hood (Legendary character) ‡v Songs and music. |
Subdivisions for subject headings for vocal music [731]
These subdivisions are used when the accompaniment has been reduced:
‡v Vocal scores with .
‡v Chorus scores with .
These subdivisions are used when the accompaniment has been omitted:
‡v Vocal scores without accompaniment.
‡v Chorus scores without accompaniment.
Qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music
Arranged: Subject Cataloging Manual section H 1160 prescribes the use of the qualifier "Arranged" for subject headings for instrumental music only. It is not added to headings for vocal music, such as songs and choruses. (For subject headings for arranged vocal works, see Subject headings for vocal music; Arrangements [1784].) Add "Arranged" to a heading for the medium for which the piece has been arranged. However, the original medium of performance is used in the uniform title. These uniform title/subject heading combinations would be possible:
Original medium = flutes; arranged medium = clarinets: | |
uniform title | Trio, ‡m flutes (3), ‡r A major; ‡o arranged |
subject heading | Woodwind trios (Clarinets (3)), Arranged. |
Original medium = violin and orchestra; arranged medium = viola and orchestra: | |
uniform title | Concertos, ‡m violin, orchestra, ‡n op. 61, ‡r D major; ‡o arranged |
subject heading | Concertos (Viola), Arranged. |
Original medium = chorus and orchestra; arranged medium = brass quintet: | |
uniform title | Messiah. ‡p Hallelujah; ‡o arranged |
subject heading | Brass quintets (Horn, trombone, trumpets (2), tuba), Arranged. |
‡v Instrumental settings: Use ‡v Instrumental settings after headings for vocal music that has been arranged for instruments:
Original medium = voice; arranged medium = woodwind trio: | |
Folk songs ‡v Instrumental settings. | Woodwind trios (Bassoon, flute, oboe), Arranged. |
Original medium = voice, arranged medium = string quartet: | |
Spirituals (Songs) ‡v Instrumental settings. | String quartets, Arranged. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
See also: Subject headings for instrumental music [730] and vocal music [731] | Coding for form and topic subdivisions [729]
Subdivisions may bring out topical, geographic, chronological, or form aspects.
° Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions
° Other subdivisions for musical works
° Subdivisions used for musical compositions under headings for musical instruments
° Other qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music (Arranged, Instrumental settings)
° Chronological subdivisions
° Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings
° Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names
° Qualifying by language of text [1780]
Musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions:
The tables below include free-floating subdivisions for musical presentation and medium of performance subdivisions from lists 1 and 2 of H 1160 [1785], pattern headings for musical compositions. Not used under the general heading Music.
Note that a change in policy of February 2024 removed limitations previously in place on the application of sudvisions from list 1. Note: Yale Music Library practice is to follow the August 2020 [1786] version of H 1160.
Written or printed format of music; Performed version (list 1 in H 1160 [1785]) | |||
‡v 2-harpsichord scores |
‡v Solo with organ1 |
||
1 Use with instrumental music only. | |||
‡v Parts (solo): "Parts (solo)" is used for the solo part(s) in a concertante work. ‡v Scores and parts (solo) is used for the full score of a concertante work and the soloist's part only. |
|||
‡v Piano scores is used for arrangements for solo piano of works originally in a different medium of performance. This concept also applies to ‡v Piano scores (4 hands) (as opposed to the heading Piano music (4 hands), which is for original music for piano, 4 hands) and ‡v Organ scores. | |||
‡v 2- piano scores and ‡v Solo(s) with pianos (2) when used for works for solo instrument(s) and accompaniment of larger ensemble: Use "‡v 2-piano scores" when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument and the accompaniment has been arranged for that same instrument: Concertos (Piano) ‡v 2-piano scores Passacaglias (Piano with orchestra) ‡v 2-piano scores Concertos (Harpsichord) ‡v 2-harpsichord scores However, when the solo instrument is one type of keyboard instrument, and the accompaniment is arranged for another type of keyboard instrument, use "‡v Solo(s) with ______ (2)" ‡v 2-piano scores, ‡v 2-harpsichord scores, ‡v 2-organ scores, etc., are also used in subject headings for large works such as operas, ballets, etc.: Ballets ‡v 2-organ scores Operas ‡v 2-piano scores. |
|||
Subdivisions for subject headings for vocal music [731] when the accompaniment has been reduced or omitted: The accompaniment has been reduced for piano, organ, etc.: The accompaniment has been omitted: |
|||
Other subdivisions for musical works (list 2 in H 1160 [1785]) | |||
‡v Cadenzas |
‡v Librettos |
||
2 Use only under headings for form or type of composition. | |||
‡v Excerpts is used as a form subdivision under motion picture forms and genres and under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance. ‡v Excerpts, Arranged is used as a form subdivision under forms and types of musical compositions, but not under headings for medium of performance. |
|||
‡v Instructive editions vs. ‡v Teaching pieces: From Glossary and General Guidelines [1782] of Class M (Music): Instructive edition: "an edition of a work heavily annotated with textual instructions about how to practice and interpret various passages. Do not class as instructive editions those that merely contain standard interpretive markings, fingering, etc., whether the composer's own or subsequently added." Teaching piece: "a work composed principally for pedagogical purposes." |
|||
Subdivisions used for musical compositions under headings for musical instruments: from Pattern headings: Musical instruments H 1161 [1787] For use under headings for individual instruments, including brands and models of instruments, and families of instruments. Not used under the general heading Musical instruments. |
|||
‡v Methods ‡v Methods ‡v Group instruction ‡v Methods ‡v Juvenile ‡v Methods ‡v Self-instructions ‡v Methods ([style of music])3 ‡v Methods ([style of music]) ‡v Group instruction 3 ‡v Methods ([style of music]) ‡v Self-instructions3 ‡v Orchestral excerpts ‡v Studies and exercises ‡v Studies and exercises ‡v Juvenile ‡v Studies and exercises ([style of music])3 |
|||
3 When using the subdivisions ‡v Methods or ‡v Studies and exercises qualified by a style of music, assign an additional heading for the style of music subdivided by ‡v Instruction and study.
See H1161 [1787] for the pattern headings with styles of music indicated. |
Other qualifiers and subdivisions for instrumental music
Arranged: Subject Cataloging Manual section H 1160 prescribes the use of the qualifier "Arranged" for subject headings for instrumental music only. It is not added to headings for vocal music, such as songs and choruses. (For subject headings for arranged vocal works, see Subject headings for vocal music; Arrangements [1784].) Add "Arranged" to a heading for the medium for which the piece has been arranged. However, the original medium of performance is used in the preferred title. These preferred title/subject heading combinations would be possible:
Original medium = flutes; arranged medium = clarinets: | |
preferred title | Trio, ‡m flutes (3), ‡r A major; ‡o arranged |
subject heading | Woodwind trios (Clarinets (3)), Arranged. |
Original medium = violin and orchestra; arranged medium = viola and orchestra: | |
preferred title | Concertos, ‡m violin, orchestra, ‡n op. 61, ‡r D major; ‡o arranged |
subject heading | Concertos (Viola), Arranged. |
Original medium = chorus and orchestra; arranged medium = brass quintet: | |
preferred title | Messiah. ‡p Hallelujah; ‡o arranged |
subject heading | Brass quintets (Horn, trombone, trumpets (2), tuba), Arranged. |
‡v Instrumental settings: Use ‡v Instrumental settings after headings for vocal music that has been arranged for instruments:
Original medium = voice; arranged medium = woodwind trio: | |
Folk songs ‡v Instrumental settings. | Woodwind trios (Bassoon, flute, oboe), Arranged. |
Original medium = voice, arranged medium = string quartet: | |
Spirituals (Songs) ‡v Instrumental settings. | String quartets, Arranged. |
The following chronological subdivisions are valid for use with music form or genre subject headings or with subject headings for collections of Western art music by two or more composers devoted to a specific period or century:
‡y To 500 ‡y 500-1400 ‡y 15th century ‡y 16th century ‡y 17th century ‡y 18th century ‡y 19th century ‡y 20th century ‡y 21st century |
Note that ‡y To 1800 is not a valid subdivision, but once was. Note that ‡v Early works to 1800 [1781] is not a chronological subdivision, but a form/topical subdivision [729]. Chronological subdivisions combining centuries, such as "‡y 15th-16th centuries," are not permitted |
These chronological subdivisions are not valid for use under form/genre headings for musical works:
° when the period or century is referred to only in a series statement
° for works by one composer
° for individual musical works
° in headings for folk or non-Western music
° following the subdivisions --Hymns; --Music; --Musical settings; and --Songs and music
See also Chronological subdivisions for popular music [1740].
Geographical subdivision of music form/genre headings:
H 364 of the Subject Cataloging Manual: Subject Headings (SCM): Headings for musical form/genre [1783] and for medium of performance [1759] may be subdivided geographically, to be assigned according to the following guidelines:
Geographic subdivisions are not used:
Don't confuse place with language.
correct: | Songs, English ‡z United States |
incorrect: | Songs, American. |
Subdivisions frequently used in subject headings for personal names
Subdivision | Instructions for use |
‡v Musical settings | use when a literary work has been set to music with no collaboration between composer and author. Do not include a ‡t with the title of the work that has been set to music. Songs and choruses frequently fall into this category. Make an added entry for the author as well. Opera librettists, who usually collaborated with the composer, are not assigned a subject heading.) |
‡v Songs and music | use when a non-dramatic composition (such as an oratorio) is about a person. |
‡v Drama | use when a dramatic composition (operas, ballets, etc.) is about a person. |
‡v Songs and music may also be used with topical subject headings: | |
650 0 Seasons ‡v Songs and music. 650 0 Robin Hood (Legendary character) ‡v Songs and music. |
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
The order of instruments is by instrument family, then within each family:
The LC Subject Cataloging Manual instruction sheet 1917.5, Music form/genre headings: medium of performance, under 2. Solo instruments in headings: Order of solo instruments gives the following instructions:
Assign the names of up to nine solo instruments in the following order:
1. keyboard instruments,
2. wind instruments,
3. plucked instruments,
4. percussion, electronic, and other instruments,
5. bowed stringed instruments,
6. unspecified instruments,
7. continuo.
Within each category, give the instruments in alphabetical order with the exception of bowed stringed instruments; give these in score order, high to low, basing the order on the range of each instrument as described in standard music reference sources.
Instrument family | Comments | Order within family | ||
Keyboard (includes electronic equivalents) |
harpsichord organ piano |
For a more complete list of keyboard instruments, see Keyboard instruments [1788] accordion and celesta are to be considered keyboard instruments for the purposes of subject headings. (Bandoneon, bayan, and concertina are also being considered a keyboard instrument.) Continuo is given as the last element of the subject element rather than as a keyboard instrument. |
alphabetical order | |
Winds | Woodwinds | flute oboe clarinet saxophone bassoon |
For a more complete list of woodwinds, see Woodwind instruments [127] | alphabetical order Alphabetize the names before adding "s" for plural: use oboes (2), oboe d'amore not oboe d'amore, oboes (2) because "oboe" (in the singular) would alphabetize before "oboe d'amore" |
Brasses | horn trumpet trombone baritone tuba |
For a more complete list of brasses, see Brass instruments [128] | alphabetical order | |
Plucked (includes electronic equivalents) |
harp guitar lute mandolin |
For a more complete list of plucked instruments, see Plucked instruments [1789] | alphabetical order | |
Percussion, electronic, and other | drum celeste gong marimba vibraphone xylophone |
"Other" includes bagpipes, bandoneon, carillon, cimbalon, harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, zither, etc. Computer, electronics, synthesizer, and electronic instruments that do not have acoustic equivalents (e.g., ondes Martenot) also fall in this category. Non-musical instruments [1790] (e.g., glass music, balloon, etc.) are included here. For a more complete list, see M145-M175 in Class M. Note: accordion and celesta are no longer considered percussion instruments for the purposes of subject headings. |
alphabetical order | |
Bowed strings | violin viola cello double bass |
For a more complete list of strings, see Stringed instruments [1791] | score order: violin, viola, cello, double bass Note: based on LC practice, the order of modern and early bowed string instruments is: » violin, lyra viol, viol, viola d'amore, viola, viola da gamba, cello, violone, double bass » pardessus de viole precedes viola d'amore » viola d'amore precedes viola da gamba » baryton is placed inconsistently in LC practice |
|
unspecified | ||||
continuo |
Accordion and celesta previously were considered to be percussion instruments. The Library of Congress Cataloging Policy and Support Office Weekly subject heading list 13 (March 31, 2004) [1792] reported the change in order of accordion in sh8594021 and Weekly subject heading list 17 (April 28, 2004) [1793] announced the change in the subject authority record for celesta (sh85-21624) from "classified as a metallophone" to "regarded by New Grove as a keyboard instrument" and "played by the pianist."
violoncello/cello: On 2/21/13, The Library of Congress Policy and Standards Division announced that they will revise subject headings that include the word "violoncello" and "violoncellos" to "cello" and "cellos" and its derivatives (e.g., Violoncello makers, Violoncellists) to reflect RDA's preference for the word "cello."
"Other" instruments:
In LC class M175.A-Z, the following instruments are among those listed under "Percussion instruments. Other instruments":
accordion, autopharp, bandoneon, dulcimer, harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, Jew's harp, musical saw
In LC class ML1083-1091, the following instruments are listed as "other":
accordion, bandoneon, concertina, glass harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, Jew's harp, mouth organs (including harmonica)
Glass harmonica, hurdy-gurdy, and Jew's harp are consistently treated as "other":
sh 85109528 Quartets (Flute, glass harmonica, viola, cello)
sh 85109941 Quintets (Flute, oboe, glass harmonica, viola, cello)
97702161 Quintets (Piano, glass harmonica, percussion, violin, cello)
90755006 Quintets (Harpsichord, recorder, trumpet, hurdy-gurdy, cello)
sh 85010975 Bagpipe and hurdy-gurdy music
sh 87002867 Hurdy-gurdy and violin music
sh 85092265 Nonets (Clarinets (2), horns (2), hurdy-gurdies (2), violas (2), cello)
sh 86007666 Concertos (Mandola and Jew's harp with string orchestra)
sh2003010592 Mandola and Jew's harp music
However, accordion, bandoneon, and concertina are considered keyboard instruments in subject headings. In recent LC original cataloging (but not LC copy cataloging), LC consistently treats these instruments as keyboard instruments:
2005441595 Quintets (Bandoneon, piano, electric guitar, violin, double bass)
2005441519 Sextets (Bandoneon, piano, saxophone, guitar, percussion, double bass)
97702511 Octets (Accordion, piano, clarinet, flute, guitar, mandolin, percussion, double bass)
2005530240 Nonets (Bandoneon, piano, electric guitar, harp, violins (2), viola, cello, double bass)
Older LC original cataloging that was recently revised also follows this practice:
87752935 Trios (Accordion, piano, flute)
87752905 Trios (Accordion, piano, percussion)
87752935 Quartets (Accordion, piano, violin, cello)
Music Cataloging at Yale [71] ♪ Subject cataloging [11]
See also Music subject headings for vocal music: Works for two or more voices, two or more to a part [1794]
Subject headings for vocal ensembles and solos (choruses vs. cantatas and songs vs. solo cantatas) [1741]
Note: Local Yale Music Library practice:
° Number of voices: Historical practice was to not add the number of voices to any chorus subject heading.
° subdivision ‡v Scores: Yale Music Library practice is to follow the August 2020 [1786] version of H 1160.
When to add the number of parts and the subdivision ‡v Scores to chorus subject headings
Number of voices: | Accompaniment: |
Indicate number of parts? |
Current LC practice as per H 1160: Add subdivision ‡v Scores? |
8 or fewer | ° unaccompanied OR the accompaniment is: ° not indicated; ° for continuo; ° for solo instrument; ° for two of the same keyboard* instrument, |
YES
|
YES |
8 or fewer | ° two or more instruments (other than continuo or two of the same* keyboard instrument) |
NO |
YES |
9 or more | ° unaccompanied OR the accompaniment is: ° not indicated; ° for continuo; ° for solo instrument; ° for two of the same keyboard* instrument, |
NO
|
YES |
9 or more | ° two or more instruments (other than continuo or two of the same* keyboard instrument) |
NO |
YES |
*In the 680 field in the subject authority record for "Choruses" (sh 85024772), no. 5 was changed from "for 2 keyboard instruments" to "2 of the same keyboard instrument" as per the Library of Congress subject headings weekly list 41 (October 8, 2008)
Examples
Incorrect: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with instrumental ensemble.
° Number of voices not included when the accompaniment is two or more instruments (other than continuo or two of the same keyboard instrument)
Correct: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices) with instrumental ensemble
° [add the subdivision ‡v Scores when appropriate.]
Incorrect: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 16 parts), Unaccompanied.
° Number of voices is included only when 8 or fewer.
Correct: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices), Unaccompanied.
° [add the subdivision ‡v Scores when appropriate.]
Incorrect: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with piano, Arranged.
° The qualifier "Arranged [1795]" is not used in subject headings for vocal music.
Correct: Choruses, Secular (Mixed voices, 4 parts) with piano.
° [add the subdivision ‡v Scores when appropriate.]
Links
[1] http://search.library.yale.edu/
[2] http://orbis.library.yale.edu
[3] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers
[4] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/general-music-cataloging-resources
[5] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/musical-biographical-resources-on-the-web
[6] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/printed-biographical-sources-for-composers-and-their-works
[7] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/rda
[8] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preferred-titles
[9] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/types-of-composition-for-use-in-authorized-access-points-for-music-complete-list/
[10] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc-tagging
[11] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subject-cataloging
[12] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/sound-recording-cataloging
[13] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/authcont
[14] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/orbis-oclc
[15] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/language-tools
[16] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/online-catalogs
[17] http://www.worldcat.org/advancedsearch
[18] http://musicoclcusers.org/
[19] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/
[20] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/
[21] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/romanization/russian.pdf
[22] http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/6/67/Cyrillic-italics-nonitalics.png/434px-Cyrillic-italics-nonitalics.png
[23] http://www.onlineconversion.com/roman_numerals_advanced.htm
[24] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/about
[25] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging
[26] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m
[27] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores
[28] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-books
[29] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/musmfhd
[30] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accsound
[31] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/78local
[32] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/bindery
[33] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marking
[34] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/amtc
[35] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m6m175
[36] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298
[37] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990
[38] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1000
[39] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1005
[40] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500
[41] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1528
[42] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1611
[43] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/mt179
[44] https://www-ub.ku.de/cgi-bin/cutterjo.pl
[45] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttera
[46] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterb
[47] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc
[48] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterd
[49] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttere
[50] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterf
[51] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterg
[52] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterh
[53] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutteri
[54] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterj
[55] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterk
[56] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterl
[57] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterm
[58] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttern
[59] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttero
[60] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterp
[61] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterq
[62] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterr
[63] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutters
[64] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttert
[65] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterv
[66] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterw
[67] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterxyz
[68] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutter-numbers-for-titles
[69] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#furtherpublisherchart
[70] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/topical-cutter-numbers-for-m-class-numbers
[71] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music
[72] http://web.library.yale.edu/music
[73] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/training/index.html
[74] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/wka985.html
[75] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/wka1881.html
[76] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/authrecd
[77] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/auth008
[78] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities
[79] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities/voyager/tips-searching
[80] http://authorities.loc.gov/cgi-bin/Pwebrecon.cgi?DB=local&PAGE=First
[81] https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeDCM/DCM/Z01.pdf
[82] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/normrule-2.html
[83] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/faq.html
[84] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/670faq.html
[85] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/NACOAdvisoryGroup.html
[86] http://www.loc.gov/catworkshop/courses/naco-RDA/index.html
[87] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/naco-music-project/
[88] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/nmphdbk
[89] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/naco-music-project/
[90] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/documents/npm3rd.pdf
[91] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonlatinfaq.html
[92] mailto:mscharff@wustl.edu
[93] http://library.princeton.edu/departments/tsd/katmandu/cp20/refinternet.html
[94] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i4l_SnqZ5FE
[95] http://www.luigiboccherini.com/
[96] http://www.pelleas-artists.com/artistes/karthauser.htm
[97] http://www.ricco.org/Our_Founder.htm
[98] https://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonlatinfaq.html
[99] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/scs/documents/scs-recommendations-non-latin-script-cross-reference-coding-practice.pdf
[100] mailto:nacomus@loc.gov
[101] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/rda/PCC%20RDA%20guidelines/Z01%20008%2032%202014rfeb.pdf
[102] mailto:naco@loc.gov
[103] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/pndates.html
[104] http://www.oclc.org/rss/feeds/authorityrecords/default.htm
[105] http://listserv.loc.gov/cgi-bin/wa?A2=ind0803&L=pcclist&T=0&P=57
[106] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/naco/bfmguide.html
[107] mailto:jkamtman@msmnyc.edu
[108] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/lcco/lcco.html
[109] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/lcco/lcco_m.pdf
[110] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/LCC_M_GL.pdf
[111] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/shelflis
[112] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#cuttertable
[113] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#size
[114] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#localcutter
[115] http://www.slideshare.net/akroeger/classifying-music-cds-unearthing-the-collection-presentation
[116] http://web.archive.org/web/20160301200750/http://web.calstatela.edu/library/guides/anscr_class.htm
[117] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/class-m
[118] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m
[119] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/lc-cutter-table
[120] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/initial-articles-listed-by-language
[121] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/work-numbers-for-authorized-access-points
[122] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#sonatas
[123] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#sonatas
[124] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#string
[125] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#m224m228
[126] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#wind
[127] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#woodwind
[128] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#brass
[129] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m6m175#organ
[130] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m6m175#piano
[131] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#violin
[132] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#cello
[133] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#specified
[134] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#unspecified
[135] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#specified
[136] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#unspecified
[137] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#wind
[138] http://www.calstatela.edu/library/guides/anscr_class.htm
[139] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m300m990#990
[140] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#acc2more
[141] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#accandunacc
[142] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#acc1unacc
[143] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#unison
[144] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1611#recitations
[145] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#orat
[146] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#mass
[147] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1500#chor
[148] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Parts-of-the-Mass
[149] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#organ
[150] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#otherstring
[151] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#otherwind
[152] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#otherpluck
[153] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m180m298#pianoother
[154] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/
[155] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/m1000#m1205
[156] https://lccn.loc.gov/sh85019705
[157] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#m175
[158] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#cpebach
[159] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#jsbach
[160] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutters#schickele
[161] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#lvbeethoven
[162] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterh#hagerup
[163] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttera#dallabaco
[164] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterj#josquin
[165] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutteri#india
[166] https://web.library.yale.edu/cutters
[167] https://web.library.yale.edu/cuttert
[168] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cuttera#arutyunyan
[169] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#jhaydn
[170] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-practice-in-class-m#mcmac
[171] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc#chaikovsky
[172] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc#cherepnin
[173] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterc#cherepnine
[174] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#gptelemann
[175] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterw#wanhal
[176] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterw#wranitzkya
[177] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterv#vanhal
[178] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cutterh#heseltine
[179] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#main
[180] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#additional
[181] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/
[182] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname
[183] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/When-is-a-flute-not-a-flute
[184] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musictheory29.htm
[185] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/vocal-ranges
[186] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SATB
[187] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/song-cycles
[188] http://imslp.org/wiki/Category:Music_Publishers
[189] http://imslp.org/wiki/IMSLP:Music_Publishers
[190] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Basic-glossary-of-musical-terms
[191] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musictheorydefs.htm
[192] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/
[193] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musicalsymbols.htm
[194] http://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/music%20terminology
[195] http://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/Italian%20musical%20terms
[196] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/language-tools
[197] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/pitches
[198] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/neume-notation-through-history
[199] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/evolution-of-noteshapes
[200] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/appendix/topics/rhythmic-modes-in-medieval-polyphony
[201] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/When-to-create-a-new-bibliographic-record-for-music
[202] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Guidelines-for-determining-proper-format-for-scores-and-score-like-material
[203] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjsubd#muspres
[204] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/printed-biographical-sources-for-composers-and-their-works
[205] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities/biography
[206] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publishers-online-catalogs
[207] http://www.biographie-portal.eu/en/
[208] http://www.musiklexikon.ac.at/ml?frames=no
[209] https://www.mgg-online.com/
[210] http://www.traditionalmusic.co.uk/music-search/
[211] http://www.olacinc.org/drupal/?q=node/13
[212] http://www.archive.org/search.php?query=Biographisch-bibliographisches%20Quellen-Lexikon%20der%20Musiker%20und%20Musikgelehrten
[213] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver01ft
[214] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver02ft
[215] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver03ft
[216] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver04ft
[217] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver05ft
[218] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver06ft
[219] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver07ft
[220] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver08ft
[221] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver187801ft
[222] http://www.archive.org/details/biographieuniver187802ft
[223] http://web.archive.org/web/20050402010358/www.lib.duke.edu/dw3/SPT--BrowseResources.php?ParentId=177
[224] http://www.ibdb.com
[225] http://www.imdb.com/
[226] http://www.afrovoices.com/index.html
[227] http://chevalierdesaintgeorges.homestead.com/Others.html
[228] http://www.sas.upenn.edu/music/ams/musicology_www.html#CAC
[229] http://www.composers.com/
[230] http://www.composersforum.com/links/composerlinks.html
[231] http://composers-classical-music.com
[232] http://campus.houghton.edu/webs/employees/mhijleh/members.html
[233] http://www.kanadas.com/music/composers.html
[234] http://classicalplus.gmn.com/composers/
[235] http://www.classical-composers.org/cgi-bin/ccd.cgi
[236] http://www.musicweb.uk.net/composers.html
[237] http://www.musicweb.uk.net/british.htm
[238] http://www.musicweb.uk.net/other.htm
[239] http://www.bands.uiuc.edu/library_bd_static.html
[240] http://www-sul.stanford.edu/depts/music/research_help/outsidelinks.html#composer
[241] http://www.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/composer.html
[242] http://userpages.umbc.edu/~tmoore//musiclinks.html
[243] http://www.xs4all.nl/~gaud/biobak/biobak.htm
[244] http://web.simmons.edu/~morrow/comp.html
[245] http://composers-classical-music.com/
[246] http://web.archive.org/web/20050402010959/www.lib.duke.edu/dw3/SPT--BrowseResources.php?ParentId=178
[247] http://www.cdmc.asso.fr/oldhtml/html/compositeurs/bio/comp2_gene.htm
[248] http://www.coomansft.pair.com/conners/classica.html
[249] http://ingeb.org/garb/poeten.html
[250] http://www.under.org/cpcc/direct.htm
[251] http://mac-texier.ircam.fr/methode/ComList?lettre=A
[252] http://www.jmwc.org/jmwc_biography.html
[253] http://www.milkenarchive.org/artists/artists.taf?PageID=3
[254] http://home.t-online.de/home/pfaelzer.saenger/07komp.htm
[255] http://www.lexm.uni-hamburg.de/content/below/index.xml
[256] http://www.copyright.gov/records/cohm.html
[257] http://books.google.com/books?id=FDghAQAAIAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&lr&source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&q&f=false
[258] http://books.google.com/books?id=0DkhAQAAIAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&lr&source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&q&f=false
[259] http://books.google.com/books?id=QDshAQAAIAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&lr&source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&q&f=false
[260] http://books.google.com/books?id=ATwhAQAAIAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&lr&source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&q&f=false
[261] http://books.google.com/books?id=8VkhAQAAIAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&lr&source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&q&f=false
[262] http://books.google.com/books?id=W0AhAQAAIAAJ&printsec=frontcover&dq=%22Catalog%20of%20copyright%20entries%22%20%2B%22musical%20compositions%22&lr&source=gbs_slider_thumb#v=onepage&q&f=false
[263] http://composers21.com/
[264] http://www.meetthecomposer.org/contacts.htm
[265] http://musicmoz.org/Composition/Composers/Contemporary/
[266] http://musicmoz.org/Composition/Composers/Early_20th_Century/
[267] http://alambix.uquebec.ca/musique//compo.html
[268] http://http://www.notanorm.de/komponisten-a-z/komponisten-a-z.htm
[269] http://dictionary.onmusic.org/composers
[270] http://www.jewishgen.org/Belarus/rje_a.htm
[271] http://www.societyofcomposers.org/memberList.php
[272] http://www.amati.com/maker-archive.html
[273] http://maltedmedia.com/voxnovus/Members.htm#composers
[274] https://yale.idm.oclc.org/login?URL=https://www.babelscores.com/
[275] http://web.archive.org/web/20080705183107/http://www.search.com/reference/List_of_21st_century_classical_composers
[276] http://www.etk-muenchen.de/sixcms/detail.php?&id=3852&template=neu_reihe_default_musik
[277] http://www.medieval.org/emfaq/composers/links.html
[278] http://plato.acadiau.ca/courses/musi/callon/2233/composer.htm#top
[279] http://www.kapralova.org/WOMEN.htm
[280] http://www.vrouwenmuziek.nl/links_E.htm
[281] http://150.252.8.92/www/iawm/pages/earth/comp/japancomp.html
[282] http://www.ibiblio.org/nywc/bios.phtml
[283] http://www.njteacher.org:591/buzzarte/
[284] http://mujeryguitarra.wordpress.com/introduccion/las-compositoras-espanolas-de-obras-con-guitarra/
[285] http://www.jmwc.org/Women/women_index.html
[286] http://150.252.8.92/www/iawm/pages/webring.html
[287] http://150.252.8.92/www/iawm/pages/EMWomen.html
[288] http://www.earlywomenmasters.net/
[289] https://archive.org/stream/lesfemmescomposi00ebel#page/n0/mode/2up
[290] http://www.archiv-frau-musik.de/Komponistinnens.htm
[291] http://www.hildegard.com/catalog.html
[292] http://www.leonarda.com/
[293] http://www.komponistinnen.de/hauptseiten/komp_index.htm
[294] http://mujeryguitarra.wordpress.com/
[295] http://mugi.hfmt-hamburg.de/A_lexartikel/index.php
[296] http://sai-national.org/phil/composers/compaz.html
[297] http://www.mic.se/avd/mic/prod/bilagor.nsf/dl/WomenComposers.pdf/$file/WomenComposers.pdf
[298] http://libweb.uoregon.edu/music/Discographies/womencompscore/womscomain.html
[299] http://www.kapralova.org/DATABASE.htm
[300] http://www.kapralova.org/catalogue.pdf
[301] http://www.zeroland.co.nz/classical_women.html
[302] http://www3.sympatico.ca/dmckilli/whc/index.htm
[303] http://www.ambache.co.uk/wNavigate.htm
[304] http://www.womensmusic.com/composers.htm
[305] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/biographical-sources-for-performers-on-sound-recordings
[306] http://research.umbc.edu/~tmoore/musiclinks.html?/~tmoore/nml/performers.html
[307] http://www.anybirthday.com/
[308] http://library.wustl.edu/units/music/necro/
[309] http://rootsweb.com/
[310] http://ssdmf.info/
[311] http://www.iamic.net/members
[312] http://www.zeroland.co.nz/classical_music_country_2.html
[313] http://voyager.physics.unlv.edu/webpages2/websyt/archive.html
[314] http://www.musicaclasicaargentina.com/compositores.htm
[315] http://www.ciweb.com.ar/pages/presentacion.php
[316] http://www.mousaler.com/songbook/data/composers.html
[317] http://www.amcoz.com.au/res-bios.htm
[318] http://www.acma.asn.au/members.html
[319] http://www.musicaustria.at/en
[320] http://www.musiklexikon.ac.at/ml?frames=yes
[321] http://www.oekb.org/
[322] http://www.inoek.at/
[323] http://www.cebedem.be/nl/componisten
[324] http://www.matrix-nieuwe-muziek.be/documentatieE/composers/cstarthead.html
[325] http://www.svm.be/composers
[326] http://www.unicamp.br/ciddic/compositores.html
[327] http://www.multimusica.net.br/?q=node/81
[328] http://www.dicionariompb.com.br/
[329] http://easyweb.easynet.co.uk/~snc/
[330] http://www.musicweb-international.com/british.htm
[331] http://website.lineone.net/~jeremypike/nwca.htm
[332] http://www.composersalliance.com/composers.cfm
[333] http://www.composer.co.uk/composers/index.html#british
[334] http://www.exlibris.org/eem/
[335] http://www.soundandmusic.org/thecollection/resources/thecollection/browse/composer/list
[336] http://www.ubc-bg.com/en
[337] http://www.angelfire.com/bc2/scmbmembers/
[338] http://www.musiccentre.ca/composers
[339] http://www.thecanadianencyclopedia.com/index.cfm?PgNm=EMCSubjects&Params=U1
[340] http://www.clc-lcc.ca/membership-members.php
[341] http://www.islandtrombone.com/cantrbn.html
[342] http://www.angelfire.com/music/canadiancomposer/Contemporary.html
[343] http://www.facartes.unal.edu.co/compositores/html/_compositores.html
[344] http://www.hds.hr/member/index_en.htm
[345] http://www.musicologica.cz/slovnik/
[346] http://www.musica.cz/en/skladatele.php
[347] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Czech_composers
[348] http://dvm.nu/periodical/dmt/dmt_2001-2002/dmt_2001-2002_05/komponister/
[349] http://www.kb.dk/da/nb/materialer/musik/vejled/vaerk.html
[350] http://www.edition-s.dk/composers
[351] http://www.komponistforeningen.dk/
[352] http://www.emic.kul.ee/InglE/composers.htm
[353] http://helilooja.ee/eng/telli-noote/noodiarhiiv/
[354] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Estonian_composers
[355] https://core.musicfinland.fi/
[356] http://www.composers.fi/en/composers/list-of-composers/
[357] http://www.cdmc.asso.fr/?q=fr/compositeurs/biographies
[358] http://www.musimem.com/biographies.html
[359] http://ratatoulha.chez-alice.fr/sudcaucase.html
[360] http://www.deutsche-biographie.de/index.html
[361] http://www.komponistenarchiv.de/bestaende.php
[362] http://www.komponistenverband.de/
[363] http://www.miz.org/komponisten.html
[364] http://www.fred-prieberg.de/mediapool/21/215679/data/HandbuchGratis.pdf
[365] http://www.etk-muenchen.de/sixcms/detail.php?_nav=7&id=3852&template=etk_reihe_loseblattwerk_musik
[366] http://kultur-netz.de/kuenstler/musiker0.htm?u=/kuenstler/musiker.htm
[367] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008091/images/
[368] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008092/images/
[369] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008093/images/
[370] http://daten.digitale-sammlungen.de/~db/bsb00008094/images/
[371] http://www.wlb-stuttgart.de/index.php?id=1785
[372] http://www.bmlo.uni-muenchen.de/
[373] http://www.thueringer-komponisten.de/
[374] http://www.mmb.org.gr/page/default.asp?la=2&id=17
[375] http://info.bmc.hu/zenemuvek/
[376] http://www.hungarian-composers.com/
[377] http://hu.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magyar_zeneszerz%C5%91k_list%C3%A1ja
[378] http://web.archive.org/web/20070614111556/http://kincsestar.radio.hu/ktz/
[379] http://is.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flokkur:%C3%8Dslensk_t%C3%B3nsk%C3%A1ld
[380] http://www.cmc.ie/composers/index.cfm
[381] http://www.imi.org.il/Composers.aspx
[382] http://www.israelcomposers.org/
[383] http://www.cidim.it/cidim/content/314772
[384] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_A-C.html
[385] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_D-L.html
[386] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_M-P.html
[387] http://www.trio-lescano.it/autori_italiani_Q-Z.html
[388] http://www.cematitalia.it/index.php?id=5.1&lg=itn
[389] http://www.musicfromjapan.org/resources/mfjcomp.htm
[390] http://www.lib.cua.edu/music/latin-american-music-search
[391] http://www.colegiocompositores-la.org/compositores.asp
[392] http://saxofonlatino.cl/obras.php3?pais=Am%E9rica%20Latina
[393] http://www.music.lv/scripts/music/persons.asp?kat=57&val=2&kid=20&ps=yes&pka=9
[394] http://www.music.lv/scripts/music/persons.asp?kat=57&val=1&kid=20&ps=yes&pka=9
[395] http://www.mic.lt/lt/classical/persons/41
[396] http://www.lgnm.lu/html/composers/index.html
[397] http://www.sokom.mk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=2247&Itemid=129&lang=mk
[398] https://helda.helsinki.fi/bitstream/10138/24893/3/TOMO_UNO.PDF
[399] http://sounz.org.nz/finder/show/people?query=composers&role_group=composer
[400] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Norwegian_composers
[401] http://www.polmic.pl/index.php?option=com_mwosoby&view=kompozytorzy&Itemid=5&lang=pl/
[402] http://www.usc.edu/dept/polish_music/composer/composer.html#pmrc
[403] http://www.culture.pl/en/culture/muzyka/sylwetki
[404] http://republika.pl/completorium/tour.htm
[405] http://sites.google.com/site/patrimoniomusical/
[406] http://www.meloteca.com/musicos-compositores.htm
[407] http://www.mic.pt/dispatcher?where=0&what=0
[408] http://cimro.ro/people/composers/
[409] http://www.abc-guitar.narod.ru/
[410] http://www.classicalmusic.spb.ru/ruvoclassic/composers/
[411] http://www.russisches-musikarchiv.de/werkverzeichnisse-index.htm
[412] http://www.musenc.ru/
[413] http://www.remusik.org/en/
[414] http://www.scottishmusiccentre.com/?action=backpage&scope=currentmem
[415] https://scottishcomposers.wordpress.com/
[416] http://www.hc.sk/hudba/skladatelia/
[417] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Slovak_composers
[418] http://www.dss.si/?spada=1&lang=en
[419] http://www.domus.ac.za/content/view/42/59/
[420] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_South_African_composers
[421] http://home.wanadoo.nl/ovar/sovcom.htm
[422] http://www.trumpetguild.org/journal/d94/9412Gilr.pdf
[423] http://etd.lib.fsu.edu/theses/available/etd-06302005-125300/unrestricted/app,biblio,biosketch.pdf
[424] http://www.musikagileak.com/euskera/bazkideak/
[425] http://www.accompositors.com/compositores.php
[426] http://www.catmusica.cat/index_cm.htm?mainContent=http%3A//www.catmusica.cat/pcatmusica/cmSeccio.jsp%3Fseccio%3Dautor%26tipus%3Dautor%26emissora%3Dcm
[427] http://www.cosicova.org/asociados.htm
[428] http://www.fst.se/tonsattare
[429] http://www.algonet.se/~urpe/svcomp.htm
[430] http://www.mic.se/avd/mic/prod/micv6eng.nsf/AllDocuments/9121E41E7EBFC5E9C125723000768049
[431] http://runeberg.org/muslex/
[432] http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_schwedischer_Komponisten_klassischer_Musik
[433] http://runeberg.org/sbh/
[434] https://sok.riksarkivet.se/SBL/Start.aspx
[435] http://swedishsong.com/dates.php
[436] http://www.musicedition.ch/sme/index_d.htm
[437] http://www.rism-ch.org/
[438] http://www.musinfo.ch/index.php?content=schaufenster&voir=komponisten
[439] http://dbserv1-bcu.unil.ch/persovd/compvd.php?Code=A
[440] http://anm.odessa.ua/mic/mic-cbase.html
[441] http://www.composers.com/composerlist
[442] http://www.sai-national.org/home/ComposersBureau/tabid/60/Default.aspx
[443] http://www.music-usa.org/catalog/cat_comp.php4?g_org=N
[444] http://www.music-usa.org/program/members.php4?g_org=N&frames=Y
[445] http://www2.uakron.edu/ccga/composers/index.htm
[446] http://www.ctcomposers.org/members.html
[447] http://www.iowacomposers.org/index.php?module=pagesetter&tid=3&tpl=cols&orderby=MbrName
[448] http://www.licamusic.org/
[449] http://libweb.uoregon.edu/music/ORcomposers/orcomp.html
[450] http://www.radford.edu/~scl-web/members/directory.html
[451] http://www.wiscomposers.org/members/index.html
[452] http://music.library.wisc.edu/wma/resources/wiscomp.htm
[453] http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-11152005-001938/unrestricted/Antonov_dis.pdf
[454] https://yale.idm.oclc.org/login?url=http://www.bbkl.de
[455] http://test.woodwind.org/Databases/Composers/Names/index.html
[456] http://clarinetquintet.web.unc.edu/the-quintets/
[457] http://johnranck.net/studio/clinic/practice_corner/links/composers.html
[458] http://www.flutepage.de/
[459] http://web.archive.org/web/20090616183241/http://arrakis.es/~dedeo/04b-catalogo.htm
[460] http://web.archive.org/web/20080610151128/http://www.arrakis.es/~dedeo/04c-catalogo.htm
[461] http://www.musicated.com/CGCL/music/CGCL_az.html
[462] http://dirk.meineke.free.fr/classical.html
[463] http://www.durand-salabert-eschig.com/formcat/instruments/eschig/guitare_2001.pdf
[464] http://www.earlyromanticguitar.com/erg/composers.htm
[465] http://web.archive.org/web/20041206174354/http://www.music.ne.jp/~becanet/writes/19thitgu.pdf
[466] http://www.jb.man.ac.uk/~agg/guitar/gtrlnat.html
[467] http://www.guitarraclasicadelcamp.com/partituras/
[468] http://www.australianmusiccentre.com.au/documents/hsc/AMC_HSC_2009_Guitar.pdf
[469] http://www.sheerpluck.de/composers.php
[470] http://jensb-r.homepage.dk/rrr.htm
[471] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_composers_for_the_classical_guitar_%28nationality%29
[472] http://www.hymnary.org/people?qu=+in:people
[473] http://www.hymntime.com/tch/bio/bio-a.htm
[474] http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_musiciens_de_jazz_de_A_%C3%A0_K#A
[475] http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_des_musiciens_de_jazz_de_L_%C3%A0_Z#L
[476] http://www.jazzhouse.org/gone/lastpost.php3
[477] http://opera.stanford.edu/opera/composers/A-Z.html
[478] http://www.italianopera.org/elenchi/CA.htm
[479] http://www.impresario.ch/libretto/
[480] http://www.zarzuela.net/ref/composer.htm
[481] http://www.organ-biography.info/
[482] http://kith.org/jimmosk/organ.html
[483] http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_von_Organisten
[484] http://pianopedia.com
[485] http://www.left-hand-brofeldt.dk/
[486] http://web.archive.org/web/20140124092857/http://recorderhomepage.net/composers.html
[487] http://www153.pair.com/bensav/Compositeurs/Complist.html
[488] http://www.recmusic.org/lieder/cindex.html
[489] http://www.deutscheslied.com/en/search.cgi?cmd=composers
[490] http://www.stabatmater.info/composers.html
[491] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_A_to_E
[492] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_F_to_K
[493] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_L_to_R
[494] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_for_viola:_S_to_Z
[495] http://www.ifla.org/VI/3/pubs/unititles.htm#4
[496] http://www.ifla.org/VI/3/pubs/unititles.htm
[497] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm
[498] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#introit
[499] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Introit.html
[500] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#kyrie
[501] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Kyrie.html
[502] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#gloria
[503] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Gloria.html
[504] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#gradual
[505] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Gradual.html
[506] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Tract.html
[507] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#credo
[508] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Credo.html
[509] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#offertory
[510] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Offertory.html
[511] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#sanctus
[512] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Sanctus.html
[513] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/typesrda.htm#agnusdei
[514] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Agnus.html
[515] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Communion.html
[516] http://www.music.indiana.edu/som/courses/m401/Ite.html
[517] http://www.loc.gov/aba/cataloging/subject/
[518] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vocal_range
[519] http://cnx.org/content/m12381/latest/
[520] http://cnx.org/content/m12381/latest/vocalranges.png
[521] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Common-terms-used-in-German-music-publications-and-thematic-indices
[522] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/foreign
[523] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/morenumb
[524] https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Appendix:Numerals_in_various_languages#Indo-European_languages
[525] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/names-keys-french-german-italian-and-spanish
[526] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname
[527] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/capitalization-of-key-opus-and-number
[528] http://www.cadenza.org/glossary/
[529] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/general-music-cataloging-resources#musicterm
[530] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/diacrit
[531] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bdapp-e.html
[532] http://web.archive.org/web/20170128081044/https://library.queensu.ca/techserv/cat/Sect02/dirlang.htm
[533] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/catspan
[534] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/fraktur
[535] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/roman.html
[536] http://www.omniglot.com/images/writing/russian_cursive.gif
[537] https://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/romanization/ukrainia.pdf
[538] https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/1c/Ucraniano-Alfabeto-Manuscrito.svg
[539] https://sites.google.com/site/seesscm/transliteration-of-the-hard-sign-tverdyi-znak
[540] https://sites.google.com/site/seesscm/home
[541] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/cyrillic
[542] http://translit.cc/
[543] http://www.woxikon.com/
[544] http://dictionaries.travlang.com/
[545] http://www.reverso.net/text_translation.aspx?lang=EN
[546] http://www.lingvosoft.com/free-online-dictionaries/
[547] http://szotar.sztaki.hu/angol-magyar
[548] http://dictionaries.travlang.com/EnglishPortuguese/
[549] http://www.wordgumbo.com/ie/cel/wel/we.htm
[550] http://whatlanguageisthis.com/
[551] http://www.musicoclcusers.org/NMP/nmphdbk.htm#citingtitle
[552] http://www.orchestralibrary.com/reftables/ggloss.html
[553] http://german.about.com/library/blabbrev.htm
[554] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/german.htm
[555] http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/romanization/russian.pdf
[556] http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-2/tb51pisk.pdf
[557] http://library.princeton.edu/departments/tsd/katmandu/sgman/sltrans.html
[558] http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/serb.html
[559] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Belarusian
[560] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Bulgarian
[561] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Macedonian
[562] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Russian
[563] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Serbian
[564] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyrillic_alphabets#Ukrainian
[565] http://www.omniglot.com/writing/cyrillic.htm
[566] http://www.orbilat.com/Languages/Catalan/Catalan.html
[567] http://www.sjsu.edu/faculty/watkins/catalan.htm
[568] http://www.mun.ca/rels/morav/pics/tutor/mscript2.html
[569] http://www.omniglot.com/images/writing/fraktur.gif
[570] http://www.omniglot.com/images/writing/suetterlin.gif
[571] http://www.beerstein.net/articles/alpha.htm
[572] http://www.morscher.com/3r/fonts/fraktur.htm
[573] http://www.jewishgen.org/jri-pl/translit.htm
[574] http://web.archive.org/web/20060114020248/http://www.iolairweb.co.uk/romance/numbers.htm
[575] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/danish.htm
[576] http://www.smartphrase.com/Dutch/du_numbers_voc.shtml
[577] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/latin.htm
[578] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/lang/polish.htm
[579] http://web.archive.org/web/20051221205736/http://stp.ling.uu.se/call/swedish/mikaelw01.html
[580] http://www.dolmetsch.com/musictheory29.htm#translatednames
[581] http://www.dolmetsch.com/index.htm
[582] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/germannumbers
[583] http://www.lexisrex.com/numbers.php?native=English&foreign=French&nfrom=1&nto=100#.UX_tDcqK2wY
[584] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local-documentation
[585] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/twoscore
[586] http://web.library.yale.edu/music/collections#AMTC
[587] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/srfixfd
[588] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/srphys
[589] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/024UPC
[590] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/028field
[591] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/033field
[592] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/033code
[593] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/053/table.html
[594] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/Orbis2Manual/mfhdpolpro.htm
[595] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/Orbis2Manual/mfhdexamples.htm
[596] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/multipartmfhdrev
[597] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/gaps
[598] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/enumeration
[599] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/chronology
[600] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/serialmfhd/captions
[601] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#furtherpublisher
[602] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/call-numbers-for-scores#furthereditor
[603] http://www.unicode.org/charts/
[604] http://symbolcodes.tlt.psu.edu/bylanguage/cyrchart.html
[605] http://www.terena.org/activities/multiling/ml-docs/iso-8859.html#ISO-8859-1
[606] http://web.archive.org/web/20101024185608/http://tang.waik.it/references/
[607] http://www.marxists.org/admin/charsets/fullset.htm
[608] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/fixcodes
[609] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor
[610] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/bookff
[611] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/authorities/voyager/tips-lccns
[612] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/ismn
[613] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc028
[614] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc041
[615] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC046
[616] http://digital2.library.unt.edu/edtf/
[617] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/246field
[618] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC264
[619] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338
[620] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC348
[621] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC37X
[622] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC380
[623] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC381
[624] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC382
[625] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC383
[626] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC384
[627] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lcgft
[628] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/LCMPT
[629] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lcshlcgft
[630] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC655
[631] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC775
[632] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=jscmap1
[633] http://special-cataloguing.com/node/1397
[634] http://bibframe.org/
[635] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/blogpost/1230658/CMC-BIBFRAME-Task-Force-blog
[636] https://vimeo.com/121103011
[637] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/
[638] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/bibco/nonfile.html
[639] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonfil.pdf
[640] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/filing
[641] http://www.loc.gov/bibframe/
[642] http://www.loc.gov/marc/RDAinMARC.html
[643] https://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/
[644] https://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad1xx3xx.html
[645] https://urldefense.proofpoint.com/v2/url?u=http-3A__www.loc.gov_aba_pcc_rda_PCC-2520RDA-2520guidelines_RDA-2520in-2520NARs-2DSARs-5FPCC.doc&d=AwMGaQ&c=-dg2m7zWuuDZ0MUcV7Sdqw&r=LvBecLr1GQ2KW1TYBSe69iLlcX4cIh6GRMv2ZUtKvx0&m=7zDpYrJ6HKOFBks3GRnjmhuvjdwZHPQq9cNS1yuw6lg&s=ZsJwEgQ5IehsmNmjfzjm1wUhq6DRXv4y48aS4MNrnME&e=
[646] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd00x.html
[647] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd01x09x.html
[648] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd1xx.html
[649] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd20x24x.html
[650] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd25x28x.html
[651] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/nlr/nlr3xx.html
[652] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd4xx.html
[653] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd5xx.html
[654] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd6xx.html
[655] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd70x75x.html
[656] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd76x78x.html
[657] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd80x83x.html
[658] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd84188x.html
[659] http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/countries_code.html
[660] http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/countries_name.html
[661] http://www.loc.gov/marc/geoareas/gacs_code.html
[662] http://www.loc.gov/marc/geoareas/gacs_name.html
[663] http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/language_code.html
[664] http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/language_name.html
[665] https://www.oclc.org/support/services/worldcat/documentation/authorities/authformat.en.html
[666] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/default.htm
[667] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield.html
[668] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx.html
[669] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/1xx.html
[670] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx.html
[671] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/3xx.html
[672] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/4xx.html
[673] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/5xx.html
[674] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/6xx.html
[675] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/7xx.html
[676] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/8xx.html
[677] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/9xx.html
[678] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Genre_Form_Task_Force/Hierarchy1506.pdf
[679] http://classificationweb.net/
[680] http://id.loc.gov/authorities/genreForms.html
[681] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/formofwork
[682] https://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcgft-for-music-resources/
[683] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/6xx/655.html
[684] http://id.loc.gov/authorities/performanceMediums.html
[685] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcmpt/
[686] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium
[687] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/07/BPsForUsingLCMPT-1.pdf
[688] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/Orbis2Manual/nonfilingindic.htm
[689] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bdapp-e.html
[690] http://lcweb.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/nonfil.html
[691] http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcgft-for-music-resources/
[692] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad380.html
[693] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/dcmz1.pdf
[694] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music
[695] http://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/formatNoteMus/
[696] https://web.library.yale.edu/score
[697] https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/3xx/348.html
[698] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2022/05/Interim-Music-Library-Association-Best-Practices-for-Form-of-Musical-Notation.pdf
[699] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#546
[700] http://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/MusNotation/
[701] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC380
[702] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC382
[703] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/LCMPT
[704] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lcgft
[705] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/053/table.html
[706] http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/tables/provstat.htm
[707] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/key
[708] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-845#mlabp6-845
[709] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd384.html
[710] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad384.html
[711] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music#work
[712] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music#expression
[713] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/rdaoverview#aap
[714] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/lang.shtm
[715] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/languages/
[716] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/041.shtm
[717] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/ecbdlist.html
[718] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/countries/
[719] http://sibleycataloging.wikispaces.com/ISBD+Punctuation
[720] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marc041#firstind
[721] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC046#subfieldsworkexpression
[722] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname#9.2.2.9.5
[723] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/relationshipdesgi
[724] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx/245.shtm
[725] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/edition
[726] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338
[727] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC348#formmusicalnotation
[728] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chord_diagram_(music)
[729] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subdcode
[730] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr
[731] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal
[732] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/tb/260/default.htm#bibchanges
[733] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/047.html
[734] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#3.4.3.2
[735] http://www.loc.gov/marc/marbi/2012/2012-07.html
[736] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/MARC/MARC.html
[737] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd008m.html
[738] https://web.library.yale.edu/pianoscore
[739] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/sound-recording-cataloging#marc
[740] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/mrec.shtm
[741] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/elvl.shtm
[742] https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1kuf5agdtWx-P1U6ByC1XIiveAwMaUqtU7GfiU2YcucQ/edit#gid=1401504940
[743] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC655
[744] http://loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCMPT/freelcmpt.html
[745] http://loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCMPT/MEDIUM.pdf
[746] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd382.html
[747] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad382.html
[748] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/documents/best-practices-for-using-lcmpt-v1-5-march-1-2023/
[749] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium#6.15.1.5.2
[750] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2014/ProvisionalBestPracticesforUsingLCMPT%20FINAL.pdf
[751] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Resources/ProvisionalBestPracticesforU.pdf
[752] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.8-12
[753] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateplacework#6.5
[754] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.12.1.3
[755] mailto:janeoakland@stresspoints.co.uk
[756] mailto:merwinsiu@hotmail.com
[757] http://www.angelfire.com/ms/merwinsiu/
[758] mailto:musictheory@cmu.edu
[759] http://www.davidberlin.com
[760] mailto:pnagyp@gmail.com
[761] http://www.zeneakademia.hu/oktatok/1428
[762] mailto:dkdm@dkdm.dk
[763] mailto:info@paminatrio.com
[764] http://www.paminatrio.com
[765] mailto:info@lafloridiana.com
[766] http://www.lafloridiana.com/?p=contact
[767] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.15
[768] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.13
[769] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.16
[770] https://id.loc.gov/authorities/demographicTerms.html
[771] https://id.loc.gov/authorities/subjects.html
[772] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCDGT/freelcdgt.html
[773] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCDGT/DEMOGRAPHIC.pdf
[774] http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/occupation.html
[775] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/gender-in-NARs-revised-report.pdf
[776] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.14
[777] http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/
[778] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.5
[779] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbers
[780] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-743#mlabp6-743
[781] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2025/02/MLA-Best-Practices-for-383.pdf
[782] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd383.html
[783] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad383.html
[784] https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/thematic-indexes-used-in-library-of-congress-naco-authority-files/
[785] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/distchar
[786] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd381.html
[787] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad381.html
[788] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/7xx/775.html
[789] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd007s.html
[790] http://www.oclc.org/support/services/worldcat/documentation/tb/264.en.html
[791] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/007sound.shtm
[792] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SPARS_Code
[793] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/007sound.html
[794] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publication
[795] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd264.html
[796] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/264-Guidelines.doc
[797] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/pubplnum
[798] http://imslp.org/wiki/Main_Page
[799] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad046.html
[800] https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/
[801] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3
[802] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3.2
[803] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3.3
[804] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.3.4
[805] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateplacework
[806] https://digital2.library.unt.edu/edtf/
[807] http://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/listserv.html
[808] http://www.peterfribbins.co.uk/repertoire.html#piano
[809] http://www.ismn-international.org/whatis.html
[810] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/024.shtm
[811] http://www.oclc.org/support/services/worldcat/documentation/tb/262.en.html
[812] http://www.ismn-international.org/ranges.html
[813] http://www.ismn-international.org/index.html
[814] http://lcweb.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/lite/elbdtils.html#mrcb246
[815] http://viaf.org/
[816] http://aleph.nkp.cz/F/?func=file&file_name=find-b&local_base=aut&CON_LNG=ENG
[817] http://catalog.loc.gov/
[818] http://catalog.hathitrust.org/Record/000140237
[819] http://catalogue.nla.gov.au/
[820] https://opacplus.bsb-muenchen.de
[821] http://amicus.collectionscanada.gc.ca/aaweb/aalogine.htm
[822] http://www.theeuropeanlibrary.org/tel4/discover/contributors
[823] http://aleph.nkp.cz/F/M7M1E7HDLDCRAV3P7EPHK5L6NFM96DFGMKLSHF59PD61G5X63A-04000?func=file&file_name=find-b&local_base=NKC&CON_LNG=ENG
[824] http://ccfr.bnf.fr/portailccfr/jsp/portal/index.jsp?success=/jsp/portal/index.jsp&profile=anonymous
[825] http://opac.sbn.it/opacsbn/opac/iccu/base.jsp
[826] http://www.bibliotheksportal-karlsruhe.de/
[827] http://kvk.bibliothek.kit.edu/?lang=en&digitalOnly=0&embedFulltitle=0&newTab=0
[828] http://copac.jisc.ac.uk/
[829] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac
[830] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/staff
[831] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/staffkwsearch
[832] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/staff1
[833] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/searchinglccns
[834] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/searching-special-characters-in-voyager
[835] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/searching-music-plate-and-publishers-numbers-in-voyager
[836] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/searching/refcard/searchworldcatquickreference.pdf
[837] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/oclcsear
[838] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/macroexpress/documentation/diacritics-special-characters
[839] https://web.library.yale.edu/croatian
[840] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#acute
[841] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#cedilla
[842] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#circumflex
[843] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#umlaut
[844] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#hacek
[845] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#macron
[846] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#breve
[847] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#ligature
[848] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#miagkiiznak
[849] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#tverdiiznak
[850] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#dotatmidline
[851] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#grave
[852] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#angstrom
[853] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#highcommaoffcenter
[854] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#ae
[855] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#oslash
[856] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#tilde
[857] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#oe
[858] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#doubleacute
[859] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#hookleft
[860] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#hookright
[861] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#dotabove
[862] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#polishl
[863] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#alif
[864] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/voydiac#dotagove
[865] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/authorities/userguide/phrase_srch_aug/phrase_srch_aug.htm
[866] http://www.oclc.org/support/documentation/worldcat/authorities/userguide/num_srch_aug/num_srch_aug.htm
[867] http://www.oclc.org/oclc/man/9798sbr/chap3.htm#(MPN)
[868] http://web.library.yale.edu/diacrit
[869] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/page/cmc_accpointsrda
[870] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/comparison-of-uniform-titles-and-preferred-titles
[871] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/types-composition-and-lc-subject-headings
[872] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordworktitles
[873] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles
[874] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateexp
[875] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/collabworks
[876] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsworks
[877] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsadd
[878] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspart
[879] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsexp
[880] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_thematic_indexes
[881] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/thematic-catalogs
[882] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/internet-sources-for-authority-work
[883] http://www.themefinder.org/
[884] http://composer.themefinder.org/
[885] https://www.vmii.org/
[886] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/composers-work-lists-web
[887] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/composers-worklists-in-published-scores-books-or-periodicals
[888] https://www.bach-digital.de/content/index.xed
[889] http://www.brittenproject.org/works/?offset=0&limit=25
[890] http://frescobaldi.music.duke.edu/home.php?-link=Home
[891] http://sscm-jscm.org/instrumenta/vol-4/files/Introduction,%20Thematic%20Index.pdf#view=FitH
[892] http://dme.mozarteum.at/DME/nma/start.php?l=
[893] http://klpaech.com/forschungsschwerpunkt-pachelbel/pachelbel-werke-verzeichnis-pwv/
[894] http://www.archive.org/stream/FranzSchubert.ThematischesVerzeichnisSeinerWerkeInChronologischerFolge/SchubertDeutsch-verzeichnisDv#page/n0/mode/1up
[895] http://www.musiqueorguequebec.ca/catal/telemann/telgp.html
[896] http://www.classical.net/music/composer/works/vivaldi/lists/fanna.php
[897] https://imslp.org/wiki/Category:Composers
[898] http://www2.cpdl.org/wiki/index.php/Main_Page
[899] https://guides.library.yale.edu/online_scores/home
[900] https://opac.rism.info/index.php?id=4
[901] http://www.rism.info/en/organisation/rism-for-libraries.html#c3947
[902] http://www.rism.info/fileadmin/content/community-content/Zentralredaktion/RecueilsKomponistenindex.pdf
[903] http://www.hofmeister.rhul.ac.uk/2008/content/database/indices/composers/Aa-Ad.html
[904] https://www.digitalarchivioricordi.com/en/catalogo
[905] https://www.digitalarchivioricordi.com/en/people/A
[906] http://staatsbibliothek-berlin.de/die-staatsbibliothek/abteilungen/musik/recherche-und-ressourcen/imagekataloge/
[907] http://search.bibliotecadigitale.consmilano.it/
[908] http://www.archive.org/stream/catalogueofmanus03brit#page/n3/mode/2up
[909] http://www.themefinder.org/help/rism.html
[910] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#6.14.2.5
[911] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#singularplural
[912] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium#6.15.1.5
[913] https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Mgk0q1K6usWQOy50MSoHTYzgqpc6zsrKcYPXodIaNC0/edit?usp=sharing
[914] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2015/RDA_Best_Practices_for_Music_Cataloging_v1.1-150217.pdf
[915] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2015/RDA_Best_Practices_for_Music_Cataloging_v1.1-150217.pd
[916] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pasticcio
[917] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ballad_opera
[918] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.4
[919] http://bcc.musiclibraryassoc.org/BCC-Historical/BCC2011/Thematic_Indexes.htm
[920] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dateplacework#6.4
[921] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/medium#6.15.1.6
[922] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#onepart
[923] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#6.14.2.7
[924] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#6.14.2.7.2
[925] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/preftitles#twoartscons
[926] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsworks#6.28.1.2
[927] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsworks#6.28.1.4
[928] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.11
[929] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/musical-biographical-resources-on-the-web#country
[930] http://musicalics.com/en/search/composer
[931] http://www.classical.net/music/composer/works.html
[932] http://www.geometry.net/composers/
[933] http://userpages.umbc.edu/~tmoore/musiclinks.html
[934] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/index_A.html
[935] http://www.musiqueorguequebec.ca/oeuvres2.html
[936] http://imslp.org/wiki/Category:Composer_Composition_Lists
[937] http://www.subitomusic.com/composers/highlights/michael-abels/michael-abels-works/
[938] http://www.stephanadam.de/
[939] http://www.migueldelaguila.com/Works.html
[940] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/isaac-albeniz/
[941] http://alkan.assos.free.fr/alkan/03_catalogue_fr.html
[942] http://www.ameller.org/fr/catalog.php
[943] http://www.aperghis.com/catalogues/catalogue.html
[944] http://www.richardarnell.com/worklistr.html
[945] http://malcolmarnold.co.uk/compositions/compositions.html
[946] http://www.bachcentral.com/acrobat/acrobat.html
[947] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/jsbach/bwvindex.html
[948] http://www.nicolasbacri.net/catal.html
[949] http://wiki.theaterencyclopedie.nl/wiki/Henk_Badings
[950] http://www.mic.lt/en/database/classical/composers/baltakas/
[951] http://www.alfredbaum.ch.vu/
[952] http://www.komponisten.net/baumann/kompos.htm
[953] http://gasilvis.net/jb/jb/jblist.htm
[954] http://www.davidparlett.co.uk/bax/
[955] http://belaubre.free.fr/catalogue_gb.htm
[956] http://faculty.lsmsa.edu/ABenner/Resume.htm
[957] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Berger_WG/wv_opus_1.html
[958] http://www.frogpeak.org/fpartists/beyer.lists.html
[959] http://digital.wustl.edu/bizet/works/
[960] http://www.marcblitzstein.com/pages/music/catalogue/works01.asp
[961] http://music.fsu.edu/content/download/16405/106848/file/BodaCat.pdf
[962] http://www.augustdeboeck.be/downloads/Bibliotheek_VRO.pdf
[963] http://www.victoriabond.com/artist.php?view=prog
[964] http://www.geocities.jp/latinamericapiano/e_braga/e_bragaarti.html
[965] http://www.victorbruns.de/opus.htm
[966] http://felbick.de/CALLHOFF.html
[967] http://www.bruceduffie.com/campo2.jpg
[968] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/gaspar-cassado/
[969] http://www.normancazden.com/works/
[970] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/chopin/index.html
[971] http://www.wiscomposers.org/members/cunningham_catalog2014.pdf
[972] http://www.janvandijk.net/products_menu.asp?language=1
[973] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Ern%C5%91_Dohn%C3%A1nyi
[974] http://www.giorgioproductions.com/drouet/ch09.html
[975] http://www.v4m.net/classicalguitar/artists/JohnDuarte/JohnDuarte.htm
[976] http://elgar.org/elgarsoc/the-music/chronology-of-major-works/
[977] http://www.dietricherdmann.de/werke.html
[978] http://www.ivan-eroed.at/de/werkl_opu.htm
[979] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/oscar-espla/
[980] http://www.guitarraclasicadelcamp.com/partituras/joseferreryesteve.html
[981] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Zden%C4%9Bk_Fibich
[982] http://www.clivis-music.com/compositors/autors/FranciscoFleta/FranciscoFleta.html#OBRES
[983] http://ujflury.ch/inhalt/media/WerkverzeichnisNovember2014.pdf
[984] http://othes.univie.ac.at/8010/1/2009-12-16_8871132.pdf
[985] http://www.andrew.cmu.edu/user/ngal/ngcat.htm
[986] http://www.gardonyi.de/publikationen_zg.html
[987] http://www.gardonyi.de/werkauswahl_zsg.html
[988] http://www.musimem.com/gartenlaub-catalogue.htm
[989] http://www.suzannegiraud.com/catalogue/
[990] http://www.glasunow.org/ru/node/70
[991] http://www.usc.edu/dept/polish_music/VEPM/gorecki/g-wrks-f.html
[992] http://www.institut-theodore-gouvy.fr/images/THEODORE/pdf/catalogue.pdf
[993] http://web.archive.org/web/20170809185533/http://www.graap-musik.de:80/werke
[994] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/enrique-granados/
[995] https://www.lucgrethen.com/about-luc-grethen/
[996] http://www.jean-guillou.org/assets/catalogue_jeanguillou.pdf
[997] http://www.gfhandel.org/genre.html
[998] https://archive.org/details/DasLebenDesKniglPolnischenUndKur
[999] http://www.oscarvanhemel.nl/werken
[1000] https://sites.google.com/site/lutzwernerhesse/werkverzeichnis
[1001] http://ehieauxcatalogue.blogspot.com/
[1002] http://www.hielscher-music.de/content/cms/front_content.php?idcat=33
[1003] http://www.stanleymhoffman.com/pwp.htm
[1004] http://www.stanleymhoffman.com/uwp.htm
[1005] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Hofmann_Wolfgang/wv_abc.html
[1006] http://www.joaquimhoms.org/eng/content/02/catalogue_eng.pdf
[1007] http://www.papagenapress.com/
[1008] http://www.digitalguitararchive.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/Horetzky_works.pdf
[1009] http://www.bertoldhummel.de/werkverzeichnis/werkverzeichnis.html
[1010] http://web.archive.org/web/20181221155020/http://www.nikolai-kapustin.info/works_complete_overview.html
[1011] http://www.erhardkarkoschka.de/musik.html
[1012] http://web.archive.org/web/20050829224602/http://www.hugokauder.com/kauderinsttrial2.pdf
[1013] http://web.archive.org/web/20050828131937/http://www.hugokauder.com/Kauder-vocalfile.pdf
[1014] http://www.romana-hamburg.de/KaunWerkverzeichnis.pdf
[1015] http://daniel.kessnerfamily.org/catalog
[1016] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Theodor_Kirchner
[1017] http://www.pomona.edu/academics/departments/music/people/faculty/karl-kohn-works.pdf
[1018] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_compositions_by_Fritz_Kreisler
[1019] http://libbylarsen.com/index.php?contentID=218
[1020] http://www.laudenslagermusic.info/his-works.html
[1021] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/LeBeau_LA/wv_opus_1.html
[1022] http://www.leistner-mayer.de/test.html
[1023] http://www.lowellliebermann.com/works/index.html
[1024] http://www.lienenkaemper.de/Grafik%20Website%2015/Bio%20Wekverz.%202015%3A1.pdf
[1025] http://www.theoloevendie.com/works.htm
[1026] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Magidenko_Olga/wv_gattung.html
[1027] http://www.joseph-marx.org/en/full.html#list
[1028] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/mendelssohn/index.html
[1029] http://www.petermieg.ch/Titelseite/Komponist/Werke/Orchesterwerke/tabid/112/language/de-CH/Default.aspx
[1030] http://www.wrightmusic.net/pdfs/marcel-mihalovici.pdf
[1031] http://perso.orange.fr/alain.miteran/FHTML/Oeuvres.htm
[1032] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/frederic-mompou/
[1033] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/xavier-montsalvatge/
[1034] http://www.oskarmorawetz.com/Tabs/TabMusic/Explore.php?cat=Orchestral
[1035] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/mozart/index.html
[1036] http://www.zb.uzh.ch/Medien/spezialsammlungen/musik/nachlaesse/muellerzuerich.pdf
[1037] http://www.liornavok.com/c/work-list/
[1038] http://www.havemusic.co.uk/THE%20WORKS%20alpha.htm
[1039] http://www.kb.dk/dcm/cnw/navigation.xq
[1040] http://www.fabianpanisello.com/catalogo.pdf
[1041] http://users.rcn.com/jpehrson/JosephPehrson.html#works
[1042] http://www.orchestraespressioni.it/peraldo.htm
[1043] http://www.ronaldperera.com/catalog_toc.html
[1044] http://www.petitgirard.com/compositeur.html
[1045] http://www.rodoni.ch/malipiero/pizzettibio.html
[1046] http://www.fundacionjuanbautistaplaza.com/plazamusica.htm
[1047] http://amc.net/WilliamPresser
[1048] https://docplayer.fr/32786014-Marcel-quinet.html
[1049] http://www.raff.org/music/catalog/opus/op050.htm
[1050] http://www.monsignor-reggio.com/Catalogue-index1.html
[1051] http://www.carl-reinecke.de/opus/seinewerke.html
[1052] https://issuu.com/universaledition/docs/wolfgangrihm
[1053] http://www.juliusrontgen.nl/nl/werk/lijst-van-composities/
[1054] http://universfranckiste.free.fr/cor.htm
[1055] http://www.hemu.ch/fileadmin/user_upload/documents/Presentation/Bibliotheque/Bachelor_2009-2010/biblio_duss_mem_bachelor.pdf
[1056] http://saint-george.phpnet.org/html/catalogue.htm
[1057] http://www.colegiocompositores-la.org/articulos/archivos/Obras%20Sarmientos.pdf?lbisphpreq=1
[1058] http://mssf.bilkent.edu.tr/eng/adnan.htm
[1059] http://tr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmet_Adnan_Saygun
[1060] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/scarlattid/index.html
[1061] http://imslp.org/wiki/List_of_works_by_Bernhard_Scholz
[1062] http://www.othmar-schoeck.ch/gesamtausgabe/ga_inhalt.html
[1063] http://www.hermann-schroeder.de/werkverzeichnis/index.html
[1064] http://www.trierer-orgelpunkt.de/hschroeder.htm
[1065] http://www.romanmusprod.de/werkverz/index.html
[1066] http://www.kurtschwaen.de/werk/index.html
[1067] http://www.cyrilscott.net/Music/CompleteWorks.html
[1068] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Seidl_Hermann/dokument_werke.pdf
[1069] http://www.alexshapiro.org/ASWorks.html#browsebymedium
[1070] http://www.chateaugris.com/Soler/audio-music.htm
[1071] http://www.chateaugris.com/Soler/solercon.htm
[1072] http://web.archive.org/web/20120316032811/http://homadream.com/eng/CompleteSor.htm
[1073] http://www.ericstokes.com/home.html
[1074] http://www.mueller-schade.com/downloads/Portrait/Robert%20Suter%20A4.pdf
[1075] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/carlos-surinach/
[1076] http://suessmayr.at/suessmayr.html
[1077] http://www.amc.net/IrwinSwack
[1078] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Tanejew/wvjh.html
[1079] http://wiki.tchaikovsky-research.net/wiki/Works
[1080] http://www.tcherepnin.com/alex/comps_alex.htm
[1081] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Tscherepnin/wv_opus.html
[1082] http://www.tcherepnin.com/ivan/comps_ivan.htm
[1083] http://www.tcherepnin.com/nikolai/comps_nik.htm
[1084] http://www.plainsound.org/JTwork.html
[1085] http://s221292458.online.de/Sites/Theodorakis-Werkverzeichnis.php
[1086] http://www.klassika.info/Komponisten/Thieriot/wv_gattung.html
[1087] http://web.archive.org/web/20070404072650/http://www.arrakis.es/~dedeo/04c-torrent_catalogo.htm
[1088] http://universfranckiste.free.fr/cot.htm
[1089] http://pseudo-poseidonios.net/tournemire/opus.htm
[1090] http://www.tubinsociety.com/index.php?id=37
[1091] http://macmcclure.com/compositores/joaquin-turina-perez/
[1092] http://www.facartes.unal.edu.co/compositores/html/0011_4.html
[1093] http://www.rvwsociety.com/workssymph.html
[1094] http://www.pauline-viardot.de/Werkverzeichnis.htm
[1095] http://villalobos.iu.edu/VLworks-cat
[1096] http://web.archive.org/web/20110614221654/http://www.netreach.net/~druid/LVe/Oeuvre.html
[1097] http://www.gwynethwalker.com/walkcat.html
[1098] http://www.classical.net/~music/composer/works/weber/index.html
[1099] http://graham.main.nc.us/~bhammel/MUSIC/webern.html
[1100] http://www.haas-koeln.de/pdf/komp-kataloge/Weiner-Gesamt.pdf
[1101] http://www.slweiss.de/index.php?id=2&type=worklist&lang=eng
[1102] http://www.mvmc.de/weyrauch/weywv.htm
[1103] http://eamusic.dartmouth.edu/~wolff/Works.html
[1104] http://www.wissensdrang.com/zwv.htm
[1105] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Bernaola
[1106] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/colista
[1107] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/dalessandro
[1108] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/davidjn
[1109] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/denhof
[1110] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/domeniconi
[1111] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/febonio
[1112] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/fletapolo
[1113] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/holbrooke
[1114] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/sidney
[1115] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/hyde
[1116] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/kleynjans
[1117] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/legnani
[1118] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/levi
[1119] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/lhoyer
[1120] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marteau
[1121] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/pettersson
[1122] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/stephenson
[1123] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/warren
[1124] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/weberrein
[1125] http://statensmusikverk.se/musikochteaterbiblioteket/ladda-ner-noter/boijes-samling/
[1126] http://cglib.org/composers
[1127] http://www.gitaarplakboek.nl/index.php/database-van-componisten
[1128] http://web.archive.org/web/20080424072443/http://library.csun.edu/igra/vol1/
[1129] https://digitalcollections.library.appstate.edu/s/ophee/page/home
[1130] http://www.musicforhorns.com/database/
[1131] http://haynes-catalog.net/
[1132] http://www.vdgs.org.uk/thematic.html
[1133] http://www.saulbgroen.nl/pdf/s11.pdf
[1134] http://www.mic.se/avd/mic/prod/bilagor.nsf/dl/Choir.pdf/$file/Choir.pdf
[1135] http://www.arts.ufl.edu/motet/search.asp
[1136] http://www.aria-database.com/index2.html
[1137] http://www.operone.de/
[1138] http://www.earlyromanticguitar.com/erg/composers.htm#legnani
[1139] /web/20140806175820/http://library.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/publ.html
[1140] /web/20140806175820/http://www.zzz.ee/edition49/composers/
[1141] /web/20140806175820/http://www.accolade.de/autorenv.htm
[1142] /web/20140806175820/http://www.c-alanpublications.com/composers.html
[1143] /web/20140806175820/http://apimusic.org/composers.cfm
[1144] /web/20140806175820/http://www.amadeusmusic.ch/index.php3?sid=11339868221422690475&comp=1&mm_code=1000
[1145] /web/20140806175820/http://www.amoseditio.cz/en/authors.htm
[1146] /web/20140806175820/http://www.avk.org/ncm/composers/index.html
[1147] /web/20140806175820/http://ballerbach.com/biographies.html
[1148] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bardic-music.com/
[1149] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bayard-nizet.com/Compositeurs_en.html
[1150] /web/20140806175820/http://www.befoco.de/Komponisten.htm
[1151] /web/20140806175820/http://www.billaudot.com/
[1152] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editions-bim.com/composers.php
[1153] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bmic.co.uk/composers/default.asp
[1154] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bnote.de/?bns=fbb7a3f1cff2f329a47bb49cdfb7c57b&set=komp_index
[1155] /web/20140806175820/http://www.bodensee-musikversand.de/home.html?/komponistenalphabet.asp?buchstabe=XXXXX
[1156] /web/20140806175820/http://www.boosey.com/pages/cr/composer/
[1157] /web/20140806175820/http://brassworks4.com/composers.html
[1158] /web/20140806175820/http://shop.strato.de/epages/15502304.sf/de_DE/?ObjectPath=/Shops/15502304/Categories/%22Unsere%20Komponisten%22
[1159] /web/20140806175820/http://www.carus-verlag.com/index.php3?BLink=Komponisten
[1160] /web/20140806175820/http://www.cebedem.be/en/composers
[1161] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mjcerri.com/Catalog/Catalog.htm
[1162] /web/20140806175820/http://clivis.grn.es/compositors/compositors.html
[1163] /web/20140806175820/http://www.rozhlas.cz/nakladatelstvi/authors/
[1164] /web/20140806175820/http://www.cimarronmusic.com/composers/composers-list.cfm
[1165] /web/20140806175820/http://combre.dyndns.org/auteurs.htm
[1166] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edizionicurci.it/classica/autore.asp
[1167] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dacapo-records.dk/komponister/
[1168] /web/20140806175820/http://www.daminus.de/html/editionen/preview.htm
[1169] /web/20140806175820/http://www.donemus.nl/componisten.php
[1170] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ecspublishing.com/ecslinks.htm
[1171] /web/20140806175820/http://www.enoty.eu/index.php?link2=abc-search&par=4
[1172] /web/20140806175820/http://www.estonianmusic.com/index.php?page=70
[1173] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/eet.html
[1174] /web/20140806175820/http://www.daminus.de/html/index/index_e.htm
[1175] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dinsic.com/en/publications/composers-and-authors
[1176] /web/20140806175820/http://www.doblinger-musikverlag.at/FSets/Komp/index.php
[1177] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dohr.de/autor/index.htm
[1178] /web/20140806175820/http://www.muziekgroep.nl/dutch/componisten.php
[1179] /web/20140806175820/http://www.dobermaneditions.com/compmain.htm
[1180] /web/20140806175820/http://www.durand-salabert-eschig.com/framecat.html
[1181] /web/20140806175820/http://www.enpmusic.com/canadian_composers.html
[1182] /web/20140806175820/http://www.eamdc.com/compos.html
[1183] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/
[1184] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/cont_composers/index.htm
[1185] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/ed_comp_authors/index.htm
[1186] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/film_tv/index.htm
[1187] /web/20140806175820/http://www.fjhmusic.com/composer/composer.htm
[1188] /web/20140806175820/http://www.frogpeak.org/fpartistsfront.html
[1189] /web/20140806175820/http://www.tfront.com/info/appendix-c.php
[1190] /web/20140806175820/http://www.goldberg.art.br/P_nos_aut_new.htm
[1191] /web/20140806175820/http://www.haas-koeln.de/autoren2.htm
[1192] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ewh.dk/dk/komponist.asp
[1193] /web/20140806175820/http://www.harrassowitz.de/mus_contemp_composers.html
[1194] /web/20140806175820/http://www.heinrichshofen.de/komponisten
[1195] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionhh.co.uk/
[1196] /web/20140806175820/http://www.hildegard.com/catalog.html
[1197] /web/20140806175820/http://www.partitur.de/allgemeines/auswahl_container.html
[1198] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionhoffmann.de/
[1199] /web/20140806175820/http://www.billholabmusic.com/composers/
[1200] /web/20140806175820/http://www.honeyrock.net/composer%20index.htm
[1201] /web/20140806175820/http://www.internationalopus.com/cgi-bin/io.pl?mode=composer_index
[1202] /web/20140806175820/http://www.composer.or.jp/english/jfcpube.html
[1203] /web/20140806175820/http://www.jobert.fr/cgi-bin/compositeurs.pl
[1204] /web/20140806175820/http://www.jomarpress.com/index.html
[1205] /web/20140806175820/http://pw1.netcom.com/~kallisti/kallisti.html#composers
[1206] /web/20140806175820/http://www.kammermusikverlag.de/komponisten.php
[1207] /web/20140806175820/http://www.kendormusic.com/composer/composers.htm
[1208] /web/20140806175820/http://members.iinet.net.au/~nickl/keyspress/#Composers
[1209] /web/20140806175820/http://www.komverlag.com/Musikautoren.htm
[1210] /web/20140806175820/http://www.kompozitor.spb.ru/authors/authors.htm
[1211] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mvmc.de/katalog/alpha.htm
[1212] /web/20140806175820/http://www.laurentius-musikverlag.de/html/komponisten.html
[1213] /web/20140806175820/http://www.leisureplanetmusic.com/cmpsrs.htm
[1214] /web/20140806175820/http://www.henry-lemoine.com/en/catalogue/rechercheCompositeurs.html
[1215] /web/20140806175820/http://www.leonarda.com/
[1216] /web/20140806175820/http://www.lothringer-verlag.de/biogr.htm
[1217] /web/20140806175820/http://www.luxnova.com/comp/
[1218] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edition-margaux.de/komponisten.php?sid=f80d8550348b7affe8d20ec4f0808bc6
[1219] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mediapressinc.com/pages.php?pageid=2
[1220] /web/20140806175820/http://www.meredithmusic.com/biolist.html
[1221] /web/20140806175820/http://www.merseburger-shop.de/sess/utn;jsessionid=154270fd76ac2db/shopdata/index.shopscript?main_url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.merseburger-shop.de%2Fsess%2Futn%3Bjsessionid%3D154270fd76ac2db%2Fshopdata%2Fproduct_overview.shopscript
[1222] /web/20140806175820/http://www.mmbmusic.com/concert_music/mmb_composer.aspx
[1223] /web/20140806175820/http://www.musicabaltica.com/komponisti.php
[1224] /web/20140806175820/http://www.emepublish.com/eme10.htm
[1225] /web/20140806175820/http://www.vanteeseling.nl/catalog.html
[1226] /web/20140806175820/http://www.verlag-neue-musik.de/au.php?sid=3095494e0505622f64ad37c6754d944a
[1227] /web/20140806175820/http://www.newconsonantmusic.com/composers/index.html
[1228] /web/20140806175820/http://www.notissimo.com/composer.php
[1229] /web/20140806175820/http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/composer.html
[1230] /web/20140806175820/http://www.corno.de/english/komponis.htm
[1231] /web/20140806175820/http://www.oup.co.uk/music/repprom/
[1232] /web/20140806175820/http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.2.html
[1233] /web/20140806175820/http://www.peermusic.com/classical/composers.htm
[1234] /web/20140806175820/http://www.jwpepper.com/catalog/compgallery.jsp
[1235] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionpeters.com/london/modernsearch.php?start=A&action=atozsearch
[1236] /web/20140806175820/http://www.phylloscopus.co.uk/
[1237] /web/20140806175820/http://www.pilesmusic.net/partituras/allmanufacturersv2.php/language/en
[1238] /web/20140806175820/http://www.pizzicato.ch/biografie.php
[1239] /web/20140806175820/http://www.potenzamusic.com/composers-118053.cfm
[1240] /web/20140806175820/http://www.presser.com/composers.html
[1241] /web/20140806175820/http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.1.html
[1242] /web/20140806175820/http://www.promethean-editions.com/pages/composers.html
[1243] /web/20140806175820/http://www.pwm.com.pl/index.php?Name=gallery&Lng=2
[1244] /web/20140806175820/http://redfrogmusic.nl/cdataned.html
[1245] /web/20140806175820/http://www.redhouse.com.au/composers.html
[1246] /web/20140806175820/http://www.reift.ch/accueil.php?p=composer
[1247] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionreimers.se/tt/index.html
[1248] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ricordi.de/
[1249] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ricordi.it/Compositori/Compositori.asp
[1250] /web/20140806175820/http://www.rosewoodpublications.co.uk/
[1251] /web/20140806175820/http://www.samfundet.dk/pages/komponist_oversigt.html
[1252] /web/20140806175820/http://www.schirmer.com/composers.html
[1253] /web/20140806175820/http://www.schott-music.com/shop/artists/1/
[1254] /web/20140806175820/http://www.musicedition.ch/sme/index_e.htm
[1255] /web/20140806175820/http://www.seilkopf-verlag.de/Komponisten.htm
[1256] /web/20140806175820/http://www.shawneepress.com/composers.html
[1257] /web/20140806175820/http://www.sikorski.de/en/composers.html
[1258] /web/20140806175820/http://www.slowaymusic.com/loader.php?section=skladatelj&
[1259] /web/20140806175820/http://www.smith-publications.com/catalog/
[1260] /web/20140806175820/http://www.sonzogno.it/compositori/elenco.asp#anchor
[1261] /web/20140806175820/http://www.sounz.org.nz/search.php
[1262] /web/20140806175820/http://www.studio4music.com/catmain.php
[1263] /web/20140806175820/http://www.subitomusic.com/composers/composers.htm
[1264] /web/20140806175820/http://www.tecla.com/authlist.htm
[1265] /web/20140806175820/http://www.etk-muenchen.de/sixcms/detail.php?&id=3852&template=neu_reihe_default_musik
[1266] /web/20140806175820/http://theophilius.superflexible.net/cgi-bin/sqweb.cgi?id=333354750356260264358390128&page=../komponisten.htm
[1267] /web/20140806175820/http://www.transcontinentalmusic.com/
[1268] /web/20140806175820/http://www.tremediamusicedition.com/komponisten01.htm
[1269] /web/20140806175820/http://www.trevcomusic.com/onlinecatalog/
[1270] /web/20140806175820/http://www.triangiel.com/kompozyt.html
[1271] /web/20140806175820/http://www.trito.es/eng/autors.asp
[1272] /web/20140806175820/http://www.universaledition.com/truman/en_templates/paste.php3?template=komp_list&spr=en
[1273] /web/20140806175820/http://www.editionsviento.com/composers.php
[1274] /web/20140806175820/http://www.verlag433.de/b/frameAutor.html
[1275] /web/20140806175820/http://www.vogtundfritz.de/komponistenliste.html
[1276] /web/20140806175820/http://www.voxnovus.com/composer/
[1277] /web/20140806175820/http://www.vpmusicmedia.com/
[1278] /web/20140806175820/http://warwickmusic.com/mall/composers.asp
[1279] /web/20140806175820/http://www.wickymusic.com/compositori.asp
[1280] /web/20140806175820/http://www.wolfheadmusic.com/comps.htm
[1281] /web/20140806175820/http://yrmusic.com/v2/artists/bios/
[1282] /web/20140806175820/http://www.ump.co.uk/composer.htm
[1283] /web/20140806175820/http://www.uymp.co.uk/text/composers.html
[1284] /web/20140806175820/http://www.zb.unizh.ch/index.html?http://www-zb.unizh.ch/sondersa/MUSIK/nachlass.htm
[1285] http://library.music.indiana.edu/music_resources/publ.html
[1286] http://www.zzz.ee/edition49/composers/
[1287] http://www.accolade.de/autorenv.htm
[1288] http://www.c-alanpublications.com/composers.html
[1289] http://apimusic.org/composers.cfm
[1290] http://www.amadeusmusic.ch/index.php3?sid=11339868221422690475&comp=1&mm_code=1000
[1291] http://www.amoseditio.cz/en/authors.htm
[1292] http://www.avk.org/ncm/composers/index.html
[1293] http://ballerbach.com/biographies.html
[1294] http://www.bardic-music.com/
[1295] http://www.bayard-nizet.com/Compositeurs_en.html
[1296] http://www.befoco.de/Komponisten.htm
[1297] http://www.billaudot.com/
[1298] http://www.editions-bim.com/composers.php
[1299] http://www.bmic.co.uk/composers/default.asp
[1300] http://www.bnote.de/?bns=fbb7a3f1cff2f329a47bb49cdfb7c57b&set=komp_index
[1301] http://www.bodensee-musikversand.de/home.html?/komponistenalphabet.asp?buchstabe=XXXXX
[1302] http://www.boosey.com/pages/cr/composer/
[1303] http://brassworks4.com/composers.html
[1304] http://shop.strato.de/epages/15502304.sf/de_DE/?ObjectPath=/Shops/15502304/Categories/%22Unsere%20Komponisten%22
[1305] http://www.carus-verlag.com/index.php3?BLink=Komponisten
[1306] http://www.cebedem.be/en/composers
[1307] http://www.mjcerri.com/Catalog/Catalog.htm
[1308] http://clivis.grn.es/compositors/compositors.html
[1309] http://www.rozhlas.cz/nakladatelstvi/authors/
[1310] http://www.cimarronmusic.com/composers/composers-list.cfm
[1311] http://combre.dyndns.org/auteurs.htm
[1312] http://www.edizionicurci.it/classica/autore.asp
[1313] http://www.dacapo-records.dk/komponister/
[1314] http://www.daminus.de/html/editionen/preview.htm
[1315] http://www.donemus.nl/componisten.php
[1316] http://www.ecspublishing.com/ecslinks.htm
[1317] http://www.enoty.eu/index.php?link2=abc-search&par=4
[1318] http://www.estonianmusic.com/index.php?page=70
[1319] http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/eet.html
[1320] http://www.daminus.de/html/index/index_e.htm
[1321] http://www.dinsic.com/en/publications/composers-and-authors
[1322] http://www.doblinger-musikverlag.at/FSets/Komp/index.php
[1323] http://www.dohr.de/autor/index.htm
[1324] http://www.muziekgroep.nl/dutch/componisten.php
[1325] http://www.dobermaneditions.com/compmain.htm
[1326] http://www.durand-salabert-eschig.com/framecat.html
[1327] http://www.enpmusic.com/canadian_composers.html
[1328] http://www.eamdc.com/compos.html
[1329] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/
[1330] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/cont_composers/index.htm
[1331] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/ed_comp_authors/index.htm
[1332] http://www.fabermusic.co.uk/fabermusic/film_tv/index.htm
[1333] http://www.fjhmusic.com/composer/composer.htm
[1334] http://www.frogpeak.org/fpartistsfront.html
[1335] http://www.tfront.com/info/appendix-c.php
[1336] http://www.goldberg.art.br/P_nos_aut_new.htm
[1337] http://www.haas-koeln.de/autoren2.htm
[1338] http://www.ewh.dk/dk/komponist.asp
[1339] http://www.harrassowitz.de/mus_contemp_composers.html
[1340] http://www.heinrichshofen.de/komponisten
[1341] http://www.editionhh.co.uk/
[1342] http://www.partitur.de/allgemeines/auswahl_container.html
[1343] http://www.editionhoffmann.de/
[1344] http://www.billholabmusic.com/composers/
[1345] http://www.honeyrock.net/composer%20index.htm
[1346] http://www.internationalopus.com/cgi-bin/io.pl?mode=composer_index
[1347] http://www.composer.or.jp/english/jfcpube.html
[1348] http://www.jobert.fr/cgi-bin/compositeurs.pl
[1349] http://www.jomarpress.com/index.html
[1350] http://pw1.netcom.com/~kallisti/kallisti.html#composers
[1351] http://www.kammermusikverlag.de/komponisten.php
[1352] http://www.kendormusic.com/composer/composers.htm
[1353] http://members.iinet.net.au/~nickl/keyspress/#Composers
[1354] http://www.komverlag.com/Musikautoren.htm
[1355] http://www.kompozitor.spb.ru/authors/authors.htm
[1356] http://www.mvmc.de/katalog/alpha.htm
[1357] http://www.laurentius-musikverlag.de/html/komponisten.html
[1358] http://www.leisureplanetmusic.com/cmpsrs.htm
[1359] http://www.henry-lemoine.com/en/catalogue/rechercheCompositeurs.html
[1360] http://www.lothringer-verlag.de/biogr.htm
[1361] http://www.luxnova.com/comp/
[1362] http://www.edition-margaux.de/komponisten.php?sid=f80d8550348b7affe8d20ec4f0808bc6
[1363] http://www.mediapressinc.com/pages.php?pageid=2
[1364] http://www.meredithmusic.com/biolist.html
[1365] http://www.merseburger-shop.de/sess/utn;jsessionid=154270fd76ac2db/shopdata/index.shopscript?main_url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.merseburger-shop.de%2Fsess%2Futn%3Bjsessionid%3D154270fd76ac2db%2Fshopdata%2Fproduct_overview.shopscript
[1366] http://www.mmbmusic.com/concert_music/mmb_composer.aspx
[1367] http://www.musicabaltica.com/komponisti.php
[1368] http://www.emepublish.com/eme10.htm
[1369] http://www.vanteeseling.nl/catalog.html
[1370] http://www.verlag-neue-musik.de/au.php?sid=3095494e0505622f64ad37c6754d944a
[1371] http://www.newconsonantmusic.com/composers/index.html
[1372] http://www.notissimo.com/composer.php
[1373] http://www.edition-ex-tempore.de/composer.html
[1374] http://www.corno.de/english/komponis.htm
[1375] http://www.oup.co.uk/music/repprom/
[1376] http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.2.html
[1377] http://www.peermusic.com/classical/composers.htm
[1378] http://www.jwpepper.com/catalog/compgallery.jsp
[1379] http://www.editionpeters.com/london/modernsearch.php?start=A&action=atozsearch
[1380] http://www.phylloscopus.co.uk/
[1381] http://www.pilesmusic.net/partituras/allmanufacturersv2.php/language/en
[1382] http://www.pizzicato.ch/biografie.php
[1383] http://www.potenzamusic.com/composers-118053.cfm
[1384] http://www.presser.com/composers.html
[1385] http://www.productionsdoz.com/c216041.1.html
[1386] http://www.promethean-editions.com/pages/composers.html
[1387] http://www.pwm.com.pl/index.php?Name=gallery&Lng=2
[1388] http://redfrogmusic.nl/cdataned.html
[1389] http://www.redhouse.com.au/composers.html
[1390] http://www.reift.ch/accueil.php?p=composer
[1391] http://www.editionreimers.se/tt/index.html
[1392] http://www.ricordi.de/
[1393] http://www.ricordi.it/Compositori/Compositori.asp
[1394] http://www.rosewoodpublications.co.uk/
[1395] http://www.samfundet.dk/pages/komponist_oversigt.html
[1396] http://www.schirmer.com/composers.html
[1397] http://www.schott-music.com/shop/artists/1/
[1398] http://www.musicedition.ch/sme/index_e.htm
[1399] http://www.seilkopf-verlag.de/Komponisten.htm
[1400] http://www.shawneepress.com/composers.html
[1401] http://www.sikorski.de/en/composers.html
[1402] http://www.slowaymusic.com/loader.php?section=skladatelj&
[1403] http://www.smith-publications.com/catalog/
[1404] http://www.sonzogno.it/compositori/elenco.asp#anchor
[1405] http://www.sounz.org.nz/search.php
[1406] http://www.studio4music.com/catmain.php
[1407] http://www.subitomusic.com/composers/composers.htm
[1408] http://www.tecla.com/authlist.htm
[1409] http://theophilius.superflexible.net/cgi-bin/sqweb.cgi?id=333354750356260264358390128&page=../komponisten.htm
[1410] http://www.transcontinentalmusic.com/
[1411] http://www.tremediamusicedition.com/komponisten01.htm
[1412] http://www.trevcomusic.com/onlinecatalog/
[1413] http://www.triangiel.com/kompozyt.html
[1414] http://www.trito.es/eng/autors.asp
[1415] http://www.universaledition.com/truman/en_templates/paste.php3?template=komp_list&spr=en
[1416] http://www.editionsviento.com/composers.php
[1417] http://www.verlag433.de/b/frameAutor.html
[1418] http://www.vogtundfritz.de/komponistenliste.html
[1419] http://www.voxnovus.com/composer/
[1420] http://www.vpmusicmedia.com/
[1421] http://warwickmusic.com/mall/composers.asp
[1422] http://www.wickymusic.com/compositori.asp
[1423] http://www.wolfheadmusic.com/comps.htm
[1424] http://yrmusic.com/v2/artists/bios/
[1425] http://www.ump.co.uk/composer.htm
[1426] http://www.uymp.co.uk/text/composers.html
[1427] http://www.zb.unizh.ch/index.html?http://www-zb.unizh.ch/sondersa/MUSIK/nachlass.htm
[1428] http://http://www.apimusic.org/composers.html
[1429] http://http://www.amadeusmusic.ch/
[1430] https://web.library.yale.edu/www.newconsonantmusic.com/composers/index.php
[1431] http://www.billaudot.com/en/#
[1432] http://www.editions-bim.com/composers/home
[1433] https://www.bnote.de/?bns=02a1d771c2c016eaee2bf6a59b8d2c09&set=komp_index
[1434] http://www.bodensee-musikversand.de/7/A/Komponistenliste-mit-Anfangsbuchstaben-%27A%27.html
[1435] http://brassworks4.com/index.php/composers
[1436] http://www.clivis-music.com/compositors/compositors.html
[1437] http://www.rozhlas.cz/publishing/authors
[1438] http://www.editions-combre.com/auteurs.htm
[1439] http://www.edizionicurci.it/printed-music/autori.asp
[1440] http://www.dacapo-records.dk/en/artists.aspx
[1441] http://www.daminus.de/composers.html
[1442] http://www.donemus.nl/composers.html
[1443] http://ecspublishing.com/composers/composer-bio/
[1444] http://www.kallistimusic.com/#composers
[1445] http://guides.library.yale.edu/content.php?pid=49275
[1446] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-179#mlabp6-179
[1447] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC37X#370
[1448] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-226#mlabp6-226
[1449] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad370.html
[1450] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-104#mlabp6-104
[1451] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Genre_Form_Task_Force/BestPractices150608.pdf
[1452] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC384.htm
[1453] http://classificationweb.net/LCMPT/
[1454] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsadd#6.28.1.9
[1455] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointsadd#6.28.1.10
[1456] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-784#mlabp6-784
[1457] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-824#mlabp6-824
[1458] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-832#mlabp6-832
[1459] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordworktitles#6.2.1.3
[1460] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbers#6.16.1.3.3
[1461] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/number
[1462] http://electricka.com/etaf/muses/music/classical_music/composer_catalog_systems/composer_catalog_systems_popups/about_these_catalog_systems.htm
[1463] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_accpointsrda
[1464] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/darnchor
[1465] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local6xx#darnchor
[1466] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_accpointsrda#Song/Songs
[1467] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instr650
[1468] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/thematic-catalogs#themnumb
[1469] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/mlabpchp0.html
[1470] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription
[1471] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.2
[1472] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.8
[1473] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/capitalization
[1474] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbersdates
[1475] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbersdates#1.9
[1476] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/newedition
[1477] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/newedition#revisededitions
[1478] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource
[1479] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordtitles
[1480] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper
[1481] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/paralleltitle
[1482] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/othertitle
[1483] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/varianttitle
[1484] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/responsibility
[1485] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent
[1486] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/soundchar
[1487] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/content
[1488] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordnames
[1489] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname
[1490] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/RDAentryele
[1491] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/RDAentryele#spanport
[1492] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons
[1493] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons
[1494] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/pseud.pdf
[1495] https://www.loc.gov/aba/rda/mgd/relationshipLabels/index.html
[1496] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/relationshipdesgj
[1497] https://urldefense.proofpoint.com/v2/url?u=http-3A__www.loc.gov_aba_pcc_sct_documents_rel-2Ddesig-2Dguide-2Dbib.pdf&d=AwIFaQ&c=-dg2m7zWuuDZ0MUcV7Sdqw&r=LvBecLr1GQ2KW1TYBSe69iLlcX4cIh6GRMv2ZUtKvx0&m=f8UJ6ZkPR0d_Kk1cuLrCR_5qht3edQ0r8yak-h86qgc&s=ZS65hLKJOKyrgn3yIDa-33LUWtJqXTjc99uK3vtKy-c&e=
[1498] https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/OpCo-2016/PCCSCSSCTTFAuthRDsGuidelinesFinal20160412b.docx
[1499] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/short-checklists
[1500] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music
[1501] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/rdaoverview
[1502] http://www.rdatoolkit.org/examples/MARC
[1503] http://www.slideshare.net/ALATechSource/rda-for-music-classical-music-audio-recordings-workshop
[1504] http://www.slideshare.net/ALATechSource/snyder-kishimoto-rda-for-music-popular-music-jazz-and-world-music-audio-recordings
[1505] http://www.slideshare.net/tls224/rda-for-music
[1506] http://guides.library.cornell.edu/ld.php?content_id=1175896
[1507] http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1diESWwLLSM
[1508] https://www.youtube.com/c/RDAToolkitVideo
[1509] http://libguides.princeton.edu/content.php?pid=317212&sid=2970453
[1510] http://faculty.washington.edu/aschiff/BCLAPresentationWithNotes-RevMay2011.pdf
[1511] http://www.rda-jsc.org/docs/10_3_24_MLAannmtg_SignificantchangesforcataloguingmusicAACR2vsRDA.pdf
[1512] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338#3.3
[1513] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#3.4.5.3
[1514] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#3.5
[1515] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.3
[1516] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.4
[1517] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#1.7.9
[1518] http://tinyurl.com/aoxm9oz
[1519] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publication#copyright
[1520] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/59.html
[1521] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/content#7.13.3
[1522] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/55.html
[1523] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphic_notation
[1524] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Letter_notation
[1525] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mensural_notation
[1526] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neume
[1527] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numbered_musical_notation
[1528] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solmization
[1529] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tablature
[1530] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tonic_sol-fa
[1531] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordpreftitles
[1532] http://rdvocab.info/
[1533] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/46.html
[1534] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/show/id/519.html
[1535] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/show/id/525.html
[1536] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/show/id/520.html
[1537] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/109.html
[1538] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/169.html
[1539] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/78.html
[1540] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/82.html
[1541] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/83.html
[1542] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/69.html
[1543] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/91.html
[1544] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/88.html
[1545] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/52.html
[1546] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/50.html
[1547] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/53.html
[1548] http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/54.html
[1549] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/capitalization-of-key-opus-and-number#key
[1550] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname#9.2.2
[1551] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/attributespersons#9.6.1.3
[1552] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefvariantname#9.2.3
[1553] http://www.mlascc.org/mla2010/RDAandmusic.pdf
[1554] http://www.loc.gov/marc/authority/ad336.html
[1555] http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacontent.html
[1556] http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/genre-form.html
[1557] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd336.html
[1558] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp6&target=mlabp6-258#mlabp6-258
[1559] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd337.html
[1560] http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdamedia.html
[1561] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp3&target=mlabp3-114#mlabp3-114
[1562] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd338.html
[1563] http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacarrier.html
[1564] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=mlabpchp3&target=mlabp3-145#mlabp3-145
[1565] http://www.loc.gov/aba/rda/source/special_topics_revised_editions.ppt
[1566] http://www.unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-en.html
[1567] https://list.indiana.edu/sympa/info/mla-l
[1568] http://www.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/MARC336338.htm#3.3
[1569] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordnames#8.5
[1570] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefname#9.2.2.5
[1571] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.2
[1572] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.2
[1573] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent#7.20.1.3
[1574] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/responsibility#2.4.1
[1575] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/responsibility#2.4.2
[1576] http://access.rdatoolkit.org/document.php?id=lcpschp8&target=lcps8-27#lcps8-27
[1577] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#A.2
[1578] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/publication#nodate
[1579] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.5
[1580] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.2
[1581] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.4
[1582] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/accpointspersons#9.19.1.6
[1583] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordtitles#2.3.1.7
[1584] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.2.2
[1585] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/paralleltitle#2.3.3.2
[1586] http://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_RDA/Suppl_RDA_Best_Practices_v1.pdf
[1587] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.8
[1588] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.4
[1589] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.8.1
[1590] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/paralleltitle#2.3.3.4
[1591] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/mpage/cmc_mlabestpractices
[1592] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/numbersdates#1.9.2
[1593] https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/dtst.html#DtSt
[1594] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd008a.html
[1595] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#cover
[1596] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/transcription#D.1.2.1
[1597] http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CB4QFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.ifla.org%2Ffiles%2Fassets%2Fcataloguing%2Fpubs%2Fnames-of-persons_1996.pdf&ei=knwxVavqMsGqyATa_oCgCQ&usg=AFQjCNGXSisGjABfxpe80R-d8_NJ8Wa4SQ&bvm=bv.91071109,d.bGg&cad=rja
[1598] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/prefsource#2.2.2.4
[1599] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#245
[1600] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.3
[1601] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/othertitle#2.3.4.2
[1602] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/othertitle#2.3.5.2
[1603] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/varianttitle#2.3.6.2
[1604] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#246
[1605] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/marcscor#740
[1606] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#2.3.2.7
[1607] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/titleproper#alttitle
[1608] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/recordtitles#2.3.1.6
[1609] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/sct/documents/rel-desig-guide-bib.pdf
[1610] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/rda/PCC%20RDA%20guidelines/Relat-Desig-Guidelines.docx
[1611] http://www.abc-clio.com/ODLIS/odlis_about.aspx
[1612] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/frbr-wemi-music#manifestation
[1613] http://alcts.ala.org/ccdablog/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/CCDA_TF_InstructionsforRecordingRelationships_6.pdf
[1614] http://alcts.ala.org/ccdablog/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/CCDA_TF_InstructionsforRecordingRelationships_7.pdf
[1615] http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd344.html
[1616] http://www.ifla.org/publications/statement-of-international-cataloguing-principles
[1617] http://tinyurl.com/msg08158
[1618] http://www.loc.gov/catworkshop/RDA%20training%20materials/LC%20RDA%20Training/Module1IntroManifestItemsSept12.doc
[1619] https://docs.google.com/file/d/0B17huW4VEcKeUjJTMnc4WWN1LTg/edit?pli=1
[1620] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/edition#2.5.2
[1621] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/extent
[1622] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Common-terms-used-in-German-music-publications-and-thematic-indices#band
[1623] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/Common-terms-used-in-German-music-publications-and-thematic-indices#nummer
[1624] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/srbio
[1625] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/audiotimeline
[1626] http://library.buffalo.edu/asl/exhibits/technology/retro-media.html
[1627] https://adp.library.ucsb.edu/index.php/resources/detail/410
[1628] http://musicoclcusers.org/wp-content/uploads/DAHR-to-MARC-MOUG-presentation.pdf
[1629] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/historyof78rpms
[1630] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/78sources
[1631] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/78cataloging
[1632] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/soundrec.pdf
[1633] http://www.olacinc.org/drupal/conference/2006/huismann.ppt
[1634] http://www.olacinc.org/test/conference/2006.html
[1635] http://www.olacinc.org/drupal/capc_files/playawaysPDF.pdf
[1636] http://olacinc.org/drupal/capc_files/Streaming_Media_RDA.pdf
[1637] http://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/2xx/260.shtm
[1638] http://www.bach-cantatas.com/
[1639] http://yiddishmusic.jewniverse.info/
[1640] http://www.nfo.net/can/
[1641] http://www.nfo.net/usa/
[1642] http://www.nfo.net/brit/
[1643] http://www.nfo.net/euro/
[1644] http://www.parabrisas.com/index.php
[1645] http://www.dutchdivas.net/index2.html
[1646] http://www.dutchdivas.net/frames2/updates_english.html
[1647] http://www.grandi-tenori.com/tenors/
[1648] http://www.francoisnouvion.net
[1649] https://web.library.yale.edu/yalebooks.co.uk/pdf/9780300118735.pdf%E2%80%8E
[1650] http://web.archive.org/web/20061017073219/http://russia-in-us.com/Music/GRV/
[1651] http://www.cantabile-subito.de/index.html
[1652] http://www.malibran.com/
[1653] http://www.musicals101.com/whoswho.htm
[1654] http://cestipevci.wz.cz/index.htm
[1655] http://www.historicopera.com/index_main.htm
[1656] http://www.historicopera.com/jlisting_singer_a.htm
[1657] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_b.htm
[1658] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_c.htm
[1659] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_d.htm
[1660] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_e.htm
[1661] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_f.htm
[1662] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_g.htm
[1663] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_h.htm
[1664] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_ij.htm
[1665] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_k.htm
[1666] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_l.htm
[1667] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_m.htm
[1668] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_n.htm
[1669] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_op.htm
[1670] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_qr.htm
[1671] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_s.htm
[1672] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_t.htm
[1673] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_uv.htm
[1674] http://www.historicopera.com/listing_singers_wxyz.htm
[1675] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.htm
[1676] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.blu
[1677] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.cou
[1678] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.jaz
[1679] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.the
[1680] http://library.music.indiana.edu/tech_s/mla/wgpms/wgpms.pop
[1681] http://dx.doi.org/10.1300/J104v29n03_03
[1682] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/discographical-sources-78-rpm-recordings
[1683] http://web.archive.org/web/20090401152953/http://www.cris.com/~oakapple/gasdisc/intromat.htm
[1684] http://78rpmrecord.com/
[1685] http://adp.library.ucsb.edu/index.php
[1686] http://www.78rpm.net.nz/index.htm
[1687] http://www.lib.washington.edu/music/records.html#Discography
[1688] http://www.78discography.com/
[1689] http://www.tedstaunton.com/
[1690] http://www.yidisher-gramofon.org/
[1691] http://settlet.fateback.com/
[1692] http://www.yle.fi/aanilevysto/firs/sis.htm
[1693] http://www.ljudochbildarkivet.se/slba/PSUser/servlet/com.ausys.ps.web.user.servlet.AuthorizedPageServlet?nodeid=1036&pageversion=2
[1694] http://www.hensteeth.com/e_discog/
[1695] http://www.jazzdiscography.com/Labels/index.html
[1696] http://www.proaxis.com/~settlet/record/links.html
[1697] http://www.mgthomas.co.uk/DanceBands/IndexPages/labelindex.htm
[1698] http://www.angelfire.com/or/settlet/AmericanMatrix.htm
[1699] http://www.truesoundtransfers.de/disco.htm
[1700] http://www.jazzdisco.org/atlantic/
[1701] http://home.flash.net/~bobgh/nunncat.htm
[1702] http://www.jazzdisco.org/bethlehem/
[1703] http://www.jazzdisco.org/bluenote/78r-cat/
[1704] http://www.geocities.com/SoHo/Museum/8764/colcan.htm
[1705] http://www.ljudochbildarkivet.se/SLBA/NOTISER/discografi/engelskacolumbia.htm
[1706] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columa.htm
[1707] http://wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-columb.htm
[1708] http://www.jazzdisco.org/contemporary/
[1709] http://www.jazzdisco.org/debut/
[1710] http://wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccaa.htm
[1711] http://wap03.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/grammo/n-deccab.htm
[1712] http://www.jazzdisco.org/dial/
[1713] http://www.jazzdisco.org/mercury/
[1714] http://www.plosin.com/milesAhead/prestigeLabel.html
[1715] http://www.jazzdisco.org/riverside/
[1716] http://www.jazzdisco.org/savoy/
[1717] http://www.jazzdisco.org/verve/
[1718] http://victor.library.ucsb.edu/index.php
[1719] http://members.tripod.com/~Vinylville/faq-9.html
[1720] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/opera/acoustic.htm
[1721] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/opera/shellac/welcome.htm
[1722] http://wwwsys.informatik.fh-wiesbaden.de/weber1/opera/shellac-operetta/welcome.htm
[1723] http://www.carlomarinelli.it/
[1724] http://78opera.com/?q=node/3
[1725] http://www.mccormacksociety.co.uk/Mccormack/Discography/John%20McCormack%20Alphabetical%20Guide.htm
[1726] http://www.yle.fi/aanilevysto/firs/laulajat.htm
[1727] http://www2.bnquebec.ca/musique_78trs/accueil.htm
[1728] http://www.yle.fi/aanilevysto/firs2/index.php
[1729] http://www.loc.gov/rr/record/Soniccont.html
[1730] http://www.slba.se/slba/PSUser/servlet/com.ausys.ps.web.user.servlet.AuthorizedPageServlet?nodeid=101&pageversion=2
[1731] http://amicus.collectionscanada.ca/gramophone-bin/Main/BasicSearch?coll=24&l=0&v=1
[1732] http://www.bill78.btinternet.co.uk/beginer.htm
[1733] http://www.concentric.net/~oakapple/gasdisc/introcoupling.htm
[1734] http://www.bbc.co.uk/music/features/vinyl/
[1735] http://www.riaa.com/default.asp
[1736] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/scmpages
[1737] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjsubd
[1738] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/musicws.pdf
[1739] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/local6xx
[1740] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/shjzzpop
[1741] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant
[1742] https://www.musiclibraryassoc.org/resource/resmgr/BCC_Resources/BPsForUsingLCGFT_Music.pdf
[1743] http://musicgenrepublicforum.pbworks.com/w/page/21942009/FrontPage
[1744] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/genreformgeneral.html
[1745] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/genre_form_faq.pdf
[1746] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/genremusic.html
[1747] http://www.hahnlibrary.net/libraries/formgenre-categorized.html#music
[1748] http://www.loc.gov/aba/cataloging/subject/weeklylists/
[1749] https://vimeo.com/121087033
[1750] http://id.loc.gov/authorities/subjects.html
[1751] http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/saco/documents/SACOManual2007.pdf
[1752] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjsubd#chron
[1753] http://www.itcompany.com/inforetriever/form_subdivisions_list.htm
[1754] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/relationshipdesgi
[1755] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H0080.pdf
[1756] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/freeshm.html
[1757] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1916_3.pdf
[1758] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1917_5.pdf
[1759] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr#medperf
[1760] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#medium
[1761] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1916_5.pdf
[1762] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1917.pdf
[1763] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1918.pdf
[1764] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1438.pdf
[1765] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1110.pdf
[1766] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1160.pdf
[1767] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1161.pdf
[1768] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H2075.pdf
[1769] http://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H2190.pdf
[1770] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instr650#cello
[1771] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#unaccompanied
[1772] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/comparison-of-uniform-titles-and-preferred-titles#chamber
[1773] http://66.170.18.227/mcb/vol-44-2013/MCB%202013-01.html#questions
[1774] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/types-composition-and-lc-subject-headings#arrangements
[1775] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subjunif#arrangements
[1776] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psalms#Numbering
[1777] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant#songs
[1778] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant#ensembles
[1779] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/chorcant#choruses
[1780] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#text
[1781] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subdcode#early
[1782] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/class_m.html
[1783] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr#instform
[1784] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#arrangements
[1785] https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1160.pdf
[1786] http://web.archive.org/web/20230207082304/https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1160.pdf
[1787] https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeSHM/H1161.pdf
[1788] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#keyboard
[1789] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#pluck
[1790] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subinstr#noninstr
[1791] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/instname#string
[1792] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/wls04/awls0413.html
[1793] http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/wls04/awls0417.html
[1794] http://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#2voice2part
[1795] https://web.library.yale.edu/cataloging/music/subvocal#arrangements